File No. 1401/1440 Form C20-l60l-9
Systems Reference Library
Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240-1401-1420-
1440-1450 and 1460 Data Processing Systems
(April 1969)
This Catalog contains a complete listing of all programs for the IBM 1240, 1401, 1420, 1440, and 1460 Data Processing Systems available from the Program Information Department, 40 Saw Mill River Road, Hawthorne, New York 10532.
Instructions for ordering programs are contained in the section of the Introduction entitled, "Completion of the IBM Program Order Form". TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Introduction • iii Programs Available from PID • iii Program Update Service iii IBM Catalogs of Programs iii User Contributed Programs • iii PID Order Processing Turn-Around Times iv Shipping Methods iv Completion of the IBM Program Order Form iv IBM World Trade Users • viii Keyword-in-Context (KWIC) Index • viii Program Classification Codes viii Using the Catalog • x List of New Programs xi Program Corrections and Revisions • xi Deleted Programs xi Keyword-in-Context (KWIC) Index xiv Abstracts IBM Programs IBM 1240 Data Processing System. 1 IB1-1 1401 Data Processing System. • 1 IBM 1420 Data processing System. 26 IBM 1440 Data processing System. 26 IBM 1450 Data processing System. 42 IBM 1460 Data Processing System. 42 Contributed Programs IBM 1401 Data Processing System. 45 IBM 1440 Data Processing System • 84
Copies of this and other IBM publications can be obtained through IBM branch offices. Address comments concerning the contents of this publication to IBM, Program Information Department, 40 Saw Mill River Road, Hawthorne, N. Y. 10532
ii © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1969 INTRODUCTION announcement material and ordering information for that class of program The only authorized IBH agency in the maintenance (e.g., new versions, releases, United States for the distribution of etc.) which must be ordered from PID. programs to IBM users is the DP Program Information Department, 40 Saw Hill River When an orderable replacement package Road, Hawthorne, New York 10532. (total or partial) of a Type I or II Program is announced, it is not always essential PROGRAMS AVAILABLE FROM PID to order it to remain eligible for Program Update Service. There are situations, IBM makes available a wide variety of however, when continued Program Update programs for IBM systems. This selection Service would hot be meaningful unless of programs is defined into two broad the replacement package is ordered. In categories. The first category of available these situations, failure to order results programs are those which are IB1-1 developed in cancellation of further Program Update and supported. These are termed Type I Service for this program. A statement and Type II programs. Type I (Programming specifying the need to order will always systems) and Type II (Application Programs) be included in the announcement notification are provided by the IBM Corporation as which goes to users of record. Program part of its service to customers. The Update Service is not provided for the programs have been subjected to formal optional program material for Type I and testing and are maintained by IBM. IBM II programs or for Type III and IV programs. makes no warranty, expressed or implied~ as to the documentation, function or IB1-1 CATALOGS OF PROGRAMS performance of these progr~ms and the user of the programs is expected to make the Abstracts and detailed ordering instructions final evaluation as to their usefulness for all programs available from PID are in his own environment. found in the IBM Catalogs of Programs and their Supplements, published periodically The second category of available programs by PID. These Catalogs are available from are termed Type III and Type IV programs. the Mechanicsburg Distribution Center as Type III (IBM Contributed Programs) and follows: Type IV (Customer Contributed programs) are programs of general interest contributed CATALOG SUPPLEMENT to the Program Information Department for distribution. These programs and their FORM FORM documents are essentially in the author's SYSTEM NUMBER NUMBER original form and have not been subjected to any formal testing. IBM makes no 1240/1401/1420 C20-1601 N20-0013 warranty, expressed or implied, as to the 1440/1450/1460 documentation, function or performance of these programs and the user is expected 705/1410/7010/7070 C20-1602 N20-0014 to make the final evaluation as to their 7072/7074/7080/7740/ usefulness in his own environment. 7750 PROGRAH UPDATE SERVICE 1620/1710 C20-1603 N20-001S Users ordering the basic program packages 704/709/7040/ C20-1604 N20-0016 for Type I and II programs from PID become 7044/7090/7094 "users of record". A "profile" is establiShed for each user of record, system/360 Models 25 C20-1619 N20-0030 containing the user's customer number, and above. name and address and other "ship-to" information, and an entry for each Type 1130/1800 C20-1630 N20-0031 I and II basic program package ordered. Users of record are provided with the PID Model 20 C20-1691 N20-1852 Program Update Service based on the entries in these profiles. USER CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS The Program Update Service provides users Programs written by customer personnel of record with automatic program maintenance for submission to the Program Library must (corrections and/or supplements to the conform to established standards and basic program material) as soon as thev procedures. Copies of the Contributed become available. The Program Update - Program Library Standards Manual and Service also provides users of record with
iii submittal Forms, are available on request for insured packages. from PID. 3. Air Freight service is used for expedited shipments. To contributed programs may be withdrawn from metropolitan centers, overnight availability at any time, at the request delivery can usually be expected. of the program author. In addition, Two day delivery to locations contributed programs are reviewed for more than 50 miles from a major deletion by PID when the request activity airport is normal. has fallen below 10 requests in any 12- month period. Programs deleted by PID COHPLETION OF THE IBH PROGRAM ORDER FORM remain available from PID until a deletion notice is printed in the Catalog or INTRODUCTION supplement. The IBM Program Order Form (120-1957) i~ PID ORDER PROCESSING TURN-AROUND TIMES to be employed for all orders submitted to PID for Type I, II, III and IV programs The normal elapsed time which can be and for communications with PID relative anticipated from the time the program order to the establishment, modification and is shipped to PID till the time the order deletion of PID user profiles. This is is received may be calculated from the the ONLY form to be used for these purposes. following table: The IBM Program Order Form is a 3-copy ACTION TIME IN DAYS form. Copy 3 is retained by the user. copies 1 and 2 should be forwarded to the Order Sent to PID Average - 4 IBM Branch Office. After completing Section calendar days 5 (see below), the Branch should forward in transit Copy 1 to PID and retain Copy 2 for Order Processed at PID Maximum - 8 reference purposes. working days at PID THE IBM PROGRAM ORDER FORM CONTAINS 5 Order Sent from PID Maximum - 4 SECTIONS: calendar days in transit - Section 1, Program Package Identification, is used to Thus, a three-week cycle should be planned describe the program for when ordering programs from PID. material required. - Section 2, Customer and Order PID SHIPPING METHOD'S Identification, MUST ALWAYS BE COMPLETED. PID uses three methods to ship program - Section 3, User Volume Information, is packages, depending on destination, weight completed when the order and urgency. This information may be requires the submission of worthwhile to users who send magnetic user volumes. volumes to PID. - Section 4, User Registration, is completed to register a new 1 • United Parcel Service (air and PID user, or to modify or land) is used whenever possible. delete a user registration. U.S. Mail is used for - Section 5 i For IBH Use; MUST Jl..J,WAYS BE destinations beyond United Parcel CO~WLETED by an IBM territories. Fourth Class representative. Special Delivery is the level of Instructions for the completion of each service chosen because it section are given below. Refer to the provides service comparable to sa~ple form presented at the end of this First Class (4 days maximum to discussion. See Figure 1. any location in the continental United States) at a much lower SECTION 1 PROGRM1 PACKAGE IDENTIFICATION rate. Special Handling Service it should be noted, is not the This section is used to describe the program same as Special Delivery packages being ordered. The instructions Service, and is not as fast. vlhich follow, apply to ordering all programs PID insures Fourth Class described in this catalog. Special Delivery shipments to provide a means for tracing A program is packaged and distributed under shipments. A signature at one program number (e.g., 7090-PR-130, the destination is a requirement 1410-PR-155, 1130-DP-06X, 1620-01.6.145,
iv 1440-UT-041, etc.) and is fully specified The exact Program Number, as specified by entries in Columns 1-24 ON ONE LINE in the ordering information portion of of section 1. A total of 25 ordering lines the Catalog of Programs abstract should have been provided on the order form. be entered in this field. If more than 25 lines are required, the order may be continued on a second form ENTER the Program Number (e.g., and then a third, etc. 7040S1141) in columns 4-12 or columns 4-13, as the COLUMN I BASIC OR OPTIONAL MATERIAL length requires. omit all special characters such as The requester specifies, in Column 1, decimal points or hyphens. whether the basic or optional program package is required. If both the basic COLUMNS 15-20 PROGRAM NUMBER EXTENSION and the optional program packages are required, they must be described separately, The Program Number Extension is used in on separate lines of the form. The contents 'conjunction with the Program Number to of these program packages are described completely and uniquely identify orderable in the abstracts in this manual. items from PID. Program number extensions pertinent to a given program number are ENTER B or 0 described in the ordering information portion of the Catalog of Programs abstract COLUMN 2 MACHINE READABLE for that program. Whenever a program number requires a program number extension, The requester specifies, in Column 2, IT MUST BE ENTERED in Columns 15-20. whether or not he wishes the machine readable portion of the program package. ENTER as specified in the Catalog of Programs abstract (left ENTER Y or N justify). COLUMN 3 DOCUMENTATION COLUl-1N 14 ACTION CODE (TYPE I AND II BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGES ONLY) The requester specifies, in Column 3, whether or not he wishes the documentation column 14 provides the user with the means portion of the program package. PID will to maintain his PID profiles for Type I send one copy of the basic documentation and II programs in order to make most associated with each Type I and II program effective use of the Program Update Service. ordered, if the documentation is requested. There are 2 specific actions requiring Requests for ONLY the documentation for an entry in Column 14. COLUMN 14 SHOULD Type I and II programs, when the machine BE LEFT BLANK IN ALL OTHER CASES. These readable material is not ordered, should two actions are: be sent to the Mechanicsburg Distribution Center (use Publication Requisition #M02- 1. ORDER AN ANNOUNCED MAINTENANCE PACKAGE 0618-3. See Figure 2). Also, requests for multiple copies of documentation for Users of record receive announcements of Type I and II programs should be sent to the availability of orderable maintenance Mechanicsburg. packages for programs automatically from PID. PID will honor "documentation only" requests for Type III and IV programs and also Users wishing to order an announced requests for multiple copies for Type III orderable maintenance package may do so and IV program documentation, up to 3 as follows: copies. If more than 3 copies are required, the user may either reproduce copies locally ENTER M in Column 14 (this material is not copyrighted) or the IBM Representative may send a letter to The program number and any applicable PID stating the requirements. program number extension which is identified in the announcement material must be entered ENTER 0 or 1 for Type I and II in Columns 4-13 and 15-20 respectively. Programs The remainder of Columns 1-24 must also ENTER 0, 1, 2 or 3 for Type III and be completed as applicable. IV Programs 2. DELETE A TYPE I OR II PROGRAM FROM THE COLUMNS 4-13 PROGRlU1 NUMBER USER PROFILE
v Through the Program Update Service, PID makes extensive distributions of machine When the programs ordered require the readable material and documentation to submission of user" volumes (2400' magnetic all users of record of all Type I and II tape reels/disk devices) the number of basic programs. It is essential that the user volumes for each program, as specified PID profiles be kept up to date to in the Catalog of Programs abstract, is facilitate the distribution of this material entered in Columns 23-24 and Section 3 to active users as well as to avoid the of the order form is to be completed. distribution of this material to installations no longer using previously ENTER the number of user volumes required ordered Type I and II programs. for the medium type selected. The number should be entered as two digits (01, 02, A Type I or II program previously ordered, etc. ) which is no longer being used, may be deleted from the PID profile as follows: SECTION 2 CUSTOMER AND ORDER IDENTIFICATION ENTER D in Column 14 CUSTOMER NUMBER The program number and any applicable Enter the 7-digit Customer Number in the program number extension must be entered space provided ON EVERY IBM PROGRAM ORDER in Columns 4-13 and Columns 15-20 FO~1 SUBMITTED TO PID. Do not use the respectively. No other entries in columns shaded area unless previously advised to 1-24 are required. do so. The Customer Number MUST BE ENTERED CORRECTLY because the user profile COLUMNS 21-22 DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM CODE maintenance and the address to which the (See Table Below) ordered program material will be shipped by PID will be determined from this number The media on which each program is available for all registered PID users (See Section from PID and the codes to be used, in 4). Once registered with PID, users are Columns 21-22, to specify the desired media not required to enter their name and address are identified in the catalog of Programs on the order form. abstract for each program. ORDER NUMBER ENTER the selected medium code. This number is pre-printed on each form. MEDIUM CODE TABLE PAGE - OF - TYPE DESCRIPTION CODE PT 8 channel paper tape. 05 If only one form is needed to specify the CARDS 80 column punched cards. 15 program order, enter "1 of 1". When more 7/556 Magnetic tape recorded 22 than one form is needed, number the forms at 7 track, 556 cpi. "1 of nn n2 of nn ••• "n of nne Enter the 7/800 Magnetic tape recorded 24 CUSTOMER NUMBER ON EVERY FORM, and staple at 7 track, 800 cpi. the forms together when sending to PID. 7DC/800 Magnetic tape recorded 26 at 7 track, 800 bpi. SECTION 3 USER VOLUME INFORMATION Data convert feature required. The total number of user volumes (2400' 9/800 Magnetic tape recorded 28 magnetic tape reels, disk packs or at 9 track, 800 bpi. cartridges) required to fill the program 9/1600 Magnetic tape recorded 29 order, as identified program by program at 9 track, 1600 bpi. in Columns 23-24 of Section 1, should be 1316 1316 Disk Pack. 52 accounted for in this section. These 2315 2315 Disk Cartridge. 58 volumes may either be forwarded to PID or ordered from the appropriate IBM NOTE: When a program is available from location. Complete Section 3 by entering PID only on 7/556 or 7/800 and the number of 2400' magnetic tape reels no code is specified by the user, forwarded or ordered, the serial numbers 7/800 will be provided. When a of disk devices forwarded, or the plant program is available only on order number, quantity and scheduled 7DC/800, 9/800 or 9/1600 and shipping dates of the disk devices ordered no code is specified by the user, from San Jose. 9/800 will be provided. COLUMNS 23-24 USER VOLUMES REQUIRED
vi Copy 1 of the IBM Program Order Form should is registered Section 4 NEED NOT BE accompany user volumes forwarded to PID. COMPLETED AGAIN until the registration user volumes forwarded to PID should be data requires modification or deletion. externally labelled as follows: ACTION CODE 2400' MAGNETIC DISK PACKS/ TAPE REELS CARTRIDGES R: REGISTER a new PID user. All blocks 1 • Customer Number 1. customer Number of Section 4 must be completed. 2. *Order Number 2. *Order Number (preprinted) (Preprinted M: MODIFY a previous registration by 3. Disk serial number changing any or all blocks in Section 4. Each block modified must It is suggested Disk packs should be be completely respecified. Thus, a that tape reels shipped in the permanent change in the "Attention be of the aluminum standard disk pack To" line of the user's name and hub variety containers (Part address requires re-specification of *7350520). the entire "Ship To" Information block Disk cartridges should of Section 4. The other blocks are be shipped in the left blank. standard cartridge container (Part D: DELETE a previous registration. This *7350600). action causes the deletion of the * If multiple Program Order forms are entire user profile (identified by required to complete the program order, the 7-digit Customer Number entered enter the preprinted Order Number from in Section 2) from the PID files. the FIRST FORM on all user volume labels. No other information is necessary. In lieu of forwarding tape reels to PID, S: SPECIAL "Ship To· this order only. reels may be purchased in conjunction with This action causes a "Ship To" ordering programs. To purchase magnetic Information substitution for this tape reels, Part *7035113 (10 1/2" diameter, order only. The "Ship To" Information 2400' reel, 3200 FCI, total surface tested, block must be completely specified. clear front, blue back, solid flanges), All other blocks are left blank. contact the IBM representative who can The permanent user registration data order them directly from PID by sending is not affected. a completed copy of the Magnetic Tape Order Form *170-1138 to PID together with Copy DP BRANCH OFFICE NUMBER/IBM LOCATION 1 of the Program Order Form. Part *7035113 is the only part number PID carries. If Enter the IBM DP Branch Office number for different tape reels are desired the IBM the IBM customer or DP Branch Office user. representative must send orders for them Enter the IBM division, location and with Copy 1 of the Program Order Form to department codes for IBM users. the Boulder Tape Center. The Tape Center will forward the reels and the Program MAGNETIC TAPE CAPABILITY Order Form to PID. This procedure will of course extend total turnabout time and S/360 card programs will be volume shared delay receipt of the program. for distribution on Distribution Tape Reels (DTR's) to S/360 users with magnetic tape Disk packs and disk cartridges may be capability. These DTR's will have a ordered from San Jose in conjunction with retriever placed at the front to enable ordering programs. Contact the IBM the user to punch the programs out representative for assistance. Copy selectively. Enter here the preferred of the Program Order Form should be sent tape recording mode (trackage and density) directly to PID. Upon receipt of the for these volume shared DTR's. Check "None volumes, PID will fill the order in the of These" if not a S/360 user. normal manner. "SHIP TO" INFORMATION SECTION 4 USER REGISTRATION Enter the complete shipping address. Do section 4 is completed to register a new not use only a Post Office Box number since PID user and to modify or delete previous PID uses carriers other than the U. S. registrations. Each user must be registered Mail. The ZIP CODE must be provided. with PID prior to, or simultaneously with, In the "Attention To" line, if at all his first program order. Once the user possible, enter a position title or
vii department name/number, rather than the group or title than are shown. The complete name of an individual. title may be found in the title section of the program abstract. SECTION 5 FOR IBM USE PROGRAM CLASSIFICATION CODES IBM CONTACT Enter the last name and telephone number Included below is a complete listing of of the IBM representative familiar with classification codes for all types of the order. If the representative can be programs and for each system included in this catalog. reached on the IBM network~ enter NET and the correct seven-digit number. PIO will call this person should clarification of In addition to assisting you in locating any of the information on the Order Form the abstract of each program, this list be required. should prove useful in classifying orograms written by IBM or customer personnei and IBM MANAGEMENT SIGNATURE contributed to the program libraries. Each order should be signed by a member of Branch management or, in the case of PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS TYPE I internal IBM users, by the department manager. The order form should be dated lAD/ Autochart (MM OD yy) and the Branch Office/Department /AS/ Assembly Systems number entered. /AT/ Automatic Test /AU/ Autocoder IBM WORLD TRADE USERS /eB/ COBOL - Common Bus. Oriented Language World Trade users should order programs /CT/ Commercial Translator by contacting their IBM representative. /ev/ Conversion Programs /DN/ Diagnostic Programs KEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT (KWIC) INDEX /FO/ FORTRAN - Formula Translation /10/ Input/Output The Keyword-in-Context Index lists all /LM/ Library Material available programs by their search words /lU/ Miscellaneous and keywords. Search words are significant /PR/ Processor - Includes AU, CB, words that describe the program but do I/O, etc. Report Generators not appear in the title. Ke~~ords are /RG/ significant words which appear in the /SI/ Simulator Programs program title. /SM/ Sort/Merge /SP/ Symbolic Assembly Programs Each search word and each keyword is listed /SV/ Supervisory Systems alphabetically in a column of the index /UT/ Utility Programs Their respective context words are printed to the right of the search word or keyword APPLICATION PROGRAMMING TYPE II There is an index entry for each search • word and keyword. Certain words are not Distribution accepted as indexing words. They are /OP/ Publishing considered to be too general to be useful /ORI Retail for retrieval purposes and are therefore /DWI Wholesale prevented from indexing. Hyphenated words are treated as one index word, with only Fabrication and Assembly the first word being significant. Please /CN/ Numerical Control Applications refer to page .xiv. ICX/ Other IEEI Electrical Engineering Note that the #. sign always precedes the IEOI Optics first word of the title. An * sign precedes /EXI Other a search word. Each print line in the lMEI Electrical Machinery KWIC Index contains 43 positions. A search word group or title that is longer than Process 43 positions will show only the words that IMP I Petroleum and Industrial fall to the right of the search word or Chemicals keyword being highlighted, up to the limits /MTI Textiles and Paper of one line. The remaining words become a separate entry on a different line. Service Industries The + sign at the end of a line indicates there are more words in the search word Finance /FBI Banking
viii /FI/ Brokerage and Investment Programming Systems 2.0 Information Retrieval /CR/ Information Retrieval l1athematical Subroutines 3.0
Insurance Differential & Integral Equations 4.0 /IF/ Fire and Casualty /IL/ Life Matrix Programs 5.0
State and Local Govcr~~ent Statistical Programs 6.0 /UG/ Government, State and Local Mathematical Routines 7.0 Transportation /ST/ Transportation Physical Sciences 8.0
Utilities 8.1 General Physics /SU/ Utilities 8.2 Nuclear Physics 8.3 Geology and Geophysics Federal Region 8.4 Other /GF/ Government, Federal Engineering Applications 9.0 Scientific Industries 9.1 Aeronautical Aerospace 9.2 Civil /MA/ Aerospace 9.3 Chemical 9.4 Electrical Education 9.5 Mechanical /US/ Secondary Schools 9.6 Petroleum 9.7 Other Medical /UH/ Hospital and Medical Management Science 10.0
Scientific Marketing 10.1 Linear Programming /CA/ Statistical Applications 10.2 Simulation /CO/ Operations Research 10.3 Other /CP/ Critical Path Scheduling /CM/ Mathematical Applications Demonstration Programs 11.0 /EC/ Civil Engineering /MF/ Fabrication and Primary Metals Guide 12.0
Cross Industry 12.1 Utility 12.2 Assembly Communications 12.3 Simulation /SC/ Communications 12.4 Other
Simulators Share 13.0 /CS/ Simulators 13.1 Utility Systems Engineering 13.2 Assembly /SE/ Systems Engineering Techniques 13.3 Simulation 13.4 Other TYPE III AND TYPE IV PROGRAMS Unclassified 14.0
IBM 1401, 1420 and 1460 Data Processing IBM 1440 Data processing System Systems Programming Systems 1.0 Utility Programs 1.0 1.0 Preprocessing, Editing 1.1 Assembly 1.1 Monitoring or Supervisory 1.2 Sorting - Merging 1.2 Assembly 1.3 Report Generating 1.3 Compiling 1.4 Miscellaneous General Purpose 1.4 IOCS 1.5 Input/Output 1.5 Report Generators 1.6 Data Transmission 1.6 Sorting, Merging
ix 1.7 File Organization 10.2 Finance 1.8 Data Transmission 10.3 Insurance 1.9 Other 10.9 Other
utility Programs 2.0 Public Service Industries Applications 11.0 2.1 Disk 2.2 Tape 11.1 Business Services 2.3 Duplicators and Listers 11.2 Communications 2.4 Input-Output 11.3 Education 2.5 Internal Information Transfer 11.4 Government 2.6 Data Manipulation-Handling 11.5 I-iedical 2.7 Debugging Aids 11.6 Transportation 2.8 Houskeeping, Documentation, 11.7 Utilities Programming Aids 11.9 Other 2.9 Other Manufacturing Industries Applications 12.0 Simulators, Translators, & Interpreters 3.0 12.1 Aerospace 12e2 Control Systems 3.1 unit Record Simulation 12.3 Fabrication and Assembly 3.2 computer Simulation 12.4 Numerical Control 3.3 Translators 12.5 Process 3.4 Interpreters 12.6 Other 3=9 Other Demonstrations 13.0 Differential & Integral Equations 4.0 Systems Engineering 14.0 Matrix Programs 5.0 Unclassified 15.0 Statistical Analysis & Probability 6.0 USING THE CATALOG 6.1 Basic Statistics 6.2 Time Series Analysis To locate a program begin by thinking of 6.3 Correlation the significant words describing the desired 6.4 Regression Analysis program. Then look in the KWIC, Keyword 6.5 Analysis of Variance in-Context, Index for keyword entry. The 6.6 Tests page number adjacent to the file number 6.9 Other will then direct you to the corresponding program abstract. The reference code is 1v1athematical Routines 7.0 set up as follows: 7.1 Functional Subroutines File No. 7.2 Floating Point Arithmetic CX-07X 7.3 Interpolation & Curve Fitting 06.0.010 7.4 Polynomial Solutions 7.9 Other The number of the The IBM Library IBM system for code for filing Social & Physical Sciences, Engineering which the program and ordering a Applications 8.0 is written. program.
Management Information 9.0 Now refer back to the illustration in the section entitled, "Keyword-in-Context 9.1 Inventory Control Index". As you can see, there are two 9.2 Scheduling kinds of file numbers: The first consists 9.3 Information Classification & of an alphabetical and numeric reference1 Retrieval the second is completely numeric in a Dewey 9.4 Simulators Decimal sequence. 9.5 Linear Programming 9.6 General Problem Solvers Type I and II program abstracts are located 9.9 Other in the "IBM Programs· section of this Catalog 1 Type III and IV program abstracts Commercial Industries Applications 10.0 are located in the "Contributed Programs" section. 10.1 Distribution
x The page number listed at the end of the key that indicates the specific reasons KWIC entry line will direct you to the for removing the program from the Catalog. program abstract. Each abstract describes the relevant program in enough detail to Alphabetical Key to Reason for Removal help you determine if the program will meet your requirements. A - This Program has been deleted because of low usage. LIST OF NEW PROGRAMS B - This Program has been withdrawn at user Organization Direction. This section consists of a list of new C - This program has been deleted because of Programs added since the last edition of limited usefulness. the Catalog of its Supplements. o - This program is obsoleted and replaced by a file number. PROGRAM CORRECTIONS AND REVISIONS F - This program has been withdrawn by the author. There are two kinds of revisions to programs listed in this Catalog: Programs deleted by the letter non are 1. Changes in the program abstract, followed by a file number code. This code 2. Functional changes in the program is the file number of the program that documentation and/or changes in the card replaces the deleted program. An abstract decks and tapes. for the replacement program may be found in the "Abstracts of Available Programs" Abstract changes for all Types of programs Sections in this Catalog. are noted in this Catalog and in the Supplement. The following codes appear at the extreme right-end of the title line for each abstract that is new or has been revised in this edition: *N - This symbol indicates a new program. *M - This symbol indicates that the text of the abstract has been modified. Functional changes in program documentation and/or decks or tapes for Type III (IBM Contributed) and Type IV (Customer Contributed) programs are listed in a special table preceding the KWIC Index. This data is listed under four headings: machine area; order number; date the correction was effective; and material changed. If a user has received the program data prior to the date indicated and would like to receive the correction, he must reorder the program. See the section entitled, "Completion of the IBM Program Order Form". Information concerning functional changes in program documentation and/or decks or tapes for Type I (Programming Systems) and Type I (Programming Systems) and Type II (Application Programs) can be obtained through your IBM Branch Office. DELETED PROGRAMS This section consists of a list of programs deleted since the last Supplement to the Catalog and a list of all programs deleted since the last edition of this Catalog. Included is an alphabetical heading "Reason for RQ~ovaln. Each letter refers to a
xi IBM Corp ....lkI. Program. Jaform..tiaD n.pt. IBM Program Order 40 Sa. MiD Riwer RDad HawthDI'DO, New York 1D532 .T. O.L. 914-592-5790IlBM N ...... rk B-GS9-1D11 __ ~ I~TOOER NUMBER 0 .. ,:. 1I0~ER "rug 11 ~ i i ~~ 'If §! PROGRAM gii ~ r.ol,/,l,', ' AO lLlLJ 0: ~l:~ ~.UER 10 THIS NUllIIEA WHOI 1UJUN5 INW.IES !;I ~i ~~ PROGRAM NUMBER li5 NUMBER ;::! EXTENSION ~~~ ~~ ~~ I~ ll; Q~; w," iI:i ~~ ~ ~~ 1 2 3 _I_ 1.17 i sT- 10TUI1211.'1 1. 151'6117I'SI19I20 2'1 22 23 12• 25 01 8 V,3 1,11 t) I t) I 1/..1,,,2./ 1$ .. , "110 /,II· 0 li~ I ,t/, J./ IS 03~ VI /'4:~D: £& o,~1 ..... ~-'" I~ .. ~ •..; I 1¥.4f.D'oS 0,',0 /~ 05() 'II 1,/1. It. () I~G oIl 1$ "0Iyo ItI:.t.o c..X -,7,K ls:2 I~:a USER REGISTRATION COMPLETE ONLY WHEN REGISTERING A HEW PlD USER ClfI l)( Siv I) I t,I,/A",; .4 WHEN MODIFYING OR DELETING A PREVIOUS REGISTRATION
'"'18 Iv I I ¥,+J.,() Ill.T ro.~,J I/'$ R - REGISTER NEW PID USER ~ ENTER ACTION CODE M - MODIFY R"EGISTRATION i 09 IAI)I ~/tI,D.I IQe2 Do,3,' lev I"'~ us..J~---t D _ DELETE REGISTRATION z 10 ~y I /,I/;7:.D le,K Qg,k' I/s S _ SPECIAL ·SHIP TO· - THIS ORDER ONLY ~ 11 olY o Itt'D'~Xlot 1".2 0,2 ~ 12 5/360 MAGNETIC TAPE CAPABILITY ISIJJ 13 Atrt.t) / 0", 0. 0,.3,9 I I i 13 .sly 1..2 I,tt. 0 I 0/ 4.1" lIS wS~ I 9TRKBOO I 9TRKl600 I N~::tsrf I 14~ I)" I 14.0 I ~M D'C .la o , I I I V ~ c " I I
~ 16 I 17 ,.18 7 ATTENTI0:b'0:. 20
21
22
23
24 ,
25 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I
1.2C¥957-O
Figure 1
xii !5lPmlft DATE III:QUIIlt:D MONTH DAY Publications Requisition I IBM I I DIV. I BR. OFF. NO. OR LOCATION DEPT. NO. I REQUISITION NO. SHIP To-. I I .'LLAeLE DATE ORDERED CUSTOMER REFERENCE "YES" OR "NO'
I1DI FORM NUMBER QUANTITY ORIGINATING ITEM FORM NUMBER QUANTITY ORIGINATING MD. (OMIT SUFFIX) ORDERED U/M* OFFICE USE NO (OMIT SUFFIX) ORDERED U/M* OFFICE USE
1 26
2 27
3 28
4 29
5 30
6 31
7 32
8 33
9 34
10 35
11 36
12 37
13 38
14 39
15 40
16 41
17 42
18 43
19 44
20 45
21 46
22 47
23 48
24 49
25 50
*U/M NOTE CORRECT 3-DIGIT IF OTHER THAN 001 (I.E. 025, 050, ETC.) UNIT OF MEASURE CODE AS PER IBM PUBLICATIONS AND PROGRAM5-CURRENT PRICE LlST-Z20-0100 AND THE ACCUMULATIVE SUPPLEMENT TO THE LATEST PRL. ------AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
M02-0611J.4 1 - Distribution Center
Figure 2
xiii KEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT (KWIC) INDEX
ABEIDGE CPI TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING. tSTACK - STORAGE ON+ 1401-01.4.107 053 IBILL OF IIATERIAL PROCESSOR STRUCTURE+ 1440-12.3.001 090 UCCELERlTOR PACK-SYMBOLIC 11K PROGRAMIIING+ 11101-01.1.016 045 'BILL OF I'lATERIAL PROGRAI'lS TO LOAD, + 11140-12.3.003 090 ACCOUlilT. .DEIIAND DEPOSIT 1440-FB-03X 030 BILL OF I'lATERIAL PROCESSOR. # 144 0/1311 1440-!!E-02X 032 ACCOUNTING SYSTEI'l FOR HOSPITAL. tlPROPERTY 1440-11.5.005 090 BILLING. tl'lEDICARE INPATIENT 1440-11.5.004 090 ACCOUNTING. .1I0RTGAGE LOAN 1440-FB-04X 030 BILLING. 'CHAIB AND WHOLESALE 1440-DW-01X 029 ACCOUNTING. .SAVINGS 1440-FB-05X 030 BILLING. #HOSPITAL PATIENT 1440-UH-01X 038 ACCOUNTING. tON-LINE SAVINGS 1440-FB-07X 031 BINARY SEARCH I'lACRO. UUTOCODER SERCH 1401-03.0 •. 036 067 ACCOUNTING. '1I0TOR FREIGHT REVENUE 1440-ST-02X 037 BLOCK DIAGRAI'lMING SYSTEI'l. JlSYI'lBOLIC 1401-01.4.097 053 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. tRETAI~ 11140-DR-02X 028 #BOND TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A BANK. 11101-FB-09X 007 UCCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FOR HOSPITALS. 11140-UH-02X 038 BPS S/360 SORT/URGE PROGRA!! 8K DISK. 1401-LM-079 015 ACCOUNTS PAYABLE. #HOSPITAL 11140-UH-03X 039 BRAILLE - TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE+ 1401-01.4.230 062 ACCOUTNING. #INSTALLI'lENT LOAN 1440-10.2.003 088 BRANCH ON OVERFLOW. 'ONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO+ 1440-02.3.002 086 ACQUISITION PROGRAII. .COIIPUTER FOR THE IBI'l+ 1440-11.5.003 089 BRIDG-IT ON THE 1401. .THE GAilE 1401-11.0.010 081 ACTUAL FORI'l. tCORE DUI'lP ROUTINE IN 1440-02.7.003 087 .CALCULATE NUI'lBER OF DAYS BETWEEN TWO+ 1401-03.0.011 066 ADDRESS CONVERSION. tGENERAL APPROACH TO+ 1401-01.4.034 050 CALCULATING AND PRINTING EVERYTHING. 1401-01.4.010 050 ADDRESS UTILITY. # 11101/1311 DISK 1401-01.4.176 057 CALCULATION - 1'l0DULOUS 10. #SELF CHECKING+ 1401-01.4.121 054 ADDRESS UTILITY. # 111110/1311 DISK 1440-02.1.002 085 CALCULATION IIODULUS II. #SELF-CHECKING+ 1401-07.0.002 071 ADDRESS REORGANIZATION IlAINTENANCE+ 1440-12.3.001 090 #CAPERTSIII - COMPUTER ASSISTED PROJECT+ 1401-,lO.2.011 073 ADJUSTIIENT OF 1I0NTHLY TIllE SERIES •• SEASONAL 1401-06.0.001 067 .CAPlTAL INVESTI'lENT ANALYSIS (8K). 1401-(10.3.016 075 ADJUSTIIENT - CENSUS IIETHOD II, X-9 VERSION,+ 1401-06.0.009 069 CARD-To-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM. 1401-01.4.159 057 ADJUSTIIENT, CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION,+ 1401-06.0.010 069 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAII. 1440-02.1.001 085 ADJUSTIIElilT FOR 11101 VERSIONS OF CENSUS+ 1401-06.0.018 070 tCARD-TO-TAPE UTILITY PROGRAM. 1401-UT-027 022 UDKIliliSTRATIVE TERllllilL SYSTEII. 11140-CX-07X 028 CASH LETTER WRITING. #1240/14110 PROOF OF+ 1440-10.2.002 088 tADIIINISTliATIVE TERIIINAL SYSTE!!. 1460-CX-08X 042 CASUALTY CO!!PANIES. HUTO RATING FOR FIRE+ 1401-IF-01X 009 ADIIISSIONS INFORIIATION SYSTEII ••COOPERATIVE 1401-10.3.068 080 CENSUS I'lETHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, LONG+ 1401-06.0.009 069 AIRCRAFT EVALUATION PROGRAII. #11101 AIRLINE 1401-10.3.069 080 CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 11K, SHORT+ 1401-06.0.010 069 AIRLINE AIRCRAFT EVALUATION PROGRAII. .1401 1401-10.3.069 080 CENSUS METHOD II. #DATA TRANSFER - PROGRAM+ 1401-06.0.013 070 tALPHABETIC NAIIE FILE SEARCHING BASED ON+ 1401-01.2.024 OLl8 CENSUS IIETHOD II. #TRADING-DAY ADJUSTIIENT+ 1401-06.0.018 070 ALTERATION PROGRAII. .STANDARD NAIIE 1401-14.0.019 083 CENTERING QUICK REPORT (QUICKIE). .SELF 1401-01.3.018 049 AIIORIZATION SCHEDULE. .1I0RTGAGE 1401-10.2.006 072 CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FOR!! WORDS. 1401-14.0.008 082 AlflLYTICAL DATA ACQUISITION PROGRAM. 1440-11.5.003 089 #CHAIN AND WHOLESALE BILLING. 1440-DW-01X 029 ANALYZE TEACHER-MADE TESTS. nS80 - SCORE+ 1401-10.3.070 080 CHART GENERATOR. #FLOGEN - IBM 1401 FLOW 1401-02.0.022 06!! ANDAORR FOR PROGRAII FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC 11101-01.4.220 060 ,CHARTER. iSYSTEIIS FLOW 1401-02.0.039 065 UNTIC A LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS. 1401-01.4.198 059 'CHECK AND EDIT.11401/1460 PACE PRE-ASSEI'lBLY 1401-01.1.051 046 tAPTCO - AUTOMATIC PROGRAMIIING, TESTING, + 1401-01.4.094 052 . CHECK AND EDIT LISTING.#PACE - PRE-ASSEIIBLY 14110-01.0.001 08!! #ASK - INFORMATION RETRIEVAL PROGRAM FOR+ 1401-10.3.009 074 , CHECK-FORI'l llORDS. #SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT+ 1401-14.0.008 082 ASSEIIBLER. #SPSS - AN I!!PROVED SPS - 1401-01.1.036 046 CHECKING PROGRAM. #GENERALIZED TABULATE+ 1401-01.4.056 051 ASSEIIBLER. ISPS SINGLE PASS 1401-01.1.'052 047 CHECKING NUIIBER CALCULATION - MODULOUS 10. 1401-01.4.121 0511 ASSEMBLER. .1401 SPS TO SYSTEII/360 BASIC 1401-01.4.195 059 'CHECKPOINT AND RESTART PROCEDURE. 1401-01.4.102 053 ASSEIIBLY. #ACCELERATOR PACK-SYMBOLIC -IIK+ 1401-01.1.016 045 CLASS PENNSYLVANIA COUNTIES. #REAL ESTATE+ 1401-14.0.026 083 ASSEMBLY PROGRAII NO. 1110113. tRAPID 1401-01.1.017 045 COBOL THROUGH A LOGIC TRACE AND DATA-NAI'lE+ 1401-01.4.223 061 ASSEIIBLY FOR THE 11101. #TWO - TAPE AUTOCODER 1401-01.1.018 045 #COBOL EXPANDER PROGRAII. 1401-02.0.041 065 ASSEIIBLY LANGUAGE. 11401/1440 EDIT+ rIlOl-01.1.056 047 COBOL. #1401 1401-CB-070 003 USSEIIBLY PROGRAII FOR 7750 USING THE IBII+ 1401-SP-133 021 #COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION. 1401-CB-701 003 ASSEI'lBLY PROGRAI'l USING THE IBII 11101. 1401-SP-156 021 COBOL EDIT. #SYSTE!I/360 1401-SE-13X 018 ASSISTED PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW+ 1401-10.2.011 073 #COBOL FOR IBII 14L10/1401/1460. 1440-CB-073 027 ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING SYSTEII FOR+ 1401-14.0.027 083 COEFFICIENTS PROGRAII. #REGAN - 4K+ 11101-06.0.008 069 ASSISTED INSTUTILIZATION ANC PRIC 1440-01.0.001 084 COLLATOR SII'lULATOR. #CARD 1401-0 1. 4 • 212 060 ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING SYSTEM FOR+ 1440-15.0.001 091 COLUMNS ON THE IBI'l 1401. 'REPRODUCE ONLY+ 140·;-01.11.221 06' ASSISTED INSTRUCTION. 111101/11160 - 1026+ 1401-0S-092 015 #COIIIIERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER SII'lULATION+ 1401-10.2.010 073 ASSISTED INSTRUCTION COURSEWRITER LANGUAGE. 1440-05-090 033 COMIIUNICATION MONITOR FOR 1lI01/40/60+ 1440-SV-090 037 ASSISTED INSTRUCTION. #1LIIIO-l026 OPERATING+ 1440-0S-091 034 COKI'lUNICATION IIONITOR FOR 14110 BA SIC+ 14110-SV-091 038 *ATS UDIIINISTRlTlVE TERI'lINAL SYSTEI'l 1440-cx-on 028 COIIIIUNICATION IIONITOR FOR 1401 AUTOCODER+ 1460-SV-090 04!! *ATS #ADIIINISTRATIVE TER!!INAL SYSTEM 11160-cX-08X 042 COI'lMUNICATION 1'l0NITOR FOR 11101 BASIC+ 1460-SV-091 0114 UTTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECONDARY 1440-US-04X 0111 #COKMUNICATIONS IOCS (1026/DDC) FOR THE+ 1401-10-012 011 nUTO RATING FOR. FIRE AND CASUALTY+ 1401-IF-OlX 009 COIIIIUNICATIONS UTILITY PROGRAII - IBII 1009. 1401-UT-076 025 UUTO-TEST. 1401-AT-072 001 JlCOI'lMUNICATIONS IOCS. 1440-10-011 031 AUTO-TEST 8K. #1401/1311 1401-AT-081 001 #COI'lMUNICATIONS IOCS 1026 (DDC) FOR THE+ 1440-10-012 032 AUTO-TEST 16K. 11401/1311 1401-AT-082 002 COI'lMUNICATIONS IOCS (14L18-DDC). #1460/1401 1460-10-011 0!!3 nUTO-TEST 16K. 1440-AT-060 026 COIIPARE ERROR PRINT/DUPLICATE. #TAPE 1401-01.4.123 054 tAUTO-TEST 8K. 1440-AT-061 027 COKPATIBILITY 1'l0DE. #COPY 1401-AU-008+ 1401-14.0.024 083 tAUTOBLOCK II. 1401-02.0.017 063 CONDENSED CARDS. #UNPACK 1401-01.4.067 052 #AOTOCHART. 1401-02.0.031 064 CONDENSED PROGRA II. iPROGRAII TO LOAD+ 1401-01.4.134 055 AUTOCODER PROGRAMS. UUTOEDIT - 11101 EDIT+ 1401-01.1.014 045 CONDENSED CARDS. UNTIC A LIST OF 1401-01.4.198 059 AUTOCODER ASSEIIBLY FOR THE 1401.iTWO - TAPE 1401-01.1.018 045 CONDENSING OPERATION. #APTCO - AUTOIIATIC+ 11101-01.4.0911 052 UUTOCODER PRE-LIST DIAGNOSTIC. 1401-01.1.026 046 CONSECUTIVE NUMBERS ON LABELS •• 1401/1460+ 1401-01.3.024 049 AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK. IPRE-LIST FOR 11101-01.1.039 046 CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAI'l. #1401/1311+ 1401-01.4.159 057 HUTOCODER PRE-LIST. _ 1401-01.1.043 046 CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAII. #1440/1311+ 11140-02.1.001 085 AUTOCODER PROGRAII LOGIA DIAGRAIIIIER. 1401-01.4.128 055 ICONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY DAILY+ 11101-IL-02X 010 AUTOCODER CARD FORKAT ••CONVERT SPS CARD+ 1401-01.4.131 055 #CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY+ 1401-IL-03X 011 AUTOCODER CONDENStD PROGRA!!. #PROGRAII TO+ 1401-01.4.134 055 CONTROL 1'l0NITOR ON DISK.#1401/1440/1460 JOB 1401-01.4.220 060 AUTOCODER. .CONVERSION OF SPS TO 1401-01.LI.160 057 CONTROL FIELDS. #GENERALIZED TABULATE WITH+ 1401-01.4.226 061 AUTOCODER CONVERTER. #SOPHISTICATED SPS TO lL101-01.4.165 057 CONTROL PROGRAM. UUTOPROPS II NUI'lERICAL 11101-CN-03X 004 AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAIIS - RASP. lL101-01.4.189 058 CONTROL SYSTEM. HNPUT/OUTPUT 1401-10-065 012 AUTOCODER FOR 1401/1460. #CARD SPS TO 1401-01.4.205 059 CONTROL PROGRAM (IOCP) FOR IBII+ 1401-10-077 013 AUTOCODER SOURCE G, ANDAORR FOR PROGR!.!! FOR 1401-01.4.220 060 CONTROL PROGRAII. #7040/44-1401 INPUT/OUTPUT 1401-10-152 013 AUTOCODER SOURCE. tDISASSE!!BLER OF+ 1401-02.0.035 065 CONTROL SYSTEM. HNPUT/OUTPUT 1440-10-010 031 AUTOCODER. #TYPEWRITER !!ACROS FOR+ 1401-02.0.040 065 CONTROL SYSTEK. #PROJECT 11140-IIX-02X 033 UUTOCODER SERCH BINARY SEARCH KACRO. 1401-03.0.036 067 tCONTROLLER. 1440-01.1.001 084 AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAIIS TO 1401. iCONVERT+ 1440-03.3.002 088 CONVERSION OF OTHER PUNCHES. #SCOOP I & 11+ 1401-01.4.012 050 AUTOCODER 2K. #BASIC 1401-AU-005 002 CONVERSION. JlGENERAL APPROACH TO AUTOIIATIC+ 1401-01.4.034 050 AUTOCODER (ON DISK). #1401/11140/11160 1401-AU-008 002 #CONVERSION OF SPS TO AUTOCODER. 1401-01.4.160 057 tAOTOCODEB PROGRAM. 1401-AU-03? 003 CONVERSION PROGRAK. Jl1401 FARGO TO+ 1401-02.0.036 065 AUTOCODER. .BASIC 1420-AU-00l 026 CONVERSION PROGRAI'l. JlDEMAND DEPOSIT 1240-FB-12X 001 AUTOCODER. tBASIC 1440-AU-00l 027 CONVERSION. .COBOL LANGUAGE 1401-CB-701 003 AUTOCODER 2K. #BASIC 1440-AU-006 027 CONVERSION PROGRAII. #FORTRAN II LANGUAGE 1401-FO-702 009 AUTOCODER ON DISK. #14110-1470 PROCESS+ 11140-SV-090 037 tCONVERT SPS CARD FORI'lAT TO AUTOCODER+ 1401-01. !!.131 055 AUTOCODER. #1440-1070 PROCESS C 01'11'1 UN ICATION+ 1440-SV-091 038 CONVERT DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO+ 1401-14.0.008 082 AUTOCODER (ON TAPE). # 1460-1 070 PROCESS+ 1460-SV-090 044 #CONVERT 14L10 AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAMS+ 1440-03.3.002 088 AUTOCODER 2K. Jl146 0-1 070 PROCESS+ 1460-SV-091 OLl4 CONVERTER. #SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER 1401-01.4.165 057 UUTOEDIT - 1401 EDIT FOR 1410 AUTOCODER+ 1401-01.1.014 045 #COOPERATIVE ADI'lISSIONS INFORIIATION SYSTEM. 11101-10.3.068 080 AUTOIIATIC PROGRA!!I'lED ADDRESS CONVERSION. 1lI01-01.4.034 050 #COPY 1401-AU-008 SYSTEIIS PACK TO TAPE+ 1401-1!!. O. 024 083 AUTOMATIC PROGRAMIIING, TESTING, AND+ 1401-01.4.09Li 052 #CORE DUKP ROUTINE. 1401-01. !,I.071 052 UOTOlIATIC FLOWCHART TECHNIQUE. 1401-02.0.019 063 CORE DUIIP. #SY!lBOLIC 1401-0i. LI.141 056 AUTOKATIC PLOTTING OF RESULTS. #MANAGEMENT+ 1401-10.2.007 072 #CORE PRI NT. lL140-02.7.002 086 AUTOIIATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE. IFAST - FULLY 1401-10.3.0Lll 077 ICORE DUI'lP ROUTINE IN ACTUAL FORIIl. 1440-02.7.003 087 AUTOIUTIC SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAI'l+ lL101-10.3.063 079 tCORE DOl!!'. 1440-02.7.00Ll 087 AUTOI'lATIC SCORING. TECHNIQUE PHASE 2 PROGRAI'l+ lL101-10.3.064 079 CORE IN PROGRAII LOAD FORIIAT. #PUNCH 1440-02.9.003 087 AUTOIIATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE. #FAST - FULLY 1401-10.3.066 079 CORE PUNCH PROGRAM. HB~ 1440 lL1L10-02.9.005 087 UUTOPROPS II NUIIERICAL CONTROL PROGRAII. 1401-CN-03X 004 #CORL-I THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIIIPLE+ 1401-06.0.006 068 AUXILIARY PROGRAKS. #7040/44-1401 lL101-UT-153 025 CORRELATION - VARIABLES OF IKPORTANCE+ 1401-06.0.005 068 BANDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS. JlMEIIORY DUIIP IN 1401-01.4.063 051 CORRELATION. #CORL-I THIRTEEN VARIABLE+ 1401-06. 0.006 068 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEK. tl'lICR ENTRY+ lL150-FB-20X 042 CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS PROGRAII. #REGAN - + 1401-06.0.008 069 .BANK DOCUKENT SORT PROGRAK. 12L10-SM-030 001 COUNT, PRINT. #RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, 1401-13.1.009 081 #BANK IIANAGEIIENT SII'lULATOR. 1401-FB-02X 006 COUNTIES. JlREAL ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEII FOR+ 1401-14.0.026 083 BANK. #BOND TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A 1401-FB-09X 007 COURSEWRITER LANGUAGE. #OPERATING SYSTEII+ 14110-0S-090 033 BILL SYSTEI'l FOR THIRD CLASS PENNSYLVANIA+ lL101-14.0.026 083 tCPI - CREATE PRINT IIIAGES. 1401-01.4.228 062
xiv CREATE INFORMATION TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE CREATE PRINT IIIAGES. 'CPI - 1401-01.4.228 062 tESCADE - EFFORTLESS SYSTEI!I OF+ 11101-01.11.010 050 CREDIT UNIONS. UNDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT+ 11101-10.3.055 078 ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEII FOR THIRD CLASS+ 1401-111.0.026 083 CREDIT UNIONS. 'INDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE+ 1401-10.3.056 078 *ESTIMATING COST tLESS IV 1401-10.3.053 078 'CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULER (BASIC 1401). 1401-10.3.013 075 ESTHIATI NG AND SCHEDULING+ 1401-10.3.001 073 'CRITICAL PATH LISTING AND RESOURCE+ 1401-10.3.028 076 ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING 8K, 12K, and 16K. 1401-10.3.002 013 'CRITICAL PATH MANAGE!!ENT GA!!E. 1401-10.3.059 079 EVALUATION AND REVIEW TECHNIQUE SIMULATOR. 1401-10·.2.011 013 CROSS REFERENCE LIST. 'DOCUIIENT AND TESTING+ 1401-01.4.223 061 EVALUATION PROGRAII. #11101 AIRLINE AIRCRAFT 1401-10.3.069 080 CURVE FIT FOR ECONOIlIC ANALYSIS AND+ 1401-07.0.003 071 EVALUR UTILIZATION ANC PRIC 1401-13.1.009 081 CYCLE PROGRA!!S. 'CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS+ 1401-IL-02X 010 EVERYTHING. iESCADE - EFFORTLESS SYSTEII OF+ 11101-01.11.010 050 DAILY CYCLE PROGRA!!S. 'CONSOLIDATED+ 1401-IL-02X 010 EXPANDER PROGRAII. lICOBOL 1401-02. O. 0111 065 DATA-NAIIE CROSS REFERENCE LIST. tDOCUIlENT+ 1401-01.4.223 061 EXPLODE IBII FILES. tBILL OF IIATERIAL+ 1440-12.3.003 090 DATES SUBROUTINE-DTCALC. 'CALCULATE NUMBER+ 1401-03.0.011 066 EXPONENTIAL SIIOOTHING. tFORECASTING BY 1401-10.3.008 0711 DATOIIIC ANALYSIS OFF RECORDING COMPUTER 1401-10.1.004 072 nXTENDED PERFORMANCE COIIPUTER ASSISTED+ 1401-111.0.021 083 DAYS BETIIEEN TIIO DATES SUBROUTINE-DTCALC. 1401-03.0.011 066 tEXTENDED PERFORIIANCE COIIPUTER ASSISTED+ 14110-15.0.001 091 *DEBUGGING 'RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE 1440-01.4.002 085 EXTRACT PROGRA!! FOR CREDIT UNIONS. 1401-10.3.055 078 DECISION TABLES. iPRINT 1401-01.4.126 054 EXTRACTION !!ETHOD. U SQUARE ROOT+ 11101-03.0.019 066 DECISION MAKING LABORATORY AUTOMATIC+ 1401-10.2.007 072 FACILITATE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS. 'IIETHOD OF+ 1401-06. 0.0" 069 DECISION IIAKING LABORATORY. 11401/1440 DISK+ 1401-10.2.012 073 FACTORIAL DESIGN. UNALYSIS OF VARIANCE, 2+ 1401-06.0.012 070 'DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAII. 1401-SE-05X 018 'FALLOUT. 11101-11.0.007 081 DECISION-!!AKING LABORATORY. tJ!ANAGEIIENT 1401-CS-02X 005 #FARGO ONE-SIXTY-G. 11101-02.0.018 063 'DEIIAND DEPOSIT CONVERSION PROGRAII. 1240-FB-12X 001 FARGO TO SYSTEII/360 RPG 1I0DEL 20 CONVERSION+ 11101-02.0.036 065 'DEIIAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNT. 1440-FB-03X 030 'FARGO - FOURTEEN-O-ONE SUTOIIATIC REPORT+ 1401-RG-01l5 017 *DEIIONSTRATION HALLOU'!' 1401-11.0.007 081 FEATURES. iTRACE THAT NEEDS NO SPECIAL 1401-01.11.133 055 *DEIIONSTRATION trHE GAilE BRIDG-IT ON THE 1401-11.0;010 081 FEATURES REQUIREIIENTS. tFORTRAN+ 11101-02.0.025 064 *DEIIONSTRATION tl!USIC-IlUSIC SIIIULATION ON A 1401-11.0.012 081 FIELDS. 'GENERALIZED TABULATE 'WITH OR+ 11101-01.11.226 061 DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER IIRITING. '1240/1440+ 1440-10.2.002 088 FILE SEARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS. 1401-01.2.0211 0118 DEPOSIT CONVERSION PROGRA!!. 'DEIIAND 1240-FB-12X 001 FILE ADDRESS REORGANIZATION !!AINTENANCE+ 1440-12.3.001 090 DEPOSIT ACCOUNT. 'DEIIAND 1440-FB-03X 030 tFILE UTILITIES. 1401-UT-051 023 DESIGN. UNALYSIS OF VARIANCE, 2 TO THE N+ 1401-06.0.012 070 FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 11101/11160. 11101-UT-052 023 DESIGN DATA. iHIGHIlAY EARTHIIORK QUANTITIES+ 1401-09.2.007 071 #FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. 11101-UT-057 024 DEVELOPIIENT. '1440/1311 STERLING REPORT+ 1440-RG-720 035 FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. 'DISK 11140-UT-01I0 041 DIAGNOSTIC. UUTOCODER PRE-LIST 11101-01.1.026 046 FILES PROGRA!!. illATCH AND 1I0DIFY 1401-01.11.231 062 DIAGRA!!IIER. 11401/1410 AUTOCODER PROGRA!!+ 1401-01.4.128 055 FILES. #BILL OF MATERIAL PROGRAMS TO LOAD, + 1440-12.3.003 090 DIAGRAIIIIING SYSTEII. 'SY!!BOLIC BLOCK 11101-01.4.097 053 iFINANCIAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM. 1401-FI-05X 007 DIGITS TO CHECK-FOR!! IIORDS. /lSUBROUTINE TO+ 1401-14.0.008 082 FINDER. '1311 DISK RECORD 11101-01.11.181 058 /lDIOS - 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEII FOR+ 11101-01.5.002 062 FIRE AND CASUALTY CO!!PANIES. 'AUTO RATING+ 11101-IF-01X 009 'DISASSEIIBLER OF 1401/1460 PROGRAIIS FRO!!+ 1401-02.0.035 065 FIT FOR ECONOIIIC ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING. 11101-01.0.003 071 DISK SORT. nB!! 1401/1440/1460/1311 1401-01.2.023 0118 iFLOGEN - IBII 1401 FLOII CHART GENERATOR. 1401-02.0.022 0611 DISK LOAD. 11401 SORT 7 - 1311 1401-01.2.025 048 FLOW CHART GENERATOR. tFLOGEN - IBII 1401 1401-02.0.022 0611 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY. '1401/1311 1401-01.4.176 057 FLOW CHARTER. 'SYSTEMS 1401-02. 0.039 065 DISK RECORD. tREPAIR 1401-01.4.181 058 FLOIICHART TECHNIQUE. UUTOIUTIC 11101-02.0.019 063 DISK PROGRAI! LOADER. .1401/1460-1311 1401-01.11.186 058 ilFLOIiCHARTING AND DOCU!!ENTATION AID 11101-02.0.024 0611 DISK RECORD FINDER. t 1311 1401-01.4.187 058 FORECASTING. 'POLYNOMIAL CURVE FIT FOR+ 11101-07.0.003 071 DISK PRINT PROGRAII. t1401-1311 1401-01.4.211 060 .FORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL SMOOTHING. 11101-10.3.008 0711 DISK. AUTOCODER SOURCE G, ANDAORR FOR 1401-01.11.220 060 FORITOR FOR PROGRAII FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC 11140-US- 04X 0111 DISK PACKS •• 1401/1311 1I0NITOR FOR PROGRA!!S+ 11101-02.0.021 063 FOR!!. iCORE DUMP ROUTINE IN ACTUAL 14110-02.7.003 087 DISK AUTOCODER. tTYPEIiRITER IIACROS FOR+ 11101-02.0.040 065 FORIIAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FORIIAT. 'CONVERT+ 1401-01.11.131 055 DISK !!ANAGE!!ENT DECISION !!AKING LABORATORY. 11101-10.2.012 073 FORIIAT. 'PUNCH CORE IN PROGRAII LOAD 111110-02.9.003 087 DISK. 'PROGRA!! TO LOAD PROGRAIIS ON 11140~01.1.002 084 FORR FOR PROGRAII FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC 11101-01.1.018 0115 DISK INPU~/OUTPUT SUBROUTINE. .RADIO -+ 111110-01.11.001 085 FORR FOR PROGRAII FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC 11101-01.1.051 0116 DISK RESIDENT. .SORT 54 11140-01.6.001 085 .FORTRAN 1I0DIFICATION WHICH ELIIIINATES+ 11101-02.0.025 0611 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY. .1440/1311 1440-02.1.002 085 FORTRAN. tMACBADY 8K 11140 111110-01.3.002 084 DISK SORT PACKAGE. t1440-1311 11140-02.1.003 086 ilFORTRAN. 1401-FO-050 008 DISK. .1401/40/60 FORTRAN IV 11101-FO-051 008 FORTRAN IV DISK. 1111101/110/60 1401-FO-051 008 DISK SORT/IIERGE PROGRA!! (16K). t1401/1460+ 11101-L!!-011 013 FORTRAN IV TAPE. .11101/60 11101-FO-052 008 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTE!!S TAPE+ 11101-LII-012 0111 'FORTRAN II LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRA!!. 11101-FO-102 009 DISK. '1401/11160 TIllING PROGRAII FOR BPS+ 1401-LI!I-079 015 FOURTEEN-O-ONE SUTOIIATIC REPORT GENEFATING+ 1401-RG-045 017 DISK FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 11101/1460. 11101-UT-052 023 FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUNTING. FMOTOR 14110-ST-02X 037 DISK. 'UTILITY PROGRA!!S FOR THE 1401-1311 1401-UT-053 024 FUNCTIONS ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRA MS. 1401-IL-02X 010 DISK. tl1140-11170 PROCESS CO!!!!UNICATIOII+ 11140-SV-090 037 FUNCTIONS ORDINARY VALUATION PROGRAII. 11101-IL-0J! 011 tDISK FILE ORGAIIIZATIOIi ROUTINES. 11140-UT-040 041 GA!!E. tCRITICAL PATH MANAGEMENT 1401-10.3.059 079 'DISK UTILITY PROGRAIIS. 1440-UT-0Ill 0111 GAME BRIDG-IT ON THE 11101. #THE 1401-11.0.010 081 DISK •• 11101/11140/1460 JOB CONTROL 1I0NITOR ON 1401-01.11.220 060 GANG PUNCH FOR THE 11101. 'SELECTIVE+ 11101-01.4.051 051 DISSEIIINATION 02 INFORIIATIOII SYSTEII. 1401-CR-OlX 004 GANG PUNCH SIIIULATOR. tREPRODUCE 14110-03. 1. 00 1 087 DISTRIBUTIOII PROGRAII. tGENERAL 1401-IF-02X 009 GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT.tRGCP - REPRODUCE. 11101-13.1.009 081 DISTRIBUTION PROGRAII FOR A TAPE 1401. 11101-IF-03X 010 GANGPUNCHING OR EIIITTING. 'FOURTEEN 0 ONE+ 11101-111.0.004 082 DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE. 11401/1460 SI!!ULTANEOUS+ 1401-03.0.041 067 tGENERALIZED TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE+ 1401-01.11.056 051 tDOCUIIENT AND TESTING AIDS FOR COBOL+ 1401-01.4.223 061 'GENERALIZED TABULATE IIITH OR IIITHOUT+ 11101-01.11.226 061 DOCUIIENT SORT PROGRA!!. tBANK 1240-SII-030 001 'GENERALIZED PLOT PROGRAII. 11101-14.0.002 082 DOCUIIENTATION EDITOR. 'PAPER AND PROGR!!!! 11101-01.11.193 059 GENERATING OPERATION. tFARGO -+ 1401-RG-01l5 017 DOCUIIENTATION AID PROGRAII.'FLOIICHARTING AND 11101-02.0.0211 064 GENERATOR PRE-EDIT. tREPORT PROGRAII 1401-01.3.005 0119 DOCUIIENTATION AIDS SYSTEII. nB!! 1401-SE-12X 018 GENERATOR. iFLOGEN - IB!! 1401 FLOII CHART 11101-02.0.022 064 DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FORII+ 1401-111.0.008 082 GENERATOR 4K. '1401/1460 BASIC REPORT+ 11101-RG-022 016 DOS/360 AND TOS/360 TAPE SORT/IIERGE+ 11101-1;!!-010 013 GENERATOR (ON DISK) 11101/1460. #1401/1311+ 1401-RG-032 016 PUIIP IN BANDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS ••IIEIIORY 1401-01.4.063 051 GENERATOR 2K. tREPORT PROGRA!! 1401-RG-033 017 DUIIP ROUTINE. ICORE 1401-01.11.071 052 GENERATOR. #REPORT PROGRAII 1401-RG-048 017 DUIIP. IIIODIFIED 11101-01.11.124 054 GENERATOR. '1440 STERLING BASIC REPORT+ 111110-RG-121 035 DUIIP. ISYIIBOLIC CORE 11101-01.4.1111 056 GENERATOR 2K. 'REPORT PROGRAM 1440-RG-0211 035 DUIIP. tGENERAL PURPOSE TAPE 11101-01.4.158 056 GPSS-2. 'GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATOR - 1401-10.2.008 012 DUIIP ROUTINE IN ACTUAL FORII. 'CORE 14110-02.7.003 087 GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND EI'BOSS ON A 1403+ 1401-01.11.230 062 DUIIP. 'CORE 11140-02.1.0011 087 'HIGHIIAY EARTHWORK QUANTITIES AND DESIGN+ 11101-09.2.007 071 DUPLICATION. trAPE 11101-01.4.108 054 tHOIIEOWNERS RATING PROGRAII. 11101-IF-05X 010 EARTHIIORK QUANTITIES AND DESIGN DATA. 1401-09.2.007 071 HOSPITAL. tPROPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEII FOR 11140-11.5.005 090 ECONOIIIC ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING. 11101-07.0.003 071 .HOSPITAL PATIENT BILLING. 1440-UH-01X 038 EDIT FOR 1410 AUTOCODER PROGRAIIS. UUTOEDIT+ 1401-01.1.014 0115 'HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS PAYABLE. 14110-UH-03X 039 .EDIT - EDITING DATA INPUT FOR VALIDITY. 1401-01.1.020 045 tHOSPITAL INVENTORY PROGRAl!. 1440-UH-0IIX 039 EDIT SYSTEII/360 BASIC ASSE!!BLY LANGUAGE. 1401-01.1.056 047 #HOSPITAL GENERAL LEDGER. 111110-UH-05X 039 EDIT LISTING.IPACE - PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND 11140-01.0.001 084 #HOSPITAL PAYROLL. 14110-UH- 06X 039 EDIT. 'SYSTEII/360 COBOL 1401-SE-13X 018 HOSPITALS. #ACCOUNTS RECEIVAB LE FOR 1440-UH-02X 038 EDIT •• 1401/1460 PACE PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND 1401-01.1.051 046 'HYPER TAPE UTILITY PROGRAIIS. 1401-UT-067 024 EDIT.K PROGRAIIIIING SYIIONITOR FORR FOR 11101-01.1.051 0116 II. #AUTOBLOCK 11101-02. O. 017 063 EDITING DATA INPUT FOR VALIDITY. IEDIT - 1401-01.1.020 045 II, X-9 VERSION, 4K. LONG PROGRA!!. 11101-06.0.009 069 EDITOR. tPAPER AND PROGRAM DOCUIIENTATION 1401-01.4.193 059 II, X-9 VERSION, 11K, SHORT PROGRAII. 1401-06.0.010 069 EFFORTLESS SYSTEII OF CALCULATING AND+ 1401-01.11.010 050 II. teATA TRANSFER - PROGRAM FOR CENSUS+ 1401-06.0.013 070 ELIIIINATE, REPRODUCE ••REER - REPRODUCE,+ 1401-01.4.068 052 II. tTRADING-DAY ADJUSTMENT FOR 11101+ 11101-06. O. 018 070 ELIIIINATES THE IIULTIPLY-DIVIDE SPECIAL+ 1401-02.0.025 064 II= 'iSELF-CHECKING NUMBER C}~LC!JL~~T!ON+ 1401-07.0.002 071 ELIIIINATES THE !!NGLISASIC PRIC 1401-06.0.001 067 IMAGES. 'CPI - CREATE PRINT 1401-01.11.228 062 E!!BOSS ON A 1403 PRINTER. 11401/11160+ 11101-01.4.230 062 'I!!PACT SIIIULA TOR. 1401-01.11.135 056 E!!IT, ELI!!INATE, REPRODUCE. #REER 11101-01.4.068 052 IIIPACT. #1311 WHOLESALE 1401-DW-03X 005 EIIITTING. tFOURTEEN 0 ONE OFFSET+ 11101-14. O. 004 082 IMPACT. t1311 WHOLESALE 14110-DW-04X 029 tENGINEERING SCHEDULING SYSTEII. 1401-EX-OlX 006 INCOME TAXES FOR IBM 11101 TAPE SYSTEM. 11101-111.0.012 082 ENGLISASIC PRIC 1401-02.0.024 064 INDEX. 'QUICK KWIC 1401-10.3.035 076 ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND EIIBOSS ON 1+ 1401-01.11.230 062 *INDEXING #KIIIC SYSTEII 1401-10.3.010 074 ENTRY PROGRAII SUPPORTS 1450 BANK DATA+ 11150-FB-20X 0112 tINDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRAII FOR+ 11101-10.3.055 078 EQUATION AND !!ATRIX INVERSION PROGRAII. 1401-05.0.003 067 tINDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAII FOR+ 1401-10.3.056 078 ERROR PRINT/DUPLICATE. tTAPE CO!!PARE 11101-01.4.123 054 INFOR!!ATION RETRIEVAL PROGRAr'! FOR THE 1401. 1401-10.3.009 0711 ERROR-DETECTION AIDS. 'CARD SYSTEII 11101-AT-017 001 tINFORIIATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL P'ROGRAII. 11101-10.3.047 077
xv INFORIIATION PRE-ASSEI'JBLY
TI'l'LE PROGRAM ~o. PAGE TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE INFOR!!ATION SYSTE!!. .COOPERATIVE AD!!ISSIONS 1401-10.3.068 080 IIEAT SYSTEII. .SIII 14110-10.1.001 088 INFORI'IATION SYSTEII. 'SELECTIYE+ 1401-CR-01X 0011 IIIEDICARE INPATIENT BILLING. 14110-11.5.004 090 INPATIENT BILLING. II'IEDICARE 14110-11.5.004 090 IIIEIIORY DU!!P IN BANDS OF 100 POSe 20 CARDS. lLiOl-0l.II.063 051 INPUT FOR VALIDITY. IEDIT - EDITING DATA 1401-01.1.020 045 IIEIIORY PRINT. IUNIVERSAL lLiOl-01.1I,096 052 IINPUT PROGRAI'I FOR 7090/7094 SUPPORT+ 1401-UT-938 026 IIERGE. iCARD lLi01-01.2.018 0117 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEI'I FOR THE 1401/1440/1460. 1401-01.5.002 062 IIERGE. 18K THREE TAPE SORT lLiOl-01.2.022 0118 INPUT/OUTPUT SUBROUTINE. IRADIO - RANDOI'I+ 1440-01.4.001 085 iMERGE 7. 11101-SII-061 020 IINPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEI'I. 1401-10-065 012 illERGE 6. 1401-SII-063 020 INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL PROGRAI'I (IOCP) FOR IBI'I+ 1401-10-077 013 illERGE 5. lLiLiO-SII-031 036 INPUT/OUTPUT COIITROL PROGRAII. 17040/44-1401 1401-10-152 013 IIETHOD. #LINEAR PROGRAIIIIING, REVISED SIIIPLEX 11101-10.1.0011 072 IINPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEI'I. 14LiO-IO-Ol0 031 tlHCR ENTRY PROGRAII SUPPORTS 1Li50 BANK+ 1450-FB-20X OLi2 #INSTALLIIENT LOAN ACCOUTNING. 14LiO-l0. 2. 003 088 IINGLISASIC PRIC lLiOl-06.0.001 067 INSTUTILIZATION AIIC PRIC 11140-01. O. 001 08Li 1I0DE. 1e0PY 1401-AU-008 SYSTEIIS PACK TO+ 11101-1Li.0.0211 083 INTEGER I'IETHOD. iSQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE+ lLiOl-03.0.014 066 1I0DIFICATION WHICH ELIIIINATES THE+ lLiOl-02.0.025 061! INTEGRATED PROCESSING SYSTEII. fPERLPHERAL 1401-PR-925 016 illODIFIED DUIIP. 11101-01. Li. 1211 0511 INTERPOLATION TECHlIIQUE (LIIIIT). ILOT SIZE+ lLiOl-l0. 3. 02Li 076 1I0DIFY FILES PROGRAII. IIIATCH AND 11101-01.Li.231 062 IINVENTORY IIABAGEI'IENT SIIIULATOR. 1401-10.2.003 072 1I0DULAR INVENTORY IIANAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR 12K+ 11101-CS-03X 005 IINVENTORY I'IANAGEI'IENT ANALYSIS PROGRAII. lLiOl-l0.3.023 075 1I0DULOUS 10. IS ELF CHECKING NUIIBER+ 11101-01.11.121 0511 INVENTORY IIANAGEI'IENT INTERPOLATION+ lLiOl-10.3.02Li 076 MODULUS II. is ELF-CHECKING NUIIBER+ 1401-07.0.002 071 INVENTORY SYSTEII. iSKILLS lLiOl-10.3.049 077 1I0llENT REPORTING. iSOIlR - SPUR OF THE 11101-01.3.022 0119 INVENTORY IIAIIAGE!!ENT SI!!ULATOR 12K 1401+ 1401-CS-03X 005 '1I0NITOR SYSTEII FOR TAPE. 11101-01.11.039 050 INVENTORY PROGRA!!. IHOSPITAL lLi40-UH-OllX 039 1I0NITOR ON DISK. I 1 LiO 1/14110/1Li60 JOB CONTROL lLiOl-0l.Li.220 060 INVERSION PROGRA!!. IIIULTIPLE SI!!ULTAIIEOUS+ 11101-05.0.003 067 1I0NITOR FOR PROGRAIIS ON DISK PACKS. 1lI01-02. 0.021 063 IIiVESTIIENT ANALYSIS (8K). ICAPITAL lLiOl-l0.3.016 075 1I0NITOR FOR 1401/40/60 AUTOCODER ON DISK. lLiLiO-SV-090 037 IIOCP WITHOUT PROCESS OVERLAP. lLi20-IO-010 026 1I0NITOR FOR 14LiO BASIC AUTOCODER. lLiLiO-Sv-091 038 IOCP. 10VERLAP 1420-10-011 026 1I0NITOR FORI TOR FOR PROGRAII FOR S/360 BASIC lLiLiO-US-OIII 0111 IOCS (1026/DDC) FOR THE 1401/1460. 11101-10-012 011 !!ONITOR FOR 1401 AUTOCODER (ON TAPE). 1 Li60-SV-090 Olll! IOCS (ON DISK). tIBII 1401/1460 1LiOl-IO-068 012 1I0NITOR FOR li101 BASIC AUTOCODER 2K. 11160-SV-091 01111 IOCS. ICOIII'IUNICATIONS 1LiLiO-IO-Oll 031 1I0NTHLY TIllE SERIES.ISEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT OF 1lI01-06. 0.001 067 IOCS 1026 (DDC) FOR THE 1440. 1440-IO-012 032 '1I0RTGAGE AIIORIZATION SCHEDULE. lLiOl-l0.2.006 072 IOCS (1448-DDC). 11460/1401 COII!!UNICATIONS 1460-10-011 043 illORTGAGE LOAN ACCOUNTING. lI1LiO-FB-OIII 030 IV. ILESS lLiOl-l0.3.053 078 IMOTOR FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUNTING. 111110-ST-02X 037 11101 USINGCH ELIIIINAUS THE IINGLISASIC PRIC 1401-06.0.001 067 IIIULTI-PURPOSE 80-80 REPRODUCING. 1401-01.11.190 059 *JOB SUPERVISOR ICONTROLLER 14LiO-Ol.l.00l 08Li IIULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE. 11401/1460+ 11101-03. O. 0111 067 JOB CONTROL 1'I0NITOR ON DISK.11401/1440/1460 1401-01. Li. 220 060 IIULTIPLY-DIVIDE SPECIAL FEATURES+ lLiOl-02.0.025 06Li KEEPING. ISTACK - STORAGE 011 TAPE TO+ 1401-01.4.107 053 'IIUSIC-IIUSIC SIMULATION ON A 11101 COMPUTER. lLiOl-ll.0.012 081 IKEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT (KIIIC) + 1401-CR-02X 005 NABAC 1I0DEL. ICOMIIERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER+ lLi01-10.2.010 073 KEYWORD-OUT-OF-CONTEXT (KliOC). 1401-CR-02X 005 NAIIE FILE SEARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS. 1401-01.2.02Li 048 IKWIC SYSTEII. 1401-10.3.010 074 NAIIE ALTERATION PROGRAII. ISTANDARD 1401-111.0.019 083 KWIC INDEX. IQUICK lLi01-10.3.035 076 NORIIAL EXTRACTION METHOD. U SQUARE ROOT+ lLiOl-03. O. 019 066 LABEL CAPABILITY. 11401 AND 1460 TAPE+ 11101-UT-025 022 NUIIBER CALCULATION - 1I0DULOUS 10. ISELF+ 11101-01.11.121 0511 LABELS. 11401/1460 PRINT LARGE CONSECUTIVE+ lLiOl-01.3.02Li OLi9 NUIIBER OF DAYS BETIIEEN TWO DATES+ lLiOl-03.0.011 066 • LABOR AND IIATERIAL PROGRA!!. lLi40-12.3.002 090 NUIIBER CALCULATION 1I0DULUS II . 11101-07.0.002 071 LABORATORY AUTOMATIC PLOTTING OF RESULTS. 1401-10.2.007 072 NUIIBERS ON LABELS. 11401/1460 PRINT l.ARGE+ 11101-01.3.0211 0119 LABORATORY. .1401/1440 DISK IIANAGEI'IENT+ 1401-10.2.012 073 NUIIERICAL CONTROL PROGRAII. tAUTOPROPS II lLiOl-CN-03X 0011 LABORATORY. .IIAN AGEMENT DECISION-IIAKING 11101 -CS-02 X 005 OBJECT TO AUTOCODER SOURCE. iDISASSEIIBLER+ 1LiOl-02.0.035 065 LAST CARD TEST. lONE OF ONE - 80X80+ lLiOl-01.Li.188 058 ODD INTEGER METHOD. ISQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE+ 11101-03.0.0111 066 LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING+ 1LiOl-l0.3.001 073 OFFSET REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR+ lLiOl-14.0.0011 082 LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING 8K,+ 1401-10.3.002 073 ION-LINE SAVINGS ACCOUNTING. 111110-FB-On 031 LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRAM FOR CREDIT UNIONS. lLiOl-10.3.055 078 ONE-SIXTY-G. #FARGO 1401-02.0.018 063 LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAM FOR CREDIT UNIONS. 1401-10.3.056 078 lONE-WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE. 11101-06.0.014 070 LEDGER. tHOSPITAL GENERAL 1440-UH-05X 039 OPERATING TRAINING ON- THE lLiOl. iOPTRAIN- 11101-13. Li. 002 082 ILESS - LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND+ 1401-10.3.001 073 OPERATING SYSTEM FOR 1401-1026. IEXTENDED+ lLiOl-111.0.027 083 ILESS - LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND+ 1401-10.3.002 073 OPERATING SYSTEII FOR IBII 111110-11148. lLiIl0-15.0.001 091 ILESS PROGRAM 4K. lLi01-10.3.017 075 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 DISK SORT/IIERGE+ 11101-LM-011 013 ILESS IV. 11101-10.3.053 078 OPERATING SYSTEIIS TAPE SORT/IIERGE PROGRAIIS. lLiOl-LII-012 0111 LETTER IIRITING. 11240/11140 PROOF OF DEPOSIT+ 14110-10.2.002 088 OPERATING SYSTEII COIIPUTER ASSISTED+ lLiOl-0S-092 015 ILINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS. lLi01-06.0.002 068 10PERATING SYSTE! COIIPUTER ASSISTED+ 1 Li40-0S-090 033 LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS. IMULTIPLE 1401-06.0.004 068 OPERATING SYSTEII COIIPUTER ASSISTED+ 11140-0S-091 031! ILINEAR PROGRAMIIING. lLiOl-10.1.002 071 OPTICAL READER. IIBII INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL+ lLiOl-IO-077 013 ILINEAR PROGRAIIIIING, REVISED SIIIPLEX 1401-10.1.004 072 iOPTRAIN - OPERATING TRAINING ON THE 1401. 1401-13.11.002 082 LINEAR PROGRAIIMING. 11400-1311 1401-CO-13X OOLi ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAIIS. lLiOl-IL-02X 010 LIST. lONE CARD 80-80 1401-01.3.011 OLi9 ORDINARY VALUATION PROGRAII. ICONSOLIDATED+ lLiOl-IL-03X 011 LIST OVERFLOW. ICARD lLiO 1-0 1.11. 130 055 ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 11101/1460. #11101/1311+ 11101-UT-052 023 LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS. iANTIC A 1401-01.4.198 059 ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. IFILE 11101-UT-057 0211 LIST. IDOCUMENT AND TESTING AIDS FOR COBOL+ 1401-01.4.223 061 ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. IDISK FILE 111110-UT-OLiO 0111 LISTING AND RESOURCE ANALYSIS. ICRITICAL+ 1lI01-10.3.028 076 OVERFLOW. iCARD LTST 11101-01.11.130 055 LISTING.IPACE - PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT lLiLiO-Ol.0.00l 08Li OVERFLOil. lONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO PRINTER+ lLiIl0-02. 3. 002 086 LISTING. TENDED PERFORI'IANCE COMPUTER 1440-01.0.001 084 OVERLAP. iIOCP WITHOUT PROCESS 1420-10-010 026 LOAD. 11401 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK 1401-01.2.025 048 'OVERLAP IOCP. 11120-10-011 026 LOAD AUTOCODER CONDENSED PROGRAM. IPROGRAII+ 1401-01.Li.13Li 055 PACE PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT. tl110 1/11160 lLiOl-0l.1.051 0116 LOAD PROGRAH. i140i/1311 CARD-TO-DISK+ 1"01 .... 01.4.159 057 #P~CE - PRE-ASSE~BL! CHECK AND BDIT 1440-01,0,001 081! LOAD PROGRAMS ON DISK. tPROGRAII TO 11140-01.1.002 08Li PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 n+ lLiOl-ll1.0.0211 083 LOAD PROGRAM. 11440/1311 CARD-TO-DISK+ 1Li40-02.1. 001 085 PACK TO TAPE THEN UTILIZATION ANC PRIC lLiOl-1Li.0.025 083 LOAD FORIIAT. fPUNCH CORE IN PROGRAI'l 1440-02.9.003 087 PACK-SY!BOLIC LiK PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEM+ lLi01-01.1.016 0115 LOAD, IlAINTAIN AND EXPLODE IBII FILES. IBILL+ 14LiO-12.3.003 090 PACKAGES FOR IBII SYSTEII/360. #INPUT PROGRAI'l+ lLiOl-UT-938 026 LOADER. tTAPE SYSTEII 1401-01.1.035 OLi6 PACKS. '1401/1311 1I0NITOR FOR PROGRAMS ON+ lLiOl-02.0.021 063 LOADER. 11401/11160-1311 DISK PROGRAM lLiOl-01. Li. 186 058 IPAPER AND PROGRAII DOCUMENTATION EDITOR. 11101-01. Li. 193 059 LOAN ACCOUTNING. IINSTALLIIENT 1440-10.2.003 088 PASS ASSEIIBLER. iSPS SINGLE lLiOl-01.1.052 047 LOAN ACCOUNTING. illORTGAGE 1l1l10-FB-OIIX 030 PATH SCHEDULER (BASIC no 1} • !CRITlCA!. 1401-10.3.013 075 LOCAL INCOIIE TAXES FOR IB!! 1401 TAPE+ 1401-1Li.0.012 082 PATH LISTING AND RESOURCE ANALYSIS. lLiOl-10.3.028 076 LOGIA DIAGRAIIIIER. 11401/1410 AUTOCODER+ 11101-01.4.128 055 PATH IIANAGEIIENT GAilE. iCRITICAL 1401-10.3.059 079 LOGIC TRACE AND DATA-NAME CROSS REFERENCE+ 11101-01.Li.223 061 PATIENT BILLING. 'HOSPITAL 111110-UH-OlX 038 LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAII. iDECISION 1 LiO 1-SE-05X 018 PAYABLE. 'HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS lLiLiO-UH-03X 039 ILOT SIZE INVENTORY IIANAGEMENT+ 11101-10.3.024 076 PAYROLL. IPIECEWORK-TIIIEIiORK 1LiOl-10.3.015 075 I!!ACBADY 8K 11140 FORTRAN. lLi40-01.3.002 084 PAYROLL. IHOSPITAL 111110-UH- 06X 039 ilACRO. UiJTOCODER SERCH BIliARY SEARCH 1401-03. O. 036 067 PENNSYLVANIA COONTIES. IRE!!. ESTATE TAX+ 1l!01-11!.0.026 083 IIACRO. 11440 STERLING 14LiO-III-702 033 PERFORIIANCE COIIPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION+ 1401-1Li.0.027 083 IIACROS FOR 1401/1440/1460 DISK AUTOCODER. 1401-02.0.0110 065 PERFORIIANCE COIIPUTER ASSISTED lI1LiO-Ol.0.00l 0811 MAINTAIN AND EXPLODE IBII FILES. i8ILL OF+ 1440-12.3.003 090 PERFORMANCE COIIPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION+ lLiIl0-15.0.001 091 IIAINTENANCE PROGRAII.. IBILL OF IIATERIAL+ lLiLiO-12.3.001 090 iPERIPHERAL INTEGRATED PROCESSING SYSTEII. 1401-PR-925 016 !!ANAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR. iINVENTORY lLiOl-l0.2.003 072 PERIPHERAL UTILITY PROGRAII. 17040/701111 -+ lLiOl-UT-157 025 IIIANAGEIIENT DECISION IIAKING LABORATORY+ 1401-10.2.007 072 PERIPHERAL. n090/9Li 11101 lLiOl-UT-158 025 IIANAGEIIENT DECISION IIAKING LABORATORY. lLiOl-10.2.012 073 IPERT. lLiOl-10.3.007 0711 iiAiiAGEiiENT ANALYSIS PROGRAEi. :INVENTORY 1401-10.3.023 n.,,, PHASE 1. tPROJECT PROGRESS REPOR,!, 1401-10.3.0LiLi 077 IIAl'1AGEIIENT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE (LIIIIT). lLiOl-10. 3. 024 076 PHASE 2 PROGRAII PACKAGE. iFAST - FULLY+ 11101-10.3.0611 079 IIANAGEIIENT GAilE. tcRITICAL PATH 1401-10.3.059 079 PHDULINGECT EVAWR UTILIZATION ANC PRIC lLi01-13.1.009 081 IIIANAGEIIENT DECISION-IIAKING LABORATORY. 11101-CS-02X 005 PHONETICS. tALPHABETIC NAIIE FILE SEARCHING+ lLiOl-01.2.024 0118 IIANAGEMENT SIIIULATOR 12K 1401 VERSION. 11101-CS-03X 005 IPIECEIiORK-TIIIEWORK PAYROLL. 11101-10.3.015 075 MANAGEMENT SI!!ULATOR. iBANK lLi01-FB-02X 006 PLOT PROGRAII. IGENERALIZED 1401-1Li.0.002 082 IIIATCH AND 1I0DIFY FILES PROGRA!!. lLiOl-01.1I.231 062 PLOTTING OF RESULTS •• IIANAGEIIENT DECISION+ 1401-10.2.007 072 IUTERIAL PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS+ lLiLiO-12.3.001 090 tPOLYNOIIIAL CURVE FIT FOR ECONOIIIC+ 1401-07.0.003 071 IIATERIAL PROGRAII. ILABOR AND 11140-12.3.002 090 'PORTFOLIO SELECTION PROGR!II. 1 LiOl-FI-OLiX 007 MATERIAL PROGRAIIS TO LOAD, IIAINTAIN AND+ 1440-12.3.003 090 POSe 20 CARDS. 'MEIIORY DUMP IN BANDS OF 100 11!01-01.1I.063 051 MATERIAL PROCESSOR. 11440/1311 BILL OF lLiLiO-IIE-02X 032 POWER FACTORIAL DESIGN. IANALYSIS OF+ lLiOl-06.0.012 070 IIATRIX INVERSION PROGRAII. IIIULTIPLE+ lLi01-05. O. 003 067 PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT.'lI101/11160 PACE 1LiOl-01.1.051 0116 IIATRIX 1401 USINGCH ELIIIINATES THE 11101-06.0.001 067 PREe-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT LISTING.iPACE - lLiIl0-Ol.0.001 0811
xvi PRE-EDIT SORT TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE PRE-EDIT. 'REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR 1401-01.3.005 049 RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER SOUBCE PROGRAMS -+ 1401-01.4.189 058 PRE-LIST DIAGNOSTIC. UUTOCODER 1401-01.1.026 046 RESIDENT. tSORT 54 DISK 11140-01.6.001 085 'PRE-LIST FOR AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK. 1401-01.1.039 046 RESOURCE ANALYSIS. ICRITICAL PATH LISTING+ 1401-10.3.028 076 PRE-LIST. . .AUTOCODER 1401-01.1.043 046 RESTART PROCEDURE. 'CHECKPOINT AND 1401-01.4.102 053 PRINT LARGE CONSECUTIVE NUIIBERS ON LABELS. 1401-01.3.024 049 'RETAIL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. 1440-DR-02X 028 PRINT. 'UNIVERSAL IIEIIORY 1401-01.4.096 052 RETRIEVAL SYSTEII. tSELECT DATA 11101-01.4.145 056 .PRINT DECISION TABLES. 1401-01.11.126 0511 RETRIEVAL PROGRAM FOR THE 1401. tASK -+ 1401-10.3.009 074 PRINT PROGRAII. .1401-1311 DISK 1401-01.4.211 060 RETRIEVAL PROGRAII. tINFORIIATION STORAGE AND 1401-10.3.047 077 PRINT PROGRAII. 'UTILITY 1401-01.4.225 061 REVENUE ACCOUNTING. '1I0TOR FREIGHT 1440-ST- 02X 037 PRINT I1'lAGES. 'CPI - CREATE 1401-01.4.228 062 REVIEW TECHNIQUE SIIIULATOR. 'CAPERTSIII -+ 1401-10.2.011 073 PRINT. 'CORE 1440-02.7.002 086 REVISED SIIIPLEX IIETHOD. 'LINEAR PROGRAIIIIING, 1401-10.1.004 072 PRINT. 'RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, 1401-13.1.009 081 tRGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, 1401-13.1.009 081 PRINT. STS SCORING TECHl!IIQUE PHDULINGECT 1401-13.1.009 081 ROOT SUBROUTIIiE. 'SQUA RE 1401-03.0.010 066 PRINT/DUPLICATE. .TAPE COIIPARE ERROR 1401-01.4.123 054 ROOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER METHOD. 1401-03.0.014 066 PRINTER •• 1401/1460 BRAILLE - TRAil -+ 1401-01. II. 230 062 ROOT ROUTINE. 'SQUARE 11101-03.0.015 066 PRIIiTER PROGRAII IIITH BRAIICH ON OVERFLOW. 11140-02.3.002 086 ROOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 USING NORIIAL+ 1401-03.0.019 066 PRIIITIIiG EVERYTHING ••ESCADE - EFFORTLESS+ 1401-01.4.010 050 RPG 1I0DEL 20 CONVERSION PROGRAII. t1401+ 1401-02.0.036 065 PROBLEII. .1401/1311 TRANSPORTATION 1401-10.3.050 078 RPG TO SYSTEII/360 TRANSLATOR. tIBII 1400 1401-RG-700 017 PROCESS OVERLAP. .IOCP IIITHOUT 1420-10-010 026 SALESIIAN. 'THE TRAVELING 1401-10.3.039 076 PROCESS COIIIIUNICATION 1I0NITOR FOR+ 1440-SV-090 037 SAVINGS TELLER SIIIULATION USING NABAC+ 1401-10.2.010 073 PROCESS COIIIIUIIICATION !!ONITOR FOR 1440+ 1440-SV-091 038 tSAVINGS ACCOUIITIIiG. 1440-FB-05X 030 PROCESS COIIIIUNICATIOIi 1I0llITOR FOR 1401+ 11160-SV-090 044 SAVINGS ACCOUNTING. 'ON-LINE 1440-FB-07X 031 PROCESS COIIIIUNICATIOIi 1I0NITOR FOR 1401+ 1460-SV-091 044 SCHEDULE. 'KORTGAGE AIIORIZATION 1401-10.2.006 072 PROCESSING SYSTEII. 'IIICR ENTRY PROGRAII+ 1450-FB-201: 042 *SCHEDULER PROJECT tPERT 1401-10.3.007 074 PROCESSING UTILITY PROGRAII. IGENERAL 1401-01.4.232 062 SCHEDULER (BASIC 11101). 'CRITICAL PATH 1401-10.3.013 075 PROCESSING SYSTEII. .PERIPHERAL INTEGRATED 1401-PR-925 016 SCHEDOLING (4K-SCHEDULING PHASE ONLY) • 1401-10.3.001 073 PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS+ 1440-12.3.001 0.90 SCHEDULING 8K, 12K, and 16K. 'LESS -+ 1401-10.3.002 073 PROCESSOR. .1440/1311 BILL OF IIATERIAL 1440-IIE-021: 032 *SCHEDULING 'LESS IV 1401-10.3.053 078 PROGRAII •• 'BILL OF !!ATERIAL PROCESSOR+ 1440-12.3.001 090 SCHEDULING SYSTEK. 'SOCBATES STUDENT 1401-10.3.065 079 PROGRAII •• FLOIICHARTING AND DOCUIIENTATION AID 1401-02.0.024 064 SCHEDULING. 'TARS - TALLY ANALYSIS+ 1440-11.3.001 089 PROGRA!!. PACKT SYSTEII FOR THBRAILLE - TRAN - 1401-02.0.024 064 SCHEDULING SYSTEII. IENGINEERING 1401-EX-OlX 006 PROGRAIIIIED ADDRESS COHVERSIOII. tGENERAL+ 1401-01.4.034 050 SCHEDULING.'TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND 1401-14. O. 025 083 PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I. IPROJECT 1401-10.3.044 077 SCHEDULING. PY 1401-AO-008 SYSTEIIS PACK TO 1401-14. O. 025 083 PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW TECHNIQUE+ 1401-10.2.011 073 SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (STUDENT SCHEDULIl!IG). 1440-US-OU 040 'PROJECT PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I. 1401-10.3.0114 077 SCHOOL PROGRAMS (GRADE REPORTING). 1440-US-02X 040 .PROJECT CONTROL SYSTE!!. 1440-111:-021: 033 SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (PAYROLL AND PERSONNEL). 1440-US-03X 040 PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER IIRITING. 1440-10.2.002 088 SCHOOLS. AND PERSION 1I0NITOR FORITOR FOR 1440-US-04 X 041 'PROPERTY ACCOUIITING SYSTE!! FOR HOSPITAL. 1440-11.5.005 090 SCHOOLS. 'ATTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECONDARY 1440-US-04X 0111 PUNCH FOR THE 1401 ••SELECTIVE REPRODUCE -+ 1401-01. 4.051 051 tSCOOP I & II - SIIIPLIFIED CONVERSION OF+ 1401-01.4.012 050 tPUIiCH CORE IN PROGRAII LOAD FORIIAT. 1440-02.9.003 087 SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-IIADE TESTS. tTS80+ 1401-10.3.070 080 PUNCH PROGRA!!. UBII 1440 CORE 14110-02.9.005 087 SCORING TECHNIQUE. 'FAST - FOLLY AUTOIIATIC 1401-10.3.041 077 PUNCH SIIIULATOR. tREPRODUCE GANG 1440-03.1.001 087 SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAII PACKAGE. 1401-10.3.063 079 PUNCH ROUTINES FOR THE 1401-1012. .TAPE 1401-10-074 012 SCORING TECHNIQUE PHASE 2 PROGRAII PACKAGE. 1401-10.3.064 079 PUNCHES. iSCOOP I & II - SIIIPLIFIED+ 1401-01.11.012 050 SCORING TECHNIQUE. tFAST - FULLY AUTOIIATIC 1401-10.3.066 079 QUAIITITIES AND DESIGN DATA. tHIGHIIAY+ 11101-09.2.007 071 SCORING TECHIHQUE PHDULINGECT EVALUR 1401-13.1.009 081 QUICK REPORT (QUICKIE). .SELF CEIITERING 11101-01.3.018 049 SEARCH PROGRAII. 'TAPE 1401-01.4.058 051 'QUICK KWIC INDEX. 1401-10.3.035 076 SEARCH !UCRO. 'AUTOCODER SERCH BINARY 1401-03.0.036 067 .RADIO - RAIlDO!! DISK IBPUT/OUTPUT+ 1440-01.4.001 085 SEARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS. 'ALPHABETIC+ 1401-01.2.024 0118 RAil DOli DISK INPU1:/0UTPUT SUBROUTINE. 'RADIO+ 1440-01.11.001 085 'SEASONAL ADJUST!!EIIT OF 1I0NTHLY TIME 1401-06.0.001 067 .RAPID ASSEIIBLY PROGRAII NO. 14043. 1401-01.1.017 045 'SEASOIIAL ADJUSTIIENT - CENSUS IIETHOD II, + 1401-06.0.009 069 'RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE. 1401-01.4.207 060 'SEASOIIAL ADJUSTIIENT, CENSUS !!ETHOD II, + 1401-06.0.010 069 tRAPID SELECTIVE TRACE. 1440-01.4.002 085 'SELECT DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEII. 1401-01.4.145 056 RASP •• 1401/1440/1460 RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER+ 1401-01.4.189 058 SELECTION PROGRAII. tPORTFOLIO 1401-FI-04X 007 RATING FOR FIRE AND CASUALTY COIIPANIES. 140 1-IF-0 1X 009 'SELECTIVE REPRODUCE - GANG PUNCH FOR THE+ 1401-01.4.051 051 RATIIiG PROGRAII. .HOIIEOIIIIERS 11101-IF-051: 010 SELECTIVE TRACE. tRAPID 1401-01.4.207 060 'REACTIOII TIllING PROGRAlI FOR IBII 1401. 11101-11. O. 005 081 SELECTIVE TRACE. tRAPID 1440-01.11.002 085 READER •• IBII IIiPUT/OUTPUT COIITROL PROGRA!!+ 11101-10-077 013 .SELECTIVE DISSEIIINATION OF IIiFORIIATION+ 1401-CR-OU 0011 READING IIRITING. tTAPE 1401-10-0110 012 'SELF-CHECKIl!IG NUIIBER CALCULATION 1I0DULUS+ 1401-07. O. 002 071 .REAL ESTATE TA1: BILL SYSTE!! FOR THIRD+ 1401-14.0.026 083 SEQUENCE CHECKING PROGRAII. 'GENERALIZED+ 1401-01.4.056 051 RECEIVABLE. .RETAIL ACCOUNTS 1440-DR-02X 028 SERCH BINARY SEARCH IIACRO. tAUTOCODER 1401-03.0.036 067 RECEIVABLE FOR HOSPITALS. IACCOUNTS 1440-UH-02X 038 SERIES ANALYSIS AND DATA REDUCTION PROGRAII. 1401-06. O. 0 15 070 RECORD. .REPAIR DISK 1401-01.4.181 058 SERIES. 'SEASONAL ADJUSTIlENT OF 1I0NTHLY TIllE 1401-06.0.001 067 RECORD FIIiDER. .1311 DISK 1401-01.4.187 058 SERIES. UATION AIID IIATRIX 1401 USINGCH 1401-06. O. 00 1 067 RECORDIIiG COllPUTER UTILIZATIOII AND 3 1401+ 1401-06.0.011 069 SIIIPLEX IIETHOD. 'LINEAR PROGRAIIIIING, REVISED 1401-10.1.004 072 RECORDING CO!!PUTER UTILIZATION ANC PRIC 1401-10.1.004 072 SI!!PLIFIED CONVERSIOII OF OTHER PONCHES. 1401-01.4.012 050 RECORDING FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS. U.TTENDANCE 1440-US-OIIX 041 SIIIOLATION UTILITY PROGRAII. 11401/407 1401-01.4.150 056 REDUCTION PROGRA!!. 'TIIIE SERIES ANALYSIS+ 1401-06.0.015 070 SIIIULATION USING NABAC 1I0DEL. 'COMIIERCIAL+ 1401-10.2.010 073 REDUCTION. .DATA ANALYSIS AND 1401-CA-OIIX 003 SIIIULATION ON A 1401 COIIPUTER. 'IIUSIC-1I0SIC 1401-11.0.012 081 'REER - REPRODUCE, EIIIT, ELIIlIHATE,+ 1401-01.:j.068 052 SIIIULATOR ROUTINE FOR THE IBII 1401. 1401-01.11.054 051 REFEREIICE LIST ••DOCUIIENT AIID TESTING AIDS+ 1401-01.4.223 061 SIIIULATOR. tIlIPACT 1401-01.4.135 056 tREGAIi - 4K REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND+ 1401-06.0.008 069 SI!!ULATOR. 'CARD COLLATOR 1401-01.4.212 060 REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING ••TALLY AIIALYSIS 1401-14.0.025 083 SIIIOLATOR. 'INVENTORY IIANAGE!!ENT 1401-10.2.003 072 REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING. tTARS - TALLY+ 14110-11.3.001 089 SIIIULATOR. tCAPERTSIII - COMPUTER ASSISTED+ 1401-10.2.011 073 REGRESSION ANALYSIS. ILINEAR 1401-06.0.002 068 SIIIULATOR. tREPRODUCE GAIIG PUNCH 1440-03.1.001 087 REGRESSION PROGRAM. '!!ULTIPLE 1401-06.0.003 068 SIIIULATOR 12K 11101 VERSION. '1401/1620+ 1401-CS-03X 005 REGRESSION ANALYSIS. '!!ULTIPLE LINEAR 1401-06.0.004 068 SIIIULATOR. tBANK IIANAGEIIENT 1401-FB-02X 006 tREGRESSION ANALYSIS CO!!PUTER PROGRAII. 1401-06.0.007 069 SIIIULATOR - GPSS-2. 'GENERAL PURPOSE 1401-10.2.008 072 REGRESSION AIIALYSIS AND CORRELATION+ 1401-06.0.008 069 SIIIULTANEOUS IIULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE. 1401-03.0.041 067 IRELOCATABLE TRACE PROGRAII. 1401-01.4.103 053 SIIIULTANEOUS EQUATION AND IIATRIX IIiVERSIOII+ 1401-05. O. 003 067 REORGANIZATIOII IIAINTENANCE PROGRA!!.. .BILL+ 14110-12.3.001 090 SIZE INVENTORY IIANAGEIIENT INTERPOLATION+ 1401-10.3.024 076 'REPAIR DISK RECORD. 1401-01.4.181 058 'SKILLS INVENTORY SYSTEII. 1401-10.3.049 077 'REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR PRE-EDIT. 1401-01.3.005 049 'Sill liE AT SYSTEII. 1440-10.1.001 088 REPORT (QUICKIE). iSELF CENTERING QUICK 1401-01.3.018 049 SIIOOTHING. IFORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL 1401-10.3.008 074 REPORT PHASE I. .PROJECT PROGRESS 1401-10.3.044 077 'SOCRATES STUDEIIT SCHEDULING SYSTEII. 1401-10.3.065 079 REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR 4K •• 1401/1460+ 1401-RG-022 016 .SOIlR - SPUR OF THE 1I0llENT REPORTING. 1401-01.3.022 049 REPORT PROGRA!! GENERATOR (011 DISK) + 1401-RG-032 016 .SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER. 1401-01.4.165 05? 'REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 2K. 1401-RG-033 017 SORT PROGRAII. #THREE TAPE 1401-01.2.003 047 REPORT GENERATING OPERATION. tFARGO -+ 1401-RG-01l5 017 SORT. tTTSRT - TIIO TAPE 1401-01.2.012 047 'REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR. 1401-RG-01l8 017 SORT IIERGE. t8K THREE TAPE 1401-01.2.022 048 REPORT PROGRAII. 11440/1311 1440-RG-020 034 SORT. tIBII 1401/11140/1460/1311 DISK 1401-01.2.023 048 REPORT PROGRAII. IBASIC 1440-RG-021 035 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK LOAD. '1401 1401-01.2.025 048 REPORT PROGRAII DEVELOPIIENT. .1440/1311+ 14110-RG-720 035 .SORT 54 DISK RESIDEIIT. 1440-01.6.001 085 REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR. tl1140 STERLING+ 14110-RG-721 035 SORT PACKAGE. t1ll40-1311 DISK 11140-02.1.003 086 tREPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR 2K. 1440-RG-024 035 SORT PROGRAII. tBANK DOCUIIENT 1240-SII-030 001 REPORTING. .SOIlR - SPUR OF THE 1I0llENT 1401-01.3.022 049 'SORT 7 TI!!ING PROGRAII FOR 1401/1460. 1401-LII-060 014 tREPRO-REPRODUCER SIIIULATOR ROUTINE FOR+ 1401-01.11.054 051 SORT 5 AND 6 TIllING PROGRAII. '1401/1460 1401-LII-062 014 REPRODUCE - GAiG PuNCH FOB TtiE i40 -i. 1401-01.4.051 051 'SORT 13 AND 14 TIllING PROGRAK FOR+ 1401-LII-077 014 REPRODUCE, EIIIT, ELIIIINA TE, REPRODUC E. 1401-01.4.068 052 .• SORT 3 PROGRAII. 1401-SII-046 019 REPRODUCE IIITH LAST CARD TEST. tONE OF ONE+ 1401-01.4.188 058 'SORT 4. 11101-SII-047 019 tREPRODUCE ONLY CERTAIN COLUIINS ON THE+ 1401-01.4.221 061 tSORT 7. 1401-SII-060 019 REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT. tRGCP - 1401-13.1.009 081 'SORT 6. 1401-SII-062 020 REPRODUCE PROGRAII. tl1140/1311 80-80 14110-02.3.003 086 tSORT 62. 1401-SII-064 020 .REPRODUCE GANG PUNCH SIIIULATOR. 1440-03.1.001 087 'SORT 611. 1401-SII-066 020 REPRODUCER FOR 1440/1311. tvARIABLE CARD 14110-02.3.001 086 'SORT 61. 1401-SII-067 021 REPRODUCiliG. 'IIULTI-PURPOSE 80-80 1401-01.4.190 059 'SORT 5. 1440-SII-030 036 REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR EIIITTING. 1401-111.0.004 082 tSORT 52. 1440-SII-032 03~ REQUIREIIENTS. tFORTRAN 1I0DIFICATION IIHICH+ 1401-02.0.025 064 'SORT 53. 1440-SII-033 036
xvii SORT 1401/1311 TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE tSORT 54. 1440-SII-034 036 THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIMPLE CORRELATION. 1401-06. o. 006 068 tSORT 51. 1440-SM-035 031 TIME SERIES. tSEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF MONTHLY 1401-06.0.001 067 SORT 13. UBM 1440 1440-SM-036 031 'TIIIE SERIES ANALYSIS AND DATA REDUCTION+ H01-06.0.015 070 SORT 13. UBM 1440 1440-SM-031 031 TII'IING PROGRAM FOR IBI'I 1401. tREACTION 1401-11.0.005 081 SORT 14. UBII 1460 1460-SM-068 043 THHNG PROGRAM FOR DOS/360 AND TOS/360 TAPE+ 1401-L!!-010 013 SORT 14. UBII 1460 1460-SM-069 043 TIMING PROGRAM FOR IBM BASIC OPERATING+ lti01-LII-01l 013 JSORT I. 1401-SI'l-029 019 TIllING PROGRAM FOR SYSTEI'I/360 DISK AND TAPE+ 1401-LII-012 014 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM. HBM 1401/60 TIMING+ 1401-LM-010· 013 TIMING PROGRAM FOR 1401/1460. iSORT 7 1401-LI'I-060 01Li SORT/MERGE PROGRAM (16K). '1401/1460 TIMING+ 1401-LI'I-011 013 TIMING PROGRAM. iltiOl/1460 SORT 5 AND 6 1401-LM-062 014 SORT/MERGE PROGRAMS. t1401/1460 TIMING+ 1401-LM-012 014 TII'IING PROGRAM FOR 1401/1460. lISORT 13 AND+ 1401-LI'I-011 014 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM (2401 THROUGH 2404). 1401-LM-018 015 TIllING PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING+ 1401-LI'I-078 015 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM 8K DISK. J1401/1LI60+ 1401-LM-019 015 TIMING PROGRAI'I FOR BPS S/360 SORT/MERGE+ 1401-LM-019 015 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM (FOR THE 2415). 1401-LM-080 015 TIMING PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING+ 1401-LI'I-080 015 SOURCE DECK. 'PRE-LIST FOR AUTOCODER 1401-01.1.039 046 TOS/360 TAPE SORT/I'IERGE PROGRAII •• IBM+ 1401-LI'I-Ol0 013 SOURCE PROGRAMS - RASP. '1401/1440/1460+ 1401-01.4.189 058 TRACE PROGRAM. .RELOCATABLE ltiOl-0l.ti.l03 053 SOURCE G. ANDAORR FOR PROGRAM FOR S/360 1401-01.4.220 060 .TRACE THAT NEEDS NO SPECIAL FEATURES. 1401-01. Li.133 055 SOURCE. #DISASSEMBLER OF 1401/1460 PROGRAMS+ 1401-02.0.035 065 TRACE. #RAPID SELECTIVE 1401-01.4.207 060 SOURCE PROGRAMS TO 1401. JCONVERT 1440+ 1440-03.3.002 088 TRACE AND DATA-NAIIE CROSS REFERENCE LIST. 1401-01.4.223 061 SPS - ASSEMBLER. 'SPSS - AN I!!PROVED 1401-01.1.036 046 TRACE. lIRAPID SELECTIVE 1440-01.4.002 085 tsPs SINGLE PASS ASSEMBLER. 1401-01.1.052 041 TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A BANK. tBOND 1401-FB-09X 007 SPS CARD FORMAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FORMAT. 1401-01.4.131 055 'TRADING-DAY ADJUSTIIENT FOR 1401 VERSIONS+ 1401-06.0.018 070 SPS TO AUTOCODER. #CONVERSION OF 1401-01.ti.160 051 TRAINING ON THE 1401. tOPTRAIN - OPERATING 1401-13.4.002 082 SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER. #SOPHISTICATED 1401-01.4.165 051 'IRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 BRAILLE+ 1401-01.4.230 062 SPS TO SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER. #1401 1401-01.4.195 059 TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISASIC PRIC 1401-02.0.024 064 SPS 'IO AUTOCODER FOR 1401/1460. tCARD 1401-01.4.205 059 TRANSFER - PROGRAM FOR CENSUS METHOD II. 1401-06.0.013 070 JSPSS - AN IMPROVED SPS - ASSE!!BLER. 1401-01.1.036 046 TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND+ 1401-01.4.230 062 SPUR OF THE !!OMENT REPORTING. tSOMR - 1401-01.3.022 049 TRANSLATE ENGLISASIC PRIC 1401-02.0.024 064 tSQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE. 1401-03.0.010 066 TRANSLATOR. lIB!'! 1UOO RPG TO SYSTEII/360 1401-RG-700 011 'SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER+ 1401-03.0.014 066 TRANSLATOR PROGRAI'I. 'DECISION LOGIC 1401-SE-05X 018 'SQUARE ROOT ROUTINE. 1401-03.0.015 066 TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM. 11401/1311 1401-10.3.050 078 SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 USING+ 1401-03.0.019 066 TRAVELING SALESMAN. nHE 1401-10.3.039 076 tSTACK - STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD+ 1401-01.4.101 053 ITS80 - SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-I'IADE+ 1401-10.3.070 080 tSTANDARD NAME ALTERATION PROGRAM. 1401-14.0.019 083 tTTSRT - TiiO TAPE SORT. 1401-01.2.012 047 tSTATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES FOR IB!!+ 1401-14.0.012 082 tTYPEIiRITER MACROS FOR 1401/1440/1460+ 1401-02.0.040 065 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS •• METHOD OF RECORDING+ 1401-06.0.011 069 UNIONS. tINDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRAM+ 1401-10.3.055 078 .STERLING SUBROUTINES. 1440-1'11-101 033 UNIONS. tINDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAM+ 1401- 10.3.056 078 STERLING MACRO. t1440 1440-1'11-102 033 'UNIVERSAL MEI'IORY PRINT. 1401-01.4.096 052 STERLING REPORT PROGRAM DEVELOP!!ENT. 1440-RG-120 035 IUNPACK CONDENSED CARDS. 1401-01.4.061 052 STERLING BASIC REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR. 1440-RG-121 035 UPDATE UTILITY PROGRAM. trAPE 1401-01. Li.022 050 STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING. 1401-01.4.101 053 UPDATE )?ROGRAM FOR CREDIT UNIONS. 1401-10.3.056 078 STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL PROGRAM. tINFORMATION 1401-10.3.047 011 USINGCH ELIMINATES THE MNGLISASIC PRIC 1401-06. 0.001 067 STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS REORGANIZATION+ 1440-12.3.001 090 UTILITIES. tFILE 1401-UT-051 023 STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM. #SOCRATES 1401-10.3.065 079 UTILITY PROGRAM. tTAPE UPDATE 1401-01.4.022 050 SUB-ROUTINE. '1401/1460 SIMULTANEOUS+ ltiO 1-03. O. 041 061 UTILITY PROGRAM. .1401/401 SIMULATION 1401-01.4.150 056 SUBROUTINE-DTCALC. #CALCULATE NUMBER OF+ 1401-03.0.011 066 UTILITY. t1401/1311 DISK ADDRESS 1401-01.4.116 051 SUBROUTINES. #CARD SYSTEM 140 1-LM-0 01 013 'UTILITY PRINT PROGRAM. 1401-01. Li.225 061 SUBROUTINES. 'STERLING 1440-1'11-101 033 U'IILITY PROGRAM. iGENERAL PROCESSING 1401-01. Li. 232 062 SUPPORTS 1450 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. 1450-FB-20X 042 UTILITY. .H40/1311 DISK ADDRESS 1440-02.1.002 085 SUTO!!ATIC REPORT GENERATING OPERATION. 1401-RG-045 011 UTILITY PROGRAM. tMULTIPLE TAPE 1401-UT-019 022 'SY!!BOLIC BLOCK DIAGRAMMING SYSTEM. 1401-01.ti.097 053 UTILITY PROGRAMS IiITH 120 CHARACTER LABEL+ 1401-UT-025 022 tSYMBOLIC CORE DUMP. 1401-01.4.141 056 UTILITY PROGRAII. 'TAPE-TO-PRINTER 1401-UT-026 022 'SY!!BOLIC PROGRAMMING SYSTEM 1 (SPS-2). 1401-SP-021 021 UTILITY PROGRAM. iTAPE-TO-CARD 1401-UT-028 023 'SYMBOLIC PROGRAMMING SYSTEM 2 (SPS-2). 1401-SP-030 021 UTILITY PROGRAI'I FOR IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM. 1401-UT-039 023 SY!!ONITOR FORR FOR PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC 1401-01.1.018 045 'UTILITY PROGRAMS FOR THE 1401-1311 DISK. 1401-UT-053 024 SYMONITOR FORR FOR PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC 1401-01.1.051 046 'UTILITY PROGRAI'IS FOR THE 1401-1009. 1401-UT-066 024 TAB-BACK PROGRAM. . #GENERAL PURPOSE 1401-01.3.003 048 UTILITY PROGRAMS. iHYPERTAPE 1401-UT-061 024 TABLES. 'PRINT DECISION 1401-01.4.126 054 UTILITY SYSTEM FOR THE 1110. .TAPE 1401-UT-069 025 TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE CHECKING PROGRAM. 1401-01.4.056 051 UTILITY PROGRAM - IBI'I 1009. 'DATA+ 1401-UT-076 025 TABULATE IiITH OR IiITHOUT CONTROL FIELDS. 1401-01.ti.226 061 UTILITY PROGRAM. 11040/7044 - 1401+ 1401-UT-151 025 tTALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND 1401-14.0.025 083 UTILITY PROGRAMS. tDISK 1440-UT-041 041 TALLY ANALYSIS REGIS'IRATION AND SCHEDULING. 1440-11.3.001 089 UTILITY PROGRAMS. #TAPE 14IW-UT-043 042 TAPE AUTOCODER ASSEMBLY FOR THE 1401. tTWO - 1401-01.1.018 045 UTILITY PROGRAM. tCARD-TO-TAPE 1401-UT-027 022 tTAPE SYSTEM LOADER. 1401-01.1.035 046 UTILITY PROGRAMS. iCARD SYSTEII 1401-UT-00l 022 TAPE SORT PROGRA!!. lITHREE 1401-01.2.003 047 VALIDITY. #EDIT - EDITING DATA INPUT FOR 1401-01.1.020 045 TAPE SORT. tTTSRT - TWO 1401-01.2.012 041 VALUATION PROGRAM. .CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS+ 1401-IL-03X 011 TAPE SORT MERGE. lI8K THREE 1401-01.2.022 048 VARIABLE SIMPLE CORRELATION. ICORL-I+ 1401-06.0.006 068 'TAPE UPDATE U'IILITY PROGRA!!. 1401-01.4.022 050 tVARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER FOR 1440/1311. 1440-02.3.001 086 TAPE. 'MONITOR SYSTEM FOR 1401-01.4.039 050 VARIABLES OF IMPORTANCE DETERIIINED VOID. 1401-06. O. 005 068 tTAPE SEARCH PROGRAM. 1401-01.ti.058 051 VARIANCE. 2 TO THE N POWER FACTORIAL+ 1401-06.0.012 070 TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING. tSTACK -+ 1401-01.4.107 053 VARIANCE. iONE-IiAY ANALYSIS OF 1401-06.0.014 070 lITAPE DUPLICATION. 1401-01.4.108 054 iVARILIST. 1401-01.4.227 061 iTAPE COMPaRE ERROR PRINT/DUPLICATE. 11101-01.4.123 054 VOID. iMULTIPLE CORRELATION - VARIABLES OF+ 1401-06.0.005 068 TAPE DUMP. tGENERAL PURPOSE 1401-01.4.158 056 WHOLESALE IMPACT. #1311 1401-DW-03X 005 TAPE SYSTEM. #STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES+ 1401-14.0.012 082 WHOLESALE BILLING. #CHAIN AND 1440-DW-01X 029 TAPE THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 IN COMPATIBILITY+ 1401-14.0.024 083 IiHOLESALE IMPACT. .1311 1440-DW-04X 029 TAPE THEN UTILIZATION ANC PRIC 1401-14.0.025 083 WORDS. #SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT DOLLARS AND+ 1401-14.0.008 082 TAPE. t1401/60 FORTRAN IV 1401-FO-052 008 WRITING. #1240/1440 PROOF OF DEPOSIT ANI)+ 1440-10.2.002 088 TAPE 1401. tGENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM+ 1401-IF-03x 010 WRITING. JTAPE READING 1401-10-040 012 'TAPE READING WRITING. 1401-10-040 012 X-9 VERSION. 4K. LONG PROGRAM •• SEASONAL+ 1401-06.0.009 069 tTAPE PUNCii ROUTINES FOR THE 1401-1012. 11101-IO-0111 012 X-9 VERSION. 4K, SHORT PROGRAII. tSEASONAL+ 1401-06.0.010 069 TAPE SORT/MERGE PROGRAM. UBM 1401/60+ 1401-LI'I-Ol0 013 10 ••SELF CHECKING NUMBER CALCULATION -+ 1401-01.4.121 054 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS TAPE SORT/MERGE+ 1401-LM-012 014 1026 OPERATING SYSTEI'I COMPUTER ASSISTED+ 140 1-0S-09 2 015 TAPE SORT/MERGE PROGRAM+ 1401-LM-018 015 1026 (DDC) FOR THE 1440. 'COI'IMUNICATIONS+ 1440-10-012 032 TAPE SORT/MERGE PROGRAM (FOR THE 2415). 11101-LM-080 015 1080 ANALYTICAL DATA ACQUISITION PROGRAM. 1440-11.5.003 089 TAPE UTILITY PROGRAM. tMULTIPLE 1401-UT-019 022 #1240/14110 PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH+ 1440-10.2.002 088 TAPE UTILITY PROGRAMS IiITH 120 CHARACTER+ 1401-UT-025 022 1285 OPTICAL READER. tIBI'I INPUT/OUTPUT+ 1401-10-017 013 TAPE SYSTEM. iiiijLTIPLE uTILITY PROGRAM fOR+ 1401-!J~-039 023 13. #IBI'I 1440 SORT 1 440-SM- 036 031 tTAPE UTILITY SYSTEM FOR THE 1710. 1401-UT-069 025 13. #IBI'I 1440 SORT 1440-SM-037 037 #TAPE UTILITY PROGRAMS. 1440-UT-043 042 1311 DISK LOAD. lI1401 SORT 1 - 1401-01.2.025 OIJ8 tTAPE-TO-CARD UTILITY PROGRAM. 1401-UT-028 023 #1311 DISK RECORD FINDER. 1401-01.4.181 058 tTAPE-TO-PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAM. 1401-UT-026 022 lI1311 IiHOLESALE IMPACT. 1401-DW-03X 005 trARS - TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND+ 1440-11.3.001 089 #1311 WHOLESALE IMPACT. 1LI40-DW-04X 029 TAX BILL SYSTEM FOR THIRD CLASS+ 1401-14. 0.026 083 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEM FOR THE+ 1401-01.5.002 062 TAXES FOR IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM. tSTATE AND+ 11101-14.0.012 082 lLi. #IBM lLi60 SORT 1460-SM-068 043 TEACHER-MADE TESTS. iTS80 - SCORE AND..,. 1401-10.3.010 080 14. #IBI'I 1460 SORT 1460-SM-069 043 tTEACHER-MADE-TEST PACKAGE. 1401-10.3.061 080 1400 RPG TO SYSTEI'I/360 TRANSLATOR. #IBI'I 1401-RG-700 Oil TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAII PACKAGE. tFAST -+ 1401-10.3.063 019 lI1400-1311 LINEAR PROGRAMMING. 1401-CO-13X 004 TELLER SIMULATION USING NABAC MODEL. 1401-10.2.010 073 1401.tTWO - TAPE AUTOCODER ASSEI'IBLY FOR THE lti01-01.1.018 045 TERMINAL SYSTEII. UDI'IINISTRATIVE 1440-cx-on 028 1401. K PROGRAMIIING SYMONITOR FORR FOR 1401-01.1.018 045 TERMINAL SYSTEII. 'ADI'IINISTRATIVE 1460-CX-08X 042 1401-AU-008 SYSTEI'IS PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE+ 1401-14.0.024 083 TEST. tONE OF ONE - 80X80 REPRODUCE WITH+ 1401-01.4.188 058 1401-AU-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO TAPE THEN 1401-14.0.025 083 TESTING. AND CONDENSING OPERATION. tAPTCO 1401-01.4.094 052 1401-1009. #UTILITY PROGRAMS FOR THE 1401-UT-066 024 TESTING AIDS FOR COBOL THROUGH A LOGIC+ 1401-01.4.223 061 1401-1012. tTAPE PUNCH ROUTINES FOR THE 1 tiO 1-10-074 012 TESTS. t'TS80 - SCORE AND ANALYZE+ 1401-10.3.010 080 1401-1026. iEXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTEF+ 1401-14. O. 027 083 THBRAILLE - 'IRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISASIC 1401-02.0.024 064 '1401-1311 DISK PRINT PROGRAM. 1401-01.ti.211 060 THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 IN COI'IPATIBILITY+ 1401-14.0.024 083 1401-1311 DISK. #UTILITY PROGRAI'IS FOR THE 1401-UT-053 0211 THEN UTILIZATION ANC PRIC 1401-14.0.025 083 # 140 1/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD+ 1401-01.4.159 051
xviii 1401/1311 80XBO TITLE PROGRAM NO. PAGE
41401/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY. 11101-01.11.176 057 41401/1311 IIONITOR FOR PROGRAIIS ON DISK+ 11101-02.0.021 063 41401/1311 TRANSPORTATION PROBLEII. 11101-10.3.050 078 t1401/1311 AUTO-TEST 8K. 11101-AT-081 001 '1401/1311 AUTO-TEST 16K. 1401-AT-082 002 '1401/1311 REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR+ 11101-RG-032 016 i 140 1/1311 DISK FILE ORGANIZATION+ 1401-UT-052 023 '1401/1410 AUTOCODER PROGRAII LOGIA+ 1401-01.11.128 055 1401/1440/1460/1311 DISK SORT. #IBII 1401-01.2.023 048 '1401/1460-1311 DISK PROGRAII LOADER. 1401-01.11.186 058 41401/1620 1'I0DULAR INYENTORY I'IANAGEIIENT+ 1401-CS-03X 005 .1401/40/60 FORTRAN IV DISK. 1401-FO-051 008 1401/40/60 AUTOCODER ON DISK. 41440-1470+ 11140-SY-090 037 .1401/407 SIIIULATION UTILITY PROGRAII. 1401-01.11.150 056 41401/60 FORTRAN IV TAPE. 1401-FO-052 008 1401/60 TIllING PROGRAI'I FOR DOS/360 AND+ 1401-LII-Ol0 013 41401/7740 ASSEI'IBLY PROGRAI'I USING THE IBI'I+ 1401-SP-156 021 1403 PRINTER. 41401/1460 BRAILLE - TRAN -+ 1401-01.4.230 062 14043. #RAPID ASSEMBLY PROGRAI'I NO. 1401-01.1.017 0115 '1440-1026 OPERATING SYSTEI'I COI'IPUTER+ 1440-0S-091 0311 41440-1070 PROCESS COI'II'IUNICATION IIONITOR+ 14110-SV-091 038 41440-1311 DISK SORT PACKAGE. 1440-02.1.003 086 1440-1448. 'EXTENDED PERFORIIANCE COIIPUTER+ 14110-15.0.001 091 '1440-1470 PROCESS COMIIUNICATION 1'I0NITOR+ 1440-SV-090 037 .1440/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD+ 11140-02.1.001 085 if 1440/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY. 1440-02.1.002 085 1440/1311. 4VARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER FOR 11140-02.3.001 086 .1440/1311 80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRAII. 14l10-02.3.003 086 41440/1311 BILL OF I'IATERIAL PROCESSOR. 1440-I'IE-02X 032 .1440/1311 REPORT PROGRAII. ll1l10-RG-020 0311 '1440/1311 STERLING REPORT PROGRAII+ 14110-RG-720 035 1440/1401/1460. 'COBOL POR IBI'I ll1I10-CB-073 027 1450 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEII. iIlICR+ 11150-FB-20X 0112 '1460-1070 PROCESS COI'IIlUNICATION IIONITOR+ 1460-SY-090 01111 • 1460-1070 PROCESS COI'IIlUNICATION 1'I0NITOR+ 1460-SV-091 01111 .1460/1401 COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1448-DDC). 11160-10-011 0113 2K. 4BASIC AUTOCODER ll101-AU-005 002 2K. iFREPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 1401-RG-033 017 2K. 4BASIC AUTOCODER 1440-AU-006 027 2K. 41460-1070 PROCESS COIIIIUNICATION+ 1460-SY-091 0411 2K. 4REPORT PROGRAI'I GENERATOR 1440-RG-0211 035 360/2311 IN COIIPATIBILITY IIODE. 4COPY+ 11101-14.0.024 083 4K, LONG PROGRAII. iFSEASONAL ADJllSTI'IENT -+ 1401-06.0.009 069 4K, SHORT PROGRAII. 4SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT, + 1401-06.0.010 069 4K. iFLESS PROGRAII 1401-10.3.017 075 4K. 41401/1460 BASIC REPORT PROGRAM+ 1401-RG-022 016 51. 4S0RT 14110-SII-035 037 52. 4S0RT 14110-SI'I-032 036 53. 4S0RT 111110-SII-033 036 54. 4S0RT 1440-SII-034 036 61. 4S0RT 1401-SII-067 021 62. 4S0RT 1401-SI'I-0611 020 64. 4S0RT 11101-SII-066 020 .7040/44-1401 INPUT/OllTPUT CONTROL PROGRAII. 11101-10-152 013 47040/44-1401 AllXILIARY PROGRAIIS. 11101-UT-153 025 47040/7044 - 1401 PERIPHERAL llTILITY+ 11101-UT-157 025 7090/7094 SUPPORT PACKAGES FOR IBII+ 11101-UT-938 026 .7090/94 1401 PERIPHERAL. 1401-UT-158 025 7710. #TAPE UTILITY SYSTEM POR THE 11101-UT-069 025 7750 USING THE IBII 1401. tASSEI'IBLY PROGRAII+ 11101-SP-133 021 8K, 12K, and 16K. iFLESS - LEAST-COST+ 1401-10.3.002 073 8K. 111401/1311 AUTO-TEST 11101-AT-081 001 8K. 4AUTO-TEST 111110-AT-061 027 80-80 LIST. tONE CARD 11101-01. 3. 011 0119 80-80 REPRODUCING. 4I1ULTI-PURPOSE 11101-01. 11.190 059 80-80 CARD TO PRINTER PROGRAII IIITH BRANCH+ 111110-02.3.002 086 80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRAII. 414110/1311 111110-02.3.003 086 80X80 REPRODUCE WITH LAST CARD TEST. 40NE+ 11101-01. II. 188 058
xix
IBI! PROGRAI!S 12110 1401 PAGE 001
CONTINOED FROII PRIOR COLU!!N
12110-FB-121 provided. DEIIAID DEPOSIT CONVERSION PROGRAII BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1240 Demand Deposit Conversion Program DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings ••• designed to convert IIICR Paper documents to disk pack Flowcharts ••• Operating procudures. records in the format required by the 1440 Demand Deposit I!ACHINE READABLE - Condensed program deck. Application Program. The program is used in conjunction with the 11140 Demand Deposit Program to do the complete demand Deposit Application on the 12110 System.
FEAT ORES- It allows sorting of paper documents based on an account nuber limits table prepared by the, user. Other OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. functions are identical to the 1440 Demand Deposit Conversion run. ORDERING IRFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! ROI!BER 1401AT017
PROGRAII 1I0l!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLOIIE OSE - This program is used in place of the 111110 Demand EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT Deposit Conversion run on the 1240 System. It may be used without modification or lIay be easily modified if user BASIC none CARDS 15 none requirements dictate. Two programs are furnished which allow the use of a buffered or an unbuffered 1443 Printer. OPTIONAL none none none
PROGRAII REQOIRE.IIENT - Demand Deposit Accounting for the IBII Data Processing Sustem (111110-FB-031). 11101-AT-072 AOTO-TEST IIINIIIOII SISTEII REQOIRE.IIERTS A 12111 processing Onit .IIodel All. 11142 Card Read Punch 1I0del 1. 11143 Printer with DESCRIPTION - Auto test is a testing program for the IB!! additional print positions. 1447 Console with sense 1401 Data processing System. It effectively uses the power switches. Two 1311 Disk Storage Drives, models 1 and 2. of the 11102 System to aid in the testing of Autocoder, sps, and FARGO programs. Auto-test provides the ability BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE to stack programs and produces, with a minimum of operator DOCOIIENTATION - Program write-up... Reference lIanual intervention. the necessary documentation to evaluate the including program listings. testing programs. IIACHINE READABLE - Source and program cards. I!INII!UI! SISTEII BEQUIREI!ENTS - 1 1401 processing Unit (any OPTIOIIAL PROGRA.II PACKAGE - None. model with 4000 or more storage positions). Advance programming Feature, High Low Equal Compare Feature, sense ORDERING INFOR.IIATION: PROGRA.II NO.llBER 1240FB 12X switches, 1 11102 Card Readpunch. 1 1403 Printer (llodel 2), 1 tape unit (2 tape units if the BAIIAC File Trace PROGRA.II NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOI!E and/or snapshot features are utilized. EXTERSION TIPE CODE REQOIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCO!!lENTATION - Program Write-up, Flowcharts, Operating Instructions, General Information !!Ianual. OPTIOIIAL none none none IIACHINE READABLE - One tape containing the Auto-test System Deck and Autocoder listing with select loading program. 1240-SI!-030 BlIIK DOCOI!ENT SORT PROGRlI! OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1240 Bank Document Sort Program, ORDERING INFORIIlTIOI: PROGRAII RU!!IBER 1401AT072 provides a complete general purpose sorting program for fine sorting of documents, which is an intergral part of PROGRA!!I NO!!lBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLUIIE demand deposit accounting procedures. The program is EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT specifically designed for this purpose. Documents can ------be sorted over any valid I!ICR field of from one to ten BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 digits. The user specifies the field and the digits in !!IT 7/800 24 01 the field to be sorted in a control card. The program can sequence check columns previously sorted. The user OPTIONAL none none none may specify in the control card modulus 10 or modulus 11 checking when desired. To handle special applications, up to threee user routines may be inCluded - (1) A 1401-AT-081 specialized sort routine. (2) A checksum routine to handle 1401/1311 AOTD-TEST 8K check digits derived by a method other than modulus 10 or 11. (3) A reject routine. The user routines are DESCRIPTION - An integrated set of utility programs ••• specified by including actual addresses of the routines Auto-Test is designed to provide documentation for program in the control card. evaluation during a program testing run. It can be used on an IBI! 1401/1311 or 1460/1311 system to test programs I!IHIIIOI! SISTEI! REQOIREI!ERTS - An 8K 1240 System with •• one assembled by the IBII 1401/1311 Autocoder Program. Because 11142 Card Read Punch or 14112 Card Reader. The program test runs can be planned to proceed with a minimum of utilitzes the Dash Transmission Features where they ar operator intervention, Auto-test is a useful tool for ere installed. Note-for Autocoder assembly of user remove testing. Auto-test 16K permits testing of larger routines. a 14113 Printer and Card Punching Facility (111112 programs than does its companion 8K system. or 141111) ~e required. Functions can be selectively specified ••• The Auto-test BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE system resides in disk storage during testing. It controls
DOCUI!ENTATION - Proaram write-up: sp",<:;ifkations and progra: tests in. ~hich th.~ follc~ing fun.ctions can JJO:::: Operating Procedures. selectively specified. I!ACHINE READABLE - Card decks, Bank Document Sort Program Deck. - Clear selected areas of disk storage. - Load program data from cards into disk storage. OPTIOlIlL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Print selected areas of disk storage. _ DOCOI!ENTATION - Flowcharts and Program Listing. - Create tape files prior to the test of each individual I!ACBINE READABLE - None. program. - Print fixed or variable-length. blocked or unblocked ORDERIRG INFORI!ATION: PROGRAI! NOI!BER 1240SI!030 tape records. - Create and maintain IB!!I standard tape labels (120- PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOI! OSER VOLOI!E character) • EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQOIREIIENT - !!aintain disk labels on the label track of a disk pack. ------Load the program to be tested from cards. BASIC none CARDS 15 none - Print data read from or written in disk storage during program execution. OPTIONAL none none none - Print data froll selected areas of core storage at specific times during program execution. - Print core storage when prograll execution terminates. 1401-lT-017 - List punched card input before test and output following CARD SISTEI! ERROR-DETECTIOR AIDS test.
DESCRIPTIOR - To provide a simple 1401 System for checking Several programs may be stacked for testing in a single out programs. Equipment specifications - No special run. A convenience card format for patching program decks features required. The programs will provide a control being tested is provided to facilitate retesting of any card method for (patching) a 1401 program with instructions program. that will either; (1) Halt the program at selected times (2) Print selected areas of storage at selected times. IIINI!!UII SISTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1401 system with ••• lIeans for conveniently removing the patches are also one 1311 Disk Storage Drive••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• IBII PROGRAflS PAGE 002 1401 1401
CONTINUED FROfl PRIOR PAGE
11103 Printer flodel 2 or 1404 Printer ••• Advanced Prograll.ing 1401-AU-005 and High-Low-Equal Compare or an 8K 1460 system with ••• BASIC AUTOCODER 2K one 1311 Disk storage Drive ••• IBfI 1402 Card Read Punch ••• One IBfI 1403 Printer ••• Indexing and store Address Register. DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K Processor accepts source state.ents written in Basic Autocoder 2K language BASIC PROGRAfI PACKAGE and produces .achine language object progra.s. Basic DOCUflENTATION - Program write-up, system Listings, Autocoder 2K is a 2-pass syste.. The source progra. is Specifications and Operating Procedures. processed and the resulting object program is converted flACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - built Auto-Test by one of two special condensing routines from one System. instruction-per-card to condensed card forllat. Disk Pack: DECKA - initiate prograll testing. DECKB - restart. IIINIIIU!! SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 2K 11101 system with ••• DECKC - sample test deck. 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer.
OPTIONAL PROGRAfI PACKAGE BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCUI!ENTATION - System Flowcharts. DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up, Operating Procedures. flACHINE READABLE - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Processor Deck. Pre List Routine Deck. Post-List Routine Deck. ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRAfI NUI!BER 1401AT081 Condensing Routines Deckl and Deck2. Sample Problem Deck. PROGRAfI NUI!BER DISTR IBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLUI!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCUI!ENTATION - Flowcharts, Program Listing. BASIC none CARDS 15 none I!ACHINE READABLE - None.
OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 111011U005
PROGRAI! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUM USER VOLU!!E 1401-AT-082 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT 11101/1311 AUTO-TEST 16K BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - An integrated set of utility programs ••• Auto-test is designed to provide documentation for program OPTIONAL none none none evaluation during a program testing. run. It can be used on an IBI! 1401/1311 or 11160/1311 system to test programs assembled by the IBI! 11101/1311 Autocoder Program. Because 1401-AU-008 test runs can be planned to proceed with a minimum of 11101/1440/1460 AUTOCODER (ON DISK) operator intervention, Auto-test is a useful tool for remote testing. Auto-test 16K permits testing of larger DESCRIPTION - The 1401/11140/11160 Autocoder (on disk), 11101- programs than does its companion 8K system. Functions AU-008, system... (1) enables a program written in can be selectively specified ••• 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) Language to be assembled on a 1401, 14110 or 11160 Syste •••• (2) Output is used to· The Auto-test System resides in disk storage during testing. execute the program... (3) Offers assembly speeds up to It controls program tests in which the following functions two-and-one half times faster than existing 11101-111110/1311 can be selectively specified. Autocoders on systems with .ore than 11K storage.
- Clear selected areas of disk storage. The source program is punched in cards or as card images - Load program data froll cards into disk storage. on disk storage, is assembled on a 11101/111110, or 11160 - Print selected areas of disk storage. system. Input in 111110 Basic Autocoder format can be used. - Create tape files prior to the test of each individual The output object program is the 11101, 111110, or 11160 !!achine program. Language Equivalent. The object program may be in condensed - Print fixed or variable-length, blocked or unblocked cards, or if nload-and-go" is desired, the object program tape records. may be directly loaded from disk storage for immediate - Create and maintain IBI! standard tape labels (120- execution. Prograll documentation and diagnostic output character) • are printed by the 1403 or 111113 Printer. A stack of several - I!aintain disk labels on the label track of a disk pack. source programs lIay be assellbled at one time. - Load the program to be tested from cards. - Print data read from or written in disk storage during In addition to the assellbly function there are four other program execution. separate options - - Print data from selected areas of core storage at specific times during program execution. - A library option to add, delete, or modify library - Print core storage when program execution terminates. routines. - List punched card input before test and output - A listing option to obtain a listing of specified following test. library routines, or of the entire library routines, or of the entire library, or a list of the library Several programs lIay be stacked for testing in a single routine names. run. A convenient card format for patching prograll decks - A system option to create or modify the Autocoder being tested is provided to facilitate restesting of any program on the System Disk Pack. program. - A library option to relocate the library.
flINlflU!! SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• PROGRA!!IUNG SYSTEI!S - Written in Autocoder Language. one 1311 Disk storage Drive ••• 11102 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer I!odel 2 or 1404 Printer ••• Advanced programming !!INI!!UII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - and High-Low-Equal Compare or a 16K 11160 system with ••• (1) An IB!! 11101 System with 11K storage, a 13~1 Disk one 1311 Disk storage Drive... IB!! 1402 Card Read Punch ••• storage Drive, a 1402 Card Read Punch, a 11103 one IBfI 1403 Printer ••• Indexing and Store Address Register. Printer, High-Low-Equal Compare Feature or ••• (2) An IBII 1440 System 4K storage, a 1301 Disk BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE storage Drive, I!odel 11, 12, 21 or 22 or a 1311 DOCUI!ENTATION - Program Write-.up, system Listing, Disk Storage Drive, a 111112 !!odel I or II Card Specifications and OperatingProcedures. Read Punch or a 14112 IV Reader and a 1111111 Card MACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Build Auto-test Punch, a 111113 Printer or ••• system. (3) An IBII 11160 system with 8K storage, a 1301 Disk Disk Pack: DECKA - initiate program testing. Storage, !!odel 11, 12, 21 or 22, or a 1311 Disk DECKB - restart. storage Drive, a 1!I02 Card Read Punch, a 11103 DECKC - sample program test deck. Printer.
OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE Note - One of the following programs should be obtained DOCUI!ENTATION - system Flowcharts. to prepare disk storage to store autocoder system. MACHINE READABLE - None. (1) 11101/1460 Disk Utility program 11101-UT-053. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAI! NUMBER 1401AT082 (2) 14110 Disk Utility Program 111110-UT-0Iil.
PROGRAI! NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLUME BASIC PROGRAfI PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT DOCUflENTATION - Program Write-up, Autocoder Language specifications. Listings of Sallple Source Program. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Operating procedures. flACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Autocoder System OPTIONAL none none none Deck. IBfI-supplied !!acros. Sample Program Deck.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts, Listing. flACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORflATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1110lAUOOB IBII PROGRAI!S 1401 1401 PAGE 003
COJlTIJlUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUI!N
PROGRAII JlUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE version of Autocoder containing a library updated with EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT COBOL subroutines is required to obtain a valid assellbly after the COBOL run has been co.pleted. IOCS one-for-one BASIC none CARDS 15 none instructions normally will be generated by the COBOL processor (which requires less time for the generation). OPTIONAL none none none Rowever, the user does have the option of the COBOL Processor outputting IOCS macros. A pre-scan diagnostic run is available for the purpose of diagnosing name 1401-AO-037 associated errors and for analyzing the sentence structure AUTOCODER PROGB.l1I of the source program. These diagnostics are far superior to those contained in the system itself and use of the DESCRIPTION - Provides more powerful tools fdr progral.. ers pre-scan run is strongly recomllended. to enable thell to concentrate their efforts on the problems of program logic rather than coding. In addition, to I!INIIIUI! SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - 8K storage is required if provide an extremely fast assembly system. this option is used. 1401 with 4K storage ••• 4 magnetic tapes ••• 1402 Card-Read Punch ••• 1403 I!od. 2 or 1443 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - liritten in Autocoder Language. Printer... Advanced Programming feature ••• Sense SwitcheS. The 1401 system used as the object machine must have at IIIJlIIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEJlTS - 4000 core-storage positions, least - 4,000 positions of core storage. Input-output 4 (four) 729 II or IV Tape Units 1403 Printer 1I0del 3 1402 units as required by the source program. Advanced Card Read-Punch Advanced programming features High-Low Prograllming feature. High-Low-Equal compare feature, and Equal COli pare. any features clearly implied by the source program.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE I!ultiply-Divide feature if either the multiply or divide DOCUIIENTATION - Program lirite-up, operating Procedure. verb is used in the source program, or if the operator IIACHINE READABLE - system tape and listings. *or/or** is used in an arithmetic expression.
OPTIOJllL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Note - The need to use these verbs or operators may be eliminated by the use of the enter Autocoder statement, ORDERING IJiFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14011U037 wi th the user supplying the appropriate subroutine.
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DOCUI!ENTATION - Progra. write-up, Specifications, ------Operating ProcedureS. BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered. liT 7/800 24 01 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIOJllL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - Object time subroutine flow diagram. IIACHINE READABLE - None.
1401-CA-04l: ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUI!BER 1401CB070 DATA ANALYSIS AJlD REDUCTION PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI! USER VOLUI'!E DESCRIPTION - DARS is a set of progralls under its own EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT 1I0nitor control which can be used to - selectively extract records froll a file base on a variety of conditions, produce BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 statistical analysis and single and mutti-column (llatrix) liT 7/800 24 01 tabular reports, rearrange records to any desired format and lIake conditional or unconditional insertions into OPTIONAL none none none records. All of these functions are obtainable in any sequence by using simple control cards. 1401-CB-101 FEATURES - COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION - Accepts card or magnetic tape input. - One or 1I0re statistical analyses of tabular reports lIay DESCRIPTION - It aids in the transition to Systell/360 by be produced froll the same input data. converting acceptable current COBOL Languages to either - Reports are produced i.llediately on the 1403 Printer. Syste./360 level E COBOL or level F COBOL. - The system is user-expandable and may be tailored to Acceptable Languages -- The COBOL LCP will accept as input - meet specific needs by program changes, additions, 1401/1440/1460 COBOL 7070/7074 COBOL and deletions. 1410 COBOL 1070/7074 FOS COBOL 1410/7010 COBOL 704/7080 COBOL The user selects the programs to be run and specifies the 1040/1044 COBOL 1090/7094 COBOL action to be taken by each through the use of control cards. FEATURES - - Card or tape input both the LCP and the COBOL source PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - liritten in 1401 Autocoder Language. programs can be read from either cards or tape. single or stacked program conversion -- a single source IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - An 8K 1401 system with, three program can be processed from one of the three tape units lIagnetic tape units, 1402 Card Read Punch, 1403 printer, needed in a lIinillum configuration. Stacked programs can 1I0del 2, and High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, be processed if more than three tape units are used. lIultiply-Divide and sense switches to use variable input Replacing the environment division -- a control card control program. A fourth Tape Unit is needed if sorting option allows the user to replace the original environ is necessary. ment division with a new customer-written Systell/360 environment division. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Card-code cOnversion for dual BCD characters -- a control DOCUIIEJlTATION - Application Directory, Sample Problell card option provides automatic ('!on~,=,rsion fro!! BCD input Output Listing. App.lication Description H20-0207. code to EBCDIC output code, or vice versa. In this way, Programmers and Operators lIanual H20-0214. the LCP can convert the dual BCD characters, for example, IIACHINE READABLE - Object program and sa.ple two characters with the same card code, into the proper problem. Systell/360 card codes. - Documented listing -- the LCP provides a listing of the OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE source and converted programs. This listing contains DOCUIIENTATION - System lIanual. nUlIeric codes that document conversion actions and IIACHINE READABLE - Source code, and the mixed facilitate analysis of the converted program. Autocoder output consisting of the assembly - optional card output -- when specified, the LCP produces listings and object code. a punched-card deck that contains the converted progralll. - optional output on tape -- the user can specify that ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401CA04X printed and/or punched output are to be recorded on tape.
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUII USER VOLUI!E Conversion savings - The COBOL LCP will reduce the amount EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT of reprogramming necessary to convert current COBL programs ------into System/360 COBOL programs. Use of the LCP will reduce BASIC nene D-rB 7;556 22 none time and money spent on recoding, clerical activities, DTR 7/800 24 none and program debugging. Although the savings to be reali zed will vary for the individual source programs, the hypical OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 savings will be 50 per cent of the total COBOL program liT 7/800 24 01 conversion effort consisting of statement conversion, compilation, and debugging.
1401-CB-070 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1401 system with ••• 1401 COBOL a 1402 Card Read Punch ••• a 1403 Printer !'lode 1 2 ••• three Tape Units ••• the Advanced Programming feature ••• the High DESCRIPTIOJl - 1401 COBOL is a compiler system for the IBII Low-Equal Compare feature, or an IBII systell/360 with 1401 1401 Data Processing systems. 1401 COBOL is used in compa tibility and corresponding features and I/O devices. conjunction with 1401 Autocoder. Therefore, a current IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE OOq 1q01 1q01
COI!ITIIIUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIII!I
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Rows aay have both high and low limits, further reducing DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll IIrite-up, Prograll aaterial the nuaber of rows required to specify the problem. The list, COBOL Transition Aids lIanual. problea lIatrix size aay have up to q1 rows and 900 columns IIACHINE READABLE - LCP object deck. on a 11K systea and up to 91 rows and 900 columns on an 8K or larger systea. The nuaber of rows and columns OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE inclUdes objective functions and right-hand sides. DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - COBOL Language conversion Source PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Source language is IBII 1 qO 1/1qqO/1 Q60 code. Autocoder on disk.
ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1q01CB101 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS -
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION liED lUll USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 1q01 -- qK, High-Low-Equal COllpare, Advanced Prograaming, ------1Q02 Card Read Punch, 11103 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage BASIC none DTR 11556 22 none Drive, DTR 1/800 2q none 1QQO -- QK, Indexing and Store Address Registers, 1QQ2 OPTIONAL none liT 1/556 22 01 Card Read Punch, 1Qll3 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage DriVe, 11'1' 1/800 2q 01 1Q60 -- 8K, Indexing and Store Address Registers, 1Q02 Card Read Punch, 1Q03 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive. 1q01-CN-03X AUTOPROPS II NUIIERICAL CONTROL PROGRAII Optional features - additional QK of core storage increases problem capacity to 91 rows. lIultiply-divide and direct DESCRIPTION - AUTOPROPS II is a 1401 computer prograii for seek features can be used, if available, to reduce solution X-Y axis N/C lIachine tools to compute points and point tille. Sense switches allow the use of the solution arrays used in drilling, boring, tapping, staaping, interrupt feature and provide a means of in-line correction riveting, etc. AUTOPROPS II is expanded to give four of input data. deciaal output accuracy for machine tools such as jig grinders and jig borers. Anyone having two axes pOint BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE to-point NIC machine tools should be interested in the DOCUIIENTATION - Prograa IIrite-up, Application AUTOPROPS II modification resulting from engineering deSign Description, Users lIanual, Operators lIanual. changes. No new language is necessary to program a part IIACHINE READABLE - Saaple Problem - Option 1 - with AUTOPROPS II because the source statements require Object code for 8K or large 1Q01, 1QQO or 1Q60 only simple arithmetical descriptions familiar to everyone. and is specified by using Prograa Nuaber Exten As many as 999 positions in a pattern, such as a bolt sion OPT1. option 2 - Object code for QK 1Q01 circle or matrix, can be programaed with a single input or 1QQO and is specified by using Program NUllber statement. Small parts often loaded in a multiple station Extension OPT2. loading fixture can be programlled as a matrix and programming time is reduced in many cases over hand methods. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE A test prograll and a plot prograll give the programller an DOCUIIENTATION - Systea lIanual. opportunity to verify his results before machining a part, IIACHINE READABLE - Source code for QK-8K. thereby reducing time and errors to a lIinimum. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU IIBER 1 QO 1C013X IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 1401 with qK storage, Card Read Punch and 1403 Printer IIdl 2. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE ------DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll write-up, Reference lIanual BASIC OPT1 CARDS 15 none Listings. IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck, Sail pIe OPT2 CARDS 15 none problea deck. OPTIONAL none liT 1/556 22 01 OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE 11'1' 1/800 2Q 01 DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. 1Q01-CR-01I ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1q01CN03X SELECTIVE DISSEIIINATION OF INFORIIATION SYSTEII
PROGRAII I!IU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DESCRIPTION - The IBII H01 Selective Disseaination Of EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Inforaation system acts as an electronic screening and distribution agency for information. Froa the flood of BASIC none CARDS 15 none reports, articles. and books received by an organization, the new system selects and routes inforaation to people OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none according to their specific interests and needs.
The 11101 SDI consists of a series of programs and a coaprehensive system description to perait a customer to 1400-1311 LINEAR PROGRAIIIIING operate a current-awareness prograa. users express thei:L interests by lists of keywords called profiles. Abstracts DESCRIPTION - Linear programlling is a Ilatheaatical of lIaterial to be disseminated (including the author, prograllming technique for determining the optiaull solution title, and source and coaaents) are typed on the IBII 826 to a system of linear inequalities. This solution may Typewriter Card Punch. The Auto-Indexing Program develops be an optimull allocation of resources (capital, raw index·· keywords from the abstract text. The profiles are lIaterials, manpower, etc.) to specified activities coapared with the keywords of the abstracts. IIhen a (investments, products, jobs) in order to obtain a sufficient nuaber of words aatch between a profile and particl!J.ar objective (minimum expense, maximum profit) an abstract, the abstract is printed on the 1 Q03 and when there are alternate uses for these resources. Linear addressed to the user. prograllming plays an important role in material allocation, ingredient blending (feed, flour, gasoline, etc.), FEATURES production scheduling, and distribution and shipping. - Allows-the SDI user full control over his interest The system is coaposed of a number of prograas stored on profile. disk. The programs are called by procedure control cards - Alloys a wide colllbination of logical coaparisons, known as AGENDUII cards. The sequence of AGENDUII cards including "weighted" words and aultiple profiles for defines the solution procedure by calling the processing each user. 1-1 lIakes available aany statistical control agenda for an application. reports for operating control and for illproving the user I s interest profile. FEATURES - Data originates from cards in SHARE standard - A new aatch and print prograa (SDI 8) Which is siailar format. Alternate objective functions and right-hand sides to run 3 except that it will take advantage of 16K aemory are specified by name for optimization. A modified simplex and Print Storage, if available, to overlap print buffer algori tha with bounded variables is used to iiaxiiiize or ti!!e !!ith processing to produce far greater throughput. minimize the objective function. Full economic analysis - The ability to use four line addresses for abstract of the price-activity-cost relationships for structural notices when subscribers are at reaote locations. variables and of the activity-cost relationship for row - The ability to index abstracts on multiple word entries constraints is provided. Solution can be interrupted t without the need for manual indexing. o process higher priority jobs, and continued from the - Lends itself to daily processing with ainimum effort. point of interruption. storing programs on disk enables - A facility for creating input to KIlIC (Keyllord-In- the system to provide comprehensive solution procedures Context indexing. and post-optimal analysis. Optional features can be used - The aodification of SDI 6 to permit aore user control to increase solution speed. of the abstract merge. - SDI 5 now allows processing of cards that are blank in The bounded variables algoritha reduces the lIatrix size coluans 1 through 60. of many LP probleas. Upper and lower bounds on variables - Programs SDI 8 and 23 through 29 have been added. are handled explicitly so that no "bound rows" are needed. IBI!I PROGRAI!IS 1401 1401 PAGE 005
COITIIOED PROI!I PRIOR PAGE COITiliOED PROI!I PRIOR COLUI!IN
The program will accept abstracts punched in accordance ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401CR021 with the format outlined in the GI lIanual, "KeyWord-In Context" (KWIC) Indexing, E20-8091. The abstracts are PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER YOLUI!IE placed on an abstract history tape which lIay be used for EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT retrospecti ve searching. Any selected group of abstracts ------up to a limit of 100 may be selected from the history tape BASIC none I!IT 7/556 22 none for the SDI notice printing run. Some SDI application liT 7/800 24 none areas are: OPTIONAL none none none Current-awareness program for research, engineering, manage lien t, and marketing personnel in industry, govern ment banking, universities, publishing, brokerage, trade 1401-CS-02X associations~ professional societies, etc. IIABlGEIIENT DECISION-IIAKIBG LABORATORY· - Selective updating service for encyclopedias, journals, law books, etc. DESCRIPTION - The lIanagement Decision-llaking Laboratory, - Selective communication system to bind the central office often referred to as the management game, is a simUlation of a large chain with local lIanagers. of a general' business economy requireing competitive - Police modus operandi files - to match details of the decisions on the part of the participants. It is designed crime with the modus operandi file. to provide, in a short period of time. planning and - Employment agencies to match skills available with decision-making similar to that normally experienced over employment requests. a period of several years in actual business practice. The lIathematical lIodel is incorporated in a program executed I!IINII!IOI!I SYSTEI!I REQOIREI!IENTS - An 8K 1401 system with ••• on a 1401 Data processing System. The administrator of High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced programming, and Sense the laboratory briefs the participants on features of the Switches ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer, l!Iodel model. The participants decisions are then processed by 2 ••• 4 magnetic tape units. Osers of this program should the 1401 system, period by period, producing output on obtain the IBI!I Sort 7, 1401-SI!I-060. the 1403 printer (or on magnetic tape) to be used in the next decision period. BASIC PROGRlI!I PACKAGE DOCOI!IENTATION - Program Write-up. Application l!Ianual IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - A 4K 1401 system with, 1402 Oser's l!Ianual. Operators l!Ianual. Systems l!Ianual. Card Read Punch, 1403 Printer IIDL 2, Three lIagnetic Tape I!IACHnlE READABLE - Program listing. Source Program On its (four if lIagnetic Tape output is desired), Card Cards. Object Program Cards. Sample Problem Card, Punch, preferably 26 printing Card Punch, Advanced all in card image on magnetic tape. Programming, High-Low-Equal compare and lIultiply-Divide Special features. OPTIONAL PROGRAI!I PACKAGE - None BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE ORDERING INPORI!IATION: PROGRAI!I NOI!IBER 1401CR01X DOCUIIEIiTATION - Program lIaterial List... operation, Reference and Participants lIanuals. PROGRAI!I NOI!IBER DISTRIBOTION I!I ED IOI!I OSER VOLOI!IE IIACHINE READABLE - lIagnetic tape containing object EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREI!IENT code program, sample data Which may be used to ------generate equal starting reports, Autocoder assembly BASIC none I!IT 7/556 22 02 listing and output. I!IT 7/800 24 02 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIOlilL none none none DOCOIIEITATION - lone I!IACHINE READABLE - Source program on magnetic tape, 80 character records, unblocked. 1401-CR-02.1 KEYWORD-III-COIITE.lT (KIIIC) KEYWORD-OOT-OP-COITEXT (KIIOC) ORDERIBG IBFORI!IATION: PROGRAII lfUlIBER 1401CS02.1
DESCRIPTIOI - This program will produce two basic KWIC PROGRAI!I NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION !lEDIOII USER VOLU!'!E or permuted title indexes. The conventional format is EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT illistrated by the index to the Catalog of Programs. The ------KWOC format provides full title printout with no BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 fragmentation. Each new keyword is printed in the left liT 7/800 24 01 hand margin, followed by titles containing that keyword. Keywords may be bold-faced, in both heading and title, OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 utilizing the 1403 oVer-printing capability. The user liT 7/800 24 01 enjoys the option of having the program autollatically select keywords on the basis of a compare or a no-compare with a pre-assigned list of words. Indexing may be enriched 1401-CS-031 with the addition of manually inserted descriptors and 1401/1620 1I0DOLAR INVENTORY I!IAIIlGEIIEIiT SII!IULATOR 12K see also references. A statistical count is maintained 1401 VERSION on all keywords indexed and all words prevented from being indexed. A new type of wrap-around is ellployed in the DESCRIPTION - A modular Inventory lIanagement Sillula tor keywork entries which saves the maximum amount of context to provide pre-testing of inventory control systell. adjacent to the keyword and eliminates undesirable word Designed for use of understanding, use of modification. fragments for increased ease in reading. This program Simulator includes first, and third order exponential can be used to prepare indexes of published articles, smoothing. internal reports, special collections (e. g., photographs, paintings, parts lists), procedure manuals, bibliographies, PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in FORTRAN correspondence files. KIlIC indexes have been used on foreign language material to prepare indexes and IIINIIIOII SYSTEI!I REQOIREIIENTS - Approximately 9,500 positions concordances. All that is involved in the preparation on 12K-16K 1401 12K or 16K Card 1401. That will accept of input to the prograll is the keypunching of cards FORTRAN. Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Divide-Advanced containing the title to the index. If the user desires, Programming. Running time - 2 seconds per delland the authors mname and source of publication may also be transaction. keypunched and would be automatically indexed. These cards can be punched at the rate of 900-1200 per day. The program BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE also provides for tape input of 80 characters card format DOCOIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings. records. This prograll can be used to produce KWIC indexes Flowcharts. from inforllation placed on tapes from the SDI program, I!IACHIBE READABLE - Condensed Deck. 1401-CR-01X. OPTIO"AL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None I!IIBII!IOI!I SYSTEI!I REQOIREI!IENTS - Are a 4K 1401 System with ••• 4 magnetic tape units if sorting is done on the 1401, if ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI!I "OIlBER 140 lCSO 31 not, 2 units are required for the basic package ••• and Advanced programming, High-Low-Equal COllpare, Sense PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIUII OSER VOLOIIE switches, and Read Release feature. The 2-tape EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEIlT configuration will be of particular interest at installations where the 1401 is used as a peripheral BAS!C nona CARDS is none equipment for a larger machine on which sorting can be done. If only 2 tapes are attached to the 1401, and a OPTIONAL none none none larger machine is not available, sorting can be' done at any other available installation. 1401-I>lI-031 BASIC PROGRAI!I PACKAGE 1311 WHOLESALE IIIPACT DOCOI!IEIiTATION - Program IIrite-up. Reference l!Ianual I!IACHINE READABLE - A l!Iagnetic Tape containing six DESCRIPTION - The IBII IIIPACT (Inventory lIanagellent program source programs, six object programs, and the sample And control Techniques) system of scientific inventory problem. ' management provides the warehouse distributor (or any organization with the same inventory control OPTIONAL PROGRlfI PACKAGE - None characteristics) with the information of "when" and "how much" to buy for each inventory item controlled by the IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 006 1401 1401
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLU!'IN
system. It does this through the means of probability MACHINE READABLE - Object deck. Sample problem deck. science in conjunction with the many factors influencing the distributors inventory control decisions. Factors OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE considered include- lead time. lead time variability, DOCUIIENTATION - Svstems manual wb ich contains the forecast demand, forecast error, service desired, inventory, assembly listings of all the 1401/1460 - 1311 II"PAC'1' carrying costs, purchasingjreceiving costs, discount programs. structures, minimums, maximums, shelf life, and pack sizes. MACHINE READABLE - NOIle The "when and "how much" answers are designed to find the most efficient balance between the cost of carrying ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401DII03X inventory, cost of purchasing and receiving, discounts realized, and customer service requirements. The 1311 PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLU!'!E impact computer program library is designed to provide EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT the distributor who has an IBII 1401/111601311 system with the means to sucessfully implement an I1'IPACT Inventory BASIC none CAFDS 15 none lIanagement system with a minimum of effort and exprense. Programs are included that perform in the following OPTIONAL none none none functional areas- editing, file initialization, estimating, and the control of independent and joint replenishment ordering. 1401-EX-01X ENGINEERING SCHEDULING SYSTEM FEATURES The 1311 Program Library performs in the same functional areas as the existing 1401-11105 IMPACT computer DESCRIPTION - The system contains a series of fourteen program Library. 1401 programs to automatically perform the dating, loading, and performance evaluation functions of scheduling. It - Edit all input for format. is developed primarily for high volume, short-eyelf; - Determine the forcase model (horizontal, trend, operations as found in a custom engineering environment; horizontal-seasonal, or trend-seasonal). techniques will also be applicable to many other types - Determine the ordering strategy to be used and of project planning and control. The system emphasizes calculate order quantity or order frequency as simplified input requirements and presents work-load appropriate for strategy selected. information in formats designed to be most useful to - Calculate the safety factor required for a prescribed indi vidual supervisors. Major outputs, under selective level of customer service. control of the user, includ -- Facility load by time - Calculate initializing values required for forecast and period. - Order status listings (full, or by exception). order models selected. - Order listing in customer name sequence. - Performance - Estimate results to be expected from applying the rules evaluation by facility. - Order history report. and values developed. Prepunched turn-around documents for work reporting - Determine when to order item groups to meet service objectives after the system is operational. FEATURES - Calculate the product mix to be ordered within an item - Skeleton file for retrieval of common work routines. group that will neet both service objectives and - Automatic calendar allows user communication using limitations on total size of order. Gregorian dates. - Automatic start-date calcuation allows use of external In addition, the 1311 programs incorporate improvements over constraint dates. eXisting programs including - - Data entry logs and errata listings. - system handles up to 1,000 events per project, up to 260 - 1I0rk flow and record formats streamlined. common routings. - Historical demands screened for promotions. - Flexibility in organization of work force. - Base index technique used for forecasting seasonal items. - Monitor control and a special three-tape sert minimize - Item discounts considered, in addition to vendor dis- operator intervention. counts, in determining ordering strategies and order quantities. Common routings are defined and used to prepare a skeleton - Different lead time may be specified for each vendor file. A new order can then be entered into the work-in breakpoint. process file with only one card. During the system run, - service may be specified by item for both independent and all work is rescheduled to reflect developments since the joint vendors. proceding run. Output reports then present the work load - seasonality considered in ordering both independent and to facility supervisors in clear, concise form for d"cisions joint vendors. in work dispatching. - A service point and allocation program (SVA) that will take advantage of 8K memory to produce greater PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder/IOCS throughput. - An option to force a predetermined order quantity for any IUNIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 System with item through the SVA program. Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, "Illtiply - The facility for expressing a conversion factor of 1. 0 Divide, Sense Switches, and Additional Print Control ••• to the SVA program. 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer MDL 2... and four - Printing of the slope and intercept of the least squares magnetic tape units. lines has been included in the IIADF program. - Punching of the cost strategy records in the OGCL program BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE has been eliminated. DOCUMENTATION - Program IIrite-up. Application - Provides safety factor (K) based on a lead time plus Directory. Applica tion Description. Progra mmer review time for items in a point vendor. When the peak "anual. Operator "lanual. Sa mple Problem "anual. pOint option is not satisfied. "ACHINE READABLE - Source deck, object deck, sample problem, and assembly listings. The program library includes beth initializing programs and operating programs. Initializing programs are designed OPTIONAL PROGRAI" PACKAGE to be used once to set up an IIIPACT system, then DOCU"ENTATION - system !lanual periodically (at least once a year) or as required to meet !lACHINE READABLE - Magnetic tape containing changing conditions. A complete set of programs is provided Autochart Block Diagrams. to perform necessary initializing fUnctions. Operating programs are used in the day-to-day control of the IIIPACT ORDERING INFOR!lATION: PROGRA" NUMBER 1401EX01X system (forecasting and ordering). Library programs are provided to control the ordering of both independent and PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUME jOint vendors. Instruction and block diagrams are available EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT to help the user in programming the remaining operating ------programs with a cminimum of effort (Implementation Reference BASIC none "T 7/556 22 01 lIanual) • liT 7/800 24 01
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Programs in the III PACT computer OPTIONAL none 'IT 7/556 22 01 program library are written in 1311 Autocoder and 1311 liT 7/800 24 01 IOCS.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11101--IIK 1401 Svstem with 1401-FB-02X 1402 Card Read Punch 1I0del 1... 1403 Printer ~odel 2 ••• BANK MANAGE"ENT SIMULATOR two 1311 Disk Storage Drives... Advanced Programming, High Low-Equal Compare. Two 1316 Disk Packs must be fully DESCRIPTION - The Bank !lanagement Simulator is an exercise available during the operation of 1311 Library programs. which simulates the effects of management decisions in a $50 million commercial bank. Each teams objective is 1460--8K 11160 System with 1447 Console 1I0del 1 ••• 1402 to make decisions in the most profitable use of it.s assets. Card Read Punch 1I0del 3 ••• 1403 Printer lIodel 2 ••• Two In one day, the players make decisions similar to those 1311 Disk Storage Drives... Indexing and Store Address which would be made over a period of several years. This ':legister. Two 1316 Disk Packs must be fully available exercise was designed because of the difficulty of exposing during the operation of 1311 Library programs. officers to asset management decisions in any other way. The computer applies the decisions against a mathematical BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE !Bodel of the bank, calculates their effect based on the DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIri te-up. Users lIanual. state of the economy at the time, and calculates changes Operation lIanual. in the economy that might take place during the particular IBII PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 007
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
quarter of play. The results are presented to the Reference Manual, Listing. participants so they may see the interaction of their !!ACHINE READABLE - Object Deck, Source Program Deck, various decisions. One to nine teams may participate at Sample Program Deck. one time. Teams do not compete against each other, but rather against the economic climate established in the OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. qame. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NU!!BER 1401FB09X IIINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 System with, thre e tape drives, Card Read, Punch, High-Low-Equal, Advanced PROGRAII tlU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !'EDIUM USER VOLU!'E programming and Multiply-Divide Special features. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUIIENTATION - Program lIri te-Up. Operators Guide. Players and Examiner Instructions OPTIONAL none none none !!ACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Initializer phase object program deck. Initializer data deck. Sample problem deck. On tape - Calculation 1401-FI-04X phase ob ject prog ram. PORTFOLIO SELECTION PROGRA!!
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Portfolio Selection Program (1401- DOCU!!ENTATION - None FI-04X) is valuable to banks, mutual funds, trust and IIACHINE READABLE - Assembly Listings insurance companies, estates, and investllent department of institutions both public and private. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRA!! NUMBER 1401FB02X The program determines optimally diversified portfolios PROGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTIOB BEDIU!! USER VOLUME from a given group of securities. These opti mal portfolios EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT minimize risk for given levels of return. The progralll uses a mathematical technique called quadratic prograllming BASIC none Cards 15 none to minimize the risk for any level of return associated !!T 7/556 22 01 with a security portfolio. It selects optimally diversified liT 7/800 24 01 portfolios from groups of up to 750 securitie-s, including cash investments. Constraints, such as a maximum holding OPTIONAL none !!T 7/556 22 01 or a fixed holding, may be applied to any or all of the !!T 7/800 24 01 securi ties being considered. output consists of - 1. A set of portfolios -- each with minimum risk for its level of return -for as many levels of return as the user 1401-FB-09X requests. 2. The individual security parameters -- such BOND TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A BANK as return and risk -- that were used in the computation. 3. The expected return and associated risk for a portfolio DESCRIPTION - The Bond Trade Analysis is a management tool -consisting of current holdings. designed especially for banks. The Analysis computes the net effect, after tax, of a proposed bond trade in the FEATURES - banks own portfolio. The Analysis program computes time - Uses the Index or Linear 1I0del, which assumes a linear factors, coupon interest income, premium amortizations, relationship between return and sOlie single economic capital gains, ordinary and capital gain taxes or tax indicator. - savings, and sale proceeds applicable to the bonds being Eliminates the need for the user to provide estimates of considered. Various logical decisions are also made in covariance or correlation betwe-en pairs of securities. the program which are related to such items as the type Using the Index 1I0del, these correlations are derived of tax year being experienced by the bank, the type of implicitly by the program from the given input data and bondS being considered, and whether or not a call date are used by the program to minimize risk through the is involved. The result of these computations and decisions principle of diversification. is set forth in terms of dollar return which may be easily Includes a special subprogram called Data Transformation interpreted by the banker. This program is designed to program, which allOWS the user to specify any linear provide a comprehensive variety of results which will function relating security return to the chosen index. permit the banker to see the effect of alternate courses Includes a standard least-squares technique for fitting of action, and enable the banker to avoid common errors a linear function through nine price estimates for each in bond investment planning and execution. The speed and securi:l:y. precision of computation, the depth of analysis, and the Furnishes all of the individual security parameters number of alternatives provided by the program are not necessary for the quadratic programming portion of the available to the canker today. This omission restricts program. his trading and thereby his profits. A self-loading program tape is provided. The user provides The Bond Trade Analysis is designed to help the banker the data on punched cards in the specified formats, and in the following areas - all reports are automatically produced.
- Improving the overall yield of the security portfolio. PROGRAMMING SYSTEIIS - The source language used is 1401 - Utilizing tax prOVisions deSigned especially for banks. AutocodeL - Reinvesting funds of near maturities. - Converting present coupon incolle to future capital IIINHIUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 wi-i:h Advanced gains. Programming, Sense Switches, Multiply-Divide (optional) ••• - Converting future capital gains to present coupon 1402 Card Read/Punch MOL 1... 1403 Printer IIDL 1... four income. Magnetic Tape units. The use of the lIultiply-Divide feature - Comparing alternate trade possibilities. will reduce considerably processing time. - Realigning the maturities of the security portfolio. - Avoiding capital gain and capital loss off-sets. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE - preventing inadvertent short-term sales. DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up, Application - Accounting for security trades. Directory. Reference lIanual. System Manual. MACHINE READABLE - Self~Loading Object Program. The input to effect a single analysis is two cards Source Program. Assembly Listings. The Source and containing data relevant to a bond presently owned by the Object Code for the auxiliary program DTP maintenance bank, which the bank am:icipates selling, and one card procedure. Sample problem. containing the pertinent data concerning the bond the bank contemplates purchasing. Multiple presently owned bonds OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. may ce _analyzed against from one to ten contemplated purchases in a single uninterrupted processing. Each ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401FI04X indi vidual analysis requires from 2 to 3 seconds of machine processing and printing time. At the end of a sequence PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLU!!E of analyses, a recap of the various analyses may be printed EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIFNT if desired. It is significant to note that the cards ------representing bonds presently owned by the bank would BASIC none MT 7/556 22 01 ordinarily be available in the form of the banks sec uri ty MT 7/800 211 01 inventory and control program. Therefore, only the card representing the contemplated purchase may have to be OPTIONAL none none none prepared. In addition to using the bond trade analysis program on the banks own portfolio, application may be found in the management of large bank trading accounts 1401-FI-05X and as a sales device for additional ar.d new services to FINANCIAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM correspondent banks. DESCRIPTION - The Financial Analysis program consists of MINI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 with ••• Advance a series of programs which give the profeSSional financial Programming, High-Low-Equal compare, Multiply-Divide ••• 1402 analyst easily accessible, detailed, and analytical Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 Printer. information about industrial corporations. The program utilizes the information handling and computational ability BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE of the IBM 1401 to provide the professional financial DOCU!!ENTATION - lIrite-up, Operating Instructions, analyst with tools to help him in screening and appraising IBI'I PROGRAI'IS PAGE 008 1401 1401
COITIJUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
industrial common stocks. The main input for the program· of the object program during various stages of the is a magnetic tape containing historical balance sheet, compilation Sense Switches may be used, if installed. income statement, and market data for a large nUllber of For execution of compiled programs 1 8000 Core storage industrial companies. This tape may be prepared by the positions Advanced programming feature High-LOW-Equal user or obtained from the organization which makes it compare feature l'Iultiply-Divide feature 1 1402 Card commercially available (Standard & Poors corporation). ReadjPunch 1 403 Printer (llodel 1 or 2) *, Tape units only as required for Input and Output data Sense Switches - By using the program, the analyst may obtain reports may be used if installed. providing hill with - BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1. A list of companies lIeeting certain standards specified DOCOIIENTATION - Program Write-up. Documentation of by the analyst. 1401 PORTRAN. Operating Instructions. Program Flow 2. Past financial data and ratios. Charts. 3. Comparisons between a company I s sales and earnings and I'IACHINE READABLE - Compiler and sample problem. GNP FRB index of industrial production. Utility 1 - for preparing a compiler tape. Utility 2 4. Compound growth rates and stability measures. - for adding library functions to the system where 5. Comparisons between individual companies and industry Autocoder is required. PORTRAN system symbolic performance. listings. 6. Financial and market information for up to five companies on a single report. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIEIITATION - None. FEATURES - IIACHINE READABLE - Contains everything available (on - Provides the analyst with tillely inforllation that has tape mentioned above) in card form. previously been impractical to obtain consistently. Frees the analyst for more creative tasks by eliminating ORDERING INFORIIATIOll: PROGRAII NUI'IBER 1401F0050 much of the clerical work he must now perform. Allows an analyst to follow closely more companies than PROGRAII NUlIBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUII USER VOLUIIE is now practical. EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Selects companies which are worthy of further study based ------on the specified criteria. BASIC none I'IT 7/556 22 01 Separate progralls allow the analyst to examine only liT 1;;800 24 01 those reports which interest him. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none The financial analysis program consists of seven separate 1401 Autocoder progralls, six of which may be run independently and are under the control of one executive 1401-FO-051 program. control cards indicate the program requested 1401/40/60 FORTRAN IV DISK and the companies and industries to be analyzed. As many cOllpanies as desired may be processed in a single run. DESCRIPTION - FORTRAN IV for IBI'I 1401, 1440 and 1460, broadens IBlI's FORTRAN language. It provides a FORTRAN PROGRAIIIIING SISTEIIS - 1401 Autocoder. IV level language for the 1401/1460 and the first FORTRAN system for the 1440 user. wi th the powerful FORTRAN IV, IIIBIIIUII SISTEI'I REQUIREI'IENTS - An 8K 1401 with four l'Iagnetic 1401, 1440 and 1460 users can easily combine both business Tape units ••• 1403 Printer I'IDL 2 ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• and scientific data processing in one low-cost system. Advanced programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, l'Iultiply Available as a separate program is a tape resident system Divide, Sense, Switches, Additional Print Control. (NO. 1401-FO-051) for 1401/60 System.
BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE I'IIBII'IOII SISTEI'I REQUIREI'IENTS - 12K 1401 ••• one 1311 Disk DOCUI'IENTATION - Program Write-up. Application Storage Drive ••• one 1402 Card ReadjPunch ••• one 1403 Description l'Ianual. Operation lIanual. Printer l'Iodel 2 ••• Advanced Programming feature. I'IACHINE READABLE - Object Decks, Source Deck, and Assembly Listings. OR
OPTIONAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE - None. A 12K 1440 ••• one 1301 Disk Storage, or one 1311 Disk Storage Drive ••• one 1'142 Card Reader ••• one 1443 Printer ••• ORDERING INDORIUTION: PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER 1401FI05X Indexing and Store Address Register feature.
PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUI'I USER VOLOI'IE OR EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT ------A 12K 1460 ••• one 1301 Disk Storage, or one 1311 Disk BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 Storage Drive ••• one 1402 Card ReadjPunch... one 1403 liT 7/800 24 01 Printer 1'I0del 2 ••• Indexing and Store Address Register feature. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE DOCUI'IENTATION - Progralll Write-up. Language Specifica 1401-FO-050 tions. Program Specifications. Operating Procedures FORTRAN l'Ianual. !!!CHIJI!E !!E!DABLE - The System Control Program. FORTRAIi DESCRIPTION - 1401 FORTRAN makes available to 1401 DPS Compiler, the Relocatable Loader, FORTRAN Subroutine installations the established FORTRAN programllling language, Library, Card Bootstraps, Sam pIe source program and the principal use of which is to describe solutions to various system generation utilities needed to build scientific and engineering problellls. The FORTRAN cOlllpiler and operate a disk-resident systell. translates such descriptions, or source programs, into 1401 machine language. Use of the FORTRAN system will OPTIOllAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE produce higher program writing efficiency, i.e., more DOCUI'IENTATION - Source Listings. reliable programs produced more quickly. In addition, aACHINE READABLE - None. because of the machine-independence of the FORTRAN language, programs written in FORTRAN and tested on the 1401 can ORDERING IIIFORiIATIOIl: PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER 1401F0051 be applied directly and quickly to any other machine for Which a FORTRAN system is available. 1401 FQRTRAN features PROGRAI'I NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUI'I USER VOLUIIE are 1. Fast compiling speed. 2. Operability on a 1401 EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIREIIEft Card System (no tape required). 3. (LOAD-and-GO) System organization. 4. Variable precision arithmetic. 5. BaSIC none CARDS 15 none Extensive diagnostic ability. OPTIONAL none none none The users FORTRAN program statements, punched on cards, are entered into the 1401 DPS, followed by the FORTRAli compiler, which may be on cards or tape. The source program 1401-FO-052 is translated by the compiler into the equivalent 1401 1401/60 FORTRAN IV TAPE machine language program in core storage, ready for execution. The program may be punched out in condensed DESCRIPTION - FORTRAn Ii for IBa: i4Gi, 1440 and ':;60, forll prior to execution. A listing is provided during broadens IBI'I' s FORTRAN language. It provides a FORTRAN the compilation which includes the source program IV level language for the 1401/1460 and the first FORTRAN sta tements, diagnostic informa tion relating to the systell for the 1440 user. With the powerful FORTRAN IV, intelligibility and consistency of the source prograll, 1401, 1440 and 1460 users can easily co.bine both business and other useful information comprising a record of the and scientific data processing in one low-cost system. compilation. Available as a separate program is a Disk Resident system (NO. 1401-FO-051) for 1401/40/60 Syste.s. IIINIIIUII SISTEI'I REQUIREI'IENTS - For cOllpilation of source programs 1 8000 or lIore Core storage Fositions advanced I'IINIlIUI'I SISTEI'I REQUIREI'IENTS - A 12K 1401 or 1460 System programming feature High-Low-Equal Compare feature lIultiply with ••• 1402 Card Read/punch ••• 1403 Printer 1'I0del 2 ••• Divide feature 1 1402 Card Read/punch 1 1403 Printer (l'Iodel Four 1330 or 729 l'Iagnetic Tape units. On the 1401 - High 1 or 2) one Tape unit may be used if installed to store LOW-Equal and Advanced program.ing ••• On the 1460 - Indexin9 and load the 1401 FORTRAN cOllpiler. For a 1403 listing and Store Address Register. IBII PROGRAIIS 11101 11101 PAGE 009
COJlTIIIUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINOED FROII PRIOR COLU!!II
BASIC PROGRlII PACKAGE BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATIOII - Program IIrite-up. Language DOCOIIENTATION - IIrite-up. Specifications. program Specifications, and Operating !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Procedures lIanual. IIACHIIiE READABLE - A tape loader program which will OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE punch the sample progra!! deck. The card boot deck, DOCUIIENTATION - Systell lIanual. the system control, FORTRUI co.piler, the FORTRAN IIACHIIiE READABLE - Source code. loader decks and the FORTRAN subroutine library decks.
OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATIOII - Source Listings. PROGRAII NUIIBEE 11101F0702 IIACHIIiE READABLE - None. OllDERIIIG IIiFORIIATION: USER VOLUIIE ORDERIIiG IN!'ORIIATION: PROGRAII IIUIIBER 11101F0052 PROGRAII 1I0!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII EITENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEIiIT PROGRAII IIUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOII IIEDIUII ------USER VOLUIIE none EITEIISIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC none DTR 7/556 22 ------DTR 7/800 211 none BASIC none DTR none 7/556 22 liT 22 01 DTR 7/800 211 none OPTIONAL none 7/556 !'IT 7/800 211 01 OPTIOIIAL none none none
11101-FO-702 FORTRJ.II II LAI!GUAGE COIIVERSIOII PROGRAII 11101-IF-011 DESCRIPTIOII - The FORTRAII II Language Conversion program AUTO RATING FOR FIRE AND CASUALTY COIIPANIES aids in the transition to syste./360 by converting acceptable current FORTRAN II source progra.s into FORTRAN DESCRIPTION - The Auto Rating program is a series of If source progra.s for the Syste./360. The FORTRAN II subroutines designed to perform the rating calculations LCP accepts as input- involved in issuing a policy covering private passenger auto.obiles and pickup trucks. Provision is made for 1401 FORTRAN, calculating such coverages with the li.its of liability 1410 FORTRAN II, and deductibles asare published by the national rating 1620 FORTRU, organizations. By using a aodular progra •• ing technique, 1620 !'ORTRAII II, it is easily adapted to individual requireaents. Base 1620 FORT RAil with format, rates and factors are utilized, which reduces core storage 1620 1I0ni tor I FORTRA. II-D, requirellents. Use of tables and a special table lookup 1620 lIonitor II FORTRAIiI II-D, technique lIakes lIaintenance, caused by rate changes, auch 1620 FORTRAII II for automatic floating pOint, siaplier. The user selects the routines for the desired 7070 Series FORTRAI! (basic and full), coverages, discounts, deviations, etc., cOllbines these 7070 FOS FORTUI, with his own I/O routines - adds the desired base rate 0705 FORTRAN, tables - and processes, using either SPS or Autocoder, 7080 Processor !'ORTRAI and to produce an object deck. Normally, a separate prograll 7090/70911 FORTRAN II. is produced for each state, although usually the only change is the base rate tables. Routines are supplied The source progra.s can be converted to any of the following for the states that vary froll standard for.ulas. levels of Syste./360 FORTRAIiI -- PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - IIritten in SPS. - Operating Syste./360 FORTRAN IV (level HI • - Operating S1ste./360 FORTRAN IV (E level subset). - Systell/360 Basic Progra ..ing Support FORTRAII IV (tape). :~:~:~:mi!~T!:d R:~~~~~~=~i~u;l AC:~P~~~ 1 f!!~!~:s w: t~II~~vanced - Systell 360 Basic Programlling Support FORTRAII IV (card). and 11103 IIDL 1. Storage requireaents vary with systems - Basic Operating Systell/360 with DOS/360. considerations such as coverages, size of state tables, - Basic Operating Systea/360 with TOS/360. users deViations, and I/O requirements. The norllal requirement for ra ting, policy issue, and statistical FEATURES - The FORTRAN LCP has - coding is 8000 poSitions of core storage.
- Card or tape input -- both the LCP and the FORTRAN II BASIC PROGRA!'I PACKAGE source progra.s can be read fro. either cards or tape. DOCUIIENTATION - Preliminary Reference !Ianual. program - Single or stacked program conversion -- a single source IIrite-up. Prograll Listings. program can be processed fro. one of the three ta pe IIACBlliIE READABLE - SPS Source Program Deck. Object units needed in a nni.um configuration. Stacked Prograll Deck. Sample Prograa Deck. progralls can be processed if aore than three tape units "are used. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. - Card-code conversion for dual BCD characters -- a control card option provides auto.atic conversion from BCD input ORDERIIiG INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU!!BER 1110 11FO 1X code to EBCDIC output code, or vice versa. In this way, the LCP can convert the dual BCD characters, i.e., two PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII USEP VOLU!!E characters with the same card code, into the proper EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT Systeil/360 card cOdes. The dual characters are - plus and allpersand ••• equal sign and pound sign ••• apostrophe BASIC none CARDS 15 none and the comaercial at sign ••• left parenthesis and percent sign ••• right parenthesis and the lozenge. OPTIONAL none none none - Documented listing -- the LCP provides a listing of the converted prograll. This listing contains lIessage codes and tables that docuaent conversion actions and 11101-IF-02I facilitate analysis of the converted prograll. A listing GENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRA!! of the source program is optional. - Optional card output -- when specified, the LCP produces DESCRIPTION - The General Distribution Prograll for a Card a punched-card deck that contains the converted prograll. 11101 Data ProceSSing System accomplishes sUllmary reporting - Optional output on tape -- the user can specify that without resequencing an input card file. The 11101 General printed and, or punched output are to be recorded on Distribution Prograa fulfills its purpose by building a tape. table of extracted control fields and respective - Replacellent of tape refer. -- The user can specify that algebraically added amounts. Specified fields on speCified tape constants in I/O statements are to be replaced by a cards can be suallarized for selective report writing. variable nalle or another tat:e constant. When an input file has been exhausted, output cards are - Resolution of coaaon-equivalence interaction -- the user punched reflecting the data allassed in the table. output can specify that variables in cOllllon statellents are to cards are then used for summary report writing either in be reordered so that a Syste./360 COllpiler yill allocate the sequence produced or any other sorted sequence desired. com.on storage and establish equivalencies in the salle If table space is exhausted before the end of input file, aanner as the current FORTRAII II cOllpiler. an extracted item table is punched out. Overflow i teas are processed upon completion of the initial run. The !'ORTRAII II LCP will reduce the amount of reprogramlling necessary to convert current FORTRAN II progralls into In addition to property and casualty insurance for which SY5tem/360 FORTRAN IV programs. Use of the LCP will reduce the prograll was developed, there are numerous iaaginative tiae and 1I0ney spent on recoding, clerical activities, uses for the General Distribution prograll including multiple and program debugging. Although the savings to be realized sumllarization and selective file searching. A significant for a single pro grail lIay be as great as 65 per cent, the flexibility is built into this program giving the user overall savings to a customer .ust be deterained on an multiple control field designation with a range from 1 indi vidual basis. to 72 accumulators tor each control field in the table. Report writing beco.es a relatively siaple use of sorted IIIBII!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1 11101 Processing Onit (any output with no alteration to input file sequence • • odel with 8000 or aore storage positions). Advance Prograa.ing Feature, High Low Equal Co.pare Feature, sense switches, 1 11102 Card Readpunch, 1 11103 Printer (!!odel 2) r. 3 tape uIIH~. IBI! PROGRAIIS PAGE 010 1401 1401
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
!!ACHINE READABLE - Cards - Source Deck, Object Deck, !!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!E!lTS - A 4K, BK, or 16K 1401 with Sample Problem Deck. High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, a 1402 Card Read Punch, and a 1403 Printer. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAII NU!!BER 1401IF05X DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-up, Reference !!anual, including program listings. PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER YOLU!'!E IIACHINE READABLE - Program Deck, Sample Problem Deck. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!'!ENT
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 14011F02X OPTIONAL none none none
PHOGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER YOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT 1401-IL-01X THE 62 CFO PROGRA!! (CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY) BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - This series of fourteen programs is deSigned OPTIONAL none none none to compute net premiums and terminal reserves for most plans of insurance. Compute adjusted premiums and minimum cash values for those plans requiring such values. Store 1401-IF-03X computed results on master rate tapes for use in the GENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRA!! FOR A TAPE 1401 computation of legal reserves or non-forfeiture benefits. Print the computed results in report form for visual DESCRIPTION - The General Distribution Program for a Tape reference and other purposes. lIinimum input is required 1401 Data Processing system (1401-IF-03X) provides file for most plans of insurance. (A whole life plan requires search or summary ability from a tape file without pre twenty-six columns of data.) 62 CFO terminal reserve, sorting. It is a "LOAD and GO" type program which is net premiums, and minimum cash value programs provide activated by simple control cards. For most jobs only extreme flexibility in the calculation of terminal reserves four control cards need to be punched. Thus, from random and minimum cash values. They have been used to duplicate tape records, either blocked or single, it will extract correctly the values for hundreds of plans or insurance control fields and amount fields, summarize, sequence, using a wide variety of benefits, mortality tables, interest and write out these extracted summarized records. The rates, and methods of valuation. Use of these programs program was developed especially for the property and will provide an economic means of preparing consolidated casualty industry, but it will have wide application in files for conversion to 62 CFO daily cycle which will be all industries. available in the third quarter of 1963. Each plan of insurance must be described using standard forms. The The program employs the techniques of building tables in input data is punched from these forms and processed through core storage, dOing an internal sort, and a 3 tape merge. the appropriate CFO programs. Initial output is in the form of magnetic tape containing the structure of the plan, Detailed instructions for punching the control cards are the premiums, and related policy values. A print program given in the reference manual. These cards are placed is provided which generates descriptive information and behind the program deck, the input reel mounted on a tape prepares a complete report on each plan of insurance. dri ve, and the job is ready to run. PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - This series of programs was written !!INI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - 4K, BK, or 16K 140 1 with and assembled using 1401 SPS. High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced programming, and Sense Switches. A 1402 Card Read PUDch, 1403 Printer, and 3 !!INI!!UII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 12K 1401 Tape System with, Tape Drives. 1402 Card Read Punch !!DL 1, 1403 Printer IIDL 2, four Tape Drives, Advanced Programming, Expanded Print Edit, High BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Low-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Divide, Print Control DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-up. Reference !!aterial, Additional, and Sense Switches special features. Flowcharts, Program Listings. !!ACHINE READABLE - !!agnetic tape containing - Salllple BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE Problem Input ••• Source Deck in Card Image ••• Object DOCU!!ENTATION - Program llrite-up. 62 CFO Yolumes I Deck in Core Image. and II. !!ACHINE READABLE - lIagnetic Tape containing program OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE cards ••• lIortality tables ••• Selected twenty-pay life DOCU!!ENTATION - None. premiums ••• selected adjusted life premiums. Card !!ACHINE READABLE - Source code. Decks - Tape-to-Card Program Deck ••• Sample Problem Deck. ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401IF03X OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER YOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140 l1LO lX ------BASIC none !!T 7/556 22 01 PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUI! USER YOLU!!E none !!T 7/BOO 24 01 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------OPTIONAL none !!T 7/556 22 01 BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 !!T 7/BOO 24 01 !!T 7/800 211 01
OPTIONAL none none none 1401-IF-05X HO!!EOWNERS RATING PROGRA!! 1401-IL-02X DESCRIPTION - The IB!! 1401 Homeowners Rating Progralll is CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAIIS a series of subroutines which provides a valuable tool to insurance companies that desire to rate new or renewal DESCRIPTION - The 62 Daily Cycle Programs, 11101-IL-02X, policies. It requires as input those factors from which are 31 programs with accompanying actuarial tables designed an underwriter would rate the policy. The program has to meet data processing requirements for ordinary life pnnrisiQD for allo!!ing credit for existing insurance, insurance cOllpanies in the following areas - (1) Input increased or decreased limits, non-standard coverage amounts preparation to the daily cycle (balance, sort, edit) ••• (interpolation), and rating of many standard endorsements. (2) Daily cycle processing for all policies contained in the master file (file lIIaintenance, accounting, cOlillission, Features - billing, loan or nonforfeiture calculations and - Reduces clerical effort in the rating, coding, and policy terminations) ••• (3) Preparation of daily accounting typing areas. journals ••• (4) Periodic file updating runs (dividends, - Flexible, modular program allowing modifications and ease cash values, and renewable term premiums). The total of adaption .. systell provides for automatic processing of all scheduled - Provides an iaportant step in the implementation of an transactions and for requested processing of all non insurance information system. scheduled transactions involving ordinary life contracts. Exceptions will occur only when the policy is issued under !!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - An 8K 1401 (some states extrellely unusual arrangements. The system is based upon require 12K) with Advanced programming and High-Low-Equal consolidation of all policy information into a single Compare features. Input/Output devices are determined magnetic tape record and integrates all processing functions by users requirements. Use of random access (1405 or 1311) within a single cOllputer system. processing commences can reduce storage requirements to 4K. Rating in form with the first premiulll payment and continues through sequence can also appreciably reduce core storage maturity, expiry, or any other form of termination. requirements. Accounting and commission records as well as policy exhibit transactions are generated automatically and brought forward BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE under program control for month-end processing or for DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Reference !!anual valuation purposes. (including tables and program listings) • IBlI PROGRAlIS 1401 1401 PAGE 011
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED PROll PRIOR COLUlIN
FEATURES- /62 CPO Daily Cycle programs will provide life plete flexibility in reporting technique. insurance companies using this system with exceptional operational efficiency. The major features of this system (3) Reserves are computed for premium paying poliCies, all are - (1) Daily analysis of all policy records for any forms of paid-up policies, and for each of the various form of activity ••• (2) continuous control of the policy types of supplemental benefits and extra life premiums. master file... (3) policy information for accounting journals, commission statements, notification, policyholder (4) Deferred and uncollected premiums are computed on both service and valuation reports from a single source... (4) a gross and net basis. In additio.n, gross advance .Organization of output from the system into meaningful premiums are calculated. printed reports. (5) In-force amounts of the entire master policy file are USE - /62 CFO Daily Cycle assumes the development of a computed, maintained, and reported as a part of the complete policy master file by each user. To help in the valuation procedure. data gathering necessary for a consolidated file, programs are available (1401-IL-011) to generate reserve, net premium (6) Reports are available as a detail listing of each item, and minimum cash value rate tapes. Rate tape philosophy by valuation cell, by plan, and by method of valuation, has been incorporated into the overall system to facilitate lIortali ty table, and interest rate. the handling of any type of updating required and in many cases eliminate the necessity for data gathering. USE - Each valuation may be taken on either a partial basis or a complete basis as of any month end. Minimum results User Responsibility includes the following major areas will involve - (1) Loan balances with either accrued or - (1) Gathering all data necessary to establish a policy unearned interest adjustments... (2) Amounts on deposit master record... (2) Preparation of conversion programs with accrued interest... (3) Suspense totals of unapplied which will convert gathered data into an acceptable cash or returned items ••• (4) Life reserves and format •• ~ (3) preparation of new business programs which corresponding premium adjustments... (5) Policy exhibit will convert new issue data into an acceptable format ••• changes within the reporting period •.• (6) Summary reports (4) preparation of a print program for premium and of each of the above items. anniversary notices... (5) Preparation of cash value and dividend rate tapes, renewable term premium rate cards, Additional results from a full valuation will include all agents control records, and commission tables. of the above as well as - (1) Deficient reserves ••• (2) Totals for annual statement page 15 and state policy Daily Cycle Programs may be used as they are or with slight exhibi ts, and a detail listing of changes... (3) Reserves modification to facilitate auditing newly converted policy released and tabular net premium adjustments ••. (4) Either records. Dividend, cash value and renewable term updating summary or detail reports of all valuation items. programs can also be used as conversion programs. Daily Cycle Prograas will operate upon any properly converted !!INI!!UM SYSTE!! REQUIRE!lENTS - 12K 1401 System with ••• 1402 block of policies on either a daily or periodic schedule. Card Read Punch !lDL 1... 1403 Printer !lDL 2 ••. five Tape Drives ••• Advanced programming, Expanded Print Edit, High MI!lIMUM SYSTEII REQUIREME!lTS - 12K 1401 System with 1402 Low-Equal Compare, lIultiply, Divide, Print Control Card Read Punch IIDL 1 ••• 1403 Printer IIDL 2 ••• five Tape Additional, and Sense Switches special features. Drives ••• Advanced Programming, Expanded Print Edit, High Low-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Di vide, Print Control BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE additional, and Sense Switches special features. DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up ••• /62 CPO Volumes 12 through 16. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE !!ACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Object deck designed to DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• /62 CFO policy add or alter programs on the /62 CPO program Tape. lIaster Record Code Book (Volume 0) and Volumes 3 !!agnetic Tape - one reel containing source prograll through 11. cards for the 15 component programs. MACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Object deck deSigned to add or alter programs on the /62 COP program tape. OPTIONAL PROGEAII PACKAGE - None. lIagnetic tape - one reel containing all decks in source program card form ••• and mortality tables. ORDERING INFORIUTION: PROGRAII RUIIBER 14011L031
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EITENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14011L021 ------BASIC none MT 7/556 22 01 PROGRAM NUMBER DISTR IBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUME liT 7/800 24 01 EITENSIO!l TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT ------OPTIONAL none none none BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 MT 7/800 24 01 1401-10-012 OPTIONAL none none none COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1026/DOC) FOR THE 1401/1460
DESCRIPTION - This IOCS facilitates the generation of 1401-IL-031 programs to control 1026 communication with 1030, 1050, CONSOLIDATED PUNCTIONS ORDINARY VALUATION PROGRAM and 1060. It is compatible with the 1401/1460-1440 communications IOCS for the 1448, thus requiring a minimum DESCRIPTION - The 62 CPO (consolidated functions ordinary) of re- programming for growth from 1026 transmission control valuation programs, 1401-IL-03X, are a series of 15 programs units to a 1448. Applications can range from single designed to operate exclusively in the area of valuation inquiries to sophisticated real-time data operations. and in the preparation of the policy exhibit for ordinary Its functions are - life insurance companies. All of the programs in this series assume a standard 62 CPO record format. proceSSing - Control of the 1447 console may be performed on a standard annual basis or a t any 1I0re - User control of polling, addressing and receiving frequently desired cycle such as semiannually, quarterly, - Error detection or monthly. All information furnished by these programs - Operation with existing IBM programs for DDC comes exclusively from paid for business in the file on - Time of day recording with the 1032 digital time unit the valuation date and does not pertain in any way to supplementary files. Policy exhibit and reserves released The 1401/1460 communications IOCSS (1026/DDC) will operate are based on activity to the policy master file during with point-to-point or multi-point common carrier leased the reporting period. or customer-owned communication lines. In addition, the programs will support the automatic answering feature and PEATURES - The valuation procedures were designed to conform the automatic calling feature. to standard valuation practices and to furnish the maximull amount of information available froll a current consolidated PROGRAMMING SYSTEIIS - Communications loeS (1026/DDC) consist policy master file. All reserves and net premiums are of a set of library routines which, when called for in stored on machine-generated rate tapes and are associated an Autocoder source program by macro instructions, are with each policy record only at the time of valuation, selected, tailored, and included in the object program. thus eliminating the need to store excessive valuation The routines perform the functions necessary to handle information as a part of each policy record. The major basic input/output files, to transmit information to and features of the overall approach are - receive information from remote locations and remote processors, and to provide linkage to users programs. (1) Using the daily cycle programs (1401-IL-02X), control The specific routines generated at assembly time depend of the policy master file is maintained on a current largely on the particular specifications contained in the daily basis for the number of policies, impairments, user I s source programs. all forms of deposits, and suspense items, thus eliminating the need for preparatory work prior to the The library routines for this IOCS is to be placed in the beginning of a valuation. Autocoder System through a library run, using Autocoder (on disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460, No. 1401-AU-008. (2) All elements other than legal reserves are carried as ledger items. Each detail item needed for a valuation MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For program assembly - same is extracted from the policy master file on an in as those for the assembly of any program using dividual basis for reporting purposes, allowing com- 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) program: The Autocoder IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 012 1401 1401
CONTINUED FRO II PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
(on disk) program should be ordered concurrently unless otherwise available. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
For object programs - a 4K 1401 with ••• Advanced Programming ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU !!IBER 140110065 and High-Low-Equal Compare features ••• 1409 Console Auxiliary IIDL 2... 1026 Transmission Control Unit attachment PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USE!! VOLU!!E feature ••• 1026 Transmission control Units (one for each EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT communica tion line)... I/O units (as required) • ------BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 OR liT 7/800 24 01
An 8K 1460 with ••• Indexing and store address register OPTIONAL none none none feature ••• 1447 Console IIDL 1... 1026 Transmission Control Unit attachment feature ••• 1026 Transmission Control units (one for each communication line) ••• I/O units (as 1401-10-068 required) • IBII 1401/1460 IOCS (ON DISK)
In addition - direct Data Channel feature ••• Interrupt ••• DESCRIPTION - The IB!! 1401/1460 IOCS. (on disk). Version 1447 Console IIDL 2 for 1440 and 1460, IIDL 3 for 1401 ••• 2, NO. 1401-10-068, (previously named 1401/1311 IOCS) is 1032 Digital Time unit may be present, as desired. available to be used on 1401 and 1460 Systems with 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk). No. 1401-AU-008. NOTE - Use of DDC with 1026 should specify the interrupt feature (available on 1401 only as RPG) for optimum The new version consists of a set of library routines performance. which. when called by by !!ACRO instructions are selected. tailored and included in the object program. For 1401 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE and 1460 systems, these routines perform I/O functions DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. Operations Instructions. and housekeeping associated with 1311 Disk storage. 1301 IIACHINE READABLE - Card Deck - Library deck of macros. Disk Storage, !!agnetic Tape. Card Reader, Card Punch, and Printer. They also provide linkage to the user's object OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE program. The specific sta tments generated at assembly DOCUIIENTATION - Program Flowcharts. time depend completely on the particular specifications IIACHINE READABLE - None. contained in the user's source program. The 1401/1460 IOCS library routines are to be placed in the 1401/1440/1460 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140110012 Autocoder (on disk) System through a library run.
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE IIINIIIU!! SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - For assembly -- programs EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT incorporating I/O IIACRO instructions for 1401 and 1460 ------Systems may be assembled on - a 4K 1401 System with ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 no~e one 1311 Disk Storage Drive ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer IIdl 2 or 1404 Printer ••• High-Low-Equal OPTIONAL none none none Compare.
OR 1401-10-040 TAPE READING WRITING An 8K 1460 System with ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive or one Disk storage Array... 1402 Card Read Punch ••• one DESCRIPTION - Purpose to provide 1401 user's with closed 1403 Printer subroutines which are consistent with the applied OR programming tape standards for tape reading and writing. The subroutines consist of a tape read/write routine. a A !!K 1440 system with ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive or read routine and a write routine. Included are (1) Error one 1301 Disk Storage Array... 1442 Card Read Punch IIdl checking procedures (2) Noise record procedures (3) Dumping 1 or 2 or 111112 Card Reader IIdl 4 and 14411 Card Punch ••• of unreadable records (4) Statistics concerning retries. 1443 Printer.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Are 4K Tape System (Advanced BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Programming features) necessary only with 1401 Read/Write DOCU!!EIITATION - Program Write-up, Library listings ••• Tape routine. Operating Procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Cards - Library Card Deck ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Sample Source Program for test purposes. DOCUI!ENTATION - Listings ••• Flowcharts ••• program Write-up. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE !!lACHINE READABLE - Card Deck - Condensed Deck. DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts. IIACHINE READABLE - None. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1110110068 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 140110040 PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU!!E PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!IEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL none none none
1401-10-074 ". 1401-10-065 TAPE PUNCH ROUTINES FOR THE 1401-1012 INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - The proper use of these routines will relieve DESCRIPTION - Purpose the 1401 IOCS consists of a set of the user of the responsibility of coding the necessary library routines which. when called for in a 1401 Autocoder instructions to control 1401-1012 tape punching, error source program by IIACRO instructions, are selected and checking. and error correction. The routines are designed tailored and included in the object program. These routines to be used as a part of the 1401 Autocoder library. Once perform I/O functions and provide linkage to the users part of this library, they may be included in any object object program. The specific statements generated at program through the use of the appropriate macro assembly time depend completely on the particular instructions. specifications contained in the user's source program. Use of program the 1401 IOCS library routines are to be IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - For assembly of source placed in the 1401 Autocoder System (version 3 or later programs' - 11101 processing unit (any model with 4000 or version) through a librarian run. more core storage pOSitions) four IBII 729 II, 729 IV. or 7330 magnetic tape units 1403 printer, model 2 1402 Card MINIIIUI! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The 1401 IOCS will perform Read-Punch Advanced programming feature High-Low-Equal the I/O functions and associated housekeeping tOl: Tape, Compare feature Sense S~i tches. Fer execution of object Card Reader, Card punch and Printer. The object machine progralls'- IBII 11101 Processing Unit, IBII 1012 rape Punch, must have, in addition to any of the above I/O units, tape units-only as required for other input or output data, Advanced Programlling features and the High-LOW-Equal Compare IBII 1402 Card Read-Punch-only as required for other input feature. The amount of core storage required varies widely or output data. from program to program and must be determined at assembly time. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. 1401-1012 tape punch BASIC PROGRA!!I PACKAGE routines. DP processing system bulletin. DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Documentation of IIACHINE READABLE - Tape punch routines deck (condensed). the 1401 IOCS system including language specifica tions ••• Flowcharts... Sample problem. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IIACHINE READABLE - lIagnetic tape - 1401 1I0del statements in card image form. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140110074 IBII PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 013
COIfTllfUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLOIIN
ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!'! NU!'!BER 140110152 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !'!EDIUII USER VOLUI!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none none none OPTI9NAL none none none
1401-10-077 IBII INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL PROGRAII (IOCP) FOR IBII 1401-LII-007 1401/1440/1460 WITH THE IBII 1285 OPTICAL READER CARD SYSTEII SUBROUTINES
DESCRIPTION - Provides support for source document entry DESCRIPTION - To provide a few frequently used arithmetic applications that use one 1285 Optical Reader attached subroutines. This 1401 program provides multiply I (for to a 1401, 1440, or 1460. These subroutines are designed storage space economy) multiply II (for speed economy) to eliminate the user's need to program logical details divide dozens-to-units conversion units-to-dozens conversion associated with 1285 journal roll processing. Record mark note closed subroutine linkage instructions provided. and work mark definition of the records in core allows the user to easily transfer them to an output device. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE IOCP performs these functions -- Reads header information DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• entered from the keyboard ••• Reads lines of data from a Listings. •• Flowcharts journal roll into a specific area of core ••• Tests for MACHINE READABLE - Condensed deck party errors in reading into core storage ••• Tests for valid data line length ••• lIakes the necessary branches OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. to the users routines for processing and providing output. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140lLM007 The 1401/1440/1460 - 1285 IOCP consists of the following components - Autocoder symbolic deck ••• Basic Autocoder PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEP VOLUME symbolic deck. The user decides which of these two decks EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT he desires to use. The deck which is chosen and the user provided problem program, once assembled, are loaded into BASIC none CARDS 15 none main storage from cards. This combined deck (1285 IOCP and the user's problem program) alows the processing of OPTIONAL none none none data read in from the fournal roll and effects the reading and writing of other I/O devices which the user may require in his 1285 applications. In a 1285 Optical Reader 1401-LII-Ol0 configuration, throughput will vary with user processing IBM 1401/60 TIIHNG PROGRAM FOR DOS/360 AND TOS/360 TAPE time requirements and other I/O operations. However, the SORT/IIERGE PROGRAII IOCP is designed to make possible the maximum 1285 Optical Reader Throughput. Storage considerations by the user DESCRIPTION - This program provides ti ming estimates for should include 1.2K positions for the IOCP. DOS and 'lOS tape sort/merge program when operating on a System/360 1I0dei 2030 or 1I0dei 2040 with a maxillum of 256K !lINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - For each System (1401, 1440, bytes of main storage, a channel configuration of either and 1460) the reqUirements for assembling an Autocoder one multiplexor channel, one selector channel, or two or basic Autocoder program that uses IOCP may be found selector channels, connected to a 2404 Magnetic Tape Unit in the appropriate Autocoder or Basic Autocoder and Control, a 2804 Tape Control, or a 2816 Switching Unit, specification publication. For execution -- A 4K 1401, and using 2401, 2402, 2403, or 2404 Tape Drives. Tilling 1440, or an 8K 1460 with one 1402 or 1442 Card Read punch ••• estimates for the 1I0del 2030 assume a 1.5 microsecond cycle One 1285 Optical Reader ••• Serial I/O Adapter ••• Output time. The program will provide one multiplexor, one devices specified by the user. selector or two selector channel sort timing estimates for sorting fixed length records with a single control BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE field. Tillings can be obtained for specific record volumes OOCU!lENTATION - Program material list ••• Listings of designated by the user, or for a spread of record volumes Autocoder and Basic Autocoder symbolic decks ••• predetermined by the timing program. In addition, main Flowcharts ••• I/O Control Program specifications storage utilization and maximum file size are included and Operating Procedures ••• IBII 1401/1440/1460 with in the program output. Control cards are used to supply IBII 1285 Optical Reader Reference Publication. a description of the system and record/file configuration IIACHINE READABLE - Autocoder symbolic code ••• Basic for which estimates are required. lIultiple record/file Autocoder symbolic code. cards may be used with one system card to extimate times for many file configurations on the same system. Or, many OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. systems cards may be used with one record/file card to estimate the time for sorting one file on several different ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140110077 systems. lIultiple control card sets can be stacked to provide multiple estimates at the same time. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTR IBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• one 1402 Card Read Punch 1I0dei 1 ••• one 1403 1I0dei 2 or BASIC none CARDS 15 none 1404 Printer ••• High/Low/Equal Compare feature ••• lIultiply/Divide feature ••• Sense Switches ••• Advanced OPTIONAL none none none Programming feature. OR
1401-10-152 A 16K 1460 system with ••• one 1402 Card Read Punch 1I0dei 7040/44-1401 IIfPU'I/OUTPUT CONTROL PROGRAII 3... one 1403 Printer Model 2 ••• lIultiply-Divide feature ••• Indexing and Store Address Register feature ••• Sense DESCRIPTION - This 1401 program permits the I/O deVices Switches. on a 1401 on channel a of a 7040/7044 to be used as if they were on the 7040/7044. This program accepts control BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE information and data from the 7040/7044 8K or 16/32K. DOCUIIENTATION - Program lIaterial List ••• 1401/60 Timing Operating systems and performs on-line tape, basic card Program for Basic Operating system/360 tape Sort/llerge read-punch, and printer functions. This program is read program (16K) lIanual, C24-3439 ••• Tape Sort/Merge (16K) into the 1401 by its 1402 Card Reader and operates in Specifications lIanual, C24-3438. conjunction with the 7040/7044 8K or 16/32K IOCS. IIACHINE READABLE - Object code.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 1401 Data processing System OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None used with the 7040/7044-1401 I/O control program must be equipped with the serial I/O adapter (feature code No. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140lLII010 7080) and the 7040/7044 must likewise have a 1401 adapter No. 1034. The 1401 must have at least 4000 positions of PROGRAII NUMBER D ISTRI BUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUME core storage, the column binary feature No. 1990, a 1402 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT card Read-punch, and the Advanced Programming feature. ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none Hote: Distribution of this program is restricted to users of the 7040/7044 Operating System, Program Number 7040- OPTIONAL none none none PR-150.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1401-LII-Oll DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• 1401/1460 TII!ING PROGRAM FOR IBM BASIC OPERATING Flowcharts. SYSTEII/360 DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRA M (16K) MACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck... Symbolic Input Deck. DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1401/1460 Timing Program provides timing estimates for the Disk Operating System/360 Disk OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. Sort/Merge program (16K disk) when operating on a Systelll/360 Model 2030 or 1I0del 2040 with a maximum of 256 K bytes IBI! PROGRAMS PAGE 014 1401 1401
CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUIIN
of main storage, a channel configuration of one multiplexor SI!-060) on 1401 or 1460 systems. The timing program runs or selector channel and up to S IBI! 2311 Disk Storage on a 16K 1401 or 1460. Drives. Timing estimates for the I!odel 2030 assume a 1.5 FEATURES - This program will give timing estimates for microsecond cycle time. This program will provide sort fixed length records with one control field. Timings can timing estimates for sorting fixed length records with be obtained either for particular record volumes specified a single control field. Timings can be obtained for by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined specific record volumes designated by the user, or for in the timing program. Control cards supply the Sort 7 a spread of record volumes predetermined by the timing Timing Program with a description of the file (s) for which program. In addition, main storage utilization and maximum estimates are required. lIore than one set of control cards file size are included in the program output. Control can be placed in the program deck if additional estimates cards are used to supply a description of the computing are desired. system, file configuration and record definition for which estimates are required. Mul tiple record/file cards may IHNIMUM SYSTEI! REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• be used with one system definer card to estimate times 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer I!dl 2 or 1404 for many file configurations on the same system. Also, Printer ••• High-LOW-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, many system definer cards may be used with one record/file and Multiply-Divide features. card to estimate the time for sorting one file on several different systems. Multiple control card sets can be OR stacked to provide multiple estimates at the same time. A 16K 1460 system with ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• one 1403 MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• Printer ••• lIultiply-Divide and Indexing and Store Address a 1402 Card Read Punch Model 1... a 1403 Model 2, or 1404 Register features. Printer ••• High-Low-Equal Compare feature ••• Advanced Programming feature ••• Multiply-Divide feature ••• Sense BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Switches ••• DOCUMENTATIOli - Program write-Up ••• SOxSO Listing of the Sort 7 Card Deck ••• Specifications ••• Operating OR Procedures. MACHINE READABLE - Program Deck. A 16K 1460 system with ••• a 1402 Card Read Punch Model 3... A 1403 I!odel 2 Printer ••• Multiply-Divide feature ••• OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. Indexing and Store Address Register features ••• Sense Switches. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUI!BER 1401LM060
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE DOCUI!ENTATION - program Material List... Timing Program EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT I!anual, c24-3445 ••• Disk Operating System Sort/Merge Manual, C24-3444. BASIC none CARDS 15 none MACHINE READABLE - Object code. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAI! NUMBER 140 11M 0 11 1401-LM-062 1401/1460 SORT 5 AND 6 TIllING PROGRAI! PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION - The sort 5 and 6 timing program, 1401-LM- 062, is an object program for use on an lEI! 1401/11160 with BASIC none CARDS 15 none 16K core storage. This program gives timing estimated for fixed length records with up to ten control data fields OPTIONAL none none none to be sorted by the sort 5 and 6 programs. Timings can either be required for a specific record volume, or can be calculated for a predetermined set of record 1401-LI!-012 volumes. Control cards supply the Sort 5 and 6 Timing 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE program with a description of the file (s) to be sorted. OPERATING SYSTEI!S TAPE SORT/MERGE PROGRAMS MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer MDL 2 or 11104 DESCRIPTION - 1401/1460 Timing Program for system/360 Disk Printer ••• High-LOW-Equal compare, Advanced Programming, and Tape Operating Systems tape sort/merge programs provides and Multiply-Divide features. timing estimates for DOS/360 and TOS/360 sort/merge programs using 2415 Tape Drives with either 800 or 1600 bytes per OR inch density on System/360 Models 30 and 40 withaa maximum of 256K main storage, the multiplexer channel, and either A 16K 1460 System with ••• 1"02 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 one or two selector channels. This program provides times Printer MDL 2 ••• Index and Store Address Register and for sorting fixed-length records with a single ten character Multiply-Divide features. control field in fixed-length blocks. Timings can be obtained for specific record volumes desigp.ated by the BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE user or for a spread of record volumes. Control cards DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up ••• SOxSO Listings of supply a description of the system and of the files to the Sort 5 and 6 Timing Program. be sorted. Timing estimates are within 15 per cent of DaCHINE READABLE - rL'ograiii Deck. actual sorting times. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 system with one 1402 Card Read Punch Model 1, one 1403 Model 2 or 1404 ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAI! NUMBER 14011M062 printer, High-Low-Equal Compare feature, Multiply-Divide feature, Sense switches, and Advanced programming feature ••• PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTIOli MEDIUM USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ElIT OR BASIC none CARDS 15 none A 16K 1460 System with one 1402 Card Read Punch Model 3, one 1403 Printer Model 2, I!ultiply-Divide feature, Indexing OPTIONAL none none none and Store Address Register feature, and Sense Switches.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE 1401-LM-077 DOCUMENTATION - Program write-Up ••• Timing Program SORT 13 AND 14 TIMING PROGRAM FOR 1401/1460 Manual, C24-3439. I!ACHINE READABLE - Object Deck. DESCRIPTION - The 1401/1460 Sort 13 and 14 Timing Program (No. 1401-LII-077) gives timing estimates for sorting fixed OPTIONAL FROGRAM PACKAGE - None. length records with up to ten control data fields using the sort 13 or sort 14 programs. The timing program runs ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401LM012 on a 16K 1401 or 1460.
PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIEUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME FEATURES - Timing can be obtained either for a specific EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT record volume, or for a predetermined set of record volumes. Control cards supply the Sort 13 and 14 Tiliing Program EASIC none CARDS 15 none with a description of the file (s) for Which estimates are required. The timing program can be loaded through the OPTIONAL none none none card reader or a magnetic tape unit.
MINIMUM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• 1401-LII-060 1402 Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer I!DL 2 or 1404 SORT 7 TIMING PROGRAM FOR 1401/1460 Printer... High-Low-Dqual Compare, Advanced Programming, Multiply-Divide, and Sense Switches features, DESCRIPTION - The Sort 7 Timing program (No. 1401-LM-060) is a generalized program used to obtain timing estimates OR for record files to be sorted using 1401 Sort 7 (No. 1401- IBM PROGRAMS 1401 1401 PAGE 015
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
A 16K 1460 system with ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• One 1403 control cards sets can be stacked to provide multiple Printer Mdl 2... Indexing and store Address Register, estillates at the salle tille. MultiplyDivide, and Sense Switches features. MINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 1401 system with ••• BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE one 1402 Card Read/Punch... one 1403 Model 2, or 1404 DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up ••• 80x80 Listings of Printer ••• High-Low-Equal compare, Advanced programming, Sort 13 and Sort 14 ••• Specifications ••• operating Multiply-Divide, and Sense Switches features ••• Procedures. MACHINE READABLE - Sort 13 and 14 Program Decks. OR
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE A 16K 1460 with one 1402 Card Read/punch ••• one 1403 Printer DOCUMENTATION - None. Model 2 ••• Multiply-Divide, Indexing and Store Address MACHINE READABLE - Program in card image. Register and Sense Switches features.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401LM077 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATIOIi - Prograll Material List. program PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER YOLUME Write-up. Specifications !!anual. operating EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT Specifications Manual. ------MACHINE READABLE - Object Code. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - 1I0ne. OPTIONAL none MT 7/556 22 01 none MT 7/800 24 01 ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401LM079
PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLU!!E 1401-LM-078 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT TAPE SORT/MERGE PROGRAM (2401 THROUGH 2404) BASIC none CARDS 15 none
DESCRIPTION - This program Frovides timing information OPTIONAL none none none for one and two channel System/360 Model 30 (1.5 microsecond) and 40 configurations. This program is used with 2401, 2402, 2403 or 2404 Magnetic Tape Units. 1401-L!!-080 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT These programs provide multiplex, one selector or two TAPE SORT/!!ERGE PROGRAM (FOR THE 2415) selector channel sort timing estimates for System/360 Model 30 and 40 configurations for sorting fixed length records DESCRIPTION - This program provides Tinimg information with a single control filed of ten characters. Timings for one and two channel system/360 Model 30 (1.5 can be obtained for specific record volumes designated microsecond) and 40 configurations. This program is used by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined with 2415 !!agnetic Tape Units. by the timing program. In addition, main storage utilization and maxi.um file size are included in the These programs provide multiplex, one selector or two program output. Control cards are used to supply a selector channel sort timing estimates for System/360 !!odel description of the machine and record file configuration 30 and 50 configurations for sorting fixed length records for which estimates are required. Separate machine and with a single control field of ten characters. Timings configuration cards are used to enable multiple record can be obtained for specific record volulles designated file configuration cards to be combined with a single by the user, or for a spread of record volulles predetermined machine configuration card or vice versa. Multiple control by the tilling program. In addition, main storage card sets can be run at the same time or provide additional utilization and maximum file size are included in the estimates as desired. prograll output. Control cards are used to supply a description of the machine and record file configuration MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREftEIiTS - A 16K, 1401 System with ••• for which esti.ates are required. Separate machine and 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 Printer Model 2 or 1404 configurations cards are used to enable lIultiple record Printer ••• High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, file configuration cards to be conbined with a single Multiply-Divide, and Sense Switch features, machine configuration card or vice versa. Multiple control card sets can be run at the same tille to provide additional OR estimates as desired.
A 16K, 1460 system with ••• 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 MIIIIMU!! SYSTE!I REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 16K, 1401 System with ••• Printer 1I0del 2 ••• Multiply Divide, Indexing and Store 1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer !lodel 2 or 1404 Address Register, and Sense Switch features. Printer... High-Lov-Equal compare, Advanced Programming, !lultiply-Divide, and Sense Switch features, BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications and OR Operating Instructions. MACHI liE READABLE - Object Code. A 16K, 1460 System ••• 1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer !!od. 2 ••• !lultiply Divide, Indexing and Store Address OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. Register, and Sense Switch features.
ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1401LM078 BASIC PROGRA!I PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications and PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER YOLUME Operating Instructions. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT !lACHINE READABLE - Object Code. ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401L!!080
PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER YOLU!!E 1401-LM-079 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR BPS S/360 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM 8K DISK BASIC none CARDS 15 none
OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - The program provides timing estimates for the IBM BOS 360 Sort/Merge (8K disk) when operating on a System/360 Model 2030 or on a Model 2040 with a maximum 1401-0S-092 of 65536 bytes of main storage, a channel configuration 1401/11160 - 1026 OPERATING SYSTE!! CO!!PUTER ASSISTED of one multiplexor or selector channel with up to 8 2311 INSTRUCTION Disk Storage Drives. DESCRIPTION - The Coursewriter Language is a special user The program provides Sort Timing estimates for sorting language with which a teacher (i. e., "Author") can prepare fi:o:ed leilgth Lecords with a single control field. Timings his course lIaterial to accollilodate the range of student can be obtained for specific record volumes designated abilities. by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined by the timing program. In addition, main storage The Operating System consists of - utilization and maximum file size are included in the program output. Control cards are used to supply a - A Monitor to supervise writing and instructing description of the computing system, file configuration simultaneously. An Assembler which enables the course and record definition for which estimates are required. author to communicate with the computer when writing and Multiple record/file cards may be used with one system revising courses. definer card to estimate times for many file configurations - Utilities for preparing student and course reports. on the same system. Or, many system definer cards may be used with one record/file card to estimate the time It provides the ability - for sorting one file on several different systems. Multiple IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 016 1401 1401
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
- For authors to write and correct course material while system tape. students are taking courses. - For a Rproctor" who operates the system, to undertake OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. essential administrative routines. To collect data on student responses for later analysis. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGR!II IIUIIBER 1401PR925 For authors or programmers to add new functional capabili ty to the coursewri ter. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME To operate simultaneously up to five courses per 1316 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT Disk Pack. To service up to twelve 1050 pOint-to-point lines with a BASIC none liT 7/556 22 04 1448 or up to four lines with four 1026 Transmission MT 7/800 24 04 Control Units. OPTIONAL none none none The word assisted in the term computer assisted instruction is important. This new methodology is not intended to replace the important role of the teacher in the educational 1401-RG-022 process. Instead, it is a new science for assisting the 1401/1460 BASIC REPORT PROGRAII.GEIiERATOR 4K teacher in administering course material and taking fullest advantage of the benefits of CAL DESCRIPTION - IBM 1401 Basic Report Program Generator 4K enables a program written in 1401/1460 Basic RPG Language MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For 1401/1026 configuration to be compiled on either a 1401 or 1460 System. The output - A 12K 1401 Models B, C, or E with disk Storage Adapter, is used to execute the application on a 1401 or 1460 System. High-Low-Equal compare, Advanced Programming, Bit Test, The source program in the 1401/1460 Basic RPG Language, Console Auxiliary Adapter, Sense Switches ••• 1402 Card punched in cards, is cOllpiled on either a 1401 or 1460 Read/punch Model 1 ••• 1403 Printer Model 1... 1406 storage System. The output Object program is in the 1401/1460 1I0del 2 ••• 1409 Console Auxiliary Model 2 ••• i311 Disk Machine Language. The source program may be compiled Storage Drive 1I0dels 2 and 4 with Direct Seek ••• 1026 directly to condensed card output, and/or if load-and-go Ransmissicn Control Unit -- Up to Model 1 maximum. The is desired, it may be directly executed. Additional first 1026 must have the expanded line feature and as many features included in this program are Automatic Decimal as three additional 1026 Model 1, each with the additional Alignment and Extensive Diagnostics. The program listing, line feature. One must specify test time-out suppression docullentation and diagnostic output are recorded by the to disable the timer from operating at the normal 9-18 printer. second disconnect. This feature is to be used with the text time-out suppression of the 1051 Control Unit -- 1050 MINIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - A 4K 1401 or 8K 1460 System Data Communication system -- as many as four system maximum, with ••• 1402 Card Read/Punch one 1403 Printer. each consisting of a 1051 control Unit Model 2 and a 1052 printer-Keyboard with the 1st Printer feature. (when the BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE text time-out suppression is specified on the 1026 DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications. Components, it must be ordered on the 1051). Operating Procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Program Deck. Sample Problem Source For 1460/1026 CONFIGURATION - 1441 processing Unit Model Program and Data. B5 with Disk Storage control, direct Seek, Indexing and Store Address Register, Bit Test, Transmission Control OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE Unit attachment... 1447 Model 1 with Sense Switches ••• DOCUIIEIITATION - Flowcharts. Listings. 1461 Model 1 ••• 1402 Model 3 ••• 1403 1I0del 2 ••• 1311 1I0dels MACHINE READABLE - 1I0ne. 1 and 2 with direct ·Seek ••• 1026 -- as many as four Model 1. The first 1026 Transmission Control Unit must have ORDERIIiG INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 140 1RGO 22 the expanded line feature and as many as three additional 1026 1I0del 1 each with the additional line feature. One PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUME must specify text time-out suppression to disable the timer EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMEIIT from operating at the normal 9-18 second disconnect. This feature is to be used with the text time-out suppression BASIC none CARDS 15 none on the 1051 Control Unit... 1050 Data communication System -- as many as four systems each consisting of a 1051 Control OPTIOIIAL none none none Unit Model 2 and a 1052 Printer-keyboard with the 1st Printer feature. When the text time-out suppression is specified on the 1026 COllponents, it must also be ordered 1401-RG-032 on the 1051. 1401/1311 REPORT PROGR!II GENERATOR (011 DISK) 1401/1460
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - IBM 1401/1460 Report Program Generator (on DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Author and Proctor disk), 1401-RG-032, enables the RPG processor to have 1301 Manual. Coursewri ter Description Manual. Disk Storage system residence at compile time and provides IIACHINE READABLE - System control Program. Instruction for input, output, or for files on a 1301 Disk storage Function, Initial Load, Utility Program. Module at object time. VerSion 1, called "1401/1311 RPG" will not be available since its functions are included OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE in the new version. Version 2 increases the power of the DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts. Program Listings. RPG Language through the illplementation of disk update IIACHINE READABLE - None. function. Included with 1401/1460 RPG (on disk) is a 1401 RPG Translator progra!! enabling a program written for the ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 14010S092 1401 RPG Program to be punched in a form that can be cOllpiled on a 1401/1311 System, a 1401/1311 systell, or PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE a 1460/1301 Systell. This system enables a program written EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT in 1401/1440/1460 RPG Language to be compiled and assembled on a 1401/1311, 1460/1311 or 1460/1301 Systell. The output BASIC none CARDS 15 none is usetl to execute the application on a 1401 or 1460 System.
OPTIONAL none none none Object p:rogra. input is a card file, magnetic tapa file. or disk storage file. The output report can be printer and/or punched into cards and/or written on either mangetic 1401-PR-925 tape of disk storage. The source program in the PERIPHERAL INTEGRATED PROCESSING SYSTEII 1401/1440/1460 RPG Language punched in cards is compiled and assembled on a 1401 or 1460 system. The output object DESCRIPTION - This system is primarily intended for the program is either the machine language equivalent program processing of I-Language output on a hOi. TWO Perl.pneral or the autocoder (Oll diski language egui'ialent prcgraii. Processors are subject to a Monitor which controls the The machine language equivalent object prograll can be in operation. The system may be modified by the librarian the form of condensed cards, or it "load-and-go" is desired. segment, which can add and delete sections from the system the object prograll can be directly loaded froll the system tape. pack or module. The prograll listing, docullentation, and diagnostic output are recorded on the Printer. IIINIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with 4, 8, 12, or 16K storage ••• 1403 Printer ••• 1402 Card Read/Punch... 3 Tape MINIIIUM SYSTEI! REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 System with ••• Units ••• Advanced Programming ••• Expanded Print Edit ••• i 402 Card Read/Punch... i403 Printer Dode~ 2 ••• one '311 High-Low-Equal Compare ••• and Print storage. It is also Disk storage Drive ••• High-Lov-Equal Compare feature. necessary that the user indicate the storage capacity of the 1401, either 4, 8, 12, or 16K. system Tape, listing OR of Peripheral 1I0nitor and librarian listing of print only D-program, Isiting of Print/punch D-program, specifications An 8K 1460 System with ••• 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 and operating procedure. Printer... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk Storage Module. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications and BASIC PROGBAII PACKAGE Operating Procedure. DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up. Operating Procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Listings of Peripheral 1I0ni tor MACHINE READABLE - System Deck, Sample Deck. 1401 RPG Librarian, Listings of Print only D-Program, Translator Program. Listings of Print/punch D-program, and a IBII PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 017
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE source data contained in either a card file, magnetic tapE' DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts, Listings. file or disk storage file. The language facilitiates MACHINE READABLE - None. specifying the classic report writing functions of heading and detail lines, total lines controlled by control field ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1401RG032 breaks, offset total printing, summary punching, cross footing and calcual tion, page and serial numbering, etc. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE The output report can be obtained at the printer, on cards, EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT on tape, or on any combination of the. three. Use of program report specifications, punched on cards, are entered into BASIC none CARDS 15 none the 1401 DPS together with the RPG system deck. The output is a punched deck containing the generated report program OPTIONAL none none none in symbolic (1401 SPS) Langauge. This deck is further processed by one of the 1401 Assembly systems (SPS-l, SPS- 2, or Autocoder) to obtain the machine language report 1401-RG-033 wri ting program ready for loading. REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR 2K IIINHIUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For Report program Generation DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Report Program Generator 2K System 1 4000 core storage positions - 1 11102 Card Read/Punch enables a program written in 1401 RPG 2K Language to be 1 11103 Printer. For Report Program execution 1 11103 compiled on a 1401. The output is used to execute the Processing Unit (any 1I0del-core storage size required application on a 1401 System. The source program in the depends upon complexity of report) 1 11102 Card Read/Punch 1401 RPG 2K Language, punched in cards, is compiled on Tape Units (Model 729 II, 729 IV, 729 V, 729VI, or 7330) • a 1401 System. The output object program is on condensed 1403 Printer *lIodel 1 or 2, 1405 Disk Storage Unit - Only cards in 1401 machine language. The program listing, as required for input data file and output report media. documentation, and diagnostic output are recorded by the Multiply-Divide special feature - may be used if installed. printer. Sense Switches special feature - may be used if installed.
IIINIMUII SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 2K 1401 System with ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 Printer. Although the High DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up. Listings, Flowcharts. Low-Equal Compare feature is not needed, RPG 2K can use MACHINE READABLE - Condensed program Deck. it to advantage if it is installed. The 1401 2K System will take advantage of an addi ticnal 2K core storage. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401RGOll8 DOCUMENTATION - Program IIrite-up. Operating Procedures. MACHINE READABLE - Program Deck. Sample Problem Source PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USEFI VOLU!!E Program, Sample Problem Data. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts, Listings. !lACBINE READABLE - None. OPTIONAL none none none
ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401RG033 1401-RG-700 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE IBII 11100 RPG TO SYSTEII/360 TRANSLATOR EXiENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - This program operates on a 11101 or 1460 Data BASIC none CARDS 15 none Processing System. The Translator converts source progra!!s written for any of the processors listed below to similar OPTIONAL none none none source programs acceptable to system/360 1I0del 20 RPG, System/360 Basic Programming support RPG, Basic Operating System/360 RPG, or Operating System/360 TPG. 1401-RG-01l5 FARGO - FOURTEEN-O-ONE SUTOIIATIC REPORT GENERATING OPERATION 11100 RPG Processors to be translated include:
DESCRIPTION - Purpose to provide a simple-to-learn, easy (1) 1401 RPG (2K) to-use method of converting accounting reports from unit (2) 11101 Basic RPG (11K) record equipment (602A - 402 - 5111 - 604 - 407 - 519 tyeps) (3) 11101 RPG to an IBII 11101 Data processing System. Programming Language (II) 1401/1460 RPG (on disk) 1401 Symbolic Programming System method load 7 go, which (5) 11140 RPG (2K) means there is no intermediate symbolic assembly operations. (6) 11140 Basic RPG (4K) (7) 1440 RPG (on disk) This means that the FARGO condensed program decks with (8) 1440 Sterling Basic RPG (11K) the inSerted control cards containing the report (9) 11140 Sterling RPG (1311) specifications are read into the 1401 followed by the report data cards, and the report is begun when the first The 1401 RPG processor will be handled after the program detail card is read. (1) List or tabulate with or without has first been translated to 11101/1460 RPG (on disk) using summary punching. (2) Pring one full line of report heading the 1401 RPG Translator program. Program input is 1400 on the 1st line of each page of the report. (3) Print series RPG source program cards; output is System/360 RPG 1 or 2 full lines of columnar or filed headings on each source program cards for input, calculation, and output page. (II) Control on a maxillum of four fields of any specifications. Non-translatable conditions will be flagged length. (5) Group indicate a lIIaximum of four fields on as they are detected by the translator. the first line of each minor control group. (6) Recognize up to 10 types of detail cards by any single column IIINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 with 1402 character. If more than one card column must be tested Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer, 1I0del 2 or 1I0del 3 (on to identify a given type of a card, a patch is required. 1460) ••• three· 7330 or 729 Tape Units or one 1311 Disk Note each of the 10 types may be in separate card columns. Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk storage Unit (on 1460) ••• (7) add, subtract, multiply*, divide* operations may be Advanced Programming and High-Low-Equal Compare Register perforned on detail or total lines. These operations feature (on 1460). require lIultiply/Divide feature. (8) Print lIultiple lines from one card (MLP). BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Program lIaterial BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE List ••• Sample Program translation listing ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIrite-up. Listings. System/360 RPG Translator lIanual. •• Logic lIanual. IIACHINE READABLE - Condensed Systell Deck. MACHINE READLABE - Card decks for Translator object program, Sample program System/360 RPG source. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 11101RGOll5 DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Translator source program. PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401RG700
BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIFEIIENT OPTIONAL none none none ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none
1401-RG-048 OPTIONAL none MT 7/556 22 01 REPORT PROGRA!I GENERATOR !'IT 7/800 24 01
DESCRIPTION - Purpose 1401 RPG is a programming system which generates report writing programs which are specified by the user in the RPG Language established for IBII 11100- Series lIachines. The generated report program will accept IBII PROGRA!!S 11101 11101
CONTIllUED FROII PRIOR COLU!!N
11101-SE-05X source statements. No modification is required by the DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAII user before using DA system programs. - Through scanning, the numerous Symbolic Languages are DESCRIPTION" - The Decision Logic Translator program is converted to a standard DA System record format. valuable in the implementation of automated design Processing of the DA formatted tape is thus largely engineering systems, as well as other areas in which program language-independen t. logic can be effectively eXFressed in tabular fora. The - Each program within the DA System has its own control tabluar approach to solution of complicated logical problems cards and is processed in sequence from the DA System facilitates the breakup of a program into saall, discrete, tape, providing advantages normally found in a monitor readily understood units of conditions and actions. This system. approach fosters Ilodulari ty of program design which will - The systems concept enables the user to submit a source be of increasing importance with the aore widespread use program deck to the DA system and receive any or all of of direct-access storage. Situations not yet anticipated the source outputs of the system in one proceSSing run. can be introduced into existing programs with a minimua - Source programs can be sequence checked, resequence of effort through construction of additional tables. numbered and updated. corresponding listings can be Existing condition-action tables can be easily altered, produced. either as operationsl procedures change or to stUdy the - cross-referencing listings, both in program and in label effect such changes would have on a bUSiness environment. table sequence, as well as analysis of operation type, indexing and operation code usage, are provided by the Areas of application of decision tables and 11101 Decision system. Logic Translator include: - A storage map of an object program useful in detecting differences between the source and object programs is - All types manufacturing operations which produce a wide available. Overlay patches are identified and listed variety of products from a relatively small pool of immediately after the instruction that they modify. components including - electrical parts, motors, - The flowchart produced is a detailed logic flow of the turbines, assemtlies and sub-assemblies. source program. Flowchart symbols conform to the IBI! - Inventory control programs Corporate Standard and the proposed American Standart - Financial analysis and control applications Association Standards on flowchart symbols for - Special purpose sillulation models information processing. - Quality control planning - Cost determination The Symbolic Flowchart Language provides a machine Production control and planning independent, easy-to-use language which lIay be used in - Real-time applications of information retrival and application deSign and documentation of new and existing decision making. progralls.
The 11101 Decision Logic Translator accepts as input decision Implementation of the DA system on the 11101 gives the user tables written in a FORTRAN-oriented language. The the opportunity to document assembly progralls for any Translator program sorts the rules to produce as output current large-sca1.e system without tying-up that system. an efficient FORTRAN II source program. The use of this program can result in savings of up to 50 percent in The function of the system controller is to start and end implementation time and substantial reduction in cost in all DA runs as well as provide maintenance capability for installation of applications that exhibit complex condi tion the DA Systell programs. After identifying the machine action re1.ationships. type and language to be processed, the controller calls in the following programs in the sequence listed: PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in FORTRAN. - An update program which allows insertion, deletion, and IIINI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 11101 system with High replacement of Assembly Language Statements to bring the Low-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Divide, and Advanced Source Program up to date. programming ••• a 11102 Card Read/Punch ••• 11103 Printer ••• - An analysis program Which scans Assembly Language 2 tape units. programs and produces pertinent information about the program scanned. Including cross references. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - A flowchart program Which scans Assembly Language DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference lIanual. programs and produces flowcharts of program logic of IIACHINE READABLE - Sample problem... Program cards. designated areas. - A verification program which produces a storage map of OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE an object deck, noting overlay patch areas. Each DOCUIIENTATION - Systems lIanual.. program in turn proceeds as requested by DA System IIACHINE READABLE - Translator source tape. Control cards, transferring control through the system and processing the data until all DA System Control ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 11101SE05X Cards have been processed.
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION liED lUll USER VOLUIlE PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - All DA System programs are written in EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREHENT 11101 Autocoder. ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none !!INIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEllTS - An 8K 11101 or 11160 System with four 729 or 7330 MagnetiC Tape Units (see Sales !!Ianual OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 for tape intermix) ••• Advanced Programming ••• High-Low liT 7/800 211 01 Equal compare... 11102 Card Read/punch Hodel 1 ••• 11103 Printer Hodel 2 or 3 ~ith 132 Print pOSitions.. A 1Q.1Q. 7010, or system/360 !!odel 30 or 110 can be used when 11101-SE-12X operating in 11101 Compatibility Mode. IBII DOCU!!ENTATION AIDS SYSTEII BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - The DA system provides machine-generated DOCUIIEllTATION - Application Directory ••• Program documentation aids to users who program in the IBII supported R~ference Manual, H20-0177. assembly-languages listed below. It provides an accurate, IIACHINE READABLE - Systems Tape. efficient, and inexpensive computer process for producing and maintaining up-tp-date program documentation. The OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. DA System consists of four programs and a system controller. They are high1.y modular and are integrated into a total ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 11101SE12X system so that each program performs certain functions which may be required by other programs operating wi thin PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME the system. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------The DA System processes programs written in Systell/360 BASIC none HT 7/556 22 01 Assembler Language, Symbolic Programming system (SPS), liT 7/800 211 01 Autocoder, lIacro Assembly Program (IIAP), FORTRAN Assembly Program (FAP), or Symbolic Flowchart Language (SFL) for OPTIONAL none none none the System/360, 11101/111110/11160, 1620, 11110/7010, 70110/701111, 7070/7072/70711, 705/7080/and 7090/70911. 11101-SE-13X The Source Language used in the il!plementation of all DA SYSTEM/360 COBOL EDIT System programs is 11101 Autocoder. The DA System objectives are to assist an installation in converting existing DESCRIPTIOll - COBOL Edit operates on a 11101 and will programs to system/360: to encourage the user to reprogram diagnose System/360 COBOL statements for syntactical errors. in higher level language, e.g., FORTRAN, COBOL, and PL/I. This will reduce system/360 test time by allowing debugging To allow the computer to assume many clerical and routine on the current system. functions associated with documentation and conversion. To improve and update the documentation of existing The System/360 COBOL Edit will accept as input S/360 COBOL programs, thereby reducing maintenance efforts. To improve D or E source programs in EBCDIC on card or on 7-track programming efficiency by the standardization of tape in card image. It prints a listing of the source documentation techniques. program and identifies sequence errors, group marks and record marks. It also flags input characters punched in FEATURES - codes having dual representation in current systems. A - The DA System operates directly upon Assembly Language dictionary of nalles is prepared and printed. It will IBII PROGRlI!S 11101 11101 PAGE 019
CONTiliOBD PROM PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
indicate any names that are multipdefined, any COBOL IIACHINE READABLE - Object Code. reserved words incorrectly used as names and any undefined names. The program will sccan the statements for syntax OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE errors and print diagnostic messages if any sentence DOCUIIENTATION - None. structure errors are found. Editing is for syntax only; MACHINE READABLE - Source deck. the data attributes are not checked. ORDERING INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII NOMBER 1401SM046 FEATORES - - Gives the user the ability to pre-edit System/360 COBOL PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTIO"N MEDIUM USEP. VOLUME Source Programs on the IBM 11101 at his own installation. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Thus providing hill with better utilization of his S/360 ------test time. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Input programs can be stacked by the addition of an end card between programs. OPTIONAL none MT 7/556 22 01 May be used in conjunction with the IBM S/360 COBOL MT 7/800 211 01 Language Conversion program (1401-CB-701). The output of LCP will be accepted as input. 1401-S!!-047 PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - To obtain listings or cards from SORT II the tape, the following utilities will be required -IBM 1401 Tape-To-Printer utility (11101-0T-026) ••• IBM 1401 DESCRIPTION - SORT II is a Two- or Three-way Balanced lIerge Multiple Utility (11101-0T-039). Tape Sorting Program using the Processing Overlap special features. The program will sort fixed or variable length I'IINI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K 1401, 3 tape units. 11102 data records written or magnetic tape into either ascending Card Read/punch, 1403 Printer with 132 print positions, or descending sequence. The program sorts either fixed High-Low-Equal Compare, Sense Switches and Advanced length or variable length, blocked or unblocked records Programming. Additional core will be utilized by the having up to ten Control Data Fields containing a total program. If a fourth tape drive is available, input can of up to 999 characters of control information. The ability be on tape. to perform full IOCS type tape label handling procedures for 80-character labels is incorporated. Padding records BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE mayor may not contain record marks, as specified by the DOCOMENTATION - Application Directory ••• Program user, and full blockS of padding will be deleted froll the Reference !!anual, H20-0217. final output. Full checkpoint and restart capability in MACHINE READABLE - Object Decks and Sample Program. all passes of Phase 2 is included. as are program exits to allow user modification. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCOMENTATION - None. IIINI!!UM SYSTEM REQOIREIIENTS - An 8K 11101 System with ••• MACHINE READABLE - Source Decks and Program listings. four IBM Magnetic Tape Units (729 II, IV, or 7330) ••• 11102 Card Read/Punch ••• 11103 Printer !!odel 2 (or 111011 ORDERING INFORPIATION: PROGRA!! NUMBER 11110SE13X Printer) ••• Advance Programming, High-LOW-Equal Compare, processing Overlap, and Sense switches. PROGRA!! NO!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM OSER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIRE!!ENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• preliminary EASIC none DTR 7/556 22 none Specifications ••• Flowcharts ••• Operating Procedures. DTR 7/800 211 none MACHINE READABLE - Symbolic Listings and system Card Deck. OPTIONAL none !!T 7/556 22 01 MT 7/800 24 01 OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 11101SMOll7 11101-S!!-029 SORT I PROGRAII NOMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM OSER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION - Purpose to provide a generalized 2-way SORT ------program for 1401 users. The program internally sort input BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 records and merges the sorted blocks into sequenced Output liT 7/800 211 01 Records. Sort 1 may also be used as a merge program if input tapes are already ordered. OPTIONAL none none none
I!INI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4000 positions of storage High-Low-Equal Compare. Minimum of four (*4*) Tape Drives. 11101-SII-060 SORT 7 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings ••• DESCRIPTION - SORT 7 is a Generalized Tape Sorting Program Flowcharts. designed for use on an IBM 11101 Tape System with at least MACHINE READABLE - Object code. 8,000 positions of core storage. This program provides Label processing capabilities for the IBM Standard Tape OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE Label (120 character). A Tape-Loadable option is available DOCU!!ENTATION - None. and when used 100 positions of storage are used. This MACHINE READABLE - Symbolic card decks. program sorts fixed length or variable length, blocked or unblocked records into either ascending or descending ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRA!! NUMBER 11101SM029 sequence. Sorting can be contrOlled by as many as ten Control Data Fields containing a total of up to 999 PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME characters. For four-tape systems on which fixed length EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT records are being sorted, SORT 7 provides an additional capability in the form of a P1ultiphase Procedure, 15 to BASIC none CARDS 15 none 25 percent overall time saving may be realized as compared with the balance merging technique. Interrupt and Restart OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none capabilities are provided in the program.
P1INII!IUM SYSTEII REQUIREI!IENTS - An 8K 11101 or 11160 Tape 1401-SM-046 System ••• At least four IBPI Magnetic Tape Units (729 II. SORT 3 PROGRA!! IV, or V, or 7330)... 11102 Card Punch... 11103 Printer IIdl. 2 (or 11104 Printer - 11101 only) High-Low-Equal Compare, DESCRIPTION - Sort 3 is a generalized sort program which Advanced programming and Sense Switches. An additional provides the facility to sort records on 1401-11105 System tape unit is needed if the Tape-Loadable option is used. without the use of magnetic tape units. The input file The 11160 reqUires, Indexing and Store Address Register may be on magnetic tape or in disk storage. The user may and the Sense Swtich feature. SORT 7 can also use, if specify sorting into either ascending or descending available, five or six tape units and or 16K Core Storage sequence, and may specify either magnetic tape 10 Control Capacity. Data Fields containing a total of up to 193 characters of control information. Program Interruption and Checkpoint BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Restart features are available under sense switch control. DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• SPECS ••• and Operating Procedures ••• Flowcharts. MINIMUM SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - 11K 1401 System with 1405 IIACHINE READABLE - Object decks and Assellbly listing for Disk Storage, 11102 Card Read/Punch, 11103 Printer !!odel both Tape Load and Sort Programs. 2, High-LOW-Equal compare and Sense Switches special features. At least one lIagnetic Tape Unit (729 II, IV, OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE or V, or 7330) is required if tape input or output is DOCUMENTATION - None. desired. IIACHINE READABLE - SYllbolic program decks.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUPIBER 11101SII060 DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Flowcharts ••• Program Listings ••• Operating Procedures. PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 020 1401 1401
CONTINUED FRO II PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIlIi
EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEN.T OPTIONAL none none none ------BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 liT 7/800 24 01 1401-SII-063 OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 IIERGE 6 liT 7/800 24 01 DESCRIPTION - IBII 1401 IIERGE 6, 11401-SII-063, is a generative prograll for 1401/1311 or 1460/1311 systells. 1401-SII-061 Used with 1401/1311 Autocoder and IOCS, lIerge 6 will IIERGE 7 generate specific object programs that are fitted to the users particular merging applications. The object programs DESCRIPTION - IIERGE 7 is a Generalized Tape lIerge Prograll generated by lIerge 6 are generalized in that they can be designed for use on IBII 1401 Tape Systems with at least lIodified according to information supplied by the user 8,000 positions of core storage. The user may specify in control cards. With object programs the user can merge merging input files in either ascending or descending order pre-sorted, ·fixed lenght, blocked or unblocked records to an output file of the ame order. The program provides in the move mode into either ascending or descending label processing capabilities for the IBII Standard Tape sequence. The input and output can be on either disk or Label (120 character) • tape. A one-, two-, three-, or four-way merge can be performed. If specified by the user at generation time, The program will merge fixed length and variable length options such as label checking, additions from cards, blocked or unblocked records. lIerging can be controlled sequence check and hash total, deletions or selections by up to ten Control Data Fields of total length as large by class can be incorporated into the object program. as 999 characters. IIERGE 7 also provides the additional features of reblocking single files and performing a IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - Object Program Generation sequence check on a single file or on the output file of same as for 1401/1311 Autocoder on 1401 or 1460 systems. normal serge operation. The program provides a wrong length record check for unblocked fixed length, blocked Object Prograll execution- a 4K 1401 system or a 8K 1460 fixed length, and blocked variable length records. system, each with sufficient core storage to utilize the object prograll 'Options ••• a 1402 Card ReadjPunch ••• and, IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 Tape depending upon the object program reqUirements, a 1403 system... 1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer IIdl. 2 (or Printer or 1404 Console Inquiry Station (1401 only) or 1404 Printer - 1401 only). Plus for 1401 - High-:Low-Equal a 1447 Console IIdl 2 (1460) or 3 (1401) ••• one to five 1311 cos pare and Advanced prograsming. For 1460 - Indexing Disk Storage Drives and lor one to six magnetic tape units and Store Address Register. (7330 or 729 II, IV, or V) in combination to provide a minimum of two input files and one put put file ••• High-low IIERGE 7 requires from three to six tape units and will Equal COllpare (1401 only). use 12K or 16K core storage capacity, if available. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Specifications ••• Operating Procedures •• DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up... Specs, and Operating Flowcharts ••• Library Listing... Prephase Assembly Procedures •• , Flowcharts. Listing. IIACHINE READABLE - MERGE 7 object deck and the IIERGE 7 IIACHINE READABLE - Library Program... Pre phase Program. program listing. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. ORDERING INFORIIATION: Program Number 1401SII063 ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401SII061 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER YOLUIIE PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC noile DTR 7/556 22 none DTR 7/800 24 none OPTIONAL none none none
OPTIONAL none none none 1401-SII-064 SORT 62 1401-SM-062 SORT 6 DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1401 sort 62 (1401-SII-064) is a generalized sort program designed for use on an IBII 1401 or 1460. DESCRIPTION - SORT 6 is a generative sort program deSigned for generation and use on an IBM 1401 or 1460 with at least This program sorts fixed lenght records in the move mode. one IB!! 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and a minimum of 4000 The maxillum record length that may be sorted varies from positions of core storage (8000 for 1460). SORT 6 object 1,200 characters for an 8K system up to 3,000 characters programs will sort fixed length, blocked ot unblocked, for a 16K system. The sorting can be accomplished in records in 1I0ve 1I0de into either ascending or descending either ascending or descending sequence based upon up to sequence. Sorting can be controlled by as many as ten 10 control data fields and 189 characters of control data control data fields of total length up to a aa:::i:zum of contained in these fields. 194 characters. SORT 6 can generate an object program through use of the Autocoder Macro-Generator and parameter MINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - For use of Sort 62 - 8K 1401 cards. It is further classified as a Generalized Program or 1460, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1403 Printer, 1402 because it can modify itself at object run time according Card Read/Punch and High-Low-Equal Compare Special Feature to inforllation punched in control cards by the users. (1401 <:inly).
IIINIlIulI SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Generation and object tille BASIC PRO GRAil PACKAGE use of the 1401 SORT 6 are; 4K 1401 or BK 1460 system ••• DOCuliENTATION - Object Prograll Listing, Specification One 1311 Disk storage Drive~ •• 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• lIanual, Operating Procedures. One 1403 Printer Model 2, or 1404 Printer (1401 only) ••• IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck. High-Low-Equal compare feature (1401 only). The object prograll can use, if available, up to 5 Disk Storage Drives OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. and 8K, 12K, or 16K core storage capacity. The following programs are required to impelement 1401 SORT 6 - ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1401SII064
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) t1401-AU-008. PROGRAII NU!lBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE 1401/1460 IOCS Version 2 11401-10-068. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT 1401/1311 Disk Utility Programs, t1401-UT-053. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - SORT 6 specifications ••• Operating OPTIONAL none none none Procedures ••• Flowcharts ••• Listing for library program ••• Listing for prephase progralls. MACHINE READABLE - Library routine decks ••• Prephase 1401-SII-066 decks. SORT 64
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - This program sorts fixed length records in the MOYE mode. The lIaxillum length record that may be ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401SM062 sorted varies from 1,200 characters for an 8K systell up to 3,000 characters for a 16K systell. The sorting can PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION liED lUll USER VOLUIIE be accollplished in either ascending or descending sequence EXiENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT based upon up to 10 control data fields and 189 characters of control data contained in these fields. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 8K IBII 1401 or 1460 equipped IBII PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 021
COIfTIBUED FROII PRIOR PAGE COIfTINOED FROII PRIOR COLOPlN
vith one IBII 1311 Disk storage Drive, an IBII 1403 Printer, IIACHINE READABLE - Condensed program. an IBII 1402 Card Read/punch, High-Lov-Equal Compare special feature (1401 only) and the direct Seek special feature. OPTIONAL pROGRAII PACKAGE - None. This prograll has been generated froll the 1401 SORT 6 Library, prograll (1401-SII-062) using the following paralleter ORDERING IIfFORIIATION: pROGRAII IfOIlBEP. 1401SP030 cards- pROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTIOIf IIEDIOPl USER VOLOIIE CARD LABEL OPERANDS EXTEIfSION TIpE CODE REQOIREIIENT IRPOTIIEDU CARD, TAPE, DISK ------OOTPTIIEDU TAPE, DISK BASIC none CARDS 15 none SELECTDLET SELDELCLlSS, COIfTROLDATA ADDITIOIfS CARDS OPTIONAL none none none CHECKS SEQHASH DSKLABLOUT ALL TAPE OIfLOADllf, OIfLOADOOT, SCAlf 1401-SP-133 TAPLl BLI If STANDARD, ALL, B ASSEIIBLI PROGRAII FOR 7750 OSIIfG THE IBII 1401 TAPLlBOUT STAIfDABD, ALL B SISTEIISPEC DIRECT DESCRIPTION - This program assemb"les 7750 source language statellents and produces as output a card deck or a tape BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE suitable for loading into the 7750 through the IBII 1410 DOCUIIEIfTATIOIf - Prograll Listing ••• Specifications or 7000 series data processing systells. Input to the lIanua1 ••• Operating Procedures lIanua1. assellbly program is to be supplied on cards. The user IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck. lIay request card output, tape output, or both froll the OPTIONAL pROGRAII PACKAGE - Ifone. assellb1y program.
ORDERING INFORIIATION: pROGRAII 1f0llBER 1401511066 IlIIHIIOII SISTEII REQOIREIIENTS - 1401 systell 400 positions of core storage, three IBI! 729 II, 729 IV, or 7330 lIagnetic pROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOIf IIEDIOII USER VOLOIIE Tape Onits, Advanced Progralllling Features, High-Low-Equal EXTEIfSIOIf TIpE CODE REQUIREIIENT COllpare Feature, IBII 1403 Printer, lIodel 2, IBII 1402 Card Read/Punch. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC pROGRAII PACKAGE OpTIOIfAL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - prograllming lIanua1. IIACHINE READABLE - 7750 Assemb1y Prograll using the 1401. 1401-SII-067 SORT 61 OpTIOIfAL pROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - None. DESCRIpTIOIf - This prograll sorts fixed 1ength records in IIACHINE READABLE - Listing of 7750 Assellbly Program the IIOVE lIode. The maxillull record length that may be using the 1401. sorted is 400 characters. The sorting can be accomplished in either ascending or descending sequence based upon up ORDERllfG IIfFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 1401SP133 to 10 contro1 data fie1ds and 189 characters of control data contained in these fields. PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TIpE CODE REQOIREIIENT
IIINIIIOII SISTEII REQOIREIIEIfTS - For use of sort 61 are 4K, BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 1401, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1403 Printer, 1402 Card Read/Punch and High-Low-Equal COllpare specia1 feature. OpTIOIIAL none liT 7/556 22 01
BASIC pROGR!1I PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - Object prograll listing ••• SpeCifications 1401-Sp-156 lIanual ••• Operatinq Procedures. 1401/7740 ASSEIIBLI PRO GRAil OSIIIG THE IBII 1401 IIACHINE READABLE - Object program. DESCRIPTIO!! - The assellbled program, if created on a 1311 OPTIONAL l'ROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Disk storage Drive, can be loaded directly into the 7740 for execution. If the program is produced on tape or in ORDERING IBFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII IIOIIBER 1401SII067 cards, it can be loaded into the 7740 fro II 1410 or any 7000 series systell except the 7072. PROGRAII 1f0llBER DISTRIBOTIOIf IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE EXTEIISION TIPE CODE REQOIREIIENT FEATORES ------Operates on 1401 or 1410 in 1401 mode. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Converts 7740 Source Programs written in Symbolic Language. OpTIOIfAL none none none Accepts input from either tape or cards. Produces the object program as output on an 1311 Disk Storage. 1401-SP-021 Drive, tape, or in cards. SIIIBOLIC PROGRAIIIIIIIG SISTEII 1 (SPS-2) Provides the user with an assembly listing on the 11102 Printer. DESCRIPTIOB - Purpose to provide a basic symbolic Provides a1ternate upper or lower mellory disk and host progralllling language and processor for the IBII 1401. load programs for" use on an 8K or 16K 7740. The upper memory loaders on an 8K facilitate the use of additional IIINIIIOII SISTEII REQOIREIIE!!TS - 1400 pOSitions of storage core storage for object and chain statements. 1402 Reader-Punch 1403 Printer lIodel 1. Corrects prog"rall action in the use of RBC declarative statement. BASIC pROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIEIITATION - Listings ••• Operating Procedures. The program also - IIACHINE READABLE - Condensed program. - Provides notification when to replace the input tape if the input is tape. OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - None. Assigns an 8K storage limit if the control card is missing. ORDERI!!G INFORIIATIOIf: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401SP021 - A1lows the continuance of the assembly if the 1311 file is not in a "ready condition". PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTIOII IIEDIOII OSER VOLUIIE - Provides upper-memory assembly produced loaders for 16K EXTENSIOIf TIpE CODE REQOIREIIEIfT systems. - Provides an improved corrective action for read errors. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIOII SIS TEll REQOIREIIENTS - A 4K 1401 or 1410 system OPTIOBAL none none none with ••• Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 Printer lIodel 2 ••• four 729 or 7330 I!agnetic Tape units ••• Advanced Programming and High-Lov-Egnal Co!!pare features. In IB~ 1311 Disk St.orage 11101-SP-030 Drive is also required if the object program is to be SIIIBOLIC pROGRAlIlIING SISTEII 2 (SPS-2) loaded directly into a 7740 operating independently of another IBII cOllputer. DESCRIpTIOB- Purpose to provide a Symbolic Language Processor for lIachines with greater than 4000 positions BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE of core storage. DOCUI!EIITATION - Sample prob1ell Listing ••• Program lIaterial List... Listings of Load Programs. IIINIIIOII SISTEII REQOIREIIENTS - 4000 positions of storage IIACHINE READABLE - Assembly Program... sample Problem. 1402 Reader/Punch 1403 Printer, lIodel 1 ••• OpTIOIfAL PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC pROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIEBTATION - Ifone. DOCOIIEBTATION - Listings ••• Operating Procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Flowcharts and Pr::aram Listings. IB!! PROGRA!!S PAGE 022 1401 1401
CONTIliUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTEIlS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401 SP156 IlINIIlU!! SYSTEIl REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1.401 or SK 1460 system ••• PROGRA!! !IUIlBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUIl USER YOLU!!E 1402 Card Read Punch ••• one 1403 printer. Ilodel 2 or 3. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlENT or 1404 Printer ••• One 729 or 7330 Ilagnetic Tape Unit ••• Sense Switches feature (1401 only). If binary tape records BASIC none CARDS 15 none or column binary cards are to be processed. the Column Binary Transfer feature (1460) is required. OPTIONAL none !!T 7/556 22 01 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIlENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• 1401-UT-00l Program specifications ••• Operating procedures. CARD SYSTE!! UTILITY PROGRAIIS IlACHINE READABLE - Object Code.
DESCRIPTION - Utility programs to load or to output programs OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE and data. Programs provided clear storage. card loader. DOCUIlENTATION - Flowcharts. print storage. punch storage. punch-list-sequence check IlACHIIIE READABLE - lIone. equipment specification. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101UT025 BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATION - Listings ••• Flowcharts. PROGRAII IIUIlBER DISTRIBUTION IlEDIU!! USER YOLUIIE IlACHINE READABLE - Condensed Program. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlENT
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
ORDERING INFORIUTIOIi: FROGRA!! NUMBER 140 1UTOO 1 OPTIONAL none none
PROGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IlEDIUIl USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlENT 1401-UT-026 ------TAPE-TO-PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAII BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - The purposes of this program are - 1. To OPTIONAL none none none enable the printing of various tape configurations in many print configurations without the need for specific programs. 2. To sillulate the 717. 720 and 730 Off-Line Printers for 1401-UT-019 tapes prepared on 700-7000 series computers. IlULTIPLE TAPE UTILITY PROGRAII PROGRA!!IlING SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder. DESCRIPTION - The Ilultiple Tape Utility Program (120- character label) for IBII 1401 and 1460 systells. No. 11101- IlINIIlUII SYSTE!! REQUIREIlENTS -- 1401 1I0del C3 1403 1I0del UT-019. has the facility to have anyone. two. or all three 2 Printer 1 (one) 729 I!odel II or IV (1402 Card Read Punch tape utility functions (card-to-tape. tape-to-card. tape High-LOll-Equal Compare) may run on 1I0del D3 if system Tape to-printer) occur concurrently. in a manner similar to produced on lIodel C3. Timing vartes a=ording to record that of the 1401 !!ultiple Utility Program. types (i.e •• fixed length or variable length). and according to spacing and skipping requirements. Fixed length records Two functions available with this prograll that do not exist which are single spaced obtain maxillum speed (600 in the 1401 Ilultiple Utility Program are - the ability lines/Ilinute). 1. Ilaximull block size allowable is 1496 to create and/or process the IBII standard tape label (120- characters without editing. 1279 with editing. 2. lIulti character). using procedures similar to those available reel files and multi-file reels may be handled. 3. Sequence from IOCS. The facility to accollmodate blocked records checking and exception testing are provided. in the card-to-tape and- tape-to-card functions. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE This is a generalized utility program supplied as a DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• condensed card object deck. The program is controlled Flollcharts. for appropriate application by the use of sense switches. IlACHINE READABLE - Object Code. Additional information is provided by a control card. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE PROGRAIlIIING SYSTEIlS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source Code. IlIIII!!UII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 System with ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• one 1403 Printer IIdl 2 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUI!BBR 14010'1'026 or 3 (1460) or 1404 Printer (1401) ••• 729 or 7330 Ilagnetic Tape Unit (one tape unit is required for each tape operation PROGRA!! NUIlBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE performed concurrently) ••• High-Low-Equal compare and EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIlENT Advanced Progralllling (1401) or Indexing and Store Address Register feature (1460) ••• Column Binary (1401) or Bit BASIC none CARDS 15 none Test and Binary Transfer features (1460. needed only if binary files are to be accollmodated ••• Sense Switches OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none (1401) ••• Read Punch ReleaSE feature.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1401-0'1'-027 DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll write-up ••• Program Listings ••• CARD-TO-TAPE UTILITY PROGRA!! !!ultiple Tape Utility Program Specifications. !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DESCRIPTION - The Card-To-Tape Prograll provides for lIriting inforl!!ation contained in punched cards onto lIagnetic tape. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIlENTATION - Program flowcharts. IIIHI!!U!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 1I0del C3. High-Low Equal IlACHINE READABLE - None. COllpare. 1402 1I0del I Card Reader-Punch. one 729 1I0del II or IV 1403 Bodel 2 Printer. (Additional Remarks) 1- ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401UT019 Input record in from 1 to 99 cards. 2. Rearrangement of / input prior to output is allowed. 3. Up to 16 fields may 'PROGRA!! NUIlBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUIl USER VOLUIIE be selected for output. 4. Blocking of 1499 characters EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlENT of BCD records and 1599 characters for colullu binary records. 5. Sequence checkinq of cards and records can BASIC none CARDS 15 none be perforlled. 6. An exception record procedure is provided. 7. Header and trailer labels may be inserted. S. Column OPTIONAL none none none binary records and intermixed column binary and BCD records can be lIritten on tape if the 1401 System being used has the Column Binary device. 9. A count of the number of 1401-UT-025 data cards read and of the records written. exclusive of 1401 AND 1460 TAPE UTILITY PROGRAIIS WITH 120 CHARACTER header and trailer cards and records. is printed out at LABEL CAPABILITY the end of each file.
DESCRIPTION - These three programs. for 1401 and 1460 Tape BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Systems. transfer data files from card to tape. from tape DOCUIlENTATION - Program Write-Op ••• Listings ••• to card. and from tape to printer. Output format Flollcharts. flexibility is provided through field-selection and IlACHINE READABLE - Object Code. exception-record procedures. The progralls have the capability of processing the IBII standard tape label (120). OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE using procedures similar to the available from IOCS. These DOCUIlENTATION - Bone. are generalized utility programs. supplied by IB!! as IlACHINE READABLE - Source Code. condensed card object decks. The programs modify thellselves to fit a specific application through the use of control ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIlBER 1401UT027 cards. PROGRAII BUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IlEDIOIl USER VOLOIIE IBft PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 023
CORTIlIUED FROft PRIOR PAGE
EXTENSIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREftENT 140 1-UT-05 1 ------FILE UTILITIES BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRITIOII - This is a set of SIC independent ptograms OPTIORAL none CARDS 15 none to perform many common tasks associated with the 1405 Disk Storage. The programs are Clear Disk. Disk to Printer, Tape to Disk, Disk to Tape, Card to Disk, and Disk to Card. 1 !l01-UT-028 User control cards are used to specify. the affected portions TAPE-TO-CARD UTILITY PROGRAft of the Disk file. Restrictions: The Tape to Disk and Card to Disk are companion programs to the Disk to Tape DESCRIPTION - Purpose to transfer information recorded and Disk to Card programs, and are designed to load the on ftagnetic Tape into Punched Cards, with a vatiety of data generated by these programs. output column designations. l!!INlftUft SYSTEII REQUIREftENTS - !!ellory requirements are froll ftINlftUft SYSTEft REQUIREftEllTS - 1401 ftodel C3 1!l03 ftodel 2K to 4K, depending upon which program is used. Equipllent 2 Printer 729 ftodel 2 or 4 Tape Drive 1402 Card Reader specifications: 1401 lIodel F, 1402, 1403, 1405; tape drives Punch High-Low-Equal compare Additional Remarks tilling as required for programs. varies from 200 to 250 C.P.ft., depending upon the number of options desired by the user. 1. ftaximum block size BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE allowable 1197 characters. 2. Additional information not DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• contained wi thin the record may be punched. 3. Field Flowcharts. sequence checking and field selection is permitted. 4. IIACHINE READABLE - Object Code. ftultiple file reels are processed according to the users specifications. 5. Exception record processing and card OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. sequence numbering is allowed. 6. Header and trailer labels are optionally treated. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401UT051
BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE PROGRAft NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUI'IE DOCUftEIITATION - Program Write-Up ••• Listings ••• EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIiT Flowcharts. ftACHIIIE READABLE - Object Code. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
OPTIORAL PRO GRAft PACKAGE OPTIONAL none none none DOCUftENTATION - lIone. ftACHINE READABLE - Source Code. 1401-UT-052 ORDERING INFORftATION: PROGRAft RUftBER 1401UT028 1401/1311 DISK FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 1401/1460
PROGRAft NUftBER DISTRIBUTIOR ftEDIUft USER VOLUftE DESCRIPTION - 140 1-UT-052, supports 1301 and 1311 Disk EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREftERT storages and the 1401/1460' s Console Printer. The package incorporates the additional features of 1301 Disk Storage BASIC none CARDS 15 none and Console Printer capabilities, requires 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) for generation of object progralls, OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none and provides two complete sets of routines. One set generates object 'programs for a random file; the other, object programs for a control sequential file - Random 1401-UT-039 file - The object programs for loading and maintaining ftULTIPLE UTILITY PROGRAft FOR IBft 1401 TAPE SYSTEft a randoll file use the chaining lIethod to load records into disk locations determined by control fieldS within the DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this program is to simulate records. Records whose control data convert to the same current off-line proceSsing by 700 Series equipment, and address are linked together by a chain of addresses. allow any combination of tape-to-card, tape-to-printer Object programs can be generated by the routines to add and card-to-tape operations to be performed at the same records or delete them. Control sequential files use a time. Timing maximum speed will be effected when anyone sequence line to add records to the file or delete the., single operation is being performed. Tape-to-printer 600 without destroying the sequence. A distribution index lPft, card-to-tape 800 C/Pft, tape-to-card 250 C/Pft. When built by the programs lIakes possible quick access to any more than one operation is desired si.ultaneously, the record. In both techniques, records may be loaded from following time speeds are applicable: Card-to-tape - tape or unloaded to cards, tape, or disk. The user's file to-printer, single space printing 510 C&1/Pft. Card-to organization routines are generated by 1401/1440/1460 tape tape-to-printer, 1st character forms control 400 Autocoder (on Disk) from a series of 1401/1460 IOCS (on C&1/Pft. Card-to-tape - tape-to-card, 310 Card Read, 160 disk) Version 2 library routines and the Disk File Card Punch/Pft. Tape-to-printer - tape-to-card, 325 l/Pft, Organization Library routines. By control cards, the user 160 C/Pft. Card-to-tape - tape-to-printer, tape-to-card supplies the appropriate parameters for generation. 275 1/Pft. 275 Card Read, 140 Card punch/Pft. 1. High and low densities may be intermixed, on the several tape drives IIINIIIUII SYSTEft REQUIREl!!ENTS while running simultaneous operations~ 2. Binary and BCD operations lIay be processed at the same time except that GENERATION REQUIREI'IENTS - Requirements for generation of the same operation (i.e., tape-to-card BCD as operation the user's file organization object progralls are the same '1, and tape-to-card binary as operation '2) is not as those for 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk, and permitted. 3. Any combination of the following may be 1401/1460 IOCS (on disk), Version 2. processed at the same time considering the restrictions sta ted in 2 above tape-to-card BCD, tape-to-card binary. EXECUTION REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1401 System for 1311 usage card-to-tape BCD. card-to-tape binary, card-to-tape or 8K 1460 System for 1311 or 1301 usage with ••• 1402 Card processing files containing both binary and BCD records. Read Punch ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1301 Disk Storage and tape-to-printer. only tape-to-printer may be blocked Ar;ray ••• 1403 Printer of (1460) 1477 Console IIdl 2 or 4 and a maximum of 1000 characters. 4. Interrupt (switch or (1401) 1407 'Console Inquiry Station or 1477 Console E) allows interruption of processing to delete or activate l!!dl 3 (if a log is to be kept during file loading, additional functions after which the program continues additions, or deletions, the 1403 Printer is required., governed by the new sense switch settings. in that case, a console with printer is not required) ••• lIagnetic Tape Unit (required only if tape I/O is used). URlftUft SYST!ft REQUIREftENTS - 1401 ftodel C3 1402 Reader Punch 1403 lIodel 2 Printer 729 ftodel 2 or 4 Tape Unit (as BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE many as user desires for 1. 2, or 3 simUltaneous operations) DOCUi!ENTATION - Program Write-up, Program Listing, Disk High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming features, File Organization Routines and Operating Procedures. Column Binary feature (if user desires). IIACHINE READABLE - Option 1 - Common and random, and is specified by using Program Number Extension OPT1. BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE Option 2 - COllmon and control sequential, and is DOCUl!!ENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• specified by using Program Number Extension OPT2. Flowcharts. Option 3 - COllmon, random and control sequential, and ftACHIRE READABLE - Object Code. is specified by using Program NUllber Extension OPT3.
OPTIORAL PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIONAL PROGRA!I PACKAGE OOCUftENTATION - None. DOCUIIEIITATION - Flowcharts. BAeHHIE READABLE - Source Code. !lACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATION: PROGRAl!! NUftBER 1401UT039 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRUI NUIIBER 1401UT052
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION l!!EDIUII USER VOLUftE EXTERSION TYPE CODE REQUIREftENT PROGRAII NUftBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUlI USE!! VOLUlIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRElIENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC OPTl CARDS 15 none OPTIORAL none CARDS 15 none OPT2 CARDS 15 none IBI! PROGRA!!S PAGE 024 1401 1401
CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR COLUI!N
OPT3 CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRAM NUI!BER 1401UT057
1401-UT-053 PROGRA!! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIU!! USER VOLUI!E UTILITY PROGRA!!S FOR THE 1401-1311 DISK EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT
DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to perform certain BASIC none CARDS 15 none frequently required operations without programming effort on the part of the user. The system consists of - Clear OPTIONAL none none none Disk-Storage Program, Disk-to-Tape Program, Tape-to-Disk Program, Disk-to-Card Program, Card-to-Disk Program, Copy Disk Program, Print-Disk Program, Disk-Record-Load Program, 1401-0T-066 and Disk-Label Program. UTILITY PROGRA!!S FOR THE 1401-1009
Each of the programs is generalized, modifying itself to DESCRIPTION - The 1401-1009 Utility transmits data to or perform specific operations by information received through receives data from another terminal on either cards or control cards. Each of the programs includes an optional magnetic tape. Four uses of the program are: 1. Transmit disk label checking routine. The programs are designed data from cards - blocks or unblocked. 2. Transmit data for use on 4K or larger systems - 8K or greater is necessary from magnetic tape. 3. Receive blocks or unblocked data when processing Disk data for which the track record special on cards. II. Receive data on tape. feature is required. These programs Ferform such functions as Clear Disk and generate addresses, supply output for file protection purposes, display Disk storage on the !!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 4000 Core Storage Positions Printer, change data or addresses in Disk Storage, Create Sense Switches, 1402 Card ReadjPunch. 1009 Data Transmission the Label track or remove the Label track, and enter, unit Serial I/O adapter 1 tape unit is optional. delete, change, display, and punch disk labels. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE !!INI!!UI! SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - A 4K 1401 System (8K required DOCUI!ENTATION - Program·write-up ••• Listing ••• if track record format is used) with ••• 1402 Card Flowcharts. Read/Punch ••• 1403 Printer I!odel 1 or 2 ••• one 1311 Disk MACHINE READABLE - Condensed program deck. Storage Drive ••• and one IBI! !!agnetic Tape Unit (729 II, IV, or V, or 7330) required for tape programs only. OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUI!BER 1401UT066 DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Operating Pro cedures ••• Preliminary Specifications. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLUI!E I!ACHINE READABLE - Object Code. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCU!!ENTATION - Listings ••• Flowcharts. I!ACHINE READABLE - None. OPTIONAL none none none
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAI! NOMBER 1401UT053 1401-UT-067 PROGRAM NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!! USER VOLU!!E HYPERTAPE UTILITY PROGRAI!S EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Hypertape Utility Proqrams, No. BASIC none CARDS 15 none 1401-UT-067, perform certain frequently required operations on 1401 and 1460 systeiis without prograiiiiing effort. The OPTIONAL none none none programs included are Card-to-Hypertape, Hypertape-to-Card, 1/2 inch Tape-to-Hypertape, Hypertape-to-1/2 inch tape, Hypertape-to-Printer. 1401-0T-057 FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES USE - Each program is generalized, modifying itself to perform specific operations through parameters contained DESCRIPTION - The chaining method of file organization on control cards. Each program also includes tape label is an efficient method of handling the problem of duplicate checking options. The programs perform such functions file addresses, when control data (item number, man number, as preparing tape files for 7074, 7080, and 7090 Hypertape etc.) are converted to disk storage addresses. The 1401- Systems from card files or 729 1/2 inch tape files, creating 1405 File Organization Program will efficiently load and card files or 729 (1/2 inch) tape files from a hypertape maintain a chained disk file so as to minimize the amount file, and the printing of files from a hypertape file. of unused storage, as well as the retrieval time for each record. !!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!lENTS - a 4K 1401 System with 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• 1403 Printer MDL 2 or 1404 Printer ••• 1401 File Organization features are (1) An edit program one 7340 Hypertape Drive ••• Advanced Programming, High which will edit a symbolic version of the program so as Low-Equal compare, Hit Test, and Sense Switches Features ••• to provide the most efficient program for any size 1401, one 729 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Unit (if 1/2 inch tape is
(2) Ability to make additions and deletions to a chained to be read or written) 0 e 0 Colman Binary Feature (if Column file, (3) Load and add trailer records to a file, (4) Binary Cards are to be read or punched). Unload a file onto cards or tape for reorganization, (5) OR An audit list conSisting of the control data of records being loaded and their addresses, (6) Input data records An 8K 1460 System with ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• 11103 may be on card or tape. The load and additions programs PrinteJ: ••• one 7340 Hypertape Drive ••• Indexing and Store are used in conjunction with the edit program. The user Address RegiBter, and Bit Test Features ••• one 729 or 7330 provides the specifications of his file and machine in MagnetiC Tape Unit (if 1/2 inch tape is to be read br a control card which is examined by the edit prograii to written) .•. binary transer feature (if colu;an binary cards create a symbolic version of the load and additions programs are to be read or punched). which meet those specifications. The edited program and the users conversion routine (routine to convert control BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE data to disk address) are assembled with either SPS or DOCUMENTATION - Prograa write-up ••• Programming Autocoder. The assembled program will then load the users Listings ••• Hypertape Utility Programs data file (on card or tape) with a given format onto the Operating Procedures. disk file in the desired area. The program will create iiiCiiIiiE READABLE - Five individ.ual card decks. the necessary chain linkages. The remaining programs are not edited, but must be assembled with the users conversion OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE routine. The control card is examined at object time and DOCUIIENTATION -' Flowcharts. the suers data is operated upon according to the IIACHINE READABLE - None. specifications in the control card. All of the programs provide for all I/O error checking. The programs utilize ORDERING INFOR!lATION: PROGRA!! NUMBER 1401UT067 one or two access arms depending upon the number available. If there are two arms, and one fails, the program will PROGR.ii.i!i iiui!iBER DISTRIBuTION iiEDIuii iiSER VOLiiiiE continue to operate with one arm. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT
!!INI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - (1) 4000 Core Storage BASIC none CARDS 15 none positions (2) 1402 Card Read/punch 1403 Printer (!lode1 1 or 2) 1405 Disk Storage Unit (!lodel 1 or 2) 1 or 2 Tape OPTIONAL none none none Units (Model 729 II, 729 IX, 729 V, or 7330) may be used if data is on ta pee
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• Flowcharts. !!ACHINE READABLE - Object Code. IBII PROGRAIIS 11101 11101 PAGE 025 CONTINOED FROII PRIOR COLOi'll
11101-0'1'-069 decks. TAPE OTILITY SYSTEII POR THE 7110 OPTIONAL PROGBAII PACKAGE DESCBIPTION - This system is designed to control the DOCOIIENTATION - Plowcharts ••• Listings. motement of data between the IBII 11101 with 7710 Data IIACHINE READABLE - 1I0ne. Communica tion Onit and a Remote Terminal. The Remote Terminal uy be anyone of the following- 11101-7710, 11101- ORDBRING IHFORIIA'1'ION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 111010'1076 1009, 7701, 7702, 1013. The programs included in the systea are- PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REOOIBEIIENT - IBII 1401-7710 Tape Transait Otility Prograa. - IBII 1401-7710 lape Receive Otility Progru. BASIC none CARDS 15 none - IBII 11101-7710 Transait-Receive Otility Prograa. OPTIONAL none none none Bach of the prograas provides for tape data input-output operations aDd for handling ef mixed parity tapes. 1401-0'1'-153 70110/114-11101 AOIILlABY PROGRAMS !SIll 110 II SISTlII lIBQOIREISBITS - A lilt 11101 Systel with ••• 7710 Data Co ..unication Onit ••• 1402 Card Bead/punch ••• 729 II, DBSCRIPTION - The 70110/701111--11101 Aa:riliary Prograa, 11101- n, V, or 7330 !Sagnetic Tape Onit ••• Serial I/O Adapter 0'1'-153, support the 70110/701111 Operating System (16/32K), feature. For the IBII 1401-7710 TranSlit-Receive Otility 701l0-PB-150. !Saintenance of the sYlLbolic master tapes Program, the 11101 system must have the above requirements with the 7040/7044-1401 map symbolic updating prograa plus advance progralaing and sense switch features. requires that a 7040 update run first be lade to reduce the blocking factor froll nine to a maxilua of five. BASIC PIOGllII PACKAGE DOCO!S!I'1'lTIOIl1 - AUtocoder Listing ••• Flowcharts ••• MIHUOII SYS'l'B!S UQOIRBI'll!!fTS - Is restricted to users of InstructioDS to separate card decks ••• Otility the 70110/70114 Operating System, Progru !fumber 7040-PR- Programs for the 11101 lanual. 150. IIlCHIBl! B!ADlBLE - Object Code. BASIC PROGRI!! PACKAGE OP'1'IOIlL PIOGRlII PACItlGE DOCO!!BlIITlTIOlll - progru Write-up ••• DOCO!!I'1'I'1'IOR - lutocoder Source Decks ••• Prograllmers Guide ••• Operators Guide ••• SPS Source Decks ••• ListiDgS. Systel prograllers Guide. IIlCHIII1B READABLE - lone. !!lCHIIE REIDIBLE - Symbolic deck ••• Object Deck ••• Autochart listing. OBDBRIII1G IHFORlIlTION: PROGRlII 1I10llBER 14010'1'069 OPTIOBlL PROGRlII PICKlGB - None. PIOGllII 1I10llBER DISTRIBOTION IIBDIO!S OSER VOLOIIB EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIUIIEIT ORDERING IIIFOR!!lTIO!f: PROGRlI'l BOIIBER 14010T153
BASIC none ClRDS 15 none PROGRllI JOIIBER DISTRIBO'1'ION IIEDIO II OSER VOLO!!E EITEJSIOB TYPE CODE REQOIREIIE!fT OP'1'IOHlL none none none ------BISIC none !!T 7/556 22 01 liT 7/800 24 01 1401-0'1'-076 DIU COIIIIOIICITIONS OTILUY PIOGRlIS - IBII 1009 OPTIORlL none none none
DESCRIPTIO. - The Data Co ..unications Otility Prograa, 1110. 11101-0'1'-076, consisting of seven independent programs, 11101-0'1'-157 brings to 1401, 1440, and 1460 users a leans to easily 70110/7044 - 1401 PEBIPHEBlL OTILITY PROGRAII accomplish line speed data file communication with a buffered 1009 Data '1'ranslission Onit. The package of seven DESCRIPTIO!f - The 11101 Peripheral Otility Progrll.ll, using prograls includes - inforlation supplied by a single control card and the sense switches, performs, on an off-line 1401 Data Processing - Card File Translission. system. The Basic Peripheral Operations associated with - 1311 Disk File Transmission. the 7040/7044 8K Operating System, thereby saving 7040/10411 - !Sagnetic Tape File Transmission. lachine tile. - Card Pile Reception. - 1311 Disk Pile Beception. IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIE!fTS - Is restricted to users of - lIagnetic Tape File Reception. the 7040/7044 8K Operating System, file nuaber 701l0-PB- - 1403 and 1443 Printer Reception. 1511.
Each program provides programmed control of the direction BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE of data flow on the communication line, end of file DOCOIIENTATION - Prograll IIrite-up ••• program Listing. sigDal11Dg aDd recognition, perforlaDce of field selection IIACHINE BEADABLE - Object deck ••• SYllbolic deck. aDd expansion within individual records, processing of standard header and trailer labels and transmission of OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. blocks and unblocked data. In tape and disk transmit and receive, data transllission times can be overlapped with OBDERING INFOBIIATION: PROGRA!! NO!!BER 14010'1'157 the perforllance of a data processing operation. I tape to printer routine is provided. However, the user may PROGRAM NO!'lBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIO!! OSEB VOLUME elect to supply a routine of his own choosing subjec to EXTENSION TYPE CODE BEQOIBEI'IENT the timing requirelents published in the program specifications. Automatic answer and autollatic disconnect BASIC none CARDS 15 none service is an option provided in all receive prograls. Processing of single or multi-reel lIagnetic tape file OPTIONAL none none none records can be performed in binary, BCD, or lIixed binary/BCD lode. 1401-0'1'-158 1111111011 SYSTE! REQOIREIIENTS - A 4K 11101 or 8K 11160 system 7090/94 1401 PERIPHERAL with ••• one 1402 Card Bead Punch ••• one 11103 Printer !Sodel 2 or 1404 Printer (1401 only) ••• one 729 II, IV, V, or DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Peripheral Output Program is a 7330 lIagnetic Tape Onit (tape progralls only) ••• one 1311 combined tape-to-printer/punch routine utilizing the IBM Disk Storage Drive (disk programs only) ••• one 1009 Data 1401 Data ProceSSing System. This program reads the system Transmission Oni t with Buffer feature... Serial Input/output output tape and produces a listing on the IB!! 1403 Printer Adapter feature ••• High-Low-Equal COlpare feature (11101 or a deck of column-binary cards on the IB!! 1402 Card only). Bead/punch. If a deck of column-binary cards is punched, it is not necessary that the control cards have a 7, 9 OR punch in column 1. Select 3 is used for output from this progra!!. A 4K 14110 Systell with ••• one 14112 Card Bead/punch lIodel 1 or 2, or a 1442 Card Beader lIodel II with a 1444 Card This program acts on data of the following types- Punch ••• 111113 Printer ••• one 7335 lIagnetic Tape On it (tape progralls only) ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive (disk programs (1) Print-line images (on magnetic tape) in even-parity only) ••• one 1009 Data Transmission Onit with Buffer mode, blocked by a record mark in the last character feature ••• Serial Input/Output Adapter feature. position of each print-line, or column-binary card images in odd-parity lode, blocked with a record mark or unblocked. BASIC PBOGRAlI PACKAGE - DOCOIIENTATION - Progral IIri te-up ••• Specifications (2) output from the IBJOB processor conSisting of either lIanual ••• Operating Procedures. of the following- (a) Print-lines (with a maximulII of 132 IIACHINE READABLE - Seven decks in object deck characters including the carriage-control character) with fori ••• tape to print object deck... 11101 4K characters translated by the 1401 Data processing system and 8K loader decks •• 14110 11K and 8K Loader into characters accepted by the 1403 print;er. (b) Colulln- IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 026 1401 1440
COBTIBUED FROII PRIOR PAGE
binary card images. 1420-10-010 IOCP liITHOUT PROCESS OVERLAP The distinction between these types of data is concerned with the presence or absence of the block control word. DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1420 IOCP without process overlap, If the block control word is present, logical control words program (1420-10-010) is deSigned to control the reading are written, if the block control word is not present, of data from paper documents and to queue the printing the mode is recorded on tape. of this data after it has been processed.
IIINIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - 4,000 positions of Core USE- Storage, one 729 or 7330 lIagnetic Tape Unit, Advanced - Reading of amount and transit/routing fields froll paper Programming Feature, High-Low-Equal Compare feature, Sense documents. Switch feature, one IBII 1402 Card Read/punch with Column Placing this data in a queue. Binary feature, one IBII 1403 Printer with 132 Print - User exit to stacker select decision routines. Positions and the Print Control feature. - User exit to document printing routine.
The distribution of this program is restricted to users IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4,000 positions of core, of the 7090/7094 IBSIS Processor, Program lIumber, 7090- 1 IBII 1442 Card Read-Punch, lIodel 1 or 2... 1 IBII 1403 PR-130. Printer, 1I0dei 1 or 2" (selective Tape Lister and numeric chain can be used with the 1403). BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATIOII - Program IIrite-up ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE IIACHINE READABLE - print/punch Object Deck ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Prograll Listing ••• Card-to-tape Object Deck ••• print/punch specifications ••• Operating Procedures. Symbolic Deck... Card-to-tape Symbolic IIACHINE READABLE - Program decks in (1) 1440/1311 Deck. Autocoder Format... (2) 1420 Basic Autocoder Format ••• Sample Problem Deck ••• Object program execution OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. output.
ORDERING INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401UT158 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
PROGRAII JlUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE ORDERING INFORIIATION: PRO GRAil NU IIBER 142010010 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I!lEDIUII USER VOLUIIE BASIC none CARDS 15 none EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT
OPTIONAL none none none BASIC none CARDS 15 none
OPTIONAL none none none 1401-UT-938 INPUT PROGRAII FOR 7090/7094 SUPPORT PACKAGES FOl! IBII SYSTElI/360 1420-10-011 OVERLAP IOCP DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Input Program is used to read card decks in one form and then prepare an input tape for use DEXCRIPTION - The IBII 1420 Overlap IOCP, '11420-10-011, by the 7090/7094 support Package. The tape will consist controls the reading of data from paper documents and of card-image records, some of these will be in Binary queues the printing of this data after it has been processed Coded Decimal (BCD) representation, others in binary mode. The program has these functions - IIIRIIIUII 5YSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Is restricted to users of the 7090/7094 support package for the IBII System/360 file Reading of allount and transit/routing fields or all fields number 7090-SE-162. froll paper docullents. User exit to stacker select decision routine. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE User exit to docullent processing routines. DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up. User exit to document printing routine. IIACHINE READABLE - Input Program Object Deck. User document error routines.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - a JK system with ••• one 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1403 Printer (selective tape listing ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401UT938 feature and nUlleric print chain can be used with the 1403) ••• Processing Overlap feature. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTEIISIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Prograll Listings ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none Program Flowcharts ••• Sample Problem Listings ••• specifications ••• Operating Procedures. OPTIOIIAL none none none IUCHINE READABLE - Overlap IOCP card deck in 1440/13 1 1 Autocoder Format and ••• 1420 Basic Autocoder Format ••• Sample Problem Source Decks and.. Object Program 1420-AU-001 Output. BASIC AUTOCODER OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to enable a program written in 1420 Basic Autocoder language to be assembled ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 142010011 on a 1420 system. The output is used to execute the application on a 1420 system. PROGIlAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU II USER VOLU!'!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!'!ENT USE - The source program in 1420 Basic Autocoder language punched in cards is assembled on a 1420 system. The output BASIC none CARDS 15 none object program is punched in 1420 machine language. Program docullentation and diagnostic output is printed on the 1403 OPTIONAL none none none Printer.
IIINIIIU!I SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS ••• a 4K 1420 svstem with ••• 1440-AT-060 one 1442 card read punch ••• 1403 printer •• AUTO-TEST 16K
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DESCRIPTIOII - Auto-Test is an integrated set of utility DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIrite-up ••• Operating programs designed to provide documentation for program Instructions. •• Specifications. evaluation during a program testing run. It can be used IIACHINE READABLE - Basic Autocoder System Deck... Sample to test programs assembled by the 1440 Autocoder program Source Deck Test Assembly. for any IBII 1440 system. Because test runs can be planned to proceed with a minimum of operator intervention, Auto OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE Test is a useful tool for remote testing. The Auto-Test DOCUIIENTATION - System Flow Charts ••• Listing of system System resides in disk storage during testing. It controls phases program tests in which the following functions can be IUCHINE READABLE - None. selectively specified-
ORDERING INFORIUTION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1420AUOOl 1. Clear selected areas of disk storage
PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE 2. " Load program data from cards to disk storage EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 3. Print selected areas of disk storage BASIC none CARDS 15 none 4. Load the program to be tested fro\ll cards OPTIONAL none none none 5. Print data from selecte"d areas of core· storage at IBII PROGRAIIS 1440 PAGE· 027
CONTIliUED FROII PRIOR PAGE COHTINUED FROII PRIOR COLOIIR
specific times during program execution on a 1440 system. The source program in 111110 Basic Autocoder Language, punched in cards, is assembled in a 6. Print data read from or written on disk storage during 1440 system. The output object program, in 111110 machine program execution language, is punched one instruction per card in the source program deck. A program load routine is punched with each 7. Print core storage when program execution terminates object program deck. Program documentation and diagnostic several programs may be stacked for testing in a single output are printed on the 1443 Printer. run. A convenient card format for patching program decks being tested is provided to facilitate retesting of any IIIRIIIOII SISTEI! REQOIREIIERTS - 4K 1440 System with ••• one program. 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 14113 Printer.
IIIBIIIUII SISTEII REQOIREIIEBTS - 16K 1440 System ••• one 1442 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - Card Read/punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• one 1311 Disk Storage DOCUIIERTATION - Program Write-up ••• Preliminary Drive ••• Indexing and Store Address Register special feature. Specifications ••• Operating Procedures. IIACHIBE READABLE - Basic Autocoder system BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Deck ••• sample source progra.m for DOCOIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings ••• reassembly. Specifications and Operating Procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - (Deck A) build auto-test OPTIOHAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - system disk pack ••• (Deck B) initiate DOCUIIEBTATIOH - system Flowcharts and program testing ••• (Deck C) used to System Listings restart ••• sample problem test deck and IIACHIIiE READABLE - None. listings. ORDERIIG IIIFORI!ATIOR: PROGlllll ROIIBER 1440AU001 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIENTlTION - Write-up. PROGRAII NUI!BER DIST1!;I:BOTION IIEDIUI! USER VOLO!!E IIACHINE READABLE - Bone. EITEliSIOli TIPE CODE REQOIREIIEBT
ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGBlII NUI!BER 1440AT060 BASIC none CARDS 15 none
PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTIOli IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE OPTIORAL nODe nODe none EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQOIREI!EHT
BASIC none CARDS 15 none 1440-AU-006 BASIC AUTOCODER 2K OPTIONAL Done none none DESCRIPTION. - The IB!! 1440 Basic Autocoder 2K program accepts source statements written in Basic Autocoder 2K 1440-AT-061 language and produces machine language object programs. AUTO-TEST 8K Basic Autocoder 2K is a 2-pass system. The source proqram is processed and the resulting object program is converted DESCRIPTIOH - Auto-Test is an integrated set of utility by one of two special condensinq routines from one programs designed to provide documentation for program instruction-per-card to condensed card format. evaluation during a program testing run. It can be used to test programs assembled by the 1440 Autocoder program IUNIIIO!! SISTEII REQOIREIIEBTS - A 2K 111110 System with ••• for any IBII 1440 system. Because test runs can be planned 1442 Card Reader I!odel 4 (Bote- a 1442 I!odel 1 or 2 may to proceed with a minimum of operator intervention, Auto be used as the reader in lieu of the 1"42 !!odel 4) ••• 1"411 Test is a useful tool for remote testing. The Auto-Test Card Punch ••• 11143 Printer. system resides in disk storage during testing. It controls program tests in which the following functions can be BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE - selectively specified- DOCOIIEBTATIOB - Program Write-Op ••• Operatinq Procedures. 1. Clear selected areas of disk storage IIACHIBE READABLE - Processor deck ••• Pre-list routine deck ••• post-list routine deck ••• 2. Load program data from cards to disk storage condensing routines decks 1 and 2... sample problem deck. 3. Print selected areas of disk storage OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE 4. Load the program to be tested from cards DOCUI!ENTATIOI - Flowcharts... Program listings. 5. Print data from selected areas of core storage at IIACHIBE READABLE - None. specific times during program execution ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRA!! BO!!BBB 1440A0006 6. Print data read from or written on disk storage during program execution PROGRA!! BUIIBER DISTRIBOTION BEDIOII OSER VOLUIIE EITEBSION TIPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT 7. Print core storage when program execution terminates several programs may be stacked for testing in a single BASIC none CARDS 15 none run. A convenient card format for patching program decks being tested is provided to facilitate retesting of any OPTIONAL none none none program.
I!INIIIOII SYSTEI! REQUIREIIEIITS - 8K 1440 System ••• one 1442 1440-CB-073 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• one 1311 Disk Storage COBOL FOR IB!! 1440/1401/1460 Drive ••• indexing and store address register special feature. DESCRIPTION The Disk Resident COBOL for IBII 1440, 1401 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE and 1460 compiles COBQL (common business oriented language) DOCOIIENTATIOli - Program Write-up ••• Listings ••• programs for 1440, 1401 and 1460 card, Tape, and Disk Specifications and Operation Procedures. systems. I!ACHINE READABLE - (Deck A) build Auto-Test System Disk Pack ••• (Deck B) Initiate USE - Symbolic programs are automatically compiled from program testing ••• (Deck C) used to restart source programs written in the COBOL Lanquage, which uses program ••• sample problem test deck and English words and special standard notations. These listings. symbolic programs are then translated to machine language object programs by an autocoder processor. This proqram OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE operates under the direction of a general system control DOCOIIEHTATIOR - Write-up. program which allows the use of a vailable I/O devices IIACHINE READABLE - None. assigned by the user. The user specifies the configuration of the processing machine with control cards. The system ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII llOlIBER 1440AT061 control program interprets the information, and selects the appropriate I/O routine to handle the input and output PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLU!!E during compilation. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQiJIREilEiI:r IIINIIIOII SISTEII REQOIREIIENTS - For compiling the COBOL EASIC none CARDS 15 none programs are- a 4K 1401 system with ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack ••• 1"02 Card Read/punch ••• OPTIONAL none none none 1403 Printer lIodel 2 ••• Advanced programming feature ••• High-Low-Equal compare feature, or a 4K 1440 System with ••• one IBII 1311 Disk storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack ••• 1440-AO-001 one 1442 Card ReadjPunch ••• 1443 Printer ••• Indexinq and BASIC AOTOCODER storage Address Register feature, or an 8K 1460 System with ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack ••• DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to enable a program 1402 Card ReadjPunch ••• one 1403 Printer ••• Indexinq and written in 1440 Basic Autocoder Language to be assembled Store Address Register. (a 1301 Disk Storage array mar on a 1440 system. The output is used to execute the program be used in lieu of the 1311-1316) ••• or an 8K 14"0 system IBI! PROGRAIIS PAGE 028 1440 111110 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUI!N with ••• one 1301 Disk Storage array ••• one 1442 Card ControllUnit attachllent on the 1441 Processing Unit lIodel Read/Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• indell:ing and Store Address A6... One 1311 Disk Storage Drive 1I0del 1 with Direct Register feature. Seek ••• 1447 Console 1I0del 1 with Sense Switches ••• 11147 Console 1I0del 4 ••• 1448 TransmiSSion Control Unit with BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE 1050/1060 attachment and RPQ E38485 and, as required, DOCUIIEBTATION - Prograa liri te-up ••• common carrier adapter sets or line adapter sets ••• either Specifications lIanual. •• Operating a 1442 Card Read/punch !lodel 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader Proced ures. 1I0del 4 is required unless another 1119111440/1460 system IIACHllIIE READABLE - COBOL program deck which is available to load the program on a 1316 Disk Pack. includes - marketing programlling deck, macros deck, write file-protect address OPTIOIIAL 1440 SISTBII REQUIREIIENTS - Translate fe.ture on deck, system control card modifications the 1441 Processing Unit ••• one to four 1311 Disk Storage deck, update deck and sample programs. Drives 1I0del 2 with direct seek and seek overlap fe.tures (at least one 1311 1I0dei 2 is strongly recommended) ••• OPTIOllAL PROGRAII PACKAGE one to five lIodules of 1301 Disk Storage (one 1311 1I0del DOCUIIENTATIOII - systems Listings ••• Plowcharts 2 is required) ••• either a 1442 Card Read/Punch lIodel 1 IIACHINE READABLE - 1I0ne. ·or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader lIodel 4 and/or a 1444 CaJ;d Punch lIo'4el 1 ••• either a 1443 Printer 1I0dei 1 or 2 with 24 ORDERIRG INPOBI!ATION: PROGRlII NUI!B!!lR 1440CB073 adctltional Print POSitions, Printer control, and Pr1nt storage or a 1403 Printer !!odels 2, 3, or 5 with a 'Q46 PROGRAI! NUIIBBR DISTRIBUTION IlEDIOI! OSER VOLOIIE Printer contJ;ol ••• 7335 !!agnetic Tape Unit !!odel 1 O~ 2 ••• ElTEIiSIOIi TIPE CODE IIBQOlREIlENT line gJ;OUp features and lIPQ 811390, al! J;eql1iJ;ed, to attach mOJ;e than 10 lines to the 1448 'l'J;ansmission ContJ;ol Unit. BASIC none cnDS 15 none If uppeJ;case and lowercase pJ;inting with 120 chaJ;acten of couJ;ier type (matching the cOQJ;ieJ; n printing element OPT:ION.U. none none none on the terminals) is desired I1sil:lg a '403 Printer !!odel 2, ADD-lIPQ'S 813148 and 818029 on the 1qq6 Printer ContJ;ol ••• RPQ'S 812033, 81203ij, 898058, 33 each of BPQ 1440-CI-071 E33255, and put 823380 (the chain) on tile 11103 Kodel 2 ••• ADIIINISTRATIVE TBRIIINlL SISTEII RPQ 818019 on the 1441 PJ;ocessing unit. DESCRIPTION - The prillary concept of this system is to 'l'ER!!InL llEQUI1!EIIUTS - 2741 communication teninals (QP support a typewriter-like terminal for tell:t processing. to 40), with courier 72 standard selectJ;ic printing Information is entered froll the terminals in either free elements, and line adapters if requ1nd. ITS SUPPOJ;ts or fixed form. It can be corrected, modified, or only the correspondence code 2741 terminals without the rearranged. Output forllats are flexible and may be inteJ;rupt feature. specified froll the terminal. BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE - Output may be transmitted to any terminal, stored on disk DOCDIIEIlTA'l'ION - AppUcation Directory •• , Application or tape, printed by an on-line printer, written as card DescJ;iption, 820-0129 ••• Terllinal Operators Kanual, illages on tape, or punched. Stored information lIay be H20-0185 ••• programmeJ;s lIanual, H20-0228 ••• Console recalled for further processing. Operators !!anQal, H20-0 227. PEATUBES - Data correction, lIodification, and rearrangement !!lCHINE lIEADABloE - Object code. by backspacing and retyping during entry ••• Betyping beginning with a particular word ••• Replacing a word or OPTIONAL PlIOGRAK PACKAGE - phrase ••• Adding to a line or test unit ••• Deleting a line DOCOIlEN'l'ATION - Systems lIanual (progJ;am or other text unit ••• lIoving of groups of lines or text flowcharts) • units ••• Gathering of stored data in any sequence ••• !!lCHIBE READABLE - 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder Copying of information by transmission to the originating (on disk) output file on two 1316 Disk Packs terminal. fro II whic1l so.urce decks and program listings can be created using 11101/1440/1460 Autocoder storage and retrieval of data froll disk files or tape. (on disk) (1401-AU-008). Transmission of data to any terllinal. ORDERIIiG IBPORIIATIOII: PROGBAI! NUKBER 'II110CI07X output fOrlljit controlled from the terminal by- lilliting PROGlIAII IfUIlBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER VOLD!!E free-for II tell:t line length ••• Justification of right-hand EITENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT lIargin ••• Intermill: of free-form text with fill:ed format information ••• Placing specified heading and footing lines BASIC none CARDS 15 none on all pages of a document ••• Automatic Page numbering ••• Controlled vertical spacing... Halting to allow operator OPTIONAL none 1316 52 02 intervention for text insertion or change of print elements. Desk calculator functions - addition ••• subtraction ••• 1440-DR-02X multiplication ••• division ••• roots ••• powers ••• RETAIL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE factorials.. • evaluation of Simple algebraic expressions. DESCRIPTION - This program is a system of sixteen 11140 rsers may add programs to do simultaneous peripheral runs designed to automatically perform receivables operations such as si!!ple tape-to-printer and card-to-tape !!aiatenance and billing in medium-sized depart!llent or functions. specialty stores. The program has been deSigned as a series of routines which perform specific functions. By An improved disk storage organization scheme will give selecting and combining these routines, specialized programs improved terminal response on requests involving permanent for a particular store are developed. 1I0difications and disk storage. refinements to parameters of these routines can be made to have them apply to a specific store. The system is 1301 Disk file implementation significantly increases designed to accommodate four types of charge accounts. permanent storage capacity. These are- (1j 30-day charge account... (2) flexible revolving account--a monthly payment based on a percentage Improved storage reporting facilities. of the balance (includes option accounts)... (3) fixed revolving account--a fixed lIonthly payment based on the Principal application areas of the administrative terminal credit lillit of the account... (4) contract account, or system are technical manual preparation, proposal writing, deferred payment account--a one time purchase with fixed test report preparation, financial credit reporting, lIonthly payments. Any given store will probably not have statistical typing, and similar areas. The system may all four types of accounts. nOllever, runs can be modified also be used for source data entry, capturing data directly to delete those types of accounts which are not needed. from a typewriter keyboard. This has particular Transactions are entered into the system in the form of significance in the computer programming area where program punched cards. Edit and accounting control functions are deck control cards and test decks may be selected, modified, performed, and the following major outputs are produced cOllbined and made available for running directly from a by the system. Adjustments listing, service charge terminal. adjustments listing, charge-offs listing, credits listing, cash batch balance listing, transaction register, signal The system, when properly instructed, can save every messages, customer statements, delinquent account listing, keystroke made by the operator. To alter the tell:t, the aged trial balance (ath), and control balance listing. operator directs the system to locate the characters to be changed and instructs it in what manner these are to FEATURES - be altered. - Diagnostic aged trial balance designed specifically for authorization purposes. If a copy of a docullent is requested, the system will Delinquent listing to automatically select for review produce and transmit it to the terllinal. and follow-up those accounts requiring credit action. Up to 20,000 master accounts can be stored on each PROGRAIIIIIBG SISTEIIS - The source program language is disk pack. 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk). Signal messages prepared as a by-product of file IIIBIIIUII 1440 SISTE!I REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 1440 wi th- bit lIaintenance when special action is required on an test, console attachment, Direct Seek, Disk storage control, account. Indell:ing and Store Address Register, Transmission Automatic aging of custoller accounts to 150 days. IB!I PROGRAIIS 1440 1440 PAGE 029
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED PROII PRIOR COLUIIII
- Automatic posting of transactions. and pack sizes. The "when" and "how much" answers are - Operable with either internal or external account designed to find the most efficient balance between the numbers. cost of carrying inventory, cost of purchasing and IBII punched card customer statements printed two up. receiving, discounts realized, and customer service - Automatic re-entry of cash payments through prepunching requirements. of the customer statement stub. - Preparation of labels for promotional mailings on a The 1311 Impact Computer Prog,ram library is deSigned to selective basis. provide the distributor who has an IBII 1440-1311 Data - Complete and automatic controls. Processing System with the means to successfully implellent an impact inventory management system with a minimull of IInIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1440 system with ••• effort and expense. Programs are included that perform 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• 1311 Disk storage 'in the following functional areasedi ting, file Dri ve ••• Indexing and store Address Register, selective initialization, estimating, and the control of independent stacker, 24 additional print positions, selective character and joint replenishllent ordering. set, 39 character set. PEATURES - The 1311 program library performs in the same BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE functional areas as the existing 1401-1405 Impact Computer DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIrite-Up ••• Reference lIanual Program Library- including listings. IIACHINE READABLE - Object and sample problem. - Edit all input for format. - Determine the forecast model/horizontal, trend, OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE horizontal-seasonal, or trend-seasonal/. DOCUIIENTATION - None. - Determine the ordering strategy to be used and IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. calculate order quantity or order frequency as appropriate for strategy selected. ORDERIIIG INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440DR02X - Calculate the safety factory required for a prescribed level of customer service. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE - Calculate initializing values required for forecast EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT and order models selected. - Estimate results to be expected from applying the BASIC none CARDS 15 none rules and values developed. - Determine when to order item groups to meet service OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none objectives after the system is operational. - Calculate the product lIix to be ordered within an item group that will meet both service objectives 1440-DII-OlI and limitations on total size of order. CHAIN AND WHOLESALE BILLING In addition, the 1311 programs incorporate improvements over DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Chain and Wholesale Billing program existing progralls including- uses either the IBII card order plan or the permanent item code plan for placing orders. Three phases of the billing - lIork flow and record formats streamlined. program result in a customer invoice. Phase 1 sets up - Historical demands screened for promotions. order quantities, warehouse numbers, and disk pack - Base index technique used for forecasting seasonal addresses. phase 2 sorts items into warehouse location items. sequence. Phase 3 prints customers name and address, - Item discounts considered, in addition to vendor analyzes and updates stock availability, prices items discounts, in determining ordering strategies and according to price zones, etc., prints item lines, and order quantities. stores desired analYSis data for subsequent use. - Different lead time may be specified for each vendor Intermediate totals are printed where necessary. Sales breakpoint. analysis and back-up records are provided as a by-product - Service may be specified by item for both independent of the billing routine. Although this program was developed jOint vendors. for the grocery distributor, it is equally applicable (in - Seasonality considered in ordering both independent total or in segments--purposely designed this way) for and jOint vendors. other distributors, i.e., drug, hardware, rack jobber, - A service pOint and allocation program (SVA) that will liquor, auto parts, etc. take advantage of 8K memory to produce greater throughput. The Chain and Wholesale Billing program is designed to - An option to force a predetermined order quantity for help install 1440 systems by providing concepts on which any item through the SVA program. a system may be designed and by providing certain programs - The facility for expressing a conversion factor of 2.0 which may be modified and used in that system in whole to the SVA program. or in part. This program provides a main line billing - Printing of the slope and intercept of the least squares routine plus 6 supporting routines for each type of input lines has been included in the !lADF program. (page and line or permanent item code). The billing portion - Punching of the cost strategy records in the OGCL of the program is broken into three phases. program has been eliminated. - Provides safety factor (K) based on a lead time plus IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1440 system with ••• 1447 review time for items in a jOint vendor. When the peak Console 1I0del 2 ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• two point option is not satisfied. 1311 Disk Storage Dri ves ••• Indexing and Store Address Registers, Selective Character Set and Sense Switches USE - The program library includes both initializing features. (Card image and bit test features are optional programs and operating programs. Initializing programs with card order plan input). are designed to be used once to set up an impact system, then periodically (at least once a year) or as required BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE to meet changing conditions. A complete set of programs DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Reference lIanual. is provided to perform necessary initializing functions. IIACHINE READABLE - Source program deck. Operat-ing programs are used in the day-to-day control of the impact system (forecasting and ordering. Library OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. programs are provided to control the ordering of both independent and joint vendors. Instruction and block ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440D1I01X diagrams are available to help the user in programming the remaining operating programs with a lIinimum of effort PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !lEDIUII USER VOLU!lE (implelllentation reference manual). EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTEIIS - Programs in the Impact Computer BASIC none CARDS 15 none Program Library are written in 1311 Autocoder and 1311 IOCS. OPTIONAL none none none IIINIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!lENTS - 1440-4K 1440 system with 1447 Console l'Jodel 1 ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443 1440-DW-04X Printer ••• two 1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• Indexing and 1311 WHOLESALE I!lPACT Store Address Register. Two 1316 Disk Packs lIlust be fully available during the operation of library programs. DESCRIPTION - The IBII IIIPACT (Inventory lIanagement Program and COlltrol Techniques; system of scientific inventory BA SIC PROGRAII PACKAGE management provides the warehouse distributor (or any DOCUIIEIITATIOII - Program lirite-Up ••• Users l'Janual. •• organization with the same inventory control Operators !lanual. characteristics) with the information of "when" and "how IIACHINE READABLE - Object deck and Sample problem. much" to buy for each inventory itell controlled by the system. It does this through the lIeans of probability OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE science in conjunction with the many factors influencing DOCUIIENTATIOII - Systells manual which contains the the distributors inventory control decisions. assembly listings of all the 1440-1311 Impact programs. Pactors considered include- lead tille, lead time !lACHINE READABLE - 1I0ne. variability, forecast demand, forecast error, service desired, inventory carrying costs, purchasing/receiving ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGR!!I NUIIBER 1440DliOQX costs, discount structures, minimulls, maximums, shelf life, IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 030 111110 1440 corrIBUED FROll PRIOR PAGE CONTIIIUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
PROGRAlI BUlIBER DISTRIBUTIOIi lIEDIUlI USER VOLUlIE escrow analysis. EXTEBSIOB TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT The program provides the user with- Effective control. •• BASIC none CARDS 15 none Delinquent account information ••• Efficient daily processing... Escrow analysis ••• Complete detail on daily OPTIONAL none none none activity ••• Loan servicing reports. IIINI!lUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1.441 ProceSSing Unit, 111110-FB-03X 1I0del 1.3 with Indexing and Store address Register, Printer DEIIAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNT Attachment, Disk storage Control ••• 1442 Card ReadjPunch, 1I0del 1, Card Read/punch Adapter ••• 1443 Printer, 1I0del DESCRIPTION - This application prograll is designed to 1, Printer Control, Selective Character Set, 13-Character accollplish the demand deposit accounting function in a Print Bar, 52-Character Print Bar... 1447 Console, 1I0del cOllmercial bank. The application is divided into the 1, Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk storage Drive, 1I0del 1 ••• following program runs- conversions, IBII 11140 SORT 5, stop 1311 Disk Storage Dri ve, 1I0del 2. pay and hold edit, short list and ledger control, transaction journal, posting, statements, exception BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE statements and exception reports. DOCUIIEBTATION- program write-up ••• Reference lIanual ••• Listings. FEATURES - The user has the option of producing a separate IIACHINE READABLE - Object code and sample problem. trial balance non-sufficient fund notices are prepared autollatically input can be lIagnetically enoded checks and OPTIOlUL PROGRAII PACKAGE deposit slips and/or punched cards. DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. sUlIlIIary as well as detailed statements can be prOVided detail statements lIay be printed either singly or two-up ORDEllING IIIlFORIIATION: PROGRAlI BUIIBER 11140FB04X IIICR checks and deposit slips and/or punched cards are transaction input to the system. lIaster records, 1000 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!I USER VOLUIIE characters in length, are posted daily with all items EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT affecting account balances froll a transaction file which ------is under ledger control. A punched card file is maintained BASIC none CAllDS 15 none to satisfy stop-pay orders and hold requests. statellent writing may be cycled. All accounts within any sequential OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 range of ledger numbers are printed. Users will write liT 7/800 211 01 the following for insertion to the appropriate run; service charge routines for the posting run; a ledger control table for the conversion run; a utility program to create the 1440-FB-05I master file (an IBII card to disk utility program can be SAVIIiGS ACCOUBTING used). program requirements users of this prograll should obtain the IBII 14110 SORT 5 program (1440-511-030) which DESCRIPTION - IBII now offers financial institutions a constitutes run 03 of subject prograll. comprehensive 1440 Savings Accounting Program. Savings Accounting functions are accollplished through the use of IIIBIlIUII lIACHINE REQUIREIIEBTS - 8K 1440 systell with ••• twelve 1440 processing runs. lIaster Account balance records Indexing and Store Address ••• two 1311 Storage Drives ••• a on all Savings Accounts are stored and lIaintained daily 14112 Card Read/Punch ••• a 1443 Printer with 24 additional in disk packs. !laster records contain balance data, print positions••• a 1447 Console with Sense Switches. dividend data, and other Significant data on each savings If magnetically encoded cheCks and or deposit slips are account. Daily transactions--deposits, withdrawals, and used, a 1412 magnetic character reader with serial i/o share loans (passbook Loans)--are posted to the balance adapter 7080 for lIICR conversion is required. Print storage record, and a daily transaction register is produced. lleports on zero balance accounts, passbook differences, and selective character set features, although not required, and unprocessed transactions are prepared daily. A trial will improve data throughput. balance is also prepared daily. At the end of a dividend period, dividends are calculated, a dividend period activity BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE report is prepared, lIail dividend checks are prepared for DOCUIIEBTATIOB - Prograll Write-Up ••• Listings ••• selected accounts, and statements are printed. At the Sample problell listings. end of the year, dividend reporting is accomplished. In IIACHIIIlE READABLE - Object Program Deck... sample addition to the master account balance file, a name and problem deck. address lIaster file is lIaintained. This file is used in the preparation of lIail dividend checks, statellents, and OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE annual dividend reporting. DOCUIIEBTATIOIll - lIlone. IIACBIBE READABLE - Source code. FEATURES - - Preparation of transaction cards by conversion of paper ORDEllIIIlG IBFORIIATIOIll: PROGRAII BUIIBER 1440FB03I tape froll window lIachines or by key-punching from source. Ability to condense lIaster account information and. store PROGRAII BUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE up to 75,000 accounts per disk pack. EITEBSIOB TYPE CODE REQUIREItEIIlT - Verification of account balances to ledger control totals ------Provision for printing uncollected funds, thus presenting BASIC none eABDS is none an availahl.e funds balance for reference. - Detailed sav.ings journal including previous and new OPTIOBAL none liT 7/556 22 01 account balances and antiCipated dividend. liT 7/800 24 01 - Exception report indicating activity on dorllant accounts, passbook differences, zero balance accounts, etc. - Print four accounts to a line on daily trial balnace. 1440-FB-04I - Period-by-period itemization of unreP9rted interest on 1I0RTGAGE LOU ACCOUIIlTIBG dividends' for teller window post~/to passbooks. - Comprehensive dividend period a9. vity report. DESCRIPTION - - Automatic preparation of rea~to-mail dividend checks. 1. Daily processing- File lIaintenance processes and lists - Customer statement of activity econollically prepared, new loans, changes and deletions. Proof listing is produced which details as well as summarizes activity of the from debit and credit transaction cards created froll payment period. coupons, journals and advices. posting of transaction cards to the lIaster Account Balance File is perforlled and special IIINII!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit, conditions are recorded on a report file. Reports of I!odel 1.3 with ••• Indexing and Store Address Register transaction and ledger recap, unprocessed items, payoffs feature, Printer Attachment feature, Disk Storage Control (Final Payments), exceptions and excess items are produced. feature... 1442 Card Read/Punch, I!odel 1, Card ReadjPunch Adapter feature ••• 1443 printer, .odel 1, printer control 2. Delinquency processing- Late notices, delinquency feature, selective character Set feature, 13-Character notices and delinquency reports are produced monthly or as Print Bar, 52-Character Print Bar... 1447 Console, !!odel desired. 1, Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1I0del 1 ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive. I! ode 1 2. 3. Periodic reporting- Trial balance reflecting indicative information, date of last transaction, paid-through date, BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE total payment amount, principal, escrow, late charge, and DOCUI!ENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Reference Planual. •• mortgage life balance for each mortgage is made. Stateaents Listings. are produced semi-annually from the old balance file and IIACHIIiE READABLE - Source Code excess itell cards produced by the daily report run. Coupon books are produced from payment changes, new account cards, ORDERING IIiFORIIATION: PROGRA!! IIUIIBER 1440FB05I and the master balance file. Investor reporting produces collection, past due. prepaid, variation, and paid-off loan PROGRAII BUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!I USER VOLUIIE reports on those investors specified by the user. EITENSIOl! TYPE CODE REQUIllEIIEliT
4. Escrow processing- Encompasses periodic escrow file BASIC none CARDS 15 none maintenance, escrow analysis and customer adVice notifying customer of any monthly payment change resulting from OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 IBft PROGRA!!S 1440 PAGE 031
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CORTIRUED FROII PRIOR COLU!!R
!!T 7/800 24 01 these routines perfora I/O functions and housekeeping associated with 1311 Disk Storage, 1301 Disk storage, 7335 !!agnetic Tape, 1442 Card Read/punch, 1442 Card Reader, 1444 Card Punch, and 1443 Printer. They also provide 1440-FB-07X linkage to the user/s object prograa. The specific ON-LIRE SATIRGS ACCOURTING stateaents generated at asse.bly ti.e depend co.pletely on the particular specifications contained in the user/s DESCRIPTIOR - The prograa offers to Savings banks, Source Progra •• Coaaercial banks, and Savings and Loan Associations a real tiae systea for use with the 1062 Teller Terainal. The previously announced lIU~0-1301 ICS (p63-129) will not be aade available since its functions are included in this The prograa provides the user with an On-Line teller systea. 1440 ICS. It has a capacity, with ainor aodification, for thirty- four 1062 terainals on seventeen lines, one 1052 Systea The 1440 ICS library routines are to be placed in the Terainal per line, or coabinations of both; and the aaxiaua 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) syste. through a library aachine capability of five 1311 Disk drives. Five drives run. will typically store aore than 400,000 Account Records. The prograa, as currently asseabled, provides for seven !!IRIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIERTS - For asse.bly - progra.s lines and fourteen terainals. Soae features are a unique incorporating I/O .acro instructions for 14110 syste.s .ay prograaaing technique which develops an 80 per cent increase be asseabled on- a 4K 1440 Syste. with ••• one 1311 Disk in rated Disk File capacity ••• A design which peraits one Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk Storage array ••• 1442 Card or two 1062 terainals or one 1050 Systea Terainal per Read Punch !!DL 1 or 2 or 1442 Card Reader !!odel 4 and 1444 line ••• !!axiaua file packing froa the use of a variable Card/Punch ••• 1443 printer, or a 4K 1401 syste. with ••• length foraat (or unposted and aeaorandua records) •• ~ An one 1311 Disk Storage Drive... 1402 Card/Read Punch ••• efficient aodel and aachine-oriented file organization 1403 Printer !!odel 2 or 1404 Printer ••• High-Low-Equal which keeps 1311 activity and 1441 processing at a Co.pare feature, or An 8K 1460 Syste. with ••• one 1311 ainiaua. •• A Disk Record structure and file arrangeaent Disk Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk storage Array... 1402 which usually allows aore than 1000,000 account records Card Read/Punch ••• one 1403 Printer. For execution - The to a 1311 pack... A coapletely prograaaed analysis of disk 1440 object .achine .ust have any I/O Units required by drive usage relieving the custoaer of the need to give the User's progra.. The a.ount of core storage required attention to either the quantity of drives or the placeaent Yaries widely fro. progra. to prqgra., and .ust be of a pack on a specific drive ••• The option of continuing deter.ined when it is asse.bled •. to operate on line at reduced efficeincy without the iaaediate access pack (degraded service). BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEBTATIOR - Progra. write-Up ••• Library Listings ••• To facilitate understanding, it is possible to divide the Operating Procedures. prograa into these parts -- !!ACHINE READABLE - Object Code and Saaple Probleii.
Line Control (aultiplexing) for terainal service ••• Lines OPTIOIUL PROGRAII PACKAGE and terninals deaand core ••• Users who require fewer than DOCUIIERTATIOB - Flowcharts. the aaxiaua nuaber of terainals have a proportionate share IIACHIIIE READABLE - Bone. of core released for additional prograaaing or storage. File Control. •• This service supplies the usual I/O ORDBRIlIG IRFORIIATIOIl: PROGRAII RU!!BER 144010010 instructions plus the features of flexibility noted above. PROGRUI RUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIB Record Processing ••• Data froa transactions affect account EXTEISIOB TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEIfT records ••• in addition, they are the sources for aessages to the terainals. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
As a suppleaent to the On-Line routines, the package OPTIOIAL none none none includes prograas to help the user in his original conYersion and in subsequent reorganizations. 1440-10-011 JUBlftU!! SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ERTS - A 16K 1440 Systea COI'IIlUIIICATIOBS IOCS Configuration as follows: 1441 Processing Unit !!odel 1.6 with Disk Storage Control, Expanded Print Edit, Indexing DESCRIPTIOB - The 1440 Co•• unications loeS /1448/1140/ddc/ and Store Address Register, Console Attachaent, Transaission consists of a set of library routines which, when called Control Unit Attachaent, Direct Seek, Bit Test 1441 Console for in an Autocoder (on dist) Source Progra. by lIacro 1I0del 4. 1311 Disk storage DriYe 1I0del 1 for First Drive, Instructions, are selected, tailored, and included in the lIodel 2 for Second Drive (additional 1I0del 2S as required). object progra.. These routines perfor. the functions 1448 Transaission Control Onit 1I0del 1 with attachaent necessary to handle 1442, 1443, and 1311 Input/Output feature, Fixed Tiae-Out, and as required, Line Group, Line Files, to trans.it inforaation to and receiye infor.ation Adapter Set, Coa.on Carrier Adapter Set. 1061 Control fro. re.ote locations and reaote processors, and to proYide Onits, 1I0del 1 or 2 with Line Adapter, Off-line feature. linkage to the user's progra.s. The specific routines 1062 Teller Terainal, 1I0dei 1 or 2. 1442 Card Read/Punch generated at asse.bly tiae depend largely on the particular 1I0del 1 with Card Read/Punch Adapter. specifications contained in the user's source progra •• 'rhe new version facilitates the generation of progra.s Recoaaendations for potential printing needs: Printer to control 1448 Co ••unications with 1050 data co•• unications Attachaent on 1441 Processing Onit. 1443 Printer !lodel syste.s oyer co•• on carrier leased co•• unication lines 1 or 2 with Print Storage and Printer Control. To iaprove using auto.atic dialing and auto.atic answering features, the till€ requireaents for the Off-line Runs -- Print and oyer custoaer-ovned couunication lines, with the 1030 positions (24 Additional) and Selectiye Character Set (13 data collection syste., the 1032 Digital 'rille Unit, the Character Set, 39 Character Set). 1446 Printer Control 357 Data Collection syste. (via the 1408 'rrans.ission Unit) Onit with the appropriate attachaent feature Ruaber 1325, the 1060 Data Co•• unication Syste., and AT&T type 83B2 1326, 1327, or 1328. 1403 Printer 1I0del 2,3,5, or 6. and ..WESTERB URIOB type 115A 'relegraph Terainals (utilizing If a ±S) t 1I0del 3 is selected, a 1416 Interchangeable Train the telegraph attach.ent feature) • Cartridge is an additional requireaent. Using the Early Warning progra. option. the user can BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE trans.it large .essages without assigning equally large DOCUIIENTATION - irite.,..up. blocks of core storage to hold these .essages during IIACRIRE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. trans.ission. 'rhe user can also generate progra.s to control the transfer of infor.ation fro. a 1440· to another OPTIONAL PROGRl!! PACKAGE - None. 1440, to a 1401 or 1460 Tia the direct Data Channel. or fro. a 1440 to either a 1410 or 7010 Yia the Expanded ORDERING IRFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1440FB01X serial Input/Output Adapter Channel. Two utility progra.s (ESIOA Loader and ESIOA Duap) are available to load and PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE duap 1440 Core storage via the 1410 or a 7010. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT 'rhe Library routines for this loes are placed in the BASIC none CARDS 15 none Autocoder syste. through a library run. using Autocoder
OPTIORAL none none none l~~o~;~) for 1401. 1440. and 11160, Yersion 1, no. 1401-
1440-10-010 IIIBI!lUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIERTS - For progra. asse.bly are INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEft the sa.e as those for the asse.bly of any progra. using the IBI'I 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) progra•• DESCRIPTIOR - The IBft 1440 ICS, 1440-10-010 (previously naaed 1440/1311 ICS) is to be used on 1440 systeas with For Object Progra. execution the .achine configuration the new 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk), 1401-AU-008. depends upon processing requireaents. For co ••unication between re.ote locations. loeS requires- an 8K 1440 syste. 1440 ICS consists of a set of Library routines which, when with ••• Indexing and Store Address register feature ••• called for by .acro instructions in a 1401/1440/1460 1448 Trans.ission Control unit... 1447 Console 1'I0del 4 ••• Autocoder (on disk) source prograa, are selected, tailored 1442 Card Read/punch ••• other I/O units as required. and included in the object prograa. For 1440 systeas, IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 032 111110 1440 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
For communication between a 111110 and another 111110, a 11101 or a 11160, IOCS requires- a 11K 111110 system with ••• Indexing BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - and Store Address Register feature... Serial InputjOutput DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up ••• Operating Instructions. Adapter feature ••• Direct Data Channel feature ••• 111112 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Card/Read Punch... other I/O Units as required. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - For communication between remote locations and between DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts. a 111110 and either a 11110 or 7010, IOCS requires- an 8K IIACHINE READABLE - None. 14110 system with... Indexing and Store Address Register feature ••• Bit Test feature ••• 111118 Transllission Control ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NU IIBER 144010012 Uni t ••• Expanded Serial Input/Output Adapter Feature ••• 111112 Card/Read Punch (optional if the expanded serial PROGRAII NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Input/Output Adapter feature is used due to the availability EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT of the Esioa Loader Utility Program) ••• other I/O units as required. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
Total core storage requirements depend on the specified OPTIONAL none none none functions to be served by the prograll. To handle basic Input/Output files, loeS requires only those I/O units which are specified for program handling. Although programs 111110-IIE-02X can be assembled to handle 1311, 11142, 11143 files only, 14110/1311 BILL OF IIATERIAL PROCESSOR this IOCS should not be used exclusively for that purpose. Note that for communication between processors, there are DESCRIPTION - 1I0st fabrication and assembly manufacturing two processing systems, each having separate requirements. organizations are required to maintain large volumes of records that describe the structure or makeup of their BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE products. Product structure records are referenced by DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll write-up ••• Library Listings. various nomenclature, such as bills of material, parts IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. lists, and where-used lists, depending upon individual organization preferences and the arrangement of the data. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE The requirements for maintaining product structure records DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts and card deck listings. are sufficiently similar to allow development of Standard IIACHINE READABLE - ESIOA Leader and ESIOA Dump Prograll systems approaches. Decks. The 1440/1311 Bill of lIaterial Processor Package includes ORDERING INFORIIATION! PROGRAII NUI'IBER 1114010011 (1) Generalized programs that organize and maintain product structure data on 1311 Disk files and (2) Logic diagrams PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE explaining the use or retrieval of the product structure EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT information in fundamental applications.
BASIC none CARDS 15 none FEATURES - - This package can be used in a wide range of manufacturing OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none industries where product structure records are maintained - Product structure records are linked with part number master inventory type records on disk storage. 111110-10-012 - Disk chaining is used to organize product structure data COIIIIUNICATIONS IOCS 1026 (DDC) FOR THE 111110 in two inherent sequences -
DESCRIPTION - This IOCS facilitates the generation of (1) Assembly or Bill of lIaterial Sequence (i.e., linking programs to control 1026 comllunication with 1030, 1050, th·e components of an assembly). The user determines and 1060. It is compatible with the 1401/11160-1440 maintained sequence of components within the COllllunications IOCS for the 1448, thus requiring a minimum assembly. Typical sequences lIight be component of re-programming for growth froll 1026 Transmission Control part number or engineering drawing item number. Units to a 111118. Applications can range from single (2) Where-used sequence (i. e., linking the usages of a inquiries to sophisticated real-time data operations. part nUllber on higher level assemblies). This cross-referenced sequence eliminates t.he need to Its functions are - (a) maintain a duplicate file in where-used sequence for listing purposes. - Control of the 1447 Console User control of polling, addressing and receiving - Raw material can be included in the product structure - Error detection file, providing complete where-used cross reference of - Operation with existing IBII programs for DDC each raw material number. - Time of day recording with the 1032 Digital Time Unit. - User designs his own disk record layouts by incorporating his own information plus certain required data into part The 1440 Communications IOCS /1026 (DDC) will operate with nUllber master master inventory and product structure point-to-point or multi-point comllon carrier leased or records. customer-owned communication lines. In addition, the - Low level coding is automatically maintained. programs will support the Automatic Answering Feature and - Assembly to sub-assembly continuity is verified. This the Automatic Calling feature. feature guarantees that the product structure records can be "exploded. n Communications IOCS (1026/DDC) consist of a set of library - User builds his own engineering change procedure into routines which, when called for in an· Autocoder source the file organization and maintenance programs. program by macro instructions, are selected, tailored, and included in the object program. The routines perform This is a disk-oriented concept that requires a part number the functions necessary to handle basic input/output files, lIaster inventory type file (i. e., one record per unique to transmit information to and receive information from part number) and the product structure file to be on-line remote locations and remote processors, and to provide simul taneously. The part number master invent cry records linkage to user's progra!!s. and. an associated part number index file are loaded, added, and deleted using the IBII 11140 Disk-File Organization The specific routines generated at assembly time depend Routines. The product structure data (recorded as a series largely on the particular specifications contained in the of single level assemblies) are loaded, added, deleted, user's source programs. or changed using a single comprehensive file organization and maintenance program. This prograll sillultaneously The library routines for this IOCS is to be placed in the updates the asseably and where-used sequence chains. All Autocoder syste-m through a library run, using Aut.ocoder programs are user .odified at source level and then (on disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460, No. 1401-AU-008. assellbled, providing an object program tailored to the user's requirements. System requirements for program assembly - Same as those for the assembly of any program using 1401/1440/1460 The package includes logic diagrams for six fundamental Autocoder (on disk) program. The Autocoder (on disk) classifications of retrieval programs. They are - (1) program should be ordered concurrently unless otherwise One level bill of material or parts list, (2) Next assembly available. where-used listing, (3) Indented parts list, (4) Idented where-used list, tSi SUiiiiaIized explosion and {oj Siliiiia:ri'ZeCi PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1440 Autocoder. i.plosion. The package is designed so that the logic IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Written in A 11K 111110 with ••• diagra.s can be used by any customer as a guide in the Indexing and Store Register feature ••• 1026 Transmission preparation of his own set of programs. Control Unit Attachment feature ••• 111117 Console IIdl 1 ••• PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - 1026 'Iransllission Control Units (one for each communication 1. 11101/111110/11160 Autocoder (on Disk), 1401-AU-008 line) ••• I/O Units (as required). In addition - Direct Version 1) Data Channel feature ••• Interrupt... 1447 Console IIdl 2 2. 1440 IOCS, 11140-10-010 (Version 2) for 11140 and 11160, IIdl 3 for 1401 ••• 1032 Digital Tille 3. 111110 Disk File Organization Routines, 1II110-UT-040, Unit may be present, as desired. Group C - Common Random and Control Sequential (Version 2) Note - Use of DDC with 1026 should specify the Interrupt 4. 14110 Disk Utility Prograas, 14110-UT-01l1. feature (available on 11101 only as RPG) for optillum performance. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI!ENTS - An 8K 1440 with Indexing IBII PROGRAIIS 1440 1440 PAG'E 033
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
and Store Register, 1447 Console 1I0del 2, 1442 Card Advantage can be taken of the lIul tiply-Di vide feature. Read/Punch 1I0del 1, 1443 Printer 1I0del 1, and enough 1311 Disk storage Drive to contain the part number master BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE inventory records and product structure records on line. DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIrite-Up ••• Specifications Hanual. •• Operating Procedures. The 1440 Disk-File Organizaticn Routines (Group C - Common IIACHINE READABLE - Object code. Random and Control Sequential) must be ordered independently of the Bill of lIaterial Processor. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Systems Flowcharts and Listin'ls. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE IIACHINE READABLE - None. DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIri te-Up ••• Application Directory. " Programmer lIanual. •• Operator lIanual. •• ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 141101lI702 System lIanual. IIACHINE READABLE - Source Deck fer product structure PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUII USER VOLUIIE file organization and maintenance program ••• sample EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT problem source, data and object decks. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL none none none ORDEBING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1440llE02X
PROGR!II NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE 1440-IIX-02X EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEII
EASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Project Control System, 111110-IIX- OPTIONAL none none none 021, is oriented to the specific needs of a construction company and will provide the backbone for a sales program that can result in net 14110 sales. The Project Control 1440-111-701 system provides a basic capability related to the planning, STERLING SUB ROUT IllES scheduling, and control of a project rhough the use of the critical path method. In the Basic System, the user DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Sterling Subroutines, t 1440-111-701, can initially plan aproject, update and modify the project operate on data fields containing representations of schedule, monitor progress, and investigate alternate Sterling 1I0netary Values (Pounds, Shillings, Pence, and approaches. Decimals of Pence) in any of three formats - (1) Operations for translation, (2) Arithmetic, and (3) Preparation for The Basic System can be expanded by the user to include printing. In addition to being immediately useful for such related project functions as Estimating and Cost operations on Sterling Fields of the sizes and formats Control. for which they have been programmed, the Subroutines are useful as guides and models for programming by the user FEATURES - of altered, extended, and related subroutines. - A basic system framework is provided that includes 111110 programs for planning, scheduling, and control of The 1440 Sterling Subroutines are provided as 1440 Autocoder construction projects. symbolic statements in punched cards. Those subroutines - All programs, including those added by the user, operate desired by the user for a 1440 program may be incorporated under the control of a systems moni tor. in the program and assembled by any version of 1440 - Planning accomplished through conventional arrow Autocoder. If 1440 Basic Autocoder is to be used, the diagramming or the new, highly efficient and easier punched cards must be reproduced with columns offset in to use precedence diagramming. accordance with Basic Autocoder Input Specification. - Each project can contain up to 2,000 activities. - Output in terms of project or calendar days can be PROGRAI!IIING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in Basic Autocoder for 1440. displayed as bar charts, exception reports, and progress listings in terlls of quantities set, percent IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Any 1440 System with Indexing complete, or remaining duration. and Store Address Register feature. This feature is used for subroutine entry and exit purposes. It is not required USE - The system, written in Autocoder and IOCS, operates if different coding for subroutine linkage is used. An under its own lIonitor. The master systems pack, containing Alternative Version of one of the subroutines makes use the thirty-system programs and any customer programs, of the lIultiply-Divide Feature. resides on one disk drive., the project master file pack resides on a second disk drive. The user specifies BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - processing sequence and output desired through control DOCUIIENTATION - Program IIrite-Up ••• Listings. cards allowing batched processing of a number of projects IIACHINE READABLE - Symbolic Statements. without operator intervention.
OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - None. PROGRHIIHNG SYSTEIIS - Basic Autocoder for 111110.
ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14110111701 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 111110 System... two 1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 111113 PROGR!II NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE Printer ••• Indexing and Store Address Register., Direct EX1:ENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Seek, Additional Print Positions••• 111117 Console with Sense Switches. BASIC none CARD 15 none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIONAL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-Up ••• Application Program Bulletin... Users lIannal... Operators lIanual ••• Systems lIanual. 111110-111-702 IIACHINE READABLE - Object program Deck. 111110 STERLING IIACRO OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - This set of lIacro-Instructions, for inclusion DOCUIIENTATION - None. in the user I s 111110 Autocoder Library on disk, provides IIACHINE READABLE - Source Code. for operations on data fields containing representations of Sterling 1I0netary Values (Pounds, Shillings, pence and ORD1::RING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI'I NUMBER 111110MX02I decillals of pence) in any of three formats. Operations for translation and arithmetic are provided. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI'I USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT FEATURES - Flexibility in the size of Sterling Fields ------handled is provided, with variation in the number of pounds BASIC none CARDS 15 none positions and the number of decimals of pence. lIork-areas are shared as far as possible and the generated code is OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none further reduced by a facility of rarameter omission. liT 7/556 22 01 I'IT 7/800 211 01 Use - The program!!er includes the appropriat12 macro instruction code at the point in the program when execution of the Sterling operation is required. The subsequent 111110-05-090 inclusion of a definite macro-instruction, also provided, OPERATING SYSTEI'I COIIPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION COURSEIIFITER causes the generation of code to carry out the necessary LANGUAGE sterling processing. DESCRIPTION - For many years "programmed Instruction" has PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in Basic Autocoder for 11140. been used to accelerate the learning processes, augment the conventional teaching methods, and provide remedial IIINIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 111110 System with ••• teaching measures. This technique has taken the physical 1311 Disk Storage Drive, IIdl 1 ••• 11142 Card Read/Punch ••• form of programmed Instruction Text or teaching machines. 14113 Printer. Indexing and Store Address Register feature In both cases, the objective is to permit the student to is necessary in addition to the Assembly Requirements. progress through course material as fast as his individual IB!! PRQGRA!!S PAGE 034 111110 111110
COIITIIIUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!! PRIQR CQLU!!N
capabilities will allow. A progralllled instruction course presents text lIaterial, questions, and answers to a student - A !!onitor to supervise writing and instructing in a carefully planned sequence. As he participates in sillultaneously. the course, the student is continuously aware of his - An assellbler which enables the course author to progress. lihenever he responds incorrectly to a question, cOllllunicate with the cOllputer when writing and revising he is told illmediately that he lIade a .istake, which he courses. is often required to correct. As a consequence, the more - Utilities for preparing student and course reports. capable student lIoves faster because ha .akes fewer errors. The slower student receives the practice and reinforcing It provides the ability - text he needs to aid hi. in learning. As each student .asters each segllent of the entire subject, he progresses - For authors to write and correct course lIaterial through the course in an orderly, disciplined fashion. while students are taking courses. - For a "proctor", who operates the system, to undertake The Coursewriter Language is a special user language with essential adllinistrati ve routines. which a teacher (i.e., -Authorn) can prepare his course - To collect data on student responses for later .aterials to acco.llodate the range of student abilities. analysis. The Operating system consists of- - For authors or prograllllers to add new functional capability to the coursewri ter. 1. A lIonitor to supervise writing and instructing - To operate sillultaneously up to five courses per 1316 si.ultaneously. Disk Pack. 2. An assellbler which enables the course author to - To service up to twelve 1050 Point-to-Point Lines with cOllllunicate with the cOllputer when writing and revising a 111118 or up to four lines with four 1026 Transmission courses. Control Units. 3. Utilities for preparing student and course reports. PRQGRA!!IIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 111110 Autocoder. It provides the ability - IUlfIlIUI! SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - 111111 Processing Unit 1I0del 1. For authors to write and correct course lIaterial while A5 with Direct Seek, Disk Storage Control, Indexing and students are taking courses. Store Address Register, Bit Test, Transllission Control 2. For a "proctor", who operates the systell, to undertake Unit Attachllent, Printer Attachllent, and Interrupt ••• essential adllinistrative routines. 111112 Card Read/Punch 1I0dei 1 with Card Read/Punch Adapter ••• 3. To collect data on student responses for later analysis. 111113 Printer 1I0del 1 with Selective Character Set and II. For authors or prograllllers to add new functional Printer Control ••• 111117 Console 1I0dei 1 with Sense capabili ty to the coursewri ter. Switches ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive 1I0deis 1 and 2 with 5. To operate sillul.taneously up to five courses per 1316 Direct Seek ••• 1026 Transmission Control Unit ••• up to Disk Pack. II 1I0dei 1 lIaxillllm. The first 1026 lIuSt have the Expanded 6. To service up to twelve 1050 point-to-point lines with Line feature and as lIany as three additional 1026 1I0dei a 1448 or up to four lines with four 1026 Transllission 1, each with the additional line feature. One IIUSt specify Control Units. Text Time-Qut Suppression to disable the timer froll operating at the norllal 9-18 second disconnect. This The word "assisted" in the term "collputer assisted feature is to be used with the Text Tille...,Out Suppression instructions" is illportant. This new lIethodology is not on the 1051 Control Unit -- 1050 Data Comllunication System intended to replace the illportant role of the teacher in -- as many as four Systells each consisting of a 1051 Control the educational process. Instead, it is a new science Unit 1I0dei 2 and a 1052 Printer-Keyboard with the 1st for assisting the teacher in adllinistering course material Printer feature. (When the Text Time-Qut Suppression and taking fullest advantage of the benefits of CAL f~ature is specified ou the 1026 components, it lIust also be ordered on the 1051.) PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 11140 Autocoder. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE IIINI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 1440/1448 configuration is DOCUIIENTATIQN - Program Write-Up ••• Author and Proctor 11141 processing Unit 1I0dei A6 with Console Attachment, !!anual - Student lIanual. •• Coursewri ter Description Direct Seek, Disk storage Centrol, Indexing and Store lIanual. Address Register, Bit Test, Transllission Control Unit I!ACHINE READABLE - Qbject Code ••• System Control Attachllent, and Printer Attach_nt ••• 111112 Card Read/punch Program ••• Instruction Function Deck... Initial 1I0dei 1 with Card Read/Punch Adapter ••• 14113 Printer !!odel Load Deck ••• Utility Progralls Deck. 1 with Selective Character Set and Printer ControL •• 1447 Console 1I0deis 1 and 4 with Sense Switches... 1311 Storage QPTIQNAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE Drive, one 1I0dei 1 and one !!odel 2 with Direct Seek ••• DOCUIIENTATIQN - Flowcharts ••• Prograll Listings. 1448 Transllission Control Unit !!odel 1 with 1050 Attachment IIACHINE READABLE - None. Feature, Fixed Tille-Out. ORDERING INFORIIATIQN: PROGRAII NUI'IBER 141l00S091 Features - (new line and line feed) Horizontal Tab; and, as required, Line Group, Line Adapter Set, COllllon Carrier PROGRAII NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI'! USER VQLUIIE Adapter Set ••• one can also optionally specify Text Tille EXTENSIQN TYPE CQDE REQUIREIIENT Out Suppression to disable the tiller froll operating at ------the norllal 9-18 second disconnect when operating with BASIC none CARDS 15 none point-to-point systells. This optional feature is to be used with the text Tille-Out Suppression on the 1051 Control QPTIONAL none none none Unit ••• 1050 Data COllllunication Systell - up to 12 Systems lIaxillulI, each consisting of a 1051 Control Unit I!odel 2 with an "A" terllinal identification letter and a 1052 1 1l1l0-RG-020 Printer-Keyboard with the 1st Printer feature. (If desired, 1111l0/1311 REPQRT PRQGRAII the Text Tille-Qut Suppression feature can be ordered on the 1051 as a required cOllpanion to the one specified on DESCRIPTIQN - 11l40/1311 RPG enables a program written in the 1448.) 11101/11l1l0/11l60 RPG Language to be compiled and assellbled on a 141l0/1311 system. Instead of writing a specific BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE prograll for a report, the user states his problem on fixed DOCUIIENTATIQN - Prograll write-Up ••• lnstruction forll specific;::ations sheets in 1401/1111l0/11l60 RPG Language. lIanual. •• Author and Proctor !!anual. •• Student The RPG Processor operates on the punched specifications, I!anual. generating a program to do the specific job. By relieving IIACHINE READABLE - Qbject Code ••• Systell Control the user of the machine coding and prograll testing, RPG Program ••• COllputer Assisted Instruction Program ••• permits hill to concentrate his efforts on the solution Utility Programs Deck. to his particular problem. RPG will generate progralls to produce reports of a variety of formats froll source QPTIONAL PRQGRAII PACKAGE data con·tained in a card file or disk storage file. The DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts••• Program Listings. output report can be obtained at the printer, on cards, I!ACHINE READABLE - None. on disk storage, or any combination of the three.
QRDERING INFQRIIATION: PRQGRA!! NUIIBER 11140QS090 With the RPG and Autocoder (with IQCS Library Routines) in Disk Storage, the problem specification cards are loaded PRQGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VQLU!!E at the card reader. The compilation and assellbly are EXTENSIQN TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT complete Iv automatic. The output obiect proqrall is either the - lIachine Language Equivalent Program or the 11l40/1311 BASIC none CARDS 15 none Autocoder Equivalent Program. The Kachine Language Equivalent Object Prograll may be in the form of condensed OPTIQNAL none none none cards, or if (load-and-go) is desired, the object program lIay be directly loaded froll the systell pack for illmediate execution. The prograll listing, docUllentation and 1440-QS-091 diagnostic output are recorded on the printer. 11140-1026 QPFRATING SYSTE!! CQIIPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTIQN PRQGRAIIIIING SYSTEK S - Writ ten in 14110 Autocoder. DESCRIPTION - The Course writer Language is a special user language with which the teacher can prepare his course IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - For Report Program Generation- lIaterials to accollllodate the range of student abilities. 11K 11l1l0 System with ••• one 11142 Card Read/Punch ••• 11l1l3 The Operating Systell consists of - Printer ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive. For Report Prograll IBII PROGRA!!.S 1440 1440 PAGE 035
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!!. PRIOR COLUIIH
Execution-1440 System with core storage capacity depending DOCU!!.ENTATION - Flowcharts ••• Program Listings ••• on co.plexity of report ••• one 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443 IIACHINE READABLE - None. Printer and/or 1311 Disk Storage as required by report. Reference material - 1440/1311 Autocoder, '1440-AU- ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM HUIIBER 111110RG0211 002; 1440/1311 IOCS, '1440-10-010; 1440/1311 Disk Utility progra.s, • 1440-UT-041. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU"E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-Up ••• Listings ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none Specifications and Operation Procedures. !!ACHINE READABLE - Object Code ••• RPG Systell Card Deck •• OPTIONAL none none none Sample Source Program for test purposes.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE 1440-RG-720 DOCUMENTATION - Listings and flowcharts 1440/1311 STERLING REPORT PROGRAM DEVELOPIIENT IIACHINE READABLE - None. DESCRIPTION - A development fro. 1440/1311 Report Pr cgram ORDERING INFORIUTION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1440RG020 Generator that has the added facility of processing Sterling fields. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE EXtENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT USE - as with 1440/1311 RPG, the object program is either the .achine language equivalent program or the 1440/1311 EASIC none CARDS 15 none Autocoder equivalent program. Extra diagnostiC .eassages are provided appropriate to the Sterling processing. When OPTIONAL none none none Sterling fields are not specified, Sterling RPG perfor.s the same functions as 1440/1311 RPG.
1440-RG-021 IIINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 11K 1440 system with ••• BASIC REPORT PROGRAM 1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443 Printer... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive, Mdl 1. Sterling processing is improved by DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to enable a program the presence of Multiply-Divide and the indexing and Store written in 1440 basic RPG Language to be co.piled on the Address Register features on the object .achine. 1440 syste.. The output is used to execute the application on a 1440 syste.. The RPG Program has the ability to punch BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE object decks on a 1444 Card Punch as well as to generate DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Sterling RPG object punch routines for it. The space-after-print logic Specifications and Operating Proc!!dures ••• Basic has a delayed space rather than an im.ediate space RPG SpeCifications lIanual. •• Basic RPG Operating instruction. This yields a faster running object program. Procedures. The source program in the 1440 basic RPG Language, punched IIACHINE READABLE - system Card deck ••• sa.ple problem in cards, is compiled on a 1440 Syste.. The output object and data cards. program is in the 1440 lIachine language. The object program .ay be in the for. of condensed cards, or if load/go is OPTIONAL PROG!!AII PACKAGE desired, it .ay be directly executed. The program listing, DOCUIIENTATIOB - Syste.s flow charts and listings. docu.entation, and diagnostic output is recorded on the MACHINE READABLE - None. printer. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1440RG120 PROGRAMIIIIlG SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 RPG Language. PROGRAM IIIUMBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUII USER YOLUIIE IIINIIIOII SYSTEM REQOIREIIENTS - The .inimu. 1440 System EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT Require.ents for Generation and Execution are the following 11K 1440 system with ••• one 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443 BASIC none CARDS 15 none Printer. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - write-OP ••• Specifications and Procedures ••• 1440-RG-121 MACHINE READABLE - Object Code - Program Decks ••• 1440 STERLING BASIC REPORT PROGRAII GEIIERATOR Sa.ple problem source with data decks ••• Option 1 - Program for 4K Syste.s and is specified by DESCRIPTION - A development from 1440 basic RPG that has using Program lIu.ber Extension OPT1. the added facility of processing Sterling data fields. Option 2 - Program for 8, 12 or 16K Syste.s and is specified by using Program lIumber of Extension OPT2. FEATURES - The handling of Sterling on output. Considerable flexibility is allowed in lengths of Sterling fields and OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE their for.ats. Colu.n 15 is used to indicate Sterling DOCOIIENTATION - Flowcharts and Listings. on data and for.at specificati
IIIIIIIIO!!. SYSTE!!. REQOIRE!!.ENTS - AIIK 1440 system with ••• 14112 1440-RG-024 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer. REPORT PROGRA!!. GENERATOR 2K BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Report Program Generator 2K will DOCU!!.ENTATION - Prograll write-up ••• Specifications enable a program written in 1440 BPG 2K Language to be !!.anual. •• Operating Procedures ••• Basic Report compiled on the system. The output is used to execute Program Generator Specifications and Operating the application on a 1440 system. The course program in Procedures. the 1440 RPG 2K Language, punched in cards, is compiled IIACHIIiE READABLE - 4K System Card Deck ••• Sample on a 1440 System. The output object program is on condensed Problem and is specified by using Program Number cards in 11140 lIachine Language, or if "load and go" is Extension OPT1. 8,12, 16K System Card Deck ••• desired, the object program may be directly executed. Sample Problem (Specifications cards and data), The program listing, documentation, and diagnostic output and is specified by using Program lIumber are recorded by the printer. Extension OPT2.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1440 RPG Language. OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATIOII - systems flowcharts and listings. IIINIMU!!. SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - A 2K 1440 System with ••• IIACHIIiE READABLE - lIone. 1443 Printer ••• one 1442 Card Read/Punch, lIodel 1 or 2 or one 1442 Card Reader, lIodel II, and one 11144 Card Punch. ORDERIIiG IIiFORMATION: PROGRA!!. NOIIBER 1440RG721
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE PROGRA!!. NOIIBRR DISTRIBOTION IIEDIO!!. USER VOLO!!.E DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll Write-Up ••• Operating EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Proced ures. IIACHINE READABLE - Object Code. BASIC OPTl CARDS 15 none
OPTIONAL PROGRA!!. PACKAGE - OPT2 CARDS 15 none IBII PROGRAIIS PAGE 036 1440 1440
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUI!N
program sorts fixed length records in the move mode. The OPTIONAL none none none maximum record length that may be sorted varies froll 1.200 characters for an 8K system up to 3,000 characters for a 16K system. The sorting can be accomplished in either 1440-SI!-030 ascending or descending sequence based upon up to 10 control SORT 5 data fields and 189 characters of control data contained in these fields. DESCRIPTION - Sort 5 is a generative sort program designed for generation and use on an IBII 1440 with at least one IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 8K 1440, one 1311 Disk Storage IBI! 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and a minimum of 4000 positions Drive, 1443 Printer, 11142 Card/Read Punch. of core storage. The program now has the ability to use 1335 lIagnetic Tape for input/output files and the option BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE to relocate phase four output to the beginning of the work DOCUIIENTATION - Program lirite-up ••• Object program area. It is a generative sort program (also needs 1440- listing. •• Specifications manuaL.. Operating 10-010). procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program. FEATURES - Sort 5 object program will sort fixed length, blocked or unblocked, records in move mode into either OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. ascending or descending sequence. Sorting can be controlled by as many as ten control data fields of total length up ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14110SII032 to a lIaximum of 189 characters. Sort 5 can generate an object progralB through use of the Autocoder macro-generator PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIDII USER VOLUIIE and parameter cards. It is further classified as a EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT generalized program because it can modify itself at object run tillle according to information punched in control cards. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
PROGRAMMING SYSTEIIS - The program requires 1401/1440/1460 OPTIONAL none none none Autocoder on disk.
IIINIIIUI! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1440 System ••• one 1311 14110-SII-033 Disk Storage Drive ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443 Printer. SORT 53 The object program can use, if available, up to 5 disk storage drives and 8K, 12K, or 16K core storage capacity. DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1440 Sort 53, (1440-SII-033) is a generalized sort program designed for use on an IBII 1440 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE equipped with at least one IBII 1311 Disk storage Drive, DOCUIIENTATION - liri te-up... Specs. and Operating a IBiniIBum of 4,000 positions of core storage, and the Procedures ••• Library Deck Listing ••• prephase Direct Seek feature. This program sorts fixed length Program Listing. records in the move mode. The maximum record length that IIACHINE READABLE - Prephase Deck. lIay be sorted is 400 characters. The sorting can be accomplished in either ascending or descending sequence OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. based upon up to 10 control data fields and 189 characters of control data contained in these fields. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440SII030 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11K 1440, one 1311 Disk Storage PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIDII USER VOLUI!E Drive, 1443 Printer, 1442 Card/Read Punch, and the Direct EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Seek feature.
BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCUI!ENTATION - Program lirite-up ••• Object Program OPTIONAL none none none Listing ••• SpeCifications lIanual. •• Operating procedures. I!ACHINE READABLE - Object Program. 1440-SII-031 IIERGE 5 OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
DESCRIPTION - IBI! 1440 I!erge 5, 1440-SI'I-031, is a generative ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI! NUlIBER 11140SI'I033 program for an IBI! 1440/1311 system. lIerge 5 will generate specific object programs that are fitted to the users PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE particular merging applications. The object programs EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE liEN'!' generated by l'Ierge 5 are generalized in that they can be ------.odified according to information supplied by the user BASIC none CARDS 15 none in control cards. With object programs the user can merge liT 7/556 22 01 pre-sorted. fixed length. blocked or unblocked, disk records liT 7/800 24 01 in the move mode into either ascending or descending sequence. A one-. two-. three-, or four-way merge can OPTIONAL none none none he perforlled. If specified by the user at generation time, options such as label checking, additions from cards, sequence check and hash total, deletions or selections 1440-SI'I-034 by class can be incorporated into the object program. SORT 54
PROGRAI!IIING SYSTEI!S - The program requires 1440/1311 DESCRIPTION - This program sorts fixed length records in Autocoder and IOCS. the move mode. The maximum length record that may be sorted varies from 1,200 characters for an 8K system up IHNII!UII SYSTEI! REQUIREI'IENTS - A 4K 1440 SysteIB with to 3,000 characters for a 16K system. The sorting can sufficient core storage to utilize the object program be accomplished in either ascending or descending sequence options ••• One 1442 Card/Read Punch ••• And, depending upon based upon up to 10 control data fields and 189 characters the object program requirements, a 1442 Printer or 1447 of control data contained in these fields. Console I!dl 2, and one to five 1311 Disk Storage Drives. IIINII'IUI'I SYSTEI'I REQUIREIIENTS - 8K IBII 1440 equ ipped with BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE one IBII 1311 Disk Storage Drive, an IBII 1443 Printer, an DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Specifications ••• IBII 1442 Card Read Punch, and the Direct Seek Feature. Operating procedures ••• Flow charts ••• Library This progralB has been generated from 1440 Sort 5 library. listing. •• Assembly listing. program (# 1440-SI'I-030), using the following parameter IIACHINE READABLE - Library program deck ••• prephase cards. deck. CARD LABEL OPERANDS OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. INPUTIIEDIA CARD, DISK OUTPTIIEDIA DISK ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440SII031 SELECTDLET SELDELCLASS, CONTRODATA ADDITIONS CARD PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIDII USER VOLUIIE CHECKS SEQHASH EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DSKLABLOUT AlL SYSTEIISPEC DIRECT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE OPTIONAL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Program Listing ••• Specifications lIanual. •• Operating procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Object code. 1440-SII-032 SORT 52 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1440 Sort 52, (1440-SII-032) is a ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI! NUIIBER 1440SI'I0 34 generalized sort program designed for use on an IBI'I 1440 equipped with at least one IBII 1311 Disk Storage Drive PROGRAI! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI! USER VOLUIIE and a minimum of 8,000 positions of core storage. This EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IBII PROGRAIIS 1440 1440 PAGE 037
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
Program number 1440-SII-036 will process tapes with no EASIC none CARDS 15 none labels or with IOCS Type B 80 character IBII labels (a tape mark cannot follow labels); Program number 1440-SII-037 OPTIONAL none none none will process tapes with no labels or witb 120 character IOCS Type A IBII standard labels (a tape mark must follow labels). There is no provision in either program for 1440-511-035 handling non-standard tape labels. SORT 51 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1440 system with one DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1440 Sort 51, (1440-SII-035) is a 1301 Disk Storage 1I0dule, either one 1442 Card/Read Punch generalized sort program designed for use on an IBII 1440 IIdl 1 or 2 or one 1442 CardjReader IIdl 4, and a 111113 equipped with at least one IBII 1311 Disk Storage Drive Printer. The program can use, if available, up to five and a minimum of 4,000 positions of core storage. This 1301 Disk Storage 1I0dules, one or two 7335 Tape Drives program sorts fixed length :records in the move mode. The for input/output, and 12K or 13K storage. maximum record length that may be sorted is 400 characters. The sorting can be accomplished in either ascending or BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE descending sequence based upon up to 10 control data fields DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll Write-up ••• Operating and 189 characters of control data contained in these procedures ••• Specifications manual. •• Tilling fields. manual. IIACHINE READABLE - Object program. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1440, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1443 Printer, 1442 Card/Read Punch. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - System listings ••• Flow charts. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE !lACHINE READABLE - None. DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Object program listing... Specifications lIanual. •• Operating ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU!lBER 111110SII037 procedures. IIACHINE READABLE - Object program. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI! USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REOUIREIIEBT OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. BASIC none CARDS 15 none ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440SII035 OPTIONAL none none none PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------1440-ST-02X BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIOTOR FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUBTING
OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - Accounting and control of motor freight revenue is one of the largest clerical problems in the motor freight industry. Ever since the industry began 14110-SII-036 extending credit, interlining shipments, and expanding IBII 14110 SORT 13 to larger networks serving more and more pOints, revenue accounting has grown more dificult, more time-consuming. DESCRIPTION - Sort 13 progralls are generalized object sort and more costly. Faster, more efficient revenue accounting programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or and control is vitally needed. To meet this need IBII has unblocked, records in lIove 1I0de in either ascending or developed the 1I0tor Freight Industry Revenue Accounting descending sequence. They will accpet input from cards, Program, which performs the following functions- 1301 Disk Storage, or magnetic tape, and will write the final output on 1301 Disk Storage or tape. Sorting can - Editing of daily transaction data. be controlled by as many as ten data fields of total length - Preparation of daily transaction register up to a maximull of 189 characters. with sillultaneous posting of revenue by freight bill number. There are two separate programs available. The functions - Preparation of customer statements with of each one are identical except for label processing. simultaneous posting to customer accounts Program number (1440-SII-036) will process tapes with no receivable balance. loabels or with IOCS Type B 80 character IBII labels (a - Editing of cash remittance source data. tape mark cannot follow labels); Program number 1440-SII- - Application of cash by statement. freight 037 will process tapes with no labels or with 120 character bill number. and customer account number. IOCS Type A IBII standard labels (a tape mark must follow labels). There is no provision in either program for This program is adaptable by motor freight carriers who handling non-standard tape labels. use either centralized statement and collection methods or decentralized terminal level lIethods. Effective control IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1440 System with one of freight bills is provided regard,less of billing method. 1301 Disk Storage 1I0dule, either one 1442 Card/Read Punch IIdl 1 or 2 or one 1442 Card Reader IIdl 4, and a 1443 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTE!!S - Written in 14110 Autocoder.
Printer. The prograll can use, if available, up to five IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Users of this program should 1301 Disk Storage !lodules, one or two 7335 Tape Drives obtain IB!! 1440 Sort 5 (1440-SII-030). A 11K 1440 System for input/output. and 12K or 13K storage. with two 1311 Disk storage Drives ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• Indexing and Store Register, Print Control. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE and Scan Disk. DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Operating procedures... Specifications manual... Timing BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE manual. DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Application IIACHINE READABLE - Object program. Description !!anual. •• Program Information lIanual. •• operators lIanual. •• Detailed program documentation. OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE !!ACHINE READABLE - Object Program Decks... Sample DOCUIIENTATIOII - System listings ••• Flow charts. Problem. !lACHINE READABLE - 1I0ne. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII IIUIIBER 1440SII036 DOCU!!EIITATION - None IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11140ST02X
BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT OPTIONAL none none none BASIC none CARDS 15 none
1440-SII-037 OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none IBII 1440 SORT 13
DESCRIPTION - Sort 13 progralls are generalized object sort 14110-SV-090 programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or 1440-1470 PROCESS CO!!IIUNICATION !!ONITOR FOR 1401/110/60 unblocked, records in move mode in either ascending or AUTOCODER ON DISK descending sequence. They will accept input from cards, 1301 Disk Storage. or magnetic tape, and will write the DESCRIPTION - The IBII 11140-1070 PC!!. consists of a set final output on 1301 Disk Storage or tape. Sorting can of 1401/14110/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) library routines, be controlled by as lIany as ten data fields of total length used to generate process communication programs oriented up to a maximull of 189 characters. to meet the reqUirements of the 1070 Process Com.unication There are two separate programs available. The functions System. of each one are identical except for label processing. IB!! PROGRA!!S PAGE 038 1440 14110
CONTII!IUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROK PRIOR COLUKN
The routines are- Kultiply-Divide (for Conversion and Thermocouple Subroutines) ••• one 1026 Transmission Control - !!onitor Routine - Controls the handling of Unit ••• Interrupt ••• Time Emitter. interrupts and scheduling of line oFerations on a priority basis. It simulates a real-time BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE clock and up to nine interval timers. DOCUKENTATION - Program write-Up ••• Specifications In addition, it inforlls of errors detected I!anual ••• Operating Procedures Kanual. and records the status of the lines and of KACHINE READABLE - 11140 basic Autocoder Routines the remote systems. and a pre-Assembly Object Program Deck. - Conversion subroutine - Calibrates the ADC of 1070 systems and converts ADC readings to a OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE standard range. DOC UK ENTATION - Prograll Listings ••• Prograll - Delta/Limit Check Subroutine - Performs limit Flowcharts. and/or delta checks on converted ADC readings. KACHINE READABLE - None - Contact Sense Subroutine - Compares current contact sense readings with a master lIask or ORDERING INFORKATION: PROGRAI! NU!!BER 1440SV091 previous readings. - Therllocouple Subroutine - Generates tell perature PROGRA!! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION KEDIUK USER VOLU!!E values frem converted thermocouple readings. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT - Error Locating Routine - Performs output checks on transllission lines and rellote systems. BASIC none CARDS 15 none
The program is used in conjunction with 1401/1440/1460 OPTIONAL none none none Autocoder (On Disk). The PCI! is inserted in the Autocoder Library during a library run and called by macroinstructions in the users program. The PC!! can be used in conjunction 111110-UH-01X with the 111110 IOCS or 1401/1460 IOCS (on disk). HOSPITAL PATIENT BILLING
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTEI!S - 11140 Autocoder on disk. DESCRIPTION - The Application Program for Patient Billing consists of fourteen IBII 1440 processing runs to provide IIINIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - Only those features required for the accounting and control of services rendered to by 1401/11140/1460 Autocoder (on disk) are needed when patients of a hospital. processing is done under a monitor assembling a program using the 1440-1070 PCII. For the which allows for program interrupt to satisfy interim execution of an Object program using the PC!!, the following reports such as discharge/demand bills or patient balances. is required- an 8K 1440 or 1460 system with ••• 1447 Console, 1I0dei 2 ••• Indexing and store Address Register ••• llultiply FEATURES - processing programs are kept in disk storage Divide (for Conversion and Thermocouple Subroutines) ••• and are called in, as needed, by a unique call card. one 1026 Transmission Control Unit ••• Interrupt ••• Time Processed data is punched into input cards, thus preserving Emitter. basic and resultant data. Running programs can be interrupted from the console to obtain the status of an BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE account. DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-Up ••• Specification !!anual ••• Operating Procedures lIanual. USE - at the time a patient is admitted. a master record !!ACHINE READABLE - Library Routines Card Deck. is created and entered to disk storage. Through-out the patients stay in the hospital, all charges, credits, etc. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE are accrued to the master file. Interim reports such as DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Listings ••• Program census and in-house bills are created. Upon discharge Flowcharts. bills can be issued. Final and insurance bills are prepared !!ACHINE READABLE - None following the customary three day allowance for late changes to be received at the data processing center. Revenue ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 14110SV090 distribution is available from data retained in disk storage. PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in 1440 Autocoder.
BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS 4K 14111 Processing Unit, Kodel A3 with: OPTIONAL none none none - Indexing and Store Address Register feature - 11143 Printer Attachment feature - Disk storage Control feature 11140-SV-091 - Console (1447 lIodel 2) Attachment feature 14110-1070 PROCESS COII!!UNICATION !!ONITeR FOR 1440 BASIC - 111112 Card Read Punch AUTOCODER - 11143 Printer, with Printer Control feature - 1447 Console, IIodel 2, with Sense Switches DESCRIPTION - The IB!! 111110-1070 PC!!. consists of a set - 1311 Disk Storage Dri ve, Kodel 1 of 111110 basic Autocoder routines, used to generate process communication programs oriented to meet the requirements BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE of the 1070 Process Communication System. DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-Up... Program ~anual ... Listings. The routines are- !!ACHINE READABLE - Card decks - Routine Decks for Reassemblies - !!onitor Routine - Controls the handling of interrupts and scheduling of line operations OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None on a priority basis. It simulates a real-time clock and up to nine interval timers. ORDERING INFORIUTION: PROGRAK NUKBER 111110UH01X In addition. it informs of errors detected, and records the status of the lines and of PROGRAK NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER vOLOIIE the remote systems. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT - Conversion Subroutine - Calibrates the ADC of 1070 systems and converts ADC readings to a BASIC none CARDS 15 none standard range. - Delta/Lillit Check Subroutine - Performs limit OPTIONAL none none none and/or delta checks on converted ADC readings. - contact Sense Subroutine - Com Fares current contact sense readings with a master mask or 111110-UH-02X with previous readings. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FOR HOSPITALS - Thermocouple Subroutine - Generates temperature values from converted thermocouple readings. DESCRIPTION - The program accomplishes all functions - Error Locating Routine - Performs output checks normally required by hospitals to maintain a well controlled on transmission lines and remote systems. accounts receivable operation. It includes establishment of new accounts, cash posting of receipts, aged trail -The program is used in conjunction with 1440 Basic balance reports, inquiry into account status, statement Autocoder. A pre-assembl:y run is required to tailor the writing and file maintenance to close accounts. processing PC!! to the users installation and requirements before prog-rails are kept in disk storage and are called in, as assembly with the users program. needed, by a call card. They can be interrupted for inquiry and exception reports. Information necessary to construct PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!! - Written in 1401 Autocoder. the accounts receivable record in disk storage is automatically created by the Patient Billing Procedures !!INI!!UII SYST!!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - Only those featnres required (14110-UH-01X) when a patient is discharged, or by key by 1440 Basic Autocoder are needed when assembling a program punched data obtained from out-pa tient accounting using the 11140-1070 PCII. For a pre-assembly run and for procedures. Cash receipts are posted as received. the execution of an object program using the PCII, the Statements are written at the discretion of the user. following is required- an 8K 14110 System with ••• 1447 This is accomplished by spcifying to the system what portion of the accounts receivable file statements are to be written Console. !!odel 2... Indexing and Store Address Register ••• from. Aged trial balance can be written at any desired IBII PROGRAIIS 111110 111110 PAGE 039
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
interval to Frovide uniform load distribution. Accounts virtually no lillit to the nUllber of itells it can handle. lIay be sequenced to provide selective aging analysis. FEATURES - Note - This program runs under the monitor contained in - Comprehensive external and internal control the IB!! 111110 Hospital Patient Billing (No. 1 IIIIO-UH-OU) wi th audit trail. Application program. Sequential inventory file organization with 5280 items in 110 cylinders. IIINI!!U!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11K 111111 processing Uuit, Programs on disk under the control of a monitor. !!odel A3, with: Automatic flagging of itells .below minillum - Indexing and Store Address Register feature inventory levels or out of stock. - 111113 Printer Attachment feature !!eaningful reports for stock status, purchase - Disk Storage Control feature order, transaction register, general stores - Console (111117 Model 2) Attachment feature invoice, item distribution, and control units. - 111112 Card Read Punch Inquiry to inventory item and purchase - 111117 Console, Model 2, with Sense Switches order records. - 1311 Disk Storage Drive, !!odel 1 Note - These programs run under the 1I0nitor contained in BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE the IBII 111110 Hospital Patient Billing (111110-UH-01X) DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-Up ••• Program Application Programs. !!anual ••• Listings. !!ACHINE READABLE - Source code. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 11K 111111 Processing Unit 1I0del A3 with - Indexing and Store Address Register, 111113 OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None Printer Attachment, Disk storage Control, 11147 Console Attachment !!odel 2 ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRA!! NU!!!BER 111l!OUH02X with Printer ControL •• 1447 Console lIodel 2 with Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk storage Drive lIodel 1. PROGRAM NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!!! USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Write-Up ••• Reference BASIC none CARDS 15 none !!anual including Program Listings. !!ACHINE READABLE - Source Program Decks. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None
111110-UH-03X ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1440UHOIIX HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS PAYABLE PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DESCRIPTION - Hospital Accounts Payable consists of nine EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT 111110 processing programs to provide for accounting and control of the accounts payable of a hospital. A 1311 BASIC none CARDS 15 none Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack is the medium used for storage of all account payable and distribution OPTIONAL none none none records and is organized to record an unlimited nUllber of entries for each payable account. When a payable invoice is received, it is posted to the master payable file until 14110-UH-05X managellents decision to pay the invoice. At this time, HOSPITAL GENERAL LEDGER a check run is made against the master payable file and the invoice is flagged as paid. At a later time, the paid DESCRIPTION - The 11140 Hospital General Ledger Prograll invoice record is removed from the master payable file, (14110-UH-05X) package reduces the tille and effort required and the amount of discount taken on the invoice is punched by hospitals to program and ·install a general ledger into the initial invoice card which has been keypunched application. Seven programs are provided which result from the original invoice. in three ma jor reports and a uniforll chart of accounts. The progralls are; Load lIaster Ledger Accounts, Add and Included in Hospital Accounts Payable are the following Delete lIaster Records, General Ledger Posting, Trial ¥lance programs: - create new accounts payable records create Run, Income and Expense Report, General Ledger Inquiry new account records - create vendor index table - edit and Cost Analysis Program. processing Programs are reta ined invoice and distribution records - post vendor invoices in disk storage and called in, as needed, by unique call - print cash requirement report - print trial balance - cards. General ledger account masters are kept and print check and adllittance advice - close vendor invoices. lIaintained in disk storage with the provision, through the inquiry program, to be displayed on the console Note - These programs run under the moniter contained in typew:;:ite:;:. the IB!! 111110 Hospital Patient Billing (111110-UH-OU) Application Program. Note - The programs in this package run under the !!onitor contained in the IBII 111110 Hospital Patient Billing PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in 111110 Autocoder Application Program (14110-UH-OU).
!!INIIIU!! SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 11K 111111 Processing Unit, PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in 11140 Autocoder !!odel A3, with- Indexing and Store Address Register, Printer Attachment, Disk Storage Control, Console Attachment (1447, "INIMU! SYSTE~ REQUIREffENTS .... 14.41 Processing Cnit ~DL !!odel 2) ••• 111112 Card Read Punch ••• 111113 Printer, with A3 with Indexing and Store Address Register, 1443 Printer Printer Control ••• 111117 Console, Modell, with Sense Attachment, Disk Storage Control, Console (1447 !!DL 2) Switches and a 111117, !!odel 2 ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive, Attachment ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer with 1I0del 1. Printer Control. •• 11147 Console !!DL 2 with Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive IIDL 1. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll Wril:e-Up ••• program BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE manual including listings. DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Reference IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. lIanual including Program Listings. MACHINE READABLE - Object code and Sallple Problell. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 111110UH03X ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11140UH05X PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT PROGRA!! NU!!IBER DISTRIBUTION !!IEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC none Cards 15 none OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL none none none
iIlIlO-UH-OLIX HOSPITAL INVENTORY PROGRAII 1440-UH-06X HOSPITAL PAYROLL DESCRIPTION - A perpetual inventory provides for a continuous record of supply receipts, issues, and stock DESCRIPTION - Hospital payroll is deSigned to accollplish on hand. Items requiring lIanagellent attention are listed basic payroll functions of a hospital. Recognizing that on exception reports. On a periodiC basis, transactions there are substantial variations in payroll policies among posted to the inventory records are transferred to general hospi tals, the systell can be easily 1I0dified to specific ledger accounts which reflect the aggregate of receipts requirements. Two file data load progralls- Ellployee Load and issues posted to· individual inventory ledger records. Prograll and Department Load Program- are used to initialize A 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack is used the payroll disk pack and to set up two-sector employee for storage of all inventory item and open purchase order records for each employee. Three progralfs are included records. The file is organized and controlled sequentially, which perform payroll calculations and printed output. and because disk packs are interchangeable, there is The Payroll Register Prograll calculates pay for salaried IBII PROGRAI!S PAGE 040 1440 1440
CONTINOED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUI!N
employees, paid bi-llonthly, and hourly employees, paid I!ACHINE READABLE - Source code. weekly. This program prints the payrell register showing the number of hours worked, gross pay, extra earnings, ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440USO lX FICA, FIT, total deductions, and new pay. Departmental totals are printed and punched as desired. The Check and PROGRAII NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU!!E statement Program prints checks and statellents while EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT calculating and checking control totals held in disk storage froll the payroll register run. The third program prints BASIC none CARDS 15 none a deduction register reflecting eillployee name and number, current gross, current net, and all deductions taken for OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none the payroll period.
Note - These prograills run under the lIIonitor contained in 1440-US-02X the IBM 1440 Hospital Patient Billing (1440-0H-01XI SECONDARY SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (GRADE REPORTING) Application Program. DESCRIPTION - Grade Reporting consists of four programs PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1440 Autocoder. to aid school personnel in preparing grade reports and in compilation of statistics from the grades received by IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREMENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Onit, students. Grade cards are used to prepare the grade 1I0del A3, wi th- Indexing and Store Address Register, Printer reports, update student grade records on disk pack and Attachment, Disk Storage Contrel, Console Attachment (1447, print an honor list. Grade distribution reports are printed Mooiel 2)... 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer, With reflecting totals of letter grades given by a teacher as Printer Control ••• 1447 Console, Modell, with Sense received in a course. Failure lists indicating student Switches and a 1447, 1I0DEL 2 ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and course are printed using those grade cards with failing 1I0del 1. grades.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE FEATURES - DOCOMENTATION - Program Write-Op ••• Program - Will handle up to seven course per student. lIanual including Listings. - Honor list is autollatically available after grade report MACHINE READABLE - Source Prograll Decks. run. - 6600 students per disk pack. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None - Can print parents nalle and address on the grade report. - Prints grade reports at 10 to 15 students per lIinute. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1440UH06X - Grade distributions speed at 300 cards per minute. - Failure list printing at up to 150 lines per minute. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.
BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIIilIlIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1440 System with Indexing and Store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 14113 Printf>r OPTIONAL none none none with Print ControL •• 1447 Console with Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk 'Storage Drive.
1440-us-on BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE SECONDARY SC.!IOOL PROGRAMS (STUDENT SCHEDULINGI DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up ••• Reference lIanual including Program Listings. DESCRIPTION - Student Scheduling consists of five programs IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program ••• Sample Problem. Course Request Tally, Conflict lIatrix, Scheduling, Schedule Printing, and Utility. The Course Request Tally and OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE Conflict lIatrix Programs are an aid to the school DOCUIIENTATION - None. adllinistrator in building his master schedule. The Tally IIACHINE READABLE - Source Code. program counts the student requests and cOIIPutes the nUllber of sections based on one fixed factor. Only one factor ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1440US02X is used for all courses. The Conflict lIatrix Progralll determines the nUllber of potential conflicts for a maxilllum PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE of 100 single and double section courses. A lIatrix is EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIFPT printed showing this information. ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none The Student Scheduling Prograll is divided into two phases. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none Phase 1 processes the student request cards against the lIaster schedule stored in the disk file to determine conflicts. Student conflicts are printed showing student 11140-US-03X inforlllation, the course causing the conflict and all courses SECONDARY SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (PAYROLL AND PERSONNEL) requested by the student. Scheduled information for students is written into the disk file. At this pOint, DESCRIPTION - PayrOll and Personnel Programs are an aid depending on the nUllber of conflicts, the program may go to school personnel in preparing the monthly salaried to phase 2 or be terminated. payroll, writing payroll checks, printing deduction register and check reconciliation. The teacher contract program Phase 2 writes the detail course information for each prints pertinent teacher data on contract forms. The scheduled student into the student master record area. teacher list program provides school principals with a It schedules lunch for the fourth or fifth period and stUdy list of teachers in the school. halls. The Schedule Printing Prograll prints the student and course information from the disk file onto the schedule. FEATURES - It will print and total course fees where applicable. - iill handle up to 10,000 personnel payroll records per disk pack. FEATURES - Print payrOll register and deduction register at speeds - Will handle 799 courses, 4 sections per of 50 to 60 employees per minute. period or 3200 sections lIaximum. (Expandable Print payroll checks at the rate of 35 to 40 per with more disk storage) minute. - Uses eight period day and seven student Prepare reconciliation report at the rate of requests 3000 students per disk pack approximately 300 checks per minute. - Prints schedules and punches grade cards at Prepare teacher contracts at the rate of 30 to 35 per eight to ten students per minute--can minute. schedule lunch and study halls balances the Prepare teacher lists at the rate of 150 teachers per classes and fills classes to specified seat minute. capacity Sense switch control determines if a pre-payroll or - Prints a complete conflict message to provide payroll register is desired. analysis of the reason for a student conflict. If a person resigns, his finder card can be held out of the payroll runs to delete him froll the payroll. The PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder. record will remain on the disk for end of year report writing and can be accessed by replacing the finder card. IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREMENST - A 4K 1440 system with Indexing and Store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1440 Autocoder. with Print control ••• 1447 Console with Sense switches ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive. IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with Indexing and store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE wi th print ControL.. 11147 Console with Sense Switches ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-Up ••• Reference 1311 Disk Storage Dri ve. lIanual Including Program Listings. IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program Decks... Sample BASIC PROGRA'! PACKAGE Problem Decks. DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll irite-up ••• Reference .. anual including Program Listings. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE IIACHINE READABLE - Object Program... Sample Problem DOCOIIEN'IATION - None IB!! PROGRA!!S 1440 PAGE 041
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE 1440 IOCS, Version 2, No. 2440-10-010. DOCUMENTATION - None. MACHINE READABLE - Source Code. PROGRAM!!ING SYSTEMS - Written in 14110 Autocoder.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440US03X MINIMUM SYSTEI! REQUIREMENTS - a 4K 1440 system for 1311 usage of SK 1440 system for 1301 usage with ••• one 1442 PROGRAI! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUM USER VOLUI!E Card Read punch !!DL 1 or 2 or 1442 Card Reader MDL 4 ••• EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT One 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1301 Disk Storage Array ••• 1403 Printer MDL 2, 3, 5, 6, 1443 Printer or H47 Console BASIC none CARDS 15 none !!DL 2 or 4 (if a log is to be kept during file loading, addi tions, or deletions, the 1443 Printer is required; OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none in that case, a 1447 Console MDL 1 may be used) ••• one 1444 Card punch (required only if punched output is used on a system with 1442 Card Reader !!DL 4) ••• one 7335 1440-US-04X !!agnetic Tape Unit (required only if tape input or output ATTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS is used).
DESCRIPTION - Attendance Recording consists of an Attendance Note: The following programs are required - 1401-AU-00S; Register writing Program which will aid school personnel 1440-10-010; 1440-UT-041. in the preparation of attendance registers and in compilation of sttendance statistics for state and federal BA SIC PROGRAM PACKAGE agency report requirements. The Attendance Recording DOCUMENTATION - Program 1lrite-up ••• Listings ••• Program uses attendance cards, which are marked by the Operating Procedures, C24-3134. teacher or attendance clerk and then mark sense punched, MACHINE READABLE - OPTION 1 - Common and random, and is to prepare an attendance register and calculate attendance specified by using Program Extension Number OPT1. totals and percentages. It will also update the student OPTION 2 - Common and control sequential, and is master record on the disk pack. specified by using program Extension Number OPT2. OPTION 3 - Common, random and control sequential, FEATURES - and is specified by using Program Extension Number - will handle up to 25-day attendance period. OPT3. will handle either half day or whole day attendance recording. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE Will update student master record on the disk pack with DOCU!!ENTATION - Program Flowcharts. year-to-date absences and tardies. MACHINE READABLE - None. Cards are not marked when students are present. will handle up to 95 attendance cards per minute. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440UT040 Automatically calculates - aggregate attendance, aggregate membership, average daily attendance, average PROGRAM NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME membership, percent of attendance. These calculations EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT are performed for male students, female students, and overall student populaticn. BASIC OPT1 CARDS 15 none Calculates attendance figures for each school and for the entire schcol district. OPT2 CARDS 15 none
PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEMS - Written i~ 1440 Autocoder. OPT3 CARDS 15 none
IHNII!UM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with Indexing OPTIONAL none none none and Store Address... 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer with Print ControL •• 1447 Console with Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk storage Drive. 1440-UT-041 DISK UTILITY PROGRAMS BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference ManuaL •• Program Listings. DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to perform certain I!ACHINE READABLE - Sample Problem ••• Program Decks. frequently required operations on 1440 systems with 1311 or 1301 Disk Storage, without programming effort on the OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. part of the user. The programs provided are -
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NUI!BER 1440US04X Clear-Disk-storage Disk-to-Card Print-Disk Disk-to-Tape PROGRAI! NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLU!!E Card-to-Disk Disk-Record-Load EX'IENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT Tape-to-Disk Copy-Disk ------Disk-Label BASIC none CARDS 15 none Each program is generalized, modifying itself to perform OPTIONAL none none none specific operations by information received through control cards. Each program includes an optional disk label checking routine for use with 1311 Disk Storage. They 1440-UT-040 are designed for use on 4K or larger systems; 8K or grE>ater DISK FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES is necessary when processing disk data for which the Track Record special feature is required. These programs perform DESCRIPTION - These routines will load and maintain 1301 such functions as clear disk and generate addresses, supply or 1311 Disk Storage Files on a 1440 system. The new output for file protection purposes, display disk storage version incorporates the additional features of magnetic on the printer, change data or addresses in disk storage, tape input/output, 1301 Disk Storage and 1444 Card Punch and on 1311 Disk storage create the label track or remove Output capabilities. There are two complete sets of the label track, and enter, delete, change, display, and routines one set generates object programs for a random punch disk labels. file; the other set generates object programs for a control sequential file. !lINII!UM SYSTEM REQUIREI!ENTS - A 4K 1440 System (SK required if Track Record Format is used) liith... 1442 Card Read The User's File Organization Object Programs are generated Punch Model 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader MOL 4 and a 1444 by the 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) I!acro-Generator Card Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive from a series of 1440 IOCS, Version 2, Library Routines or one 1301 Disk storage Array... and one 7335 Magnetic and the Disk File Organization Librarary routines. The Tape Unit (tape progralls only). user supplies the appropriate parameters for generation by means of "control cards. The object programs for loading BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE and maintaining a random file use the chaining method. DOCUMENTATION - Write-up ••• Specifications ••• By this technique, records are loaded into a disk location Operating Instructions. determined by a control field within the record. Records MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. whose control data convert to the same disk address are linked together with a chain of addresses. The routines OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE can generate object programs to add records to and delete DOCU!!ENTATION - Listings and Flc~C'harts. records from a file. Records may be loaded or unloaded I!ACHINE READABLE - None. from or to cards, tape, or disk storage. The object programs for loading and maintaining a control sequential ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440UT041 file add records to and delete records from the file without destroying the sequence. A sequence-link is used for this PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUM USER VOLUI'!E purpose. A distribution index is built by the programs. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT This index makes possible quick access to any given record in the file. Records may be loaded or unloaded -t:rom or BASIC none CARDS 15 none to cards, tape, or disk storage. OPTIONAL none none none The requirements for generation of the User's File Organization object programs are the same as those for 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk), No. 1401-AU-008, and IB!! PROGRA!!S PAGE 042 1440 1460
CONTINUED PRO!! PRIOR COLUIIN
1440-UT-043 - Segregates rejected items for subsequent correction TAPE UTILITY PROGRAIIS and re-entry. - Segregates (no on-us) items. DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Tape Utility Programs includes three - Verifies account numbers. programs to transfer data files between cards and tape - Verifies transact'ion codes. and from tape to printer. - Captures valid !'lICR item information on disk packs. - Prepares batch proof listings. PEATURES - Card-to-Tape Tape-to-Card Tape-to-Printer USE - The program is to be used in place of the 14110 Demand Deposit Conversion run when using the 1450 Bank Data Pield Selection - allows selection of up to 16 fields in Processing System. the input record and arrangement of these fields in any order in the out pu t record. PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!'lS - IBII 11140 Sort 5 (14110-SII-030). - Exception Records - bypasses records identified by the presence or absence of up to 72 constant exception IIINIIIUII SYSTE!'l REQUIREIIENTS - 111111 Processing Unit !'lodel characters. CII with cable connected 1259 Reader/Sorter... 111112 Card - Sequence Checking and Numbering - checks sequence of card Read Punch lIodel 1... 111113 Printer lIodel 3 or II with input files, generates and punches sequence numbers in addi tional print positions... 11147 Console lIodel 1 or 2 card output files. with sense switches ••• two 1311 Disk S,torage Drives, one - Selective Pile ProceSSing - searches tape files for the l'Iodel 6 and one l'Iodel 7. file identified by a particular header label. - Options for Off-Line ProceSSing - facilitates off-line BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE tape processing for/from large systems. They are - DOCUIIENTATION - Application Directory ••• Program Description l'Ianual (H20-0551} ••• Operations (1) GrOup-lIark conversion - the Card-to-Tape program can lIanual (620-0552). convert 1440 group marks in cards to 7080 group marks IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. on tape. ihe Tape-tc-Card Prograll can convert 7080 group marks on tape to 1440 group marks in cards. OPTIONAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE - None. (2) Binary Records - the Card-to-Tape and Tape-to-Card programs can process column-binary card files and ORDERING INFORI'IATION: PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER 11150FB20X binary tape files. (3) Even or Odd Parity - tapes can be processed in even PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE or odd parity. EITENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT (4) Pirst Character Porlls Control - the Tape-to-Printer program can print files in which space suppression BASIC none CARDS 15 none or spacing/skipping between records is determined by the first character of the record. OPTIONAL none none none (5) Tape Labels - files with either no tape labels or with the IBII standard 120-character tape labels can be accommodated by these programs. 1IJ60-CX-oax (6) If tape labels are to be checked by the Tape-to-Card ADI'IINISTRATIVE TERIIINAL SYSTEII or Tape-to-printer Program, they must be the IBII standard 120-character labels. However, a non DESCRIPTION - The primary concept of this system is to standard header label can be bypassed and printed (up support a typewriter-like terminal for text processing. to 120 characters printed). In this case, trailer Information is entered from the terminals in either free labels must be present but are used only to indicate or fixed form. It can be corrected, modified, or EOR or EOP. rearranged. output formats are flexible and may be (7) Header labels other than the standard 120-character specified from the terminal. Output may be transmitted label can be, but need not be, followed by a tape to any terminal, stored on disk or tape, printed by an mark. Trailer labels must be preceded and followed on-line printer, written as card images on tape, or punched. by tape marks. Stored information may be recalled for further processing.
These are Generalized Utility Programs, supplied by IBII FEATURES - as condensed card object decks. The programs modify - Data correction, modification, and rearrangement by - themselves to fit a specific application through the use backspacing and retyping during entry ••• retyping of a control card. beginning with a particular work ••• replacing a word IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 14110 system with ••• or phrase... adding to a line or text unit... deleting 7335 Magnetic Tape Unit ••• 14113 Printer... one 1442 Card a line or other text unit ••• moving of groups of lines Read Punch MDL 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader IIDL II and a or text units ••• gathering of stored data in any 1444 Card Punch. If binary tape records or column binary sequence ••• copying of information by transmission cards are to be processed, the 14112 must be equipped with to the originating terminal. the Card Image feature. - Storage and retrieval of data from disk files or tape. - Transmission of data to any terminal. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - Output format controlled from the terminal by - limiting DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up... Program Listings ••• free-form text line length ••• justification of right Specifications •• '. Operating Procedures. hand margin ••• intermix of free-form text with fixed IIACHINE READABLE - Program Decks. format information ••• plaCing specified heading and footing lines on all pages of a document ••• automatic OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE page numbering ••• controlled vertical spacing ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Plowcharts. - halting to allow operator intervention for text in IIACHINE READABLE - None. sertion or change of print elements. - Desk calculator functions - addition, subtraction, ORDERING INPORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14110UTOll3 multiplication, division, roots, powers, factorials, evaluation of simple algebraic expressions. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE - Users may add programs to do sillultaneous peripheral EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT operations such as Simple tape-to-printer and card-to tape functions. BASIC none CARDS 15 none - An improved disk storage organization scheme will give improved terminal response on requests involving OPTIONAL none none none perllanent disk storage. 1301 Disk File implementation significantly increases permanent storage capacity. 11150-1'5-201 - Improved storage reporting facilities. !!ICR ENTRY PROGRA!! SUPPORTS 1450 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTE!! Principal application areas of the Administrative Terminal System are technical manual preparation, proposal writing, DESCRIPTION - This program supports the 1450 Bank Data test report preparation, financial credit reporting, Processing System, which is a product entry for the Small statistical typing, and similar areas. The system may Bank Industry. The 11150 uses the 1259 Eleven Pocket also be used for source data entry, ca pturing data directly Reader/Sorter. The 1440 lIortgage Loan Accounting (1440- from a typewriter keyboard. This has particular PB-04I), 1440 Savings Accounting (1440-F5-05X), and 1440 significance in the computer programming area where program Demand Deposit Accounting (1440-FB-03X), Financial deck control cards and test decks may be selected, modified, Application Prcgra~s, are a'l!ailable for use on t.he 1U50 combined and made available for running directly from a Bank Data Processing System. (1450-F5-02X). The program terminal. The system, when properly instructed, can save is to be used in conjunction with the 1440 Demand Deposit every keystroke made by the operator. To alter the text, Program (1440-FB-03X) to convert IIICR paper documents to the operator directs the system to locate the characters disk records in the format required to accomplish the to be changed and instructs it in what manner these are complete Demand Deposit Application on the 1450 system. to be altered. If a copy of a document is requested, the system will produce and transmit it to the terminal. FEATURES - Establishes and maintains control over all items PROGRAII!'lING SYSTEIIS - The source program language is that enter the processing operation. 11101/14110/11160 Autocoder (on disk). - proves each batch of items with its batch control slip. I'1IIIIIIUII SYSTEI'I REQUIREIIENTS 16K 1460 with - Bit Test, - Sorts good !!ICR items into predetermined pockets. Console Attachment, Direct Seek, Disk storage control, IBII PROGRAMS 1460 1460 PAGE 0113
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMII
Indexing and Store Address Register, Transllission Control with ••• Indexing and Store Address Register Feature ••• Unit Adapter on the 1441 processing Unit lIedel B6 and an 1448 Transmission Control Unit ••• 1447 Console MDL 4 ••• appropriate 1I0del 1461 Input/Output Control ••• One 1311 1402 Card Read Punch ••• other I/O units as required. Disk Storage Drive 1I0del 1 Direct Seek ••• 1447 Console 1I0del 1 with Sense Switches ••• 1447 Console 1I0del 4 ••• For cOllmunication between a 1401 or 1460 and either a 11101, 1448 Transmission Control Unit with the 1050/1060 Attachllent 1440, or 1460, IOCS requires - a 4K 1401 or 8K 2460 with ••• Feature and RPQ E38485 and, as required, COllilon Carrier Indexing and store Address Register (1460) or Advanced Adapter Sets or Line Adapter Sets ••• a 1402 Card Read Punch Programming (1401) feature ••• High-Low-Equal Compare feature 1I0del 3 is required unless another 1401/1440/1460 systell (1401) ••• Serial Input/Output Adapter feature... direct is available to load the program on a 1316 Disk Pack. Data Channel feature ••• 1402 Card Read Punch ••• other I/O units as required. OPTIONAL SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - Translate feature on the 1441 Processing unit ••• one to four 1311 Disk storage Total core storage requirements depend upon the specified Drives 1I0del 2 with Direct Seek and seek Overlap (at least functions to be served by the program. To handle basic one 1311 1I0del 2 is strongly recolillended) ••• one to five input/output files, IOCS requires only those I/O units modules of 1301 Disk Storage (one 1311 1I0del 2 is which are specified for prograll handling. Al though user required) ••• one to six 729 lIagnetic Tape Units Model 2, progralls can be assembled to handle IBM 1311, 1402, 1403 4, 5, 6 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Units ••• 1402 Card Read Punch and tape files only, this loeS should not be used Model 3 ••• 1403 Printer lIodel 2 or 3 with the print storage exclusively for that purpose. feature on the 1461 Input/Output Control and RPQ 1113490 ••• line group features and RPQ 811390, as required to attach NOTE - For communication between processors, there are 1I0re than 10 lines to the 1448 Transmission Control Unit. two processing systems, each having separage reqUirements. If uppercase and lowercase printing with 120 characters of courier type (matching the courier 72 printing elellent BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE on the terllinals) is desired using a 1403 Printer 1I0del DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up ••• Operating Instructions ••• 2, RPQ/S 813148 and 818029 on the 1461 Input/Output Library Listing. Control. •• RPQ/S 812033, 812034, 898059, 33 each of RPQ MACHINE READABLE - Library Deck of Macros. E33255, and part 823380 (the chain) on the 1403 Model 2 ••• RPQ 818019 on the 1441 processing Unit. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - system Flowcharts. TERIIINAL REQUIREIIENTS - 2741 Communication Terllinals (up IIACHINE READABLE - None. to 40), with Courier 72 Standard Selectric Printing Elements, and line adapters if required. ATS supports ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 146010011 only the correspondence code 2741 Terllinals without the Interrupt feature. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRI BUTION IIEDIUII USER YOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Application Directory... Application BASIC none CARDS 15 none Description, H20-0129 ••• Terminal Operators Manual, H20-0185 ••• Programmers lIanual, H20-0228 ••• Console OPTIONAL none none none Operators lIanual, H20-0227. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 11160-SM-068 OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE IBM 1460 SORT 14 DOCUIIENTATION - systells Manual (prograll Flowcharts). IIACHINE READABLE - 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) DESCRIPTION - SORT 14 Programs are generalized object sort output file. programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or unblocked, records in move mode in either ascending or ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1460CI081 descending sequence. They will accept input froll cards, 1301 Disk Storage, or magnetic tape, and will write the PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER YOLUME final output on 1301 Disk storage or tape. Sorting can EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT be controlled by as many as ten control data fields of total length up to a maximull of 189 characters. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Program No. 1460-SII-068 will process tapes with no labels OPTIONAL none 1316 52 02 or with IOCS type B 80 character IBII labels (a tape mark cannot folloll labels). There is no provision for handling non-standard tape labels. 1460-10-011 1460/1401 COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1448-DDC) IIINII!IUI!I SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 11160 systell with ••• one 1301 Disk Storage !lodule ••• 11102 Card Read Punch ••• DESCRIPTION - The 1401/1460 Communications IOCS (1448/7740/DDC) consists of a set library routines which, one 1403 Printer. The program can use, if available, up when called for in an Autocoder (on Disk) source program to five 1301 Disk Storage Modules, one or two lIagnetic by macro instructions, are selected, tailored, and included tape units for input/output, and 12K or 16K Core Storage. in the object program. These routines perforll the functions necessary to handle 1402, 1403, 1404, 1311, 729, and 7330 BASIC PROGRAI!I PACKAGE input/output files, to transmit inform a tion to and receive DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Operating Pro inforllation from rellote locations, and remote processors, c€duroes=== Prograa Specifications .. ", Ti:ings ~anual. and to provide linkage to the user's progralls. The specific MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. routines generated at assembly time depend largely on the particular specifications contained in the user's source OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE program. DOCUMENTATION - System Listings ••• Flollcharts. !!ACHINE READABLE - None. NOTE - The 1448 is not applicable to the 1401. ORDERING IIIFOR!!ATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1460SII068 The new version facilitates the generation of programs to control 1448 Communications with 1050 Data COllmunications PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER YOLU!!E systems over cOllllon carrier leased communication" lines EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE !lENT using Automatic Dialing and Automatic Answering features, and over custoller-owned communication lines, with the 1030 BASIC none CARDS 15 none Data Collection system, the 1032 Digital Time Unit, the 357 Data Collection System (via the 1408 Transmission OPTIOIIAL none none none Onit). the 1060 Data Co!!!!!!unication system, a.nd AT&T Type 83B2 and western Union Type 115A Telegraph Terminals (utilizing the Telegraph Attachment feature). Using the 1460-SII-069 early warning program option, the user can transmit large IBII 1460 SORT 111 messages without assigning equally large blocks of core storage to hold these lIessages during transmission. The DESCRIPTION - SORT 111 programs are generalized object sort user can also generate programs to control the transfer programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or of information from 1401 or 1460 to either a 1401, 1440, unblocked, records in 1I0ve lIode in ei ther ascending or or 1LJ60 1!ia the Direct Data Channel. descending sequence. Tiley will accept input from cards, 1301 Disk Storage, or magnetiC tape, and viII write the The library routines for this IOCS are placed in the final output on 1301 Disk storage or tape. Sorting can Autocoder system through a library run, using Autocoder be controlled by as many as ten control data fields of (on Disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460 No. 1401-AU-008. total length up to a maxillum of 189 characters.
IIINIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Requirements for prograll Program No. 1460-SII-069 viII process tapes lIith no labels assembly are the same as those for the assembly of any or with 120 character IOCS Type A IBII standard labels (a program using the IBII 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) tape mark must folloll labels). There is no provision for program. handling non-standard tape labels.
For object program execution the machine configuration MINI!!UM SYSTEII BEQUIRE!!ENTS - An 8K 1460 systell with ••• depends upon processing requirements. For comllunication one 1301 Disk Storage Module... 11102 Card Read Punch ••• between remote locations, IOCS required - an 8K 1460 system one 1403 Printer. The prograll can use, if available, up IBII PROGRAI'lS PAGE 044 1460 1460
CONTIHUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUKN
to five 1301 Disk Storage 1I0dules, one or two magnetic In addition, it inforlls of errors detected, and records tape units for input/output, and 12K or 16K core storage. the status of the lines and of the remote systems.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - CONVERSION SUBROUTIIiE - Calibrates the ADC of 1070 DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Operating Pro systells and converts IDC readings to a standard range. cedures ••• Program Specifications ••• Timing lIanual. IIACHINE READABLE - Object code. - DELTA/LIIIIT CHECK SUBROUTINE - Performs limit and/or delta checks on converted ADC readings. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - System Listings ••• Flowcharts. - CONTACT SENSE SUBROUTINE - COli pares current contact IIACHINE READABLE - None. sense readings with a master mask or with previous readings. ORDERING IHFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1460SII069 - THERIIOCOUPLE SUBROUTINE - Generates tempt'!rature values PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIEUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE from converted therllocouple readings. nnNSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------ERROR LOC! CPTIONlL none none none PROGRAKKING SYSTEIIS - 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K. A pre assembly run is required to tailor the PCII to the users installation and requirements before assembly 1460-SV-090 with the users program. 1460-1070 PROCESS COIIIIUNICATION 1I0NITOR FOR 1401 AUTOCODER (ON TAPE) IIINIIIUI! SYSTEI'l REQUIREKENTS - Only those features required by 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K are needed when assembling DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1460-1070 PCII, consists of a set a program using the 1460-1-7- PCI'!. For a pre- of 1401 Autocoder (On Tape) library routines, used to assembly run and for the execution of an object program generate Process Communication Programs oriented to meet using the PCK, the following is required- an 8K 1460 the requirements of the 1070 Process Communication System. System with ••• 111117 Console, !lodel 2 ••• Indexing and Store Address Register ••• Kultiply-Divide (for convers:i,on The routines are - and thermocouple subroutines) ••• one 1026 Transmission - 1I0NITOR ROUTINE - Controls the handling of interrupts Control Unit ••• Interrupt ••• Tiae emitter. and scheduling of line operations on a priority basis. It simulates a real-time clock and up to nine interval BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE timers. In addition, it informs of errors detected, DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up, specifications l'Ianual. and records the status of the lines and of the remote Operating Procedures "anual. systems. IIACHINE READABLE - Basic Autocoder 2K Routines and a pre-assembly object prograa. - CONVERSION SUBROUTINE - Calibrates the ADC of 1070 systems and converts ADC readings to a standard range. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATION - Listings, flowcharts. - DELTA/LIIIIT CHECK SUBROUTINE - Performs limit and/or IIACHINE READABLE - None delta checks cn converted ADC readings. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI'l NUKBER 1II60SV091 - CONTACT SENSE SUBROUTINE - Compares current contact sense readings with a master mask er with previous PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUII USEl! VOLU!'E readings. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREKENT - THERIIOCUPLE SUBROUTINE - Generates temperature values BASIC none CARDS 15 none frem converted thermocouFle readings. OPTIONAL none none none - ERROR LOCATING ROUTINE - Performs output checks on transmission lines and remote systems. PROGRAI'lIlING SYSTEIIS - 1401 Autocoder (On Tape). The PCII is inserted in the library during a library run and called by macro-instructions in the users program. The PCII can be used in conjunction with the 1401 IOCS. A pre-assembly run is required to tailor the PCII to the users installation and requirements before assembly with users program. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Only those features required by 1401 Autocoder (On Tape) are needed When assembling a program using the 1460-1070 PCII. For a pre-assembly run and for the execution of an object program using the PCII, the following is required- an 8K 1460 system with ••• 1447 Consol lIodel 2 ••• Indexing and Store Address Register ••• lIul tiply lIodel 2 ••• Indexing and Store Address Register ••• lIultiply divide (for conversion and thermocouple subroutines) ••• one 1026 Transmission Control Unit ••• Interrupt ••• Time emitter. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - IIrite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Library Routines and pre-assembly object code. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Listings, Flowcharts. IIACHINE READABLE - None ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1460SV090 PROGRAII NDI'lBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'lENT ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none CPTION!L none none none 1460-SV-091 1460-1070 PROCESS COIIIIDNICAHON /iCNITeR FOR iliOi DASIC AUTOCODER 2K DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1460-1070 PCII, consists of a set of 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K routines, used to generate Process Communication programs oriented to meet the reqUirements of the 1070 Process Communication System. The routines are- - IIOIiITOR ROUTINE - Controls the handling of interrups and scheduling of line operations on a priority basis. It simUlates a real-time clock and up to nine interval timers. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAI'lS 1401 PA~ 0115 CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N 1401-01.1.014 !UNI!!U!! SYSTEI'l REQUIREI'lENTS - 1401 card systelll with Advance AUTOEDIT - 1401 EDIT FOR 1410 AU.TOCODER PROGRAIIS prograDlDling Package, Print Control Additional, High-Lov Equal COllpare and Sense Switches. AUTHOR •••• A. D. Wills BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up. A. D. Wills MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. Associate systems Engineer IBI'l Corporation OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. 110 iI. 21st Street Norfolk 17, Virginia ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401011017 DESCRIPTION - Program to edit 1410 prograllls. Checks PROGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI'l USER VOLOIIE validity of OP codes and macros. Spreads the operands EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT of instructions. Counts core used by instructions. Perforllls several more editing functions. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIII'lING SYSTEI'lS - Written in Autocoder. OPTIONAL none none none I'lINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI'lENTS - 4K 1401 with Advanced Progralllming package, Hi-Low-Equal Compare, with 132 printing 1401-01.1.018 positions. TWO - TAPE AUTOCODER ASSEIIBLY FOR THE 1401 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• R. B. Rosenberger DOCUI'lENTATION - write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - 1. A UTOEDIT condensed DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 2. Sample Problem No Errors R. B. Rosenberger 3. Sample Problem With Errors IBII Corporation 4. AOTOEDIT Source 520 Boylston Street Boston 16, !!ass. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - This program viII assemble source programs ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUI'lBER 1401011014 with restrictions outlined below, on 1401 systems with only two tape units. It provides for unlimited PROGRAI'l NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE reiterations, and produces an asseDlbly listing and a progra. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT deck in the autocoder condensed format. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIIS - ilritten in 1401 Autocoder. OPTIONAL none none none !!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS 1. 1401 with 4K or larger storage. 2. 1402. 3. 11103 with 132 print positions. 4. Two tape units (729 or 7330). 5. High/LOW/Equal Compare 1401-01.1.016 feature. 6. Advanced programming feature. ACCELERATOR PACK-SY!!BOLIC 4K PROGRA!!I'lING SYSTE!! ASSEI'lBLY BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• J. Net tenstrolll DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• J. Net tenstrom OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE IBII Corporation DOCUIIENTATION - None. 6252 East Telegraph Road lIachine Readable - Source Deck. Los Angeles 22, California ORDERING INFORI'lATION: PROGRA!! NUMBER 11101011018 DESCRIPTION - The 4K Accelerator Pack is a program for assembling SPS programs for 1.4-4K 1401's on 4K card 1401's. PROGRA!! NUI'lBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI'l USER 'lOLUIIE It vas developed to eliminate the partially processed cards EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEliT that are punched out during the first pass of SPS 1 and ------2. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - Source language 1401 SYllbolic OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 prograllming systell. liT 7/800 24 01 !UNI!!UM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 4K any model - no special features required. 1401-01.1.020 EDIT - EDITING DATA INPUT FOR VALIDITY BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE I:OCO!!ENTATION - ilrite-up. AUTHOR •••• R. II. Jewell !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL PROGRAI'l PACKAGE - None. R. ft. Jewell San Francisco Financial ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAI'l NUI'lBER 1401011016 DP Div., No. 393 420 1I0ntgomery Street PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUI'l USER VOLU!!E San Francisco II, Calif. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'lENT DESCRIPTION - A prograll for scanning cards at 800 per :BASIC none CARDS is none minute for validity errors- i.e., invalid multiple punches. Useful for checking data files converted at tille of OPTIONAL none none none installation of a systell, or for checking transaction input cards. Prevents interruptions during job processing due to presence of invalid punching that may exist in cards 1401-01.1.017 the edit program identifies such error cards in a prior RAPID ASSEIIBLY PROGRAI'l NO. 14043 run, rather than having the cards cause a lIachine halt during job processing. Invalid cards can be identified AUTHOR •••• C. L. Borstad in various ways under sense switch control. Can be used for card counting if no other Dleans is available. Card DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• read error latch is tested for each card read and desired C. H. ililliaas action taken on ,error cards according to sense switch O. S. Bureau of Public Roads settings. 610 East Fifth Street Vancouver, Washington PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEI!S - Written in 11101 SPS. DESCRIPTION - RAP vas written primarily to elilllinate the IIINI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREI!ENTS - 4K 1401, with !lodel 2 Printer intermediate punching of cards when assembling SPS II and sense SWitches. Core positions 001 thru 1184 used. programs on a card input-output 1401 systell. Provision was lIade to obtain an object listing, with or without an BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE object one-per-card deck and with or without a condensed DOCUIIENT!TION - Write-up. deck, at the tille the program is being assellbled. Duplicate IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. labels are detected and printed during the first pass and at conclusion of the second pass a dump of labels and OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. addresses and unreferenced labels is made. The one-per card object deck lIay be assembled as a source deck and ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGR!!! NUIIBER 11101011020 may be listed without assembly. A Dlnemonic of EQU has been added to equate a label to a label previously defined. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 0116 11101 11101 COBTIIUED FROI! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN P. O. Box 9999 BASIC none CARDS 15 none Allsterdam, The Netherlands OPTIOlilL none none none DESCRIPTION - Two pass assembly of source programs directly into condensed cards. Pre-and postlist included. No restrictions. extended error checks. Undefined, etc. 11101-01.1.026 labels printed after pass 1. AUTOCODER PRE-LIST DIAGIiOSTIC PROGRAI!IIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS Language. AUTHOR •••• C. B. Carsten IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEIIREQUIREI!EIITS - 11K affords possibility for usage of over 250 labels per iteration, 8K of over 800. DIRECT TECHNICAL lHQUIRIES TO ••• 110 special features needed. 4K8K-12K-16K, 1402, 1403. C. B. Carsten IBII corporation BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE 1307 South Boulder DOCUI!ENTATIOII - Write-up. Tulsa 19, Oklahoma I!ACHIIIE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTIOIi - A proqram for making stacked pre-lists of OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. 11101 Autocoder source program decks. The purpose is to provide a memo of preliminary checking where a 11101 tape ORDERUlG IIIFORI!ATIOII: PROGRHI IIUI!BER 1401011036 system may not be available for prelisting as a means of checking prior to assembly to attempt limiting source deck PROGRAI! IIUI!BER DISTRIBUTIOII IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE errors. An edit of operation codes and a minor edit of EXTEIISIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT operands is taken and errors are noted. IOCS cards are accepted. Disk, binary, call, incld and actual instructions BASIC none CARDS 15 none are not handled. OPTIOIIAL none none none PROGRAI!I!IIIG SYSTEI!S - Written in SPS, 678 Source Cards, is primarily card to printer with formatting of output and has been tested successfully innumerable times. 11101-01.1. 039 PRE-LIST FOR AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK I!IIIII!UI! SYSTEI! REQUIREIIENTS - 11K 11101 with Hi-Lo-Equal compare and sense swithces - 11103 I!odel' 2 printer - and Robert Stern 11102 I!odel 1 Card Read/Punch. Robert Stern BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE IBI! Corporation DOCUI!EBTATION .;. Write-up. 110 Saw I!ill River Road I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Hawthorne, lIew York 10532 OPTIOBAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. 11101-01.1.0113 ORDERI~G INFORI!ATION: PROGRAI! IIUI!BER 11101011026 AUTOCODER PRE-LIST PROGRAI! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIDI! USER VOLDI!E AUTHOR •••• H. A. lIiller, Jr. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT DIRECT TECHNICAL UlQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none C.lBDS 15 none H. A. I!iller, Jr. IBI! Corporation OPTIONAL none none none 1120 Connecticut Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 11101-01.1.035 DESCRIPTION - Audits basic Autocoder statements for page TAPE SYSTEI! LOADER line sequence, identification, valid mnemonic or actual operation including standard Autocoder/IOCS macros, valid ADTHOR •••• R. A. Pescevich symbolic or actual operands including valid D-llodifier to mnemonic relationship, logical instruction leugth, DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• blanks in card columns 73 - 75, and duplicate or undefined R. A. Pescevich labels within the limits of storage. IBI! corporation 2110 Broadway PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEI!S - Written in Autocoder. Paterson, New Jersey IIINII!UI! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Requires 4K 1401, 1402, 1403 DESCRIPTION - The Tape System Loader permits the 11101 user 1I0d. 1 or 2, High-Low-Equal Compare, and Advanced to place several programs on one system tape. The system Programming. Label capacity is 666 for 8K, 1333 for 12K loader can-select a program for loading, add a new program and 2000 for 16K. Program has 887 Autocoder source to the system from condensed cards or from Autocoder statements occupying 3976 positions of storage. loadable tape, delete a program froll the system, list all the header control records of the programs on the the BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE - system, place itself on the system tape, and duplicate DOCUI!ENTATIOII - Write-up. the system onto another tape. IIACHIIIE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEI!S - Written in 1401 Tape Autocoder. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUI!ENTATION - 1I0ne. I!INI!!UI! SYSTE!! REQUIREI!ENTS - 8K system with the features IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. and equipment for tape Autocoder. However, it can be easily modified for a Ilk 1401 by changing several 1I0dify ORDERIIIG INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII IIUIIBER 1401011043 address instructions. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOII IIEDIU!! USER VOLOIIE BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IEIiT DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL FROGRAI! PACKAGE - OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none DOCUI!ENTATION - 1I0ne. I!ACHIIiE READABLE - Source Code. 1401-01.1.051 ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAI! NU!!BER 1401011035 1401/1460 PACE PRE-ASSEI!BLY CHECK AND EDIT PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLDI!E AUTHOR •••• B. 11. Awerkamp EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none B. N. Awerkamp IBl! Corporation OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none 23 Hitchcock Way Santa Barbara, California 93105 11101-01.1.036 DESCRIPTION - PACE brings to the 1401/1460 user an efficient SPSS - AN II!PROVED SPS - ASSEI!BLER and meaningful diagnostic program. It will check and edit 1401 Autocoder and Autocoder/IOCS source programs by AUTHOR •••• H. J. Koekkoek detecting undefined labels, format and parameter errors, coding errors and key punch errors. The printed output DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• provides a label table in alphabetical order followed by H. J. Koekkoek a listing of the source program with errors underlined IBI! 11101 Users Club by significant special characters. An edit is also Systems Dept. performed on DIOCS and DTF entries for acceptability and COBTRIBOTED PROGRUIS 1401 1401 PAGE 041 COIITIBOED FFOII PRIOR PAGE CONTINOED FROII PRIOR COLOIIB spelling. There are three checks of Autocoder statellents BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE pertaining to labels, operation codes and operands. The DOCOIIEIITATION - Write-up. checking results are equal to an Autocoder assellbly. lIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. Printed output options are available with sense switches. PACE will allow prograllllers to becolle 1I0re productive by OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. lIinillizing program testing. Since it averages between 195 and 265 cards per minute depending upon the machine ORDERING IBFORIIATION: PROGRAII BOIIBER 1401011056 configuration, it will also elillinate a substantial amount of lIachine tille previously used for assembly and program PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOllE testing. EXTENSION TYPE CODE PEQOIREIIENT PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. BASIC none CARDS 15 none III1UIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIEBTS - 1401/1460 system with a min ilium storage of 4,000 positions, 1-1311, High-Lo-Equal OPTIOBAL none none none COllpare and Advanced prograllming. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1401-01.2.003 DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. THREE TAPE SORT PROGRAII IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AOTHOR •••• R. Zuidhof OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - None. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. R. Zuidhof Bataafse Inter. Petrol. lIaatschappij ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 1401011051 Data Processing Center The Hague PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE Netherlands EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - To provide a sort prograll for 1401 Systells EASIC none CARDS 15 none using 3 aagnetic tape units. The prograa consists of four phases and lIay also be used for merging two tape files OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none which are already in ascending order. IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4000 poSitions of core 1401-01.1.052 storage, Advanced programaing feature, High-Low-Equal SPS SINGLE PASS ASSEIIBLER Compare feature, Sense Switches feature, three (3) tape units (1330 or 729 II or IV). AOTHOR •••• Robert E. lIarden BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. Robert E. lIarden IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. The Putnall lIanagement Co. 60 congress Street OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Boston, lIassachusetts 02101 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1401012003 DESCRIPTION - This prograll was designed specifically for 4K card systems, and completely elillinates the card for PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII USER VOLOIIE card punching norllally associated with card assellblers. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT Bo special features are required to use this program. The source deck being assembled is read twice. The first BASIC none CARDS 15 none reading sets up an internal label table, the second time through a condensed deck is punched and the listing printed. OPTIOli AL none none none A label table is also printed with unreferenced and duplicate labels indicated as such. IIA, SAR, SBR, IIIZ, IICII, BBE, and indexing cannot be assembled with this 1401-01.2.012 prograll. Tape, disk, and drull instructions of any type TTSRT - TiO TAPE SORT cannot be assembled. There is a maximull number of labels that can be processed and this varies froll 224-252. DSA, AOTHOR •••• A. C. Forlenza DS, DC and DCW cards are placed in lIellory where they appear in the source deck. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPs. A. C. Forlenza IBII Corporation lIINIlIOll SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - A 4K 1401 (any lIodel), 1402, 220 Church Street and 1403 with no special features is required. New York 13, New York BASIC PROGRAlI PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - This prograll will sort fixed length, filted DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. block records on a two-tape 1401 provided the control IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. fields are nUlleric only. Input and output are on tape. Oser specifies his record size, control fields, etc., on OPTIOIIAL PROGRAlI PACKAGE - 1I0ne. a single control card. portion of documentation of prograll is built into listing using comments and comaents cards. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII 1I0llBER 1401011052 Op to 5 nUlleric control fields are allowed. lIaximuII input voluae is one reel of tape, therefore, actual number of PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE records which can be sorted will vary with block size and EXTEBSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT record length. lIaxillulI input block size is 1200 characters. ------BASIC DODe CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIIIIG SY5TEIIS - Written in SPS. OPTIONAL none none none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - 11K memory size is needed and sense switches are desireable for use of an operating option in the read error routine. No other special features 1401-01.1.056 required. 1401/1440 EDIT SYSTEI1/360 BASIC ASSEIIBLY LANGOAGE BISIC PROGRAII PACKAGE AOTHOR •••• W. H. Barbee DOCOIIENTATIOIi - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• W. H. Barbee OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IBII Corporation P. O. Box 9266 ORDERING IIiFORIIATION: PROGRAII 1I0llBER 1401012012 Raleigh, North Carolina 27603 PROGUII 1'I0llBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLUIIE DESCRIPTION - This prograll edits systeBi/360 Basic Assembly EXTENSION 'rIPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT Language on 1401/1440. It produces a pro grail listing, ------literal listing, and label listing. The program processes BASIC none CARDS 15 none BAL statements; it lists BOS and DOS IOCS macros and job control statements as comments. Error messages are OPTIONAL none none none interspersed in the prograll listing. PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in Basic Assellbly Language. 1401-01.2.018 CARD IIERGE 11111111011 SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - A 4K 1401/1440 with indexing and Store Address registers, 1402/1442 Card Reader, AOTHOR •••• P. B. lIayo 1403/1443 Printer, and one (1) 1311 Disk Drive. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS PAGE 0118 11101 11101 COIlTIIIUED :PBOII PRIOR PAGE COIITIIiOED FROII PRIOR COLUIIII P. B. lIayo PROGRAII IIUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE 5622 7th Road South EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Arlington. Virginia ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTIOII - This is a card collating prograa designed to sequence check. sequence check with selection ••erge. OPTIONAL none none none aerge with selection. aatch. and aatch with selection. A .axiaua of 16 para.eter controlled fields may be utilized. 1401-01.2.024 PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. ALPHABETIC RAilE FILE SEARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - A 11101 with 11K. Hi-Lo-Eq AOTHOR •••• R. A. Root coapare and Advanced programlling features. a 1402 with Punch Peed Read and Read Peed Stacker Delay features and DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• any 1I0de! 1403. R. A. Root IBII Corporation BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 3424 Wilshire Blvd. DOCUIIEIITATION - Write-up. Los Angeles. Calif. IIACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. DESCRIPTION - This is a deaonstration program for searching OPTIOIlAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - lIone. alphabetic-keyed nalle files on disks using phonetic techniques. The package is equipped with a saaple name ORDERIBG INFORIIATIOIl: PROGRAII IIUIIBER 11101012018 file. It also contains prograas which allow the user to generate the specified file foraa t froll his own name file. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Inquiries can be .ade froa the console. reaote 1050. or EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlENT in batch form froa the card reader. Contains file ------organization and search techniques based on sound of naae BASIC none CARDS 15 none not spelling. Retrieves direct hits plus near .isses. Catches transcription errors and sound-alika-but spelled OPTIOIlAL none none none different situations. No operator coding. Applicable for insurance. banking. airline. state and local government. Proven results. 11101-01.2.022 8K THREE TAPE SORT !!ERGE PROGB!III1ING SYSTEIIS - IIri tten in Autocoder with IOCS. AUTHOR •••• F. Obereabt IIIRIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401. 1440. or 1460 (interchangeable). 12K. 1402. 1403. 1407-1447. up to five DIRECT TECHIIICAL IIiQUIRIES TO ••• 1311. one tape drive. ADV PGII. SS. and IIPY-DIV. (1448-1050 F. Oberellbt optional) • st. Joseph Indian School Chaaberlain, S. D. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATIOII - Write-up. DESCRIPTIOII - The purpose is to provide an alphanuaeric IIACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. sort prograa for 11101 systea using three aagnetic tape units. It is a aodification of 11101-01.2.003. Input is OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - lIone. fixed length blocked unblocked records. Output is ascending sequence only. ORDERIIiG IIiFORIIATIOII: PROGRAI! NUI'IBER 1401012024 PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. PROGRAII BUIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII USER VOLOIIE EXTEIISIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIIBIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - Advanced prograaaing. High ------.... ------LOW-Equal Coapare sense switches, three tape units (7330 BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 or 729 II or IY.) and 8000 positions of core. liT 7/800 24 01 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIONAL none none none DOCOIIEIITATIOII - Write-up. 1I1CHlIiIE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. 11101-01.2.025 OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. 1401 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK L01D ORDERIIIG IIiFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII IIUIIBER 11101012022 AOTHOR •••• 1'. P. Welch PROGRAII JUIlBER DISTRIBUTIOII IIEDIOII usn VOLUIIE DIRECT TECHIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EXUIISIOII TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT University of California Group AO-7 BASIC none CARDS 15 none Los Alaaos Scientific Laboratory P. O. Box 1663 OPTIONAL none none none Los Alamos. 11.11. 87544 DESCRIPTION - Sort 7 aay be loaded froa disk as well as 1401-01.2.023 froa tape Or cards. In this way. a disk drive can be used IBII 11101/14110/11160/1311 DISK SORT in place of a fifth tape unit. and Sort 7 aay reside on the same disk pack with other prograas. AUTHOR •••• A. E. Seymour IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - Salle as for sort 7. except DIRECT TECHIIICAL lliIQUIRIES TO ••• an 1BII 1311 Disk storage drive is used instead of fifth A. E. Seyaour tape unit. IBII Corporation 2000 S. W. First BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE portland. Ore. 97201 DOCUIIENTATIOII - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTIOII - This prograa is a generalized disk sort and will run on 1440/1460/1401. Darts-2 will sort fixed length OPTIONAL PROGRAII PICKAGE - None, blocked or unblocked records in sector lIode and fixed length records in track aode. Darts-2 will sort ascending ORDERING INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401012025 or decending alpha or nu.eric. Darts-2 will provide exits for job to job linkage. aonitor linkage. inquiry linkage. PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBOTIOII IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE can reside on disk or tape. and uses a very saall work EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRBIIENT area. Input and output areas aay be phYSically the same ------or addressed the saae. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1401-1440 Autocoder and OPTIONAL none none none consists of 2 Programs. IIIIIIIIUII SISTEII llEQUIREIIENTS- 8K. Advanced prograaaing. 11101-01.3.003 Hi-Lo-Eqaul. 1311. 11142-1402. GENERAL PURPOSE TAB-BACK PROGRAII BASIC PROGR.lII PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• B. T. Saith DOCUIIEIITATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• B. T. Smith OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - lIone. The lIarner Brothers company 325 Lafayette Street ORDEBIIIG I1iFORIIATION: PRO GRAil IIUIIBER 11101012023 Bridgeport 1. Conn. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS 11101 1401 PAGE '049 CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR PAGE DESCRIPTION - To provide tabulations or listings of summary 11101-01.3.018 cards or initial data cards for control and verification SELF CENTERING QUICK REPORT (QUICUE) purposes. This program may have the following 1. Card A up to ten, eigllts column add field descriptions. 2. lUTHOR •••• N. '1'.. Redfern Card B A/up to ten positive, ten column add fields, or up to ten negative, eight column add fields, B/ up to three DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• classes of comparing of not more than ten colulllns for each N. T. Redfern class of COil paring , C/ up to four classes of totals. 31179 Package lIachinery Company core positions are required for this program. 330 Chestnut Street East Longmeadow, lIass. 01028 I!INII!UI! SISTEI! REQUIREI!EIITS - 11K, 11101 card system, with the advanced programming package, and 11103 Printer. DESCRIPTIOII - Produce quick geometrically spaced printed report without designing a specific layout, as a listing BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE or tabulation, with or without summary punching, onto one DOCUKEIlTATION - Write-up. of three specified sizes of paper widths (8 1/2 in., 10 KACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 5/8 in., 14 7/8 in.) according to field definition and field control established by preparation of simple control OPTIOIlAL PROGRlI! PACUGE - None. cards. ORDERING IIIFORMATIOIl: PROGlIAI! NUMBER 11101013003 PROGRlI!l!ING SYSTEI!S - Written in SPS. nOGRA!! NUI!BER DISTUl!UTION !!EDIUII USER VOLUIIE IIINII!UM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 1401 with 11K storage. EXTENSION TYPE CODE UQUIBEII!NT No speCial featUres required, however, eqUipment with less than 132 print positions cannot specify use of 111 7/8 in. BASIC none CARDS 15 none width paper. OPTION AL none none none BASIC PlIOGRlI! PACKAGE DOClJlIENTlTION - Write-up. IUCHlHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 11101-01.3.005 REPORT PROGRAII GENElIATOR Pl!E-EDIT OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. AUTHORS ••• J. lIelnick C. E. Wyman ORDEEtING INFORI!ATION: PROGEAM NUIIBER 1401013018 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• nOGRAI! NUI'lBER DISTRIBUTIOII MEDIUI! USE!! VOLUIIE J. lIelnick EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!E'T IBII coprporation 215 II. State Street BASIC none CAllOS 15 none Trenton 8, N. J. OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - An IBI! 11101 program to edit Report Program Generator control, input speCifications, data specifications, calculation specifications, and format 1401-01.3.022 specification cards for possible clerical and logical SOI!R - SPUR OF THE 1I0l!ENT REPORTING errorf;. The program supplies a card image listing and specific error messages. lUTHOll •••• G. II. Junkin PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEI!S - Written in RPG. DIRECT TECHBICAL IIiQUIRIES TO ••• G. II. Junkin MINIM!!! SYSTEII UQUIREIlENTS - 11K, core, IElI! 1401, tEll! 1402 lSI! corporation and IBI! 11103, I!odel 1 or 2. 6900 Fannin Street Houston, Texas 77025 BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCUI!EIlTATION - Write-up. DESCRIPTION - provides an easy and quick means of producing MACHI liE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. a printed report from card input. This permits a short response time for one-tille requests and provides a stop OPTIOIIAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. gap program to allow additional time for programming a specific job. Saves program storage space for it is only ORDERING IIiFORItATION: pROGRAI! IIUI!BER 11101013005 necessary to retain a maximum of eight setup cards for each job instead of an entire program. This program can PROGllAl! NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLul'lE take the place of Ilany programs for listings and EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUlREI!ENT tabulations. Listing, tabulating, and group indicating fields ·cannot be greater than fourteen fields. Maximum BASIC none CARDS 15 none counter size is ten digits in all cases. Minor, intermediate and major breaks are each controlled by one OPTIONAL none none none field of thirty columns maximum. PROGRAIII!ING SYSTEI!S - IIritten in 51'S. 1401-01.3.011 ONE CARD 80-80 LIST IIINI!!U!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A U01 with 4,000 positions of storage and Hi-Low-Equal Compare, 1402 and 11103 Model AUTHOR •••• H. Bardin 1 or 2. Uses 3,988 positions of storage. 275 lines per minute output during a listing job and 400 cards per lIinute DIRECT TECBlfICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• during a tabulate job on a 1401 System without print H. Bardin storage. New York University Engineering Research Division BASIC pROGRAM PACKAGE Da ta Processing & Computation Lab DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. 233 Fordhall Landing Road I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Bronx 68, New York OPTIONAL PROGBAI! PACKAGE - JIIone. DESCRIPTION - To provide a compact card listing program for use on a 100 or 132 position printer, with the carriage ORDEEtING INFORI!ATION: pROGRAII NUIIBER 11101013022 being restored at. the start of the job and on formS overflow. Operating procedures place deck to be listed pROGBAI! RUI!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIU!! USER VOLU!!E behind program card in read hopper. Load program. To EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!EIfT bring last card, press start. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIIBII!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Any 1401 I!odel with 3 index registers. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC l'ROGRA5 PACKAGE DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. 11101-01.3.024 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401/1460 PRINT LARGE CONSECUTIVE JIIUMBERS ON LABELS OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. AUTHOR .... paul K. Duerr CRDERING INFCRI!ATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 11101013011 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Paul K. Duerr PROGRA!! NUIlBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUI! USER VOLUMll IBII Corporation EUENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlENT Dept. 317 Owego, JIIew York 13827 BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - The program was designed specifically to OPTIONAL none none none explode the size of consecutive numbers to be printed on CONTRIBOTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 050 11101 1401 CONTINOED FRO II PRIOR PAGE CONTIIIOED FROII PRIOR COLOIIN inch high labels, but any numbers of from one to nine digits may be printed. The numbers printed are all slightly BASIC none CARDS 15 none less than 7/8 inch in height. Only digits "0" through "9" and blanks may be printed. A control card is needed OPTIOIIAL none none none for each application. Oser routines may be easily included. 11111111011 SYSTEII REQOIREIIEIITS - The program may be run on 1401-01.4.022 any 11101 or 11160. Core size is 1329 locations and no TAPE OPDATE OTILITY PROGRAII special features are required. AUTHORS ••• Jerry Kimball lIarvin Bader BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIEIITATION - write-up. DIRECT TECHIlICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• IIACHIIiE !iEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Jerry Kimball U. S. Army strategy & Tactics Anal. Group OPTIOIIAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - 1I0ne. 4815 Rugby Avenue Bethesda 14, lIaryland ORDERIIiG INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII 1I0llBER 111010130211 DESCRIPTION - To update a BCD tape of N files, whose records PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION liED 1011 OSER VOLOIIE are less than 880 characters. Entire files, or individual EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEIIT records within a file may be deleted, changed, or inserted by the use of control cards and the sense switches. !!ASIC none CARDS 15 none IIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - lIellory 11K 1I0dei C 11101 with OPTIONAL none none none two Tape Units, 1403 Printer, Advanced Programming, lIultiply-Divide, and High-LOW-Equal Compare. 11101-01.11.010 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE ESCADE - EFFORTLESS SYSTEII OF CALCOLATIIIG AND PRINTING DOCUIIEIITATION - Write-up. EVERYTHING IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• W. J. Teagarden OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DIRECT TECHNICAL IIQOIRIES TO ••• ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014022 W. J. Teagarden Southern Per.anente Services PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU!!!'! 1113 South" Alvarado Street EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Los Angeles 57, California BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTIOII - A utility program which provides rapid conversion of 6011, 602, and 528 jobs to the 111-01. This OPTIOIIAL none none none load and go program also .ay he used to reproduce cards as well as gang punching, selective reproducing, sequence nu.bering, listing or combinations of these operations. 1401-01.4.034 Two card routines and end-of-file routine may be developed. GENERAL APPROACH TO AOTOIIATIC PROGRAI'IIIED ADDRESS CON'IERSION The effective working storage of the object program is comprised of 20 counters and 20 Storage Onits of ten AUTHOR •••• J. L. Sweeney positions each. lIultiplication and division can be executed only from counters. Approxi.ately 1800 pOSitions of core DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• are available to build the three routines of 1,000 J. L. Sweeney positions, 500 positions and 300 positions. IBII corporation 618 South lIichigan Avenue IIIIIIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIEITS - 4K 1401. Punch Feed Read, Chicago 5, Illinois lIultiply-Divide and High-Low-Equal Compare features are required if program is co.pletely used. DESCRIPTION - This program will cOllpute a disk address from a control field, such as a part number, employee BASIC PROGRA.!! PACKAGE number, etc., using a generalized method, and will evaluate DOCO.!!ENTATIOII - Write-up. the efficiency of addressing methods. lIaxillulI size of IIACHIIIE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. the control field 20 positions. OPTIOIllL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11101 1. 4000 positions of storage. 2. Advanced Programming. 3. High/LowjEqual ORDERIIIG INFORIUTIOII: PROGRAII 1I0llBER 1401014010 Compare. 4. lIultiply/Divide. 5. Sense Switches. 11103 1I0del II II Tape Units. PROGRAII IIUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOII liED lUll OSER VOLOIIE EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. OPTIOIIAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. ORDERING IIIFORIUTION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 140101110311 1401-01.4.012 SCOOP I & II - SI.!!PLIPIED COIlVERSION OF OTHER PONCHES PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUI'I USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT AOTHOR •••• Louis P. Poulin BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Louis P. Poulin OPTIONAL none none none California-western State Life Insurance Co. 2020 1 Street 1401-01.4.039 Sacra.ento II, California 1I0NITOR SISTEII FOR TAPE DESCRIPTION - To provide a simple method of converting AOTHOR •••• Barron A. IIcDonald 90 column cards in descending sequence to 80 column cards (or lIagnetic Tape) in ascending sequence. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Barron A. IIcDonald PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in RPG. The Service Bureau Corporation IBII Plant, Building 10, Rooll 308 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - 1401 with 4,000 positions 1I0nterey & Cottle Roads of storage and Column Binary Device. scoop II requires San Jose, California the Advanced progra.ming package. The interchangeable br'lsh block (BPQ NO. 899287) is net required when using DESCRIFTION - The l!oilitor PI:'ograii. ..L:::' generat.ed as the first SCOOP. two records of a System Tape. Access to its use is by the load tape button. The primary functions of the monitor BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE are to (1) Add any 1401 program to this tape and, (2) Call DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. any designated program froll this tape into core for IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. execution. Additional functions perforlled by the monitor are (1) To delete any program on this tape and, (2) System OPTIOIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. maintenance. Another 1I0nitor controlled feature allows for one prograll on the systell tape to call any other prograll ORDERIBG IIIFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 14010111012 on that tape for execution. PROGRAII 1I0llBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII USER VOLUIIE IIINIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 1401 lIodel C. One or two EXTEIISIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT tape drives, Advanced Programming, High/LoW Equal COllpare. CONTRIBUTED PROGBAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE ·051 COB'lINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO II PRIOR COLUIIN and the Column Binary feature. New Orleans, Louisiana BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTlTION - Write-up. DESCRIPTION - To eliminate the necessity for many individual IUCHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. programs required at a 1401 installation to take control and balance totals. To provide a rapid means of checking OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - None. sequence of a file of cards prior to a long 1401 program run. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGB!II NUIIBER 1401014039 PROGRAl'IIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401-1. 4K, 1402, 1403 lIodel 1 or 2. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIONAL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up. IUCRINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. 1401-01.4.051 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. SELECTIVE REPRODUCE - GANG PUNCH FOR THE 1401 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI! NUI!BER 1401014056 AUTHOR •••• R. G. Harmon PROGRAII lIUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUI!E DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EXTENSIOli TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEliT R. G. Harllon D. C. Governilent BASIC none CARDS 15 none Finance Division lIunicipal Center OPTIONAL none none none 3rd & Indiana A venue N. W. Washington, D. C. 1401-01.4.058 DESCRIPTION - SELRP is a card to card reproduce/gang punch TAPE SEARCH PROGRAII routine with provisions fcr column splitting. The master gang punch card lIust be placed behind the program deck AUTHOR •••• G. Estep whether gang punching or not. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIINIIIUII SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - 1400 Core storage positions, G. Estep no special features required. American Airlines II&E Center lIanagement Research DiVision BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE 2000 North lIingo Road DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. Tulsa, Oklahoma IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DESCRIPTION - To search tape files for specific records, OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. and emit via printer, card and/or tape any or all such data contained within the selected record's in an organized ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRAI! NUI!BER 1401014051 usable format. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 8-16K. 2 Tapes, Hi-Lo-Equal BASIC none cnDS 15 none Compare, Advanced programming. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401-01.4.054 REPRO-REPRODUCER SII!ULATOR ROUTINE FOR THE IBI! 1401 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. AUTHOR •••• R. Weber ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14010111058 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU!!E R. Weber EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT IBII corporation 1933 W. Wisconsin Avenue BASIC none CARDS 15 none lIilwaukee 3, Wisconsin OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - This program simulates the 514 Reproducer by assembling within core a prograll to do such operations as (1) Adding Holerith inforllation to the card: (2) 1401-01.4.063 Reproducing and shifting fields of information; (3) Skipping I!EI!ORY DUIIP IN BANDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS over columns; (4) Sequentially numbering cards; (5) lIoving zones from one column to another; and (6) Adding of zones AUTHOR •••• Uri J. Shafir to the desired columns. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. Uri J. Shafir IBII Israel Ltd. !!INIlW!! SYSTE!! REQ!JIRE!!ENTS - 11101 !!odel B, !!ith 1402 P. O. Box 2881 Reader Punch, no special features. Tel-Aviv, Israel BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - This prograll will print-out the whole memory DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. in bands of 100 positions, with numbering of locations. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. The printout format is easily readable and well SUited for debugging. OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE = None. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Actual (condensed). CRDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUI!BER 1401014054 IIINII'IOI1 SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K lIachine only 1402, 1403 PROGRA!! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI! USER VOLUIIE I!odel 1. EXTENSION 'IYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. !!1.CRINE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. 11101-01.4.056 ORDERING INFORIIATIOIl: PROGRAII IIUIIBER 1401014063 GENERALIZED TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE CHECKING PROGRAII PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLDIIE AUTHOR •••• L. R. Debuys III EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none L. R. Debuys III IBII Corporation OPTIONAL none none none P. O. Box 19627 2640 Canal Street COIITBIBOTED PBOGRAIIS PAGE 052 1401 1401 CORTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN 1401-01.4.067 I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. ONPACK CONDERSED ClBDS OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. AOTHOBS ••• J. J. Harding I. I. Papciak ORDERING INFORIUTION: PROGRAI! NOI!BER 1401014071 DlIlECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• J. J. Harding PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII USER VOLOI!E IBI! corporation EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT 7700 Second Boulevard Detroit 2, Michigan BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTIOII - This prograa aay be used to get a one for OPTIONAL none none none one listing of an SPS or autocoder condensed deck. Prograa w11l list sequentially all fields in core which possess a high order aark. Prograa gives location of high order 1401-01.4.094 work .ark. lPTCO - AUTOlIlTIC PROGRlIIIIIRG, TESTING, ARD CONDEBSIRG OPERATION PROGUI!I!IHG SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS and Autocoder lUTIIOR •••• Prank T. 1I0y !IIII!O! SYSTE! REQOIRE!!IITS - Basic 1401with no special features. However, all routines and sa.ple proble.s have DIRECT TECHNIClL IRQUIRIES TO ••• been asseabled with 441 control cards, which produce Prank T. 1I0y prograas suitable only for an 811: or larger syste •• Raytheon Co. Equip.ent Division B1SIC PROGBl! P1CII:lGE Surface Radar and Ravigation Operation DOCO!!IITl!rIOJ - 'rite-up. Wayland, lIassachu88tts 1I1CHIII BUDIBLE - lppropriate uterial delivered. DESCRIPTION - AP'l'CO is a load-and-go prograa deSigned to OPTIOIllL PROGRlII PACKAGE - None. sini.ize prograSling, testing, and debugging tise required for business prograss and yet provide the flexibility to OBDEIIIIIG I1POR!lTIOII: PROGB1! 1I0!Bn 1401014067 handle I. vide variety of probless for I. Card Systea 1401, froa siaple listings, reproductions and gangpunchings to PROGRlII 1I0!BER DISTRIBOTIOII IlEDIOII osn VOLO!E complicated reports requiring extensive use of logic EXTEIISIOII TYP! CODE B1!QOIREIlEIIT operations. AP'l'CO will automatically handle up to 5 heading lines, 9 total levels, and 19B symbolic labels. In one BASIC none CUDS 15 none pass, APTCO will print a listing of the control cards with error indications, print a core du.p if desired, and test OPTIOIllL none none none generated program or run actual details. APTCO will auto.atically generate multipll'/divide subroutine when required and will handle punch feed read proble.s. 11101-01.4.068 REEl - RBPBODOCE, EUT, ELIURlTE, RBPBODOCE II!RIIIOII SYSTEII REQUlREII!NTS - 4K Storage - ldditional storage capacity is entirely available for object progras. AOTHOB •••• Evan J. Staudt BASIC PROGRAII PICKAGE DlnCT TECHIIIClL I1IQtJIRIES TO ••• DOCUIIBRTATION - IIrite-up~ Evan J. Staudt IIlCHINE READABLE - lppropriate aaterial delivered. E. I. du Pont de lIe.ours & Co. Pil. Departaent OPTIORlL. PROGRAII PACUGE - None. Progra ••ing Group Brandywine Bldg. ORDEBIIG INFORIIATION: PROGRAI! NUIIBER 1401014094 lil.ington 99, Delaware PROGBAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII USER VOLU!!E DESCRIPTIOII - This progra. will reproduce cards, esit EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOI!'!E!!ENT characters into output card coluans, eliainate input card coluans fro. output card colu.ns. and re-arrange input BASIC none CARDS 15 none card coluane to output card colusns. OPTIONAL none none none PBOGRAI!II!IIIG SYSTEI!IS - Source language 1401 SPS. I!INII!IUI!I SYSTEI!I REQUIREI!IENTS - High-Low-Equal Co.pare, 1401-01.11.096 Advanced Prograa.ing Package. UNIVERSAL I!EIIORY PRINT BASIC PROGRlI! PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• Louis J. copits DOCU!ENTlTION - Write-up. 1!I1CHnrE BElD1BLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Louis J. Co pi ts OPTIORlL PROGBAI! PACKlGE - None. IB! corporation 370 W. 1st Street ORDERING INFORIUTIOR: PROGRA! NU!BER 1401014068 Dayton, Ohio PROGRAI!I NOI!BER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIUI!I OSER VOLOIIE DESCRIPTION - This program is deSigned to provide a legible EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREI!ENT (DOT) mellory print. It will automatically sodify itself to run on a 1401 of any lIemory size. Only the 00 bank BASIC none ClRDS 15 none lIust be printed froll the console. Core from 081 to the upper lisit of the object lIachine is then printed. OPTIONAL none none none PROGRlIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Absolute and SPS. 1401-01.4.071 IIINIIIII!I SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - 1401, any lIodel, 1402, 1403, CORE DOIIP ROUTINE 1I0del 2. No 1401 special features are required. contains 322 SPS instruction and comaent cards in 1 per card forsat. AOTHOB •••• Bobert J. Speck The condensed object deck contains 96 cards. Checked out on 4K, 8K and 16K systells of varying configurations. A DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• single high order core position (1. e. 3999 on 4K systell, Robert J. Speck 15999 on a 16K system) is destroyed, but a work lIark there IBII Corporation is unchanged. Civil Prograas, FSD 1111 connecticut Avenue BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Washington 6. D. C. DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DESCBIPTIOII - This is a subroutine which enables the user to take core dumps under progras control while testing OPTION!!' PROGRA! PACKAGE - None. his prograa. ThUS, a special program does not have to be loaded into the machine each tiae a core dUllp is needed, OBDERING INFORIIATION: PROGBAII NOIIBER 1401014096 nor is it necessary to aanually duap the read and punch areas. Test tille is thereby aore effiCiently utilized. PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIFlIIT PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEIIS - SPS Source Deck. ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none I!IIRIIIOI! SYSTEI! BEQOIREIIENTS - 1401 with Advanced prograasing and High-Low-Egual COllpare. It uses positions of core. OPTIONlL none none none BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCtJlIERTlTIOR - IIri te-up. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 053 CONTINUED FROI!I PRIOR COLUIlN 1401-01.4.097 SYIIBOLIC BLOCK DIAGRAIIIIING SYSTE!! PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IlEDIUII USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT AUTHOR •••• P. J. Hamilton BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• P. J. Hamilton OPTIONAL none none none IBII corporation Scientific Computation Laboratory 1I0nterey & Cottle Roads 1401-01.4.103 San Jose 14. California RELOCATABLE TRACE PROGRA!! DESCRIPTION - The Symbolic Block Diagramming System AUTHOR •••• J. L. lIannasmith assembles and prints block diagrams in a manner similar to that in which a symbolic programming system processes DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• programs. The input to the system is cards punched from J. L. l!Iannasmith a nblock diagram coding form" which is designed to look IBI!I Corporation much like the finished diagram. The coding specifies the 100 South Wacker Drive type (shape) of the block to be drawn for each card and Chicago, Illinois the narrative to be printed in the block. Each block may be assigned a label. and changes to the normal flow of DESCRIPTION - The program traces tape, card RAI!IAC. binary the diagram are indicated by referencing the labels of and standard 1401 commands. It shows steps. data. adress other blocks. Up to three labels can be referenced from registers and index registers. output is printed on the a decision block, and one label can be referenced from 1403 with one line per program step executed. This line other blocks. A sample of the coding form is provided contains 1. The location of the step being executed. 2. with the program writeup. Just as a programmer need, not The actual step, 3. Up to 15 characters of the B field specify core locations when using a SYilbolic Prograilliing before taking the step, 4. The B field after taking the System. he need not specify the page or position on the step,S. The contents of the A and B address registers page which a block is to occupy when using the Symbolic after the step, 6. The contents of index registers 1, Block Diagramming System. The system assigns all locations 2, and 3 at the time of execution. The trace program (page and position) in the first phase. In later phases. follows an object program one step at a time by extracting it prints the label table, the references to all labels, your step, placing it in the appropriate trace analysis and the diagram itself. Obviously, the diagram can be routin-e and actually executing your step within the area updated by punching only the cards involved in a change occupied by trace. and reprinting the diagram. Since diagrams to be processed are coded separately from the program, there is no machine PROGRAIlIlING SYSTEI!IS - Written in machine language. or language limitation on the diagrams which can be processed. The number of labels and references is limited I!IINII!IUI!I SYSTEI!I REQUIREI!IENTS - 1. 8000 positions of core, by object core size - 4K, 265 labels and 290 referenced 2. Advanced Programming, 3. Any features or devices - 8K, 665 and 690 - 12K, 1065 and 1090 - and 16K, 1465 called for in the object program. and 1490. Diagrams of up to 99 Fages can be processed. BASIC PROGRAI!I PACKAGE PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Autocoder. DOCUI!IENTATION - write-up. I!IACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IIINIIIUI!I SYSTEII REQUIREI!IENTS - IB!! 1401 with 4, 8, 12 or 16 thousand positions of core storage Hi-Lo-Eq compare, OPTIONAL PROGRAI!I PACKAGE - None. Advanced Programming features, a 1403 Ilodel II, a 1402. and at least two lIagnetic Tape Units. Sense switches are ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI!I NUI!IBER 1401014103 required for punching re-sequenced input decks and for multiple printings of diagrams. PROGRAI!I NUIlBER DISTRIBUTION I!IEDIUI!I USER VOLUI!IE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEliT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAI!I PACKAGE - None. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUI!IBER 1401014097 1401-01.4.107 STACK - STORAGE, ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING PROGRAIl NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI!I USER VOLUIlE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT AUTHOR •••• 1. A. Epp BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 1. A. Epp OPTIONAL none none none IBII Corporation 3424 Wilshire Boulevard Los Angeles 5, California 1401-01.4.102 CHECKPOINT AND RESTART PROCEDURE DESCRIPTION - A set of thrEl€ programs designed to m1n1m1ze punched card storage by stacking card files on magnetic AUTHOR •••• R. R. Jordison tape. Size and format of card files are virtually unlimited. The equivalent of up to ten cases of cards DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• may be placed on one 2400-foot reel of tape at 556 cpi. R. R. Jordison The set consists of- IBI!I corporation 2116 Grand Avenue 1. Card to Tape program (CTTAP). Des l!Ioines, Iowa 2. Update program (updat). In addition to adding. deleting, or replacing files, this progra=: will DESCRIPTION - The IBI!I 1401 Checkpoint and Restart Procedure copy the input tape and will furnish a list of provides for the writing of checkpoint records on magnetic the file-titles with the number of records in the' tape and automatic restart at a later time in the event files. ot: program interruption. It is of most value on programs 3. Search program (SERCH) to retrieve files in punched involving excessive running time and where program and/or printed form. interruption may be required or unavoidable. The procedure utilizes a 1401 AutocodeL Macl70 to provide the necessary PROGRArHiING SYSTEM.S -"- Autocoder .ith Ioes. program instructions to write checkpoint records. A separate restart deck is provided which re-creates storage IIINIIIU!! SYSTEIl REQUIREIIENTS - Update - 1401 8K, 2 tapes. from the checkpoint record, restores all tape drives, Search and Card-to-Tape - 4K, 1 tape. All 3 programs provides for restarting any card file, and enters the users require 1402, 1403, sense switches, Advanced Program.ing program to continue processing. and High-LOW-Equal Compare features. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEI!IS - Written in Autocoder. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCiHiENTATION - iirHe-ll.p. IIINII!IUII SYSTEI!I REQUIREIIENTS - 8K, 1401 with Advanced I!IACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Programming, Hi-Lo-Equal compare, sense switches and one tape dri ve (four for assembly). Chec kpoint and restart OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. routines-310-360 positions of storage. ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAI!I NUIlBER 1401014107 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUI!IENTATION - Write-up. PROGRAII NUIlBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER VOLUI!IE I!IACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIlElI'l' OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. BASIC none CARDS 15 none ORDERING INFCR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1401014102 OPTIONAL none none none CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 054 1401 1401 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN 1401-01.4.108 DESCRIPTION - This program will compare or duplicate mixed TAPE DUPLICATION BCD and binary tapes. On a tape compare, prior programs halted on an error. This program pri nts out one of the AUTHOR •••• R. J. Hoynes two tapes. 100 characters per line, double spaced, with word marks under each digit failing to compare. This DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• program is useful in development testing, the filing of R. J. Hoynes many tape files on one tape reel and accessing these files, IBII Corporation and in daily checking of eqUipment Producing magnetic tape. 205 Whitney Avenue This program provides for additional programming via program New Haven 10, Connecticut exits, if desired. DESCRIPTION - To duplicate BCD or binary tape records from PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The program is coded in SPS and 13 to 2300 characters in length. With the setting of sense assembled in Autocoder condensed format using CARAT V. switches it will duplicate single or multiple files, and write a trailer label. The tape to be duplicated is mounted IIINIIIUII SYSTEII PREQUIREIIENTS - A 4K or larger 1401 with on unit 1 and file protected. The output tape is mounted two tape drives and Indexing, a 1402 Card Read Punch, and on unit 2 with a file protect ring. Sense switches are a 1403 Printer. set for the options desired. Tape one is read into core, tested for size, headers, trailers and noise records and BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE written on tape two. The program will not copy records DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. greater than 2300 characters or less than 12 characters. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in 1401 Autocoder. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 1401 1I0del C, 4K system ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014123 with two tape units, 1402, 1403, Advanced programming and binary features (cptional). PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. BASIC none CARDS 15 none !!ACHIllE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. ORDERIIIG INFORIIATION: PROGBlII IIUIIBER 1401014108 1401-01.4.124 1I0DIFIED DUIIP PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRESEIiT AUTBOR •••• 11. A. Delchaaps BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL IBQUIRIES TO ••• W. A. Delchamps OPTIONAL none none none General ElectriC Co. Apollo Support Department P. O. Box 294 1401-01.4.121 Huntsville, Alabama SELF CBECKING IIUIIBER CALCULATION - 1I0DULOUS 10 DESCRIPTIOII - This routine is the standard IBII 11101 DUIIP AUTHOR •••• N.II. lIerrill modified to provide the following additional conveniences- DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 1. Logic indicators included in printout. N. B. lIerrill 2. All group marks are changed to lozenges. IBII Corporation 3. Blank blocks of memory (/XOO-X99) are not printed. 1730 Cambridge Street Campbridge, lIassachusetts IIIJlIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Positions 1-80 initially and 81-399 after contents have been printed. DESCRIPTION - Calculates the self-checking number for base numbers of three to twelve positions. A lead card instructs BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE the program in the size of the base number and desired DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. input and output. Options for input-l. Punch base number IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. and its check digit. 2. punch and print base number and its check digit. Please refer to IBII lIanual G22-8502-0, OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Account Numbering and Self-Checking Bumber Systems- series 1200 character sensing rquipment for a discussion of the ORDERIJIG INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014124 modulus 10 formula and its uses. Formula for modulus 10 check digit. Take the base number, double the units PROGRAII NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUI'I USER VOLUIIE position and alternate position to the left. Add the EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IEBT digits of the results and the even pOSitions of the base naber. Subtract the result from 110 (a multiple of 10). BASIC none CARDS 15 none The units of answer is the check digit. This program requires 2717 positions of core storage. OPTIONAL none none none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Source Language is SPS. 1401-01.4.126 IIIJ1IIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K, or higher 1401 data PRINT DECISION TABLES processing system. No special features are required. AUTBOR •••• R. J. Evans BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. DIRECT TECBBICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. R. J. Evans lIedical Sercice Association of pennsylvania OPTIONAL FBOGRAII PACKAGE Camp Bill, Pennsylvania 17011 DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. DESCRIPTION - To print decision tables on 1403 printer. The principle benefits of this method are the ability to ORDERIJIG INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014121 quickly update and produce decision tables which are suitable for photographiC reproduction. The input cards PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE (one or two per line) identify the line as a title, setup, EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT condition or action line. The decision table to be printed may contain any number of lines and allows for 15 rules BASIC none CARDS 15 none and an else rule. If less than 9 entries are all that are needed, only one card need be prepared per line. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none Extended or limited entry may be used. PROGRAaiiIiiG SYSTEiiS - written in 140i Autocoder. 1401-01.4.123 TAPE COIIPARE ERROR PRINT/DUPLICATE I'IIIIII'IUI'I SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - This program uses 1405 positions of core storage. 4K 1401, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, AUTBOR •••• G. R. Ohm Advance programming features, 1402 Card Reader Punch, 1403 Printer with 132 positions. DIRECT TECBIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• G. R. Ohm BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE IBII corporation DOCUI'IENTATION - Write-up. 340 lIarket Street I'IACBINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. San Francisco, California OPTIONAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE - None. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 055 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLU!!N 325 Lafayette street ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII ND!!BER 1401014126 The lIarner Brothers Co. Bridgeport 1, Conn. PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT DESCRIPTION - To convert programs previously punched in SPS to Autocoder. Siailar routines. IBII 4 tape Autocoder. EASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written ill 1401 card Autocoder. OPTH •. AL none none none IUNIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1401 with the Advanced progralllling package. 2,008 positions of storage are 1401-01.4.128 required for this prograll. Aminimull of 4K 1401 Card System 1401/1410 AUiOCODER PROGRA!! LOGH DIAGRAII!!ER with the Advanced prpgramaing Package and 1403 Printer. AUTHOR •••• T. O. Hiltabidle BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. T. O. Biltabidle IBII Corporation OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. 2330 St. Paul Street Baltimore 18, !!aryland ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014131 DESCRIPTION - This program will machine docullent the logic PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE of a 1401 or 1410 sYlibolic prograll written in the Autocoder EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT language. The diagraamer consists of two passes. Pass 1 builds up a sYllcol table from the source cards, pass BASIC none CARDS 15 none 2 prints the diagram. The maxiaull number of labels in the source program being diagrallmed varies according to OPTIONAL none none none object machine size, from a miniaum of 125 labels for 1 4K machine to a maximum of 875 labels in a 16K aachine. The program analyzes mneumonic OP codes only. lIacro 1401-01.4.133 instruction analysis cannot be guaranteed correct. TRACE THAT NEEDS NO SPECIAL FEATURES PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in 1401 Autocoder. AUTHOR •••• II.N. David !!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - This program may be run on DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• any 1401 or 1410 card system with a minimull of 4K storage II.N. David and one tape drive. Also necessary are the Advanced IBII Ireland Ltd. Programming, High-Low-Equal compare, Expanded Print special 28 Fitzwilliall Place features. Sense switches are required to process 1410 Dublin 2, Ireland source cards. The prograa will use all of the available memory space in the object machine. DESCRIPTION - This track program is an aid for debugging programs. It can be used on a basic 1401 system, through BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE a program using most special features can be traced. It DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. is specifically lie ant for systems without advanced !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. prograllming, as there is no other trace program for these systeas. It will print out the I address, instruction, OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. the contents of the a field, and the contents of the B field both before and after every instruction in the program ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401014128 to be traced. Procedure description the method involves placing each working area, and printing out the contents PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII USER VOLU!!E of the A and B fields for every program involving data EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT transfer. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. It can also be used directly in machine language. OPTIONAL none none none IUNrIlUII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - Basic 1401 DPS no special feature required. Requires 700 to 1,300 core locations 1401-01.4.130 depending on refinements. CARD LIST OVERFLOli BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• H. E. Thompson DOCUIIEIfTATION - Write-up. !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• H. E. Thollpson OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Beacon !!anufacturing Coapany Swannanoa, North Carolina ORDERING IIfFOR!!ATIOIf: PROGRAII NU!!BER 1401014133 DESCRIPTION - This one card prograa Wl..l.l list 80 column PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII USER VOLU!!E cards, test for overflow conditions and skip forlls to EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE IIENT carriage channel 1 if a 12 has been sensed in the carriage ------tape. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - (This one program, of necessity, OPTIONAL none none none was written in actual language utilizing no present program procedures or packages.) The user aust press HALT key to stop the 1401. 1401-01.4.134 PROGRA!! TO LOAD AUTOCODER CONDENSED PROGRA!! !!INII'IOII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - Any 1401 configuration will accomplish these results. AUTHOR •••• Kenneth E. Branch BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. Kenneth E. Branch !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IBII corp. 1130 South Sixth Street OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Springfield, Ill. ORDERING INFCRIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014130 DESCRIPTION - The program will accept condensed prograa cards from 1401 Autocoder and load thea on tape making PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLU!!E a tape loadable program tape. The significant advantages EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT of this progral! are- 1) ftini!!nw usage of storage. 2) !bility to handle any number of groupmarks in the object prograa, BASIC none CARDS 15 none and 3) Ability to handle execute type instructions with paper overlaps. A search program is generated to lookup OPTIONAL none none none the requested program on a five character field. The prograa will add or delete programs under sense switch 1401-01.4.131 control. CONVERT SPS CARD FORIIAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FOR!!AT PROGRA!!IIING SYSTE!!S - Autocoder. The load instructions AUTHOR •••• Richard A. Powers in the condensed cards are overlaid by a tape instruction to load the cards froa tape. This uses position 40 through DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 86 of core. These are the only positions occupied by the Richard A. Powers load prograll. CORTRIBOTED PROGBAlIs PAGE 056 '40' '401 CORTUUED PROII PIIIOIl PAGE 1401-01.4.145 11111111011 sIsTEII REQOIIlEIIEIiTs - 4K or larger 1I0dei C3 Advanced SELECT DATA IIETRIEVAL sIsTEII Progralllling HI-LO-EQ cOllpare sense switches one or two 7330 or 729 Tape Drives. AOTHORs ••• B.A. Regan K.P. Swallow BASIC PIIOGRAII PACKAGE DIRECT TECHnCAL INQOIRIES TO ••• DOCOIIERTATIOII - Write-up. R.A. Regan IIACHIIiE IIEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Organization & lIethods Div. Standard Oil Co. of California OPTIORAL PIIOGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. 225 Bush St. San Francisco, Calif. 94120 OIlDERIIiG IIiPORIIATIOII: PROGRAII ROIIBER 1401014134 DESCRIPTION - Retrieve information froll lIagnetic tape PROGRAII 1I0llBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLOIIE files. It will (s) earch, (e) xtract and sort, (1) ist, EXTENsIOR TIPE CODE IIEQUIREIIENT (e) dit, (c) ount and (t) otal. Search, extract and sort, list, edit, count and total. It compiles an extract program BASIC none CARDS 15 none and a report writing program and combines them with sort to form a complete system. Permits up to nine reports OPTIONAL none none none from one pass of tape file with up to 5,000 characters in the input record. Features- English language specification statements, multiple reports per pass, 1401-01.4.135 automatic editing, fast compiler, unlimited levels of IIIPACT sllIULATOIl criteria, multi-reel files, single or blocked record, with or without labels, good diagnostics, automatic security AOTHOR •••• Barbara A. Hobbins check, restart procedures, users exits. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIINIIlOIl SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - An IBIl 1401 with 8K memory, Barbara A. Hobbins Adv. Prog., HI-LO-EQ, and 4 tape units. IBII Corp. 1048 Onion Street BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE San Francisco, Calif. DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DEsCRIPTIOR - A 1401 prograll which sillulates the results of an ill pact Operating Systell. Accompanying pro grail OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE description outlines need for program and lIethod of DOCUIIENTATION - None. gathering data reguired. The sillulator calculates initial IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. Talues of forecast, IIAD and economic order guantity. Delland data is operated upon as in an Impact systell and ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBEE 1401014145 for each itell sillulated the percentage of service rendered PROGEAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE and average total inventory achieved during sillulation EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT is indicated. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIIRG sysTElIs - Written in 1401 SPS. OPTIOIIAL none DTR 7/556 22 none 11111111011 sysTEII REQOIREIIERTs - '401 8K Card System with High-Low-Egual cOllpare. 11101-01.4.150 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 14011407 SIIIULATION OTILITY PROGRAII DOCOIIERTATIOR - write-up. IIACHIRE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. AUTHOR •••• RaYllond F. Obrien OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Rone. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Raymond F. Obrien ORDERIRG INPOIlIIATIOR: PROGRAII RUIIBER 1401014135 IBI! corp. New Circle Rd. PROGRAII NOIIBER DIsTRIBOTION IIEDIUII OsER VOLOIIE Lexington, Ky. EXTERsIOR TYPE CODE REQOIREIIERT DESCIIIPTION - This program was written to simulate the BASIC none CARDS 15 none 407 accounting machine when it was being replaced by the 1401. This prograll will accollplish most of the functions OP'.rIONAL none none none of the 407 and elillinates the need to write many programs that simply list and total decks of cards. It is especially useful for one-shot listings or tabulations or jobs that 1401-01.4.141 are seldom run. After the program is read in, the control sYIIBOLIC COllE DUIIP cards set word lIarks, set move and add instructions, compare instructions, etc. If a sense switch is turned to the AOTHORs ••• La ron Jacobsen lIichael R. Rekora on position, the control card that the switch controls must be present. A process light will occur if a switch DIIIECT TECHNICAL INQUIIIIEs TO ••• is on and the corresponding control card is not present. Laron Jacobsen The program will print up to fifteen (15) different fields IBII corp. froll input cards, four of which will print totals. The AsDD four total fields can be edited only with a minus (-) to Dept. 940, Bldg. 078 indicate a credit. 1I0nterey & Cottle lids. San Jose, Calif. PROGRAIIIUNG SIsTEIIS - 1401 Autocoder. No special macro instructions are used and IoeS is not used. DEsCIIIPTIOIi - This program prints the contents of core storage in either a data or instruction format as determined I!INIIIUII SysTEII REQUIREIIENTs - A 4K 1401 with 1402 Card by internal context. All possible 64 BCD characters are Reader, Printer, High-Low-Egual compare, and Sense Switches printed on conventional equipment. Instructions resemble B, C, D, are necessary to the operation of it. Autocoder free form with decimal addresses. Core is restored after printout. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. PIIOGRAIIIIIIIG sIsTElIs - Written and aSSEmbled in Autocoder. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IIIRIIIOII SISTEII IIEQOIIlEIIEIiTS - 8K or larger lIellory, one OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Tape Drive, and Advanced Programming and HI-LO-EQ compare features. .ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGEAII NUIIBER 1401014150 BASIC PIIOGIIAII PACKAGE PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered_ BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PIIOGIIAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL none none none OIlDEIIING IRFOIlIlATION: PROGRAII NOIIBEB 1401014141 PROGRAI! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE 1401-01.4.158 EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQOIREIIENT GENERAL PURPOSE TAPE DUIIP BASIC none CARDS 15 none AUTHOR •••• D.L. WeiJller OPTIORAL none none none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• D. L. Weimer CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE·057 CORTI RUED PRO II PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED PROII PRIOR COLUIIN E. S. Preston & Assoc., Ltd. be paid to SS and CC commands to see that their format 1620 E. Broad Street is acceptable to the Autocoder for a specific machine. Columbus, Ohio 43203 Output may be printed only, or prin-ted and punched. All special BOP" codes will be converted so that the output DESCRIPTION - This operation will print in a highly legible should be ready for an Autocoder assembly once the 1'/0 format the contents of BCD tape records. A maximum of commands and DSA' s are changed. The program should take a hundred characters on a line are printed with periods care of about 98 percent of the conversion effort. - This defining left and right margins. The core capacity of program was designed primarily for 1401 card systems, but the computer is determined at object time and a maximum should be helpful in the conversion of tape and RAIIAC of (memory size) characters can be dumped from each tape Systems if the programs were written in SPS. record. The character count of each record is displayed alongside the printed record and a record count is displayed PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. upon each end-of-file. Sense switch options permit arbi trary suppression of printing and halts on end-of-file. III1lIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - 1401-A3, 1402, 11103 (llodel Parity error diagnostics are very complete. When a record 2 for full printout). sense switches. cannot be correctly read after a cleaning procedure has been utilized, it is printed as it read into core along BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE with an error warning message. DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIERTS - One magnetic tape drive ••• 1403 Printer - (132 positions) ••• 1402 Card Reader ••• ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401014160 additional Sense Switches ••• Bigh-Low-Equal Compare ••• 4K or greater core ••• Advanced Programming ••• 1I0dify-Add PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Instruction ••• 1407 Inquiry Station (optional). EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. 1401-01.4.165 ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014158 SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE AUTHOR •••• C.P. Wilkes EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EASIC none CARDS 15 none C.P. Wilkes 1550 Elmsford Avenue OPTIONAL none none none La Habra, Calif. 90632 DESCRIPTION - Two programs are included. SPSAC is deSigned 1401-01.4.159 to convert a program in the SPS Source Language to a program 1401/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAII in the Autocoder Source Language, which is compatable with the basic Autocoder produced by the IBII Dallas Data Center. AUTHOR •••• D.A. Hauser An extremely sophisticated Autocoder program is produced. designed to be as close as possible to a program originally DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• written in Autocoder. COliAC is designed to reproduce an D.A. Hauser SPS condensed card format object program into an Autocoder IBII Corp. condensed card format Object program, when no Source P.O. Box 567 Language program is available, and it is desirable to have Riverside. Calif. 92502 all object programs in only one format. DESCRIPTION - A LOAD-and-GO program for converting present PROGRA!!IIIlIG SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS Source Language. card files tc consecutive 1311 Disk files without any repunching of card files into a prescribed format. The !!INI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 4K, card system. program will handle up to 6 User Specified Card formats and build them into a user Specified Disk Record format. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Pormats of card input and disk record output are specified DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. in control card form and supplied to the program on a load IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. and-go basis. Up to 10 data fields f.:om each card format specified can be assembled into single disk records. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE Program will assemble files in either blocked or unblocked DOCUIIENTATION - None. form. IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. PROGRAIIIIIlIG SYSTEIIS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NU!!BER 1401014165 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The program will operate PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE on any 1401-1311 System having at least 4K, iicdify add~ess, EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQIJIREIIEN'r Store B register and Index Registers. with a 4K machine ------500 character disk records are the longest records that BASIC none CARDS 15 none can be processed. On an 8K machine the maximum record length is 4500 positions. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. 1401-01.4.176 IIACiiIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. AUTHOR •••• R.J. Taylor CRDEBING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014159 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• R.J. Taylor PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE IBII Corp. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 1776 John P. Kennedy Blvd. Philadelphia, Pa. 19103 BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - This program was written to handle 1311 Disk OPTIONAL none none none lIaintenance requirements not covered heretofore in any Library Program, but which occur in most 1311 installations. With the use of this program, it is now possible to change 1401-01.4.160 the addressing structure of a disk pack to any natural CONVERSION OF SPS TO AUTOCODER or unnatural range without altering the data written on the pack. Unnaturally addressed packs, such as the system AUTHOR •••• James W. Harper pack for Autocoder. 1401-AU-008 may now be copied; label DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• tracks may also be copied. The standard disk utility James W. Harper programs do not provide these operations. IBM corp. 1512 Genesee Street Options elected by control cards are- Change addresses Utica, N.Y. vi thout disturbing data, - Change addresses and clear data,- copy one disk pack to another, and- Compare one DESCRIPTION - A program designed to convert 1401 symbolic disk to another. programs to the Autocoder format. Input-output commands and DSA' S will not be converted. Special attention should PROGRAM!!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. COIITRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 058 1401 1401 CORTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIII PROGRAII ImllBER DISTRIBUTIOII IIEDIUII USER VOLUI'lE IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K system with High-Low-Equal EITEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'lEIiT COli pare and Advanced Progralllling Features and will copy a full pack in approxillately six lIinutes. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIOIIAL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. 1401-01.4.187 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. 1311 DISK RECORD FINDER ORDERING INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014176 AUTHOR •••• S. Wald PROGRAII IIIUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DIRECT TECHIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EXTEIIISIOIII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIIT S. Wald 7826 Spring Avenue BASIC none CARDS 15 none Elkins Park. Pa. 19117 OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - To search an IBII 1311 Disk File for records whose control field lIatches a search argument punched in a control card. Each such record, together with its disk 1401-01.4.181 sector address, is printed in block style. Records must REP AIB DISK RECORD be fixed length, lIultiples of 5 characters and up to 125 characters long. The control field lIay range in length AUTHOR •••• Sidney Wald froll 1 to 64 consecutive characters. DIRECT TECHIIIICAL IIIIQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRA!!IIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in Fixed/Float Language. Sidney Wald Fischer and Porter Co. 7826 Spring Avenue IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!EIITS - approxillately 5,000 positions. Elkins Park, Pa. 19117 An IBII 1401 with 1403 Printer. 132 print positions, one 1311 Disk Drive with Direct Seek Feature. DESCRIPTION - To alter the contents of a 1311 Disk Sector, using a control card which contains -a The disk address BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE of the sector, -b The low order position of the portion DOCUIIEIIITATIOIII - Write-up. of the sector to be changed. -c The nUllber of characters IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. to be altered, and -d The replacellent data. Any nUllber of such changes lIay be lIade with one loading of the program. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Control cards lIay be in any order. PROGRAIIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in Fixed/Float Language. ORDERIIIIG INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014187 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1600 pOSition, IBII 1401 with PROGRAI'I IIIUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOIII IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE 1403 Printer, 1402 Card Reader and 1 - 1311 Disk Drive. EITEIIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none . tOCUIIEliTATIOIII - Write-up. IIACHIIIIE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. OPTIOIIAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. 1401-01.4.188 ORDERING IIIFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014181 ONE OF ONE - 80180 REPRODUCE IiITH LAST CARD TEST PROGRAII IIIUIIBER DISTRIBUTIOIII IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE AUTHOR •••• T. J. Carney EITENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none T. J. Carney 9th D.P. P. H & S Co. OPTIONAL none none none 2nd Servo Bn. 2nd l'Iar. Div. Camp LeJeune, North Carolina 1401-01.4.186 1401/1460-1311 DISK PROGRAII LOADER DESCRIPTION - This one card prograll reads a card and 1I0ves the data into the punch area before it punches insuring AUTHOR •••• 11. A. 1I00re that the first card out is a valid reproduction of the first data card in. The prograll does not have to be DIRECT TECHIIIICAL IIIIQUIRIES TO ••• reloaded if 1I0re reproducing is desired. This one card II.A. lIoore prograll contains a list card test that will process the IBII Corp. last card and give a program halt, eliminating the continous 206 lIain St. cycling of the 1402. Johnstown, Pa. I'IINI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 110 special features required DESCRIPTION - The Disk Loader provides the user with lIeans and uses only 400 positions of storage. Speed is 192 cards of storing his progralls on disk and calling thell into core per minute. for execution with one card. This card is a one card prograll which brings in the Loader froll disk, which in BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE turn brings in users program froll disk. The Loader is DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. alllost identical to the Condensed Card Loader except that IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. the Loader reads disk records in the condensed forllat instead of cards, also it is not relocatable. Overlays OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. are handled the salle as with the Condensed Card Loader. Approxillately 9 sectors of disk storage are needed for ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAI'I NU!!BER 1401014188 every 800 core positions of prograll. Programs and Loader need not be on the salle pack. Loading is 25 percent faster PROGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER VOLUI'lE than with Card Loader. One call card replaces object deck. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIIT Loader uses Core Locations 1-330 and Read, Punch and Print Areas can be cleared after program has been loaded. There BASIC none CARDS 15 none is nc Group lIark Word lIark restriction. Call card is compatible with job stacking because a seldoll used special OPTIOIIIAL none none none character, Card Code 0-6-8, is in column 80. PROGRAIIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in 1401-1311 Autocoder. 1401-01.4.189 1401/1440/1460 RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAIIS - RASP IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 with modify address instruction - at least one 1311 - Printer - 11102 Reader AUTHOR •••• U. Sinclair Punch. If lIodify address feature is not available program 1I0dification is necessary. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• U. Sinclair BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Programller-Data Processing Division DOCUIIEIITATIOII - Write-up. Pocket Books, Inc. IIACHIIIIE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. One West 39th Street New York, New York 10018 OPTIOIIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. DESCRIPTIOII - At various times, it becolles necessary for ORDERIIIIG INFORIIATION: PROGBlII IIIUIIBER 1401014186 a resequenced source prograll deck to be obtained. RASP vas devised to permit resequencing before, and cOllpetely CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 059 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN independent of, valuable assellbly processing time. RASP uses 31 core storage positions for actual program operation PROGUII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE as well as the read and punch storage areas. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEBT ------~------The resultant output deck contains the original source BASIC none CARDS 15 none card information from column 6 through 72 and the new sequence numbers in columns 1 through 4, starting with OPTIONAL none none none "0101" in the first, or "job". IUNIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401/1440 or 1460 with no 1401-01.4.195 special features. 1401 SPS TO SYSTEII/360 BASIC ASSEIIBLER BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• W. J. Barry DOCUIIENTATION - lirite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIIaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• W. J. Barry OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IBII Corporation Seven Penn Center Plaza ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014189 Philadelphia, Pa. PROGRAII NU II BE!! DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DESCRIPTION - A program designed to assist in the EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT reprograllming of 1401 SPS sYllbolic programs into S/360 ------Basic Assembler Language. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Translation is made of common 1401 statement into their OPTIONAL none none none 5/360 equivalent, with flags inserted if generation is questionable. 1401-01.4.190 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. IIULTI-PURPOSE 80-80 REPRODUCING IIIBIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 or 1460... 8000 AUTHOR •••• R. E. Descheneaux positions ••• Advanced Prog ••• Hi-Lo':'Equal... Sense Switches ••• 1402 Card ReadjPunch ••• 1403 Printer. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• R. E. Descheneaux BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE IBII company Ltd. DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. 1255 Laird Blvd. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. lIontreal, P.Q. Canada OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - None. DESCRIPTION - This 80/80 Reproducing Progralll will reproduce IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. each input card into one, two, or three output cards and staker select the output cards. This is an advantage over ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU!'IBER 14010111 195 single card reproducing programs since the handling time for getting several copies out of an input card deck is PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE considerable reduced. Execution time is 73 CPII read in EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT when triple reproducing, 100 CPII read in when double reproducing and 200 CPII read in when single reproducing. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Languag€ used - Absolute. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Any size 1401 Central Processing Unit with Sense Switches and a 1402 Card Read 1401-01.4.198 Punch. ANTIC A LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE AUTHOR •••• B. Enellark DOCUIIENTATION - lirite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQUIRIES TO ••• B. Enellark OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - None. EDB-Centralen Gyldenloevesgade 15 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014190 copenhagen K, Denmark PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DESCRIPTION - ANTIC translates condensed cards of either EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Autocoder or SPS into single-instruction print. Constants are - to a high degree - separated froll instructions. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OP-Codes are translated into Autocoder or SPS IInemonics, addresses converted to indexed nUlIber and - in Autocoder OPTIOIiAL /lone none none - sOlie digit lIodifiers are built into the mnemonics - BeV, BW, BSS, BPCB, A. S. o. 1401-01.4.193 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder. PAPER AND PROGRAII DOCUIIENTATION EDITOR IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1401 lIodel 3, 1402 Reader, AUTHOR •••• J. S. Dibble 1403. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES .£.v ••• BASIC PROGR!!! PACKAGE J. S. Dibble DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IBII Corporation IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. 447 E. BrOad Street Columbus, Ohio 43214 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - This is a program to read punched cards ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014198 containing a text in free forii, pack it to close up gaps caused by deletions, expand it to accolllllodate insertions, PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE and print it so as to occupy an 8 1/2 by 11 inch page in EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT continuous forll. New paragraphs, pages, and other functions ------are handled automatically or by the use of control codes BASIC none CARDS 15 none within the text itself. After the first copy is printed, revisions may be made by punching additional cards in a OPTIONAL none none none prescribed change format. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - liritten in Autocoder. 1401-01.4.205 CARD SPS TO AUTOCODER FOR 1401/11160 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 with at least 4K storage, Advanced Programlling, H-L-E compare, 1402 and any 1I0dei AUTHOR •••• N. E. Patton 1403 Printer. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE N. E. Patton DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IBII Corporation IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIIaterial delivered. 1330 SUllmit Avenue Fort Worth, Texas OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - This program will convert 1401 SPS source ORDERING INFORIIAlION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014193 statellents to 1401, 1440, or 1460 full Autocoder. SPS CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS UGE 060 1401 1401 COBTIJIUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN source aust be in standard SPS source foramt. It prints BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE a source listing of the SPS stateaent and the new Autocoder DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. stateaent side by side, and punches the Autocoder stateaent !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. with a new sequence No. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. DOCU!!ENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. !!IBI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - 4K 1401 or 8K 1460, 1402, 1403 with no special features. Prograa occupies 3205 ORDERING INFORI!IATION: PROGRAM NUI!IBER 141014211 positions. There are 576 source statements. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I!IEDIU!! USER VOLU!'!E BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DOCU!!ENTA'UON - Write-up. !!ACRINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL FROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401014205 1401-01.4.212 PROGRAI!I NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I!IEDIUII USER VOLUIIE CARD COLLATOR SIIIULATOR EXTEIIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!IENT ------AUTHOR •••• J. E. Cain BASIC none ClBDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none none none J. E. Cain IBII corporation Box 3467 1401-01.4.207 Santa Barbara, Calif. 93105 RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE DESCRIPTION - This prograll will perfora the collator AUTHOR •••• L. E. Coben functions of sequence check, straight merge, merge selecting equals, merge replacing equal, merge equals only, match DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• equals, or pull equals. The control field is designated L. E. Coben by a lead card. It may be broken down into 18 sub-fields IBI!I De !!exico, S. A. which aay contain 80 columns of a card in any order. Both Insurgentes Sur 100 files are sequenced check, and the control fields may be !!exico, D. F. alphabetic. DESCRIPTION - This is a powerful debugging, docuaentation PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEI!IS - Written in Basic Autocoder 2K. and teaching aid that accurately sillulates the functioning of the 1401 under control of any object prograa and prints !!INII!IU!! SYSTEI!I REQUIREI!IENTS - 3,244 positions of storage, out coaplete inforaation about what the prograa is dOing Hi-Lo-Equal Coapare, Punch Feed Read, and the Read Stacker in an easy-to-read foraat. Select Delay Device, RPQ No. 1192210. The instruction address, A and B address register contents BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE at the beginning of the execution phase, the instruction, DOCU!!ENTATION - IIrite-up. index register contents and up to lS positions of the A !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. field and the B-field both before and after instruction execution are given on a single print line. RST operates OPTIONAL PROGRAI!I PACKAGE - None. aore rapidly than other siailar prograas by calculation the A-address only when necessary. l!Iiniaua restrictions ORDERING INFORI!IATION: PROGRAM NU!!BER 1401014212 apply to the traced prograa. Loaders supplied perait use of trace object prograa in standard load card or tape PROGRA!! NUI!IBER DISTRIBUTION I!IEDIU!! USER VOLUIIE foraats. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!IENT PROGRA!!I!IING SYSTEI!IS - Basic Autocoder 2K. Any Autocoder BASIC none CARDS 15 none processor can be used for asseably. OPTIONAL none none none !!IlUIIUI!I SYSTS!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 1385 core positions, High LOW-Equal and Advanced Prograaaing. Can be used with 4K aachines. 1401-01.4.220 1401/1440/1460 JOB CONTROL !!ONITOR ON DISK BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATIOII - IIrite-up. AUTHOR •••• N. E. Patton IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - lone. N. E. Patton IB!! corporation ORDERING INFOR!!ATIOII: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401014207 P. O. Box 1039 Fort 1I0rth, Texas PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION I!IEDIU!! USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!IENT DESCRIPTION - JOBCO is a program that resides on 1311 Disk ------storage. JOBCO can aoni tor user program execution by the BASIC none CARDS 15 none use of control cards. JOBCO loads user programs on disk in core-image form in the area assigned by the user and OPTIONAL none none none can control 1311 Disk Drive on the systea and uses file protected addresses to prevent destruction of user programs on disk. JOBCO uses the high order 600 pOSitions of core 1401-01.4.211 storage for permanent and transient routines. These 1401-1311 DISK PRINT PROGRAI!I routines have the ability to load programs on disk, call programs from disk, delete programs on disk, simulate the AUTHOR •••• J. P. Olson load button for execution of card deck programs, and print a core dUlip as directed by tbe user. Cylinder overflo~ DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• is handled by JOBCO. JOBCO allows stacked jobs to be J. P. Olson executed as directed by the user. IB!! Corporation 6900 Fannin PROGRAMIIING SYSTEI!IS - Written in Autocoder. Houston, Texas 77025 !!INI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401/1440/1460 Systells that DESCRIPTION - This prograa provides the following disk have 8, 12, or 16K with Hi-Lo-Equal, Indexing, Store print capabilities-print interaixed aove and load aodes Registers with at least 1 card reader, 1 printer, and 1 autoaatically, oait printing blank sectors, with options 1311 Disk Drive. to st!~.~a!'iz@ th'1?~ on. a single line or ignore them completely, option to summarize on a Single lines all BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE contiguous sectors wirtten in salle lIode and either blank DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. or non-blank, perait spacing option - single or double IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. spacing, and either solid block of 90 or 100 characters or split into blocks of 10 characters. OPTIONAL PROGRAI!I PACKAGE - None. PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - IIritten in 1401 AUtocoder, AU-OOS. ORDERING INFORI!IATION: PROGRAII NUI!IBER 1401014220 IIIBIMU!! SYSTEI! REQUIRE!!ENTS - SK, 1402, 1403 with 132 PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLU!!E positions, 1311, Advanced Prograaaing, and Hi-Low-Equal EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT coapare. BASIC none CARDS 15 none CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 11101 11101 PAGE .061 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN for: (a) Totaling on control break. (b) Overall totals OPTIONAL none none none at end of job, including a card count, sequence check input file, print headings on page overflow, extra space after printing, bypass detail list and print minor summary totals 11101-01.11.221 on control break and page overflow on control break. Print REPRODUCE ONLY CERTAIN COLUIINS ON THE IBII 11101 capacity - no more than 99 positions of output per line. Card field capacity - maximum of eight (8) fields of AUTHOR •••• D. E. Erickson printing from card, any number of card columns per field. Sequence checking requires Hi-Low-Equal compare feature DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• and control break on one of eight fields. D. E. Erickson IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11K 11101 with High-Low-Equal 109 Fercliff Lane Compare. Henersonville, North Carolina BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - To reprod uce only certain card columns using DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. the 11102 as a Versatile Auxiliary Card Reproducer. There IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. are no restrictions on this program. Any number of columns up to and including 80, adjacent or non-adjacent, can be OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. reproduced by using a control card. This program is set ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 111010111225 up so that you can reproduce a series of decks. When one deck has been reproduced, place another deck with the PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE proper. header card in the read hopper and press start. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUl'!ENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. 11101-01.11.226 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 111010111221 GENERALIZED TABULATE WITH OR WITHOUT CONTROL FIELDS PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE AUTHOR •••• E. Staudt EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none E. Staudt Avisun Corporation OPTIONAL none none none River Road New Castle, Del. 19720 11101-01.11.223 DESCRIPTION - The purpose of the program is to eliminate DOCUIIENT AND TESTING AIDS FOR COBOL THROUGH A LOGIC TRACE the necessity for many individual programs required at AND DATA-NAIIE CRCSS REFERENCE LIST a 11110 installation to tabulate control and balance totals and to provide for up to three control fields total AUTHOR •••• L. Green indications as well as a final total. A maximum of five fields per any given card file can be tabbed with or without DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• control field totals and a final total. The user may L. Green specify up to three control field levIes. The user may IBII corporation also list each card (control fields) with the associated Asylum Aveneue tab fields. Hartford, Conn. 06105 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in Basic Autocoder for 11K DESCRIPTION - A series of three programs - 11101 Autocoder 11101, compiled with AU-005 with Condense 2. Card to Tape Sort on any computer, and 11101 Autocoder Tape to Print will produce a logic trace and data-name corss BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE reference listing to aid in the documentation, maintenance, DOCUIIENTATION - IIrite-up. and testing of COBOL Programs. The first part of the IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. listing is an alphabetical list of all sections and paragraphs contained in the procedure division of a COBOL OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Program and all directives to them. The directives will indicate the preceding section or paragraph name, and go ORDERING IliFORIIATION: PROGRA" NUIIBER 111010111226 , to, go to depending on, perform, perform thru instructions and their associated paragraph name, that refer to the PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE section or paragraph name listted. The second part of EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEN'r the listing is an alphabetical list of all COBOL words and/or data-names used in the procedure division and, the BASIC none CARDS 15 none paragraph name they were used in. A user option is provided to eliminate the printing of any COBOL words or data names OPTIONAL none none none not desired on the listing. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in COBOL. 11101-01.11.227 VARILIST IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11K - 11101, Hi-Lo-Equal, Indexing, 11102, 11103, 1 tape drive. AUTHOR •••• E. Giegler BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOC!!!!ENT!TION - !!rite-llp. G. Kinhle IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Director of Data Processing Carleton College OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - None. Northfield, lIinn. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101014223 DESCRIPTION - VARILIST - A load and go processor for generating fast running listing programs. Uses a single PROG!!.l!! N!!!BER USER VOLUME contel card plus heading caras. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEN'rS - 11K 11101 with sense switches, BASIC none CARDS 15 none Expanded Print Edit, and 120 print positions. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGUII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401=01.4.225 UTILITY PBINT PROGRAII OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. AUTHOR •••• J. S. Williams ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 111010111227 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE J. S. Williams EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT lIemorial Sloan-Kettering 111111 E. 68th street BASIC none CARDS 15 DODe New York, New York 10021 OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - This program allows the user to detail list any card file in any desired print format, print edit any or all card fields, accumulate any or all printed fields CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 062 1401 1401 1401-01.4.228 1401-01.4.231 CPI - CREATE PRINT IIIAGES IIATCH AND 1I0DIFY FILES PROGRAII AOTHOR •••• R. A. lIacKinnon AUTHOR •••• W. Buffa DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• R. A. lIacKinnon W. Buffa IBII Corporation IBII Corporation 112 E. Post Road 112 E. Post Road White Plains, New York 10601 White Plains, New York 10601 DESCRIPTION - CPI processes 1401/1460 Autocoder source DESCRIPTION - The lIatch and lIodify Files Program is a self decks to create new source programs in which all references modifying program Which will process any tape file against to the 1403 are replaced by linkage instructions and any other tape file (subject to size limitations) comparing parameters. Linkage is made to a subroutine which CPI records from one file to records on the other, including inserts into the converted source program. This subroutine the ability to table-search one of the input files. Based emulates printer activity by writing 133-character print on the cOllparisions and/or table search the program can images onto a magnetiC tape. When a users program is generate two output files in the same format as the input converted and reassembled, the resultant Object deck or reformatted as the user desires. performs exactly as the original except a print tape replaces the 1403. This tape is built with 1401 D-llodifier PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1401/1460 Autocoder forms control characters and can be printed on system/360 Language and has been assembled on the 1460 Disk Autocoder in a multi-programming environment. Sample programs are Processor. included to accomplish tape-to-printer processing on a 1401 or a System/360 operating under the Disk Operating IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 16K 1401 or 1460 with four System. 729 Tape Drives. a 1402 Card Reader, a 1403 Printer with 132 print positions, Advanced Programming and High-Low PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS- Written in 1401 Autocoder. Equal Compare. IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - An 8K 1401/1460 or System/360 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Feature/Emulator is required. Sense switches, Advanced DOCUIIEBTATION - Write-up. programming, Index Registers, and one tape unit are- also IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. needed. If available, an additional tape and 1407/1447/1052 (with proper 1407 Subfeature) can be used. When OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. reassembled, the converted object program will need one additional tape unit, SBR Instruction, 1I0dify Add, and ORDERING INFORIIATIOB: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14010111231 700-1100 additional core positions because of CPI-inserted linkage and the tape subroutine. If availabe, a PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE 1407/1447/1052 will be used. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIiT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIOBAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. 11101-01.4.232 ORDERING IBFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII 1I0llBER 1401014228 GEBERAL PROCESSING UTILITY PROGRAII PROGRAII BUIIBER DISTRIBUTION liED lUll USER VOLOIIE AUTHOR •••• W. Buffa EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none W. Buffa IBII corporation OPTIOBAL none none none 112 E. Post Road White Plains, Bew York 10601 1401-01.4.230 DESCRIPTION - The General processing Utility Program 1401/1460 BRAILLE - TRAN - TRUISLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 performs many Simple utility jobs often called for in a BRAILLE ABD EIIBOSS OB A 1403 PRIBTER computer installation and is intended to reduce the number of individual utility programs that have to be maintained, AOTHORS ••• T. Reifsnyder J. T. Ferro each of which performs only one or a few of these jobs. It does card to card, card to printer, card to tape, tape DIRECT TECHNICAL IBQUIRIES TO ••• to tape, tape to printer, and tape to card operations in T. Reifsnyder a total of twenty-six options each of which is called for IBII Corporation by a combination of sense switch settings. The program 9045 Lincoln Blvd. is card or tape loadable and is self-initializing between Los Angeles. Calif. 900.45 jobs without re-Ioading. DESCRIPTION - Description of a set of two 1401 programs PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 11101/11160 Autocoder which require only 4K of core and no special features. Language and has been assembled on the 11160 Disk Autocoder The first program takes input from edited English text Processor. punched into cards and produces an intermediate deck. The second program uses the intermediate deck as input IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 8K, 12K or 16K 1401 or 1460 and embosses Grade 2 Braille directly on a 1403 which has with at least one, and up to five, Tape Drives, a 1402 had the ribbon removed and the hammers converd with a strip Card Reader and Punch, a 1403 Printer with 132 Print of soft material. If editing and keypunching are correct, Positions, and High-Equal-Low Compare. perfect Grade 2 Braille is produced without post-edit. Once a translation has been made, any number of copies BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE can be produced from this one deck. The program is capable DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. of translating and embossing books of text. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IIIBIIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - IBII 1401/1460 with 4,000 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014232 positions of core storage. 1402 Card Read/Punch. 1403 with 132 print positions. PROGRAII NUIIBES DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIiT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Bone. ORDERING INFORIIATIOB: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401014230 1401-01.5.002 DIOS - 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEII FOR THE 1401/1440/1460 PROGRAII IIUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTEBSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT AUTHOR •••• Jerome S. lIeach BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Jerome S. lIeach OPTIONAL none none none IBII Corporation 7700 Second Boulevard Detroit 2, lIichigan COIiTRIBUTED PROGRAI!!S 11101 11101 PAGE 063 COIiTIIIUED FROI!! PRIOR PAGE CONTIIIUED FROI'I PRIOR COLUI'IN DESCRIPTION - A cORplete Autocoder I!!acro SysteR for the compatible with the FARGO-Forty prograa by C. P. Doolittle, IBM 1311 and/or 1301. All disk operations are handled the latest version of FARGO for the 1440. in both the Move and Load Mode with the exception of sector count overlay. Primary considerations are the mini.ulI BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE use of core storage and ease of programming. One macro DOCUI'IENTATION - Write-up. state.ent established the DIOS .ainline in high core. MACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Core requirements are 20LJ or 2115 with Standard Seek and 383 or 1128 with Direct Seek on the 1311 Disk Drives. The OPTIOIiAL PROGRAM PACKAGE 1301 does not require Direct Seek as no Seek Calculations DOCUMENTATION - Listings. are required. An error halt list is included in the user's MACHINE READABLE - None. Autocoder listing. Ten core positions are generated for each GET, PUT, SEEK or SCAN. An automatic exit between ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM IIUI!!BER 11101020018 the Write Disk and Write Disk Check is provided when desired by the user. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUM USER VOLUI'IE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in lLJ01-1130 Autocoder. BASIC none CARDS 15 none MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Indexing and Store Registers, and High-Low-Equal Compare. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION, - Write-up. lLJ01-02.0.019 MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTOI'IATIC FLOWCHART TECHNIQUE OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. AUTHORS ••• F. D. Lewis W. N. I!!oll ORDERING INFORMATIOIl: PROGRA!! IIU!!BER lLJ01015002 DIRECT TECHIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• F. D. Lewis PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUM USER VOLU!!E IB!! Corporation EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT Dept. 867 Neighborhood Road BASIC none CARDS 15 none Kingston, New York OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - A program which produces flowcharts froa a language similar to 11100 Series Autocoder. All information pertaining to one syabol is contained on one 11101-02.0.017 keypunch form line. Free form coding of text inform a tion AUTOBLOCK II is used. The prograa floats and centers the text within the symbol, thus relieving the writer of this tedious task. AUTHOR •••• W. C. Milihoff Page and connector nUlibers are assigned automatically by the prograa. Twelve unique syabols are available, all DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• of which have been approved by the American Standards W. C. Milihoff Association. Flow charts produced are machine independent. IBM corporation By use of special cOllaent cards, line text information 1955 The Alameda lIay be produced with options for centering, left, right San Jose, California a full justification. DESCRIPTION - AUTOBLOCK II automatically produces cross PROGRAMMING SYSTE!!S - written in Autocoder. reference tables and a documented block diagram, using new symbols in accordance with ASII standards. It provides MINIMUM SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - lLJOl LJK, two lIagnetic tapes three different tables, one of which is the branch-froll and Advanced Programaing feature. table, and accepts an unlimited number of branch points, since the program takes full advantage of core size. In BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE addi tion to the common instructions, AUTOBLOCK II handles DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. IOCS, Macros, Overlays, and the execute instruction. I'IACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTOBLOCK II is an extension and revision of AUTOBLOCK I. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATIOIi - None. PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 11K Minimum, four-tape, ORDERIIiG INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401020019 Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal-Collpare. PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTIOIi !!EDIU!! USER VOLUI'IE BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none DOCUMENTATION - None. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401-02.0.021 ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 11101020017 1401/1311 MOIiITOR FOR PROGRA!!S ON DISK PACKS PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME AUTHOR •••• J. C. Sassaman EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'IENT ------DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC none CARDS 15 none J. C. Sassaman 698 Delaware Avenue OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none Buffalo, New York lLJ209 DESCRIPTIOIi - This program consists of two parts. The 11101-02.0.018 first, SR01, loads user's prograas on disk packs and creates FARGO ONE-SIXTY-G an entry in a progra. table stored on the first four sectors of a disk pack. The table is checked before a prograa AUTHOR •••• D. L. Fernandez is loaded to prevent overlap with prograas already stored on the disk pack. The second, SR02, provides for standard DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• dates to be used by the user's programs, inquiries, (both D. L. Fernandez direct address and scan type), progra. pulldown through IBM Corporation use of sentinel card, copying of prograas and table to Wilshire Boulevard new pack on disk-to-disk updating jobs, and a log of program Los Angeles, California activity on an IB!! 1407. DESCRIPTION - FARGO One-Sixty-G for the 11101, 11160, and PROGRA!!I'IING SYSTEI'IS - Written in lLJ01/1311 Autocoder. 1401G is a greatly expanded new version of a load and go report generator which gives all the capabilities of Basic !!INIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEIiTS - Advanced Programming, High FARGO plus - (a) Up to six header lines which can be Low-Equal Compare. SCAN Disk SF is optional for SCAli .odified at any time within object time. (b) Multiply- inquiries. Storage used - approx. 2K. Divide with or without the feature. (c) Multiple and/or if/not conditions in defining up to ten card types. (d) BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE Sequence check of input file at any level (if High-Low- DOCUI'IEIiTATION - Write-up. Equal is installed). (e) UF to four split control fields MACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. with or without stripped zones for defining each of four total level. (f) Total force heading or heading force OPTIOIiAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE - None. total, divorced minor and supress compare of a card type at any total level. (g) And aore ••••• the program is fully ORDERING IIiFORI'IATIOIl: PROGRA!! IIU!!BER 1401020021 COIITRIBOTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 064 1401 11101 COIITiliOED PROII PRIOR PAGE CONTIIIOED PROII PRIOR COLOIIN DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTICII liED 1011 OSER VOLOIIE R. Steffanson, Jr. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEIIT Potlatch Forests, Inc. Lewiston, IdahO BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTIOII - By inserting this ,change into the 11101 FORTRAN OPTIONAL none none none II Compiler, programs coded in FORTRAN may be compiled and run on 11101 lIachines not having the lIultiply-Divide special feature. The only programming consideration 1401-02.0.022 necessary is that the address in the parameter card should PLOGEN - IBII 1401 PLOW CHART GENEBATOR be approximately 1000 positions less than the machine core capacity. Operating convenience is not seriously affected. AOTHOR •••• J. R. Buchert, Jr. These advantages of the FORTRAN Compiler are retained - Rapid compile time (around 2 minutes)... DiagnostiCS ••• DIRECT TECHUCAL INQOIRIES TO ••• Compile-ang-go capability ••• Optional punched Object deck J. R. Buchert, Jr. (ready to use)... Compiler may be on cards or tape. Core IBII Corporation required for the subroutine reduces by approxillately 1000 1120 Connecticut Avenue, 11. W. positions the core available for compiling the source Washington, D. C. 20036 prograll. DESCRIPTIOII - This 11101 program will produce a printed PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in FORTRAN. flowchart with block text, comments, block labels, and decision block connector conditions. The program processes IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - FORTRAN with this change single card entries for each block and is capable of requires 8K, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, producing successive charts of fifty (5 by 10) blocks. Reader-Punch, and Printer. A simplified coding system is employed which produces flow charts of ASA approved symbols for any programming system BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE in a form much like 70711 Autochart. DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in 11101 Autocoder. OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. III11IIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIEIITS - An 8K with lIodel Printer and Advanced Programming feature is required. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 1401020025 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOPIE DOCOIIEIITATIOII - 'Write-up. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEliT IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIOliAL none none none ORDERING IIiPORIIATIOII: PROGRAII 1I0llBER 11101020022 PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE 1401-02.0.031 EXtENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIEliT AOTOCHART ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none AOTHORS ••• Josephine Carter Willia. Johnson Peter Fondis Hedy stoy OPTIONAL none none none DIRECT TBCHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• Josephine S. Carter 11101-02.0.0211 IBII corporation FLOWCHARTING UD DOCOIIEIIT1TIOli lID PROGRAII 110 Saw lIill River Road Hawthorne, lIew York AOTHOR •••• F. D. Lewis DESCRIPTIOli - This program gives 1401 users the ability DIRECT TECHIilICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• to produce flowcharts similar to those Which currently P. D. Lewis can only be produced on the IBII 7070/74. The program has IBII Corporation ten phases plus a supervisor. It will also accept input Dept. 867 prepared for the IBII 7070/711 Autochart Programs. File Kingston, New York lIaintenance of the input has not been inclUded in the programs. Initial timing runs indicate that the production DESCRIPTION - This program provides facility for computer of each flowchart takes approximately one-half minute, preparation of flowcharts and textual documentation by including printing. Restart procedures are included so means of an easy to learn and use problem oriented Charting that the program can be interrupted at the end of any phase Language. The flowchart matrix is 3 x 10 blocks and all and continued at a later time. System tape creation is block connection are computer generated. Symbols conform also included. The' prograll uses the Autochart language to ASA standards and normal flowcharting conventions. for input. It is 'an easily learned language and is lIachine Pages of text contain 57 characters character spacing. independent. The output is a printed chart, standardized The Flowcharting Language is compatible with the language for clarity and readability and suitable for reproduction. used in another program now available from the type III This is a tool to help the user maintain better prograll Library under catalog Number 2.0.019. documentation by providing flowcharts which conform to both IBII Corporate Standards and to the proposes American PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Source Language is 11101 Autocoder Standards Association Flowchart Standards. It is also - not including IOCS. very useful in producing various types of graphics and other charts. Assellbly output for object deck and listing, 11111111011 SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - 1401 with 8K Storage, II sample problem input data, and SOUl;ce deck are basic program Tapes, Hi-Lo-Equal compare, Advanced programming and Sense material. Switches. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autochart Language BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. 11111111011 SYSTEII REQOIRE!!ENTS - It requires an 8K 11101 with IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. four Tape Drives, 11102, 1403, Advanced prograllming Package, Sellse Switches. High-Low -Equal Compare, and !!ultiply OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE Divide Features. DOCOIIEIITATION - None. IIACHIliE READABLE - Source code. BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up. ORDEBING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 111010200211 !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - lIone. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT ------ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NO!!BER 11101020031 BASIC none 11'1' 7/556 22 01 11'1' 7/800 211 01 PROGRA!! NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIPEIIENT OPTIONAL none 11'1' 7/556 22 01 ------11'1' 7/800 211 01 BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 11'1' 7/800 211 01 11101-02.0.025 OPTIONAL none none none FORTRAN IIODIFICATION WHICH ELIlllllATES THE IIOLTIPLY-DIVIDE SPECIAL FEATORES REQOIREI!ElITS AOTHOR •••• R. Steffanson, Jr. CONTRIBUTED PROGRlIIS 1401 1401 PAGE 065 COliTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!IN 1401-02.0.035 Bldg. 051 DISASSEIIBLER OF 1401/1460 PROGRA!!S FROII OBJECT TO AUTOCODER San Jose, California SOURCE DESCRIPTION - The Program is a 16K 1401 Systems Flow ADTHOR •••• lIr. R. lIackinnon Charter. The machine must have (1) Index Registers, (2) Hi-Lo-Eq Compare, (3) Advanced programming (4) 1402. (5) DIRECT TECHIIICAL IIIQDIRIES TO ••• 1403 and (6) 1 Tape (using card program) or 2 tapes using IIr. R. A. lIackinnon loadable tape. The program will draw systems flow charts, IB!! Corporation create a "systems table ani! program-file cross-reference". 112 East Post Road The symbols drawn are Clerical Operation. Storage Bin, White Plains, lIew York 10601 Wide Program, Off-page connector. Adding !!achine, Transmittal Tape, !!ultiple Card File. Tape, Random File. DESCRIPTION - This group of 4 programs was written to Card, Document. Graphic Display, Terminal, Keyboard, Paper assist documentation and conversion efforts where the user Tape. Comments and Sequence of File. The program has been has only an object deck from which to work. It converts successfully emulated on an IBII S/360 lIodel 30. Basic an object program into meaningful Autocoder source 1401 Autocoder was used execpt for the TOVLY macro. The statements, suitable for assembly or flowcharting. program is tape loaded using the tape generated by the Autocoder Assembler. The final output is a listing (a punched deck is optional) in which the statements are labelled as required in the PROGRAII!!IING SYSTl!!!IS - Written in Autocoder form BX-BlIXXX for instructions, referencing the OP Code location, and CX-CXXX!X for constants, referencing the IIINI!!IU!! SYSTE!!I REQUIRE!!IENTS - Program requires a 1401 with units position. The instruction operands reference these 16K !!Iemory, Advanced programmiug. SBR and Indexing, sense labels. SWitches, two tapes, a 1403 Printer and 1402 Card Reader. PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIIS - Source - Written in Autocoder. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEJlTATION - Write-up. !!INI!!U!! SYSTE!!I REQUIRE!!IEIITS - Are an 8K 1401/1460 with !!IACHIliE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 4 Tape Drives, Sense Switches. Advanced Programming. High Low-Equal Compare. a 1402 Card Read/punch, and a 1403 OPTIONAL PROGBAI'I PACKAGE - 1I0ne. Printer with .132 print positions. If a larger machine is available. the fourth program (Phase III) can be ORDERING INFORIIATION: PBOGRlII NUIlBER 1401020039 reassembled to take adVantage of the larger core, thsu cutting down the processing time. The program will Utilize PROGUII NU!!IBEB DISTBIBDTION !!EDIUII USER VOLUIIE a 1407 if one is on line. but does not require it. EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIRE!!IENT ------BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 DOCUIIENTATION - write-up. !!T 7/800 24 01 !!lACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. ORDERING IIIFORIIATION: PROGRA!!I ND!!IBER 1401020035 1401-02.0.040 TYPEWRITER !!IACROS FOR 1401/1440/1460 DISK AUTOCODER PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!I DSER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE BEQDIRE!!IEIIT AUTHOR •••• A. P. Deloach ------BASIC none !!T 7/556 22 01 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• !!T 7/800 24 01 A. P. Deloach IB!! Corporation OPTIONAL none none none 450 James Robertson Parkway Nashville, Tenn. 37202 1401-02. 0.036 DESCRIPTION - These two !!acros were designed with the idea 1401 FARGO TO SYSTE!!/360 RPG !!ODEL 20 CONVERSION PROGRA!! of making the console typewriter very easy to use. The !!ISG !!Iacro allows the user to type out a message by simply AUTHORS ••• Fred !!I. Haney Stephen I!. Lichter coding !!ISG in the OP-Code field and the actual message S. Edmonston in the operand field. The EOJ !!Iacro types out "EOJ" on the typewriter and comes to a dead halt with 999 in the tIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO ••• A and B stars. As an option, the user may type a message !lr. Gus Conoscente out instead of "EOJ" by simply writing the actual message IBI! Corporation in the operand field. Program material includes macros 330 !!Iadison Avenue to insert in the macro library and a sample program to New York, New York assemble to test their operation. DESCRIPTION - This program converts IB!!I 1401 Fargo Control PROGRA!!!!IING SYSTE!!IS - Source language is Disk Autocoder cards to System/360 !!Iodel 20 RPG specification cards. lIacro Language. This program can be of great value when converting from 1401 to IB!!I System/360. Input may be any Fargo program !!IINI!!IU!!I SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!IENTS - 4K 1401/40/60 with one 1311 whiCh conforms to the specifications in Fargo for Isa i40i and Disk Autocoder (1:;01 .... 1U.... 008;. A conscl~ tjps~rit€r (C24-1462). Output consists of System/360 !!Iodel 20 RPG is required for execution. specification cards and a listing of Fargo specifications which were not converted by the programs. BASIC PROGRA!!I PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. PROGRA!I!!IING SYSTE!!IS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. !!IA.!=HINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. !!IINI!!IU!! SYSTE!! REQDIRE!!ElfTS - The object program requires OPTIONAL PROGRA!!I PACKAGE - None. 16K, Advanced Programming Feature, and 2 tape units. ORDERING INFOR!!IATION: PROGRA!!I NU!!BER 1401020040 BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCU!!IENTATION - Write-up. PROGRA!!I NU!!IBER DISTRIBUTION !!IEDIUII USER VOLUIIE !!lACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. EXTElISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------OPTIONAL PROGRA!!I PACKAGE - Hone. BASIC none CARDS 15 none ORDERING INFCR!!IATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1401020036 OPTIONAL none none none PROGRA!!I NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!I USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT 1401-02.0.041 ------COBOL EXPANDER PROGRA!!I BASIC none liT 7/566 22 01 !!T 7/800 24 01 AUTHOR •••• J. G. Tate OPTIONAL none none none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• J. G. Tate IB!! Corporation 1Q01-02. 0.039 1013 E. Colonial Drive SYSTE!!IS FLOW CHARTER Orlando, Florida AUTHOR •••• !!r. D. L. Fisher DESCRIPTION - The COBOL Expander Program permits the user to cod.; COBOL Programs in a very abbreviated form. This DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• program expandS the abbreviations used and punches a deck IIr. D. L. Fisher ready for the COBOL Co.piler. current use indicates a IBII corporation savings of 25 to 60 percent of coding and keypunching !!Ionterey & Cottle Roads effort. A standard COBOL coding sheet is used. COIITRIBUTED PROGRUS PAGE 066 1401 1401 COIIITIIIIUED FROII PRIOR PAGE Abbreviations and substitutions may be chosen by the user. 1401-03.0.014 Applicable for COBOL for any machine. Will convert percent, SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER IIETHOD lozenge, pound sign, at sign and ampersand to S/360 characters open parenthesis, close parenthesis, equal mark, AUTHOR •••• Burr Preston quote mark and plus sign if desired. Will resequence and identify output decks. Programs may be stacked. Permits DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• exploitation of inherent self documenting facility of COBOL Burr Preston without voluminous coding and keypunching effort normally IBII corporation required. 520 North Dearborn Street Chicago 10, Illinois PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - 4K or above 1401 card system, DESCRIPTION - This generalized, closed subroutine extracts using Advanced Programming Feature, Hi-Lo-Equal and sense the square root of any non-negative number. If the argument switches. is negative, the square root of the absolute value of the argument is generated, and control transfers to the main BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE program via an error return. The argument size is variable DOCUIIEIITATION - Write-up. and limited only by available core. The root contain s IIACHIIIE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. half an many digits as the argument. An extrellely general and easy to use linkage allOWS the programmer to have no OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. knowledge of the work areas or sYllbolic labels used by the subroutine. ORDERING IIIFORMATION: PROGRAII IIUMBER 1401020041 IIIl/IMUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 285 positions are required PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IlEDIUM USER VOLUME for a 10 digit argument. In general, 255 & 31 positions EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT are required for an argument of 1 ength 1. Advanced Programming (index registers, 1I0ve Record, Store A and BASIC none CARDS 15 none B Registers), High-Low-Equal Compare, and 1I0dify Address. The latter two features lIay be elillinated by minor program OPTIONAL none none none modifications. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1401-03.0.010 DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTIIIE IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• Richard D. Barker OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• ORDERING INFORIUTION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401030014 Richard D. Barker ITEK Corporation PROGRAM IIUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLU!'E Lexington, lIassachusetts EITEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - This program will calculate the square root BASIC none CARDS 15 none of any six-digit number. OPTIONAL none none none IIINHIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - 600 positions are required to store the program. 403 of these positions are used to store the divide subroutine. 1401 - Any model. 1401-03.0.015 SQUARE ROOT ROUTIIIE BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATIOR - Write-up. AUTHOR •••• 11. J. Kenny IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Rone. II. J. Kenny IBII Corporation ORDERING IIIFORMATIOII: PROGRAM IIUI!BER 1401030010 7321 Lake Street River Forest, Illinois PROGRAII IIUMBER DISTRIBUTIOII liED lUll USER VOLUIIE EXTEIISIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - A closed SPS Square Root Routin e using no Execution time estimated at 20 to 30 milleseconds depending BASIC none CARDS 15 none on the sum of digits in radicand. lIethod of successive subtractions based on forlllula S(II) equals (II. N & N) 2. OPTIOIIAL none none none Fixed point arithmetic giving a sex significant digit answer. Range, largest number is 99999880000036, irrespective of where decimal point is located in the 1401-03.0.011 number. Routine has been used on sample problems and a CALCULATE NUHBER OF DAYS BE7IIEEN TWO DATES SUBROUTINE-DTCALC wide range of customer data. AUTHOR •••• William B. 1I0rgan PROGRAIIIIIRG SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 262 pOSitions of core. William B. 1I0rgan Operates on any 1401. IBII corporation 99 Park Avenue BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE New York, New York DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - This subroutine calculates the number of calendar days between two dates providing accurate OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. accounting for leap year day. Dates may be in separate adjacent centuries, but cannot be more than 199 years and ORDERIIiG INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401030015 365 days apart. PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLOME PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Source language SPS. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENT - 395 positions plus 24 positions BASIC none CARDS 15 none for each time a subroutine is used. 1401 - Any model, no special features are required. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATIOII - Write-up. 1401-03.0.019 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. A SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 USING NORIIAL EXTRACTION METHOD OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - lIone. AUTHOR ...... "George F= Nardin ORDERIIIG INFORIIATIOII: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401030011 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGBlII IIUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLOIIE Diann C. Hansen EXTENSIOII TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT IBM corporation 340 Market Street BASIC none CARDS 15 none San Francisco, California OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this writeup is to present a flexible subroutine for taking the Square Root of any size number using the normal extraction method. Does not require lIultiply-Divide and can be used with (liethod I) or without (llethod II) Advanced programming. lIethod I CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!S 1401 1401 PAGE 067 COIITIII1UED FRO! PRIOR PAGE COBTIIIUED FRO! PRIOR COLU!II requires 183 positions of core and method II requires 254 of any 1401-1460 with Advanced programming. positions of core. The sample program included iIi the writeup is for a 14 digit radicand with a 7 digit root. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE The writeup also includes explanation of terminology used DOCU!!EIITATIOII - Write-up. in the subroutine, comments on how to adjust to any size !!ACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. radicand, a chart of how the method actually words, flow charts, SPS source decks, program decks and listings of OPTIOIIAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - 1I0ne. test data and results. ORDERIIiG IIiFORIIATIOII: PROGRA! IIUIIBEB 111010300111 !IIII!U! SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - 1401-Any size, method 1- Advanced Programming-llethod II-no additional features. PROGRAII IIUIIBER DISTBIBUTIOII liED lUll USER VOLUIIE EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE ------DOCU!EIITATIOII - Write-up. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIOIIAL none none none OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - 1I0ne. ORDERIIiG INFORI!ATION: PROGRA!! IIUIIBER 1401030019 11101-05.0.003 IIULTIPLE SIIIULTANEOUS EQUATIOII AND IIATRIX IIiVERSION PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU! USER VOLUME PROGRA! EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!ENT AUTHOR •••• H. J. lIyers BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none none none H. J. !!yers IB! Corporation 2330 St. Paul Street 1401 J 03.0.036 Baltimore 18, lIaryland AUTOCODER SERCH BIliARY SEARCH !ACRO DESCRIPTION - Up to 37 simUltaneous. equations are solved. AUTHOR •••• R. T. Steffanson lIatrices up to 38 x 38 may be inverted as will be the coefficient matrix of the simultaneous equations. All DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• calculations are carried out in eight-digit precision. R. T. steffanson No rounding is performed. Potlatch Forests, Inc. Lewiston, Idaho 83501 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. DESCRIPTION - Binary Search is a highly efficient method IIINIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - The program requires the of table look-up and has nothing to do with column binary High-LOW-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Divide and Advanced or binary arithmetic. Serch lIacro generates an open programming features and II, 8, 12 or 16K pOSitions of core subroutine to conduct a binary search of a table. Serch storage. does not set up the table, it merely searches the table and exits to the next sequential instruction if the data BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE record is matched, or exits to an address supplied as a DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. parameter if the data is not matched. Index register 3 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. contains the address of the table entry which compared equal. Emphasis is on ease of use. Serch uses a !acro OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. generated address table to divide the table of entries into successively slialler halves and does not require the ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU!!BER 11101050003 Multiply-Divide Special Feature. All entries must be of same length and in ascending sequence. Size and number PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU!!E of entries in the table is restricted only by core storage EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT available. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRA!!ING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. OPTIONAL none none none !INIIIO! SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - Storage requirements - varies. Typical requireaents are 107 positions for 31 entry table, 1119 positions for 11095 entry table. 8 additional positions 11101-06.0.001 if modify address is not available. Equipment SEASONAL ADJUST!!ENT OF 1I0llTHLY TIllE SERIES specifications - Advanced Programming, Hi-La-Equal compare. Assembly requires 1401 Autocoder system. AUTHOR •••• Fabio Tomchinsky BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOCU!ENTATIOII - Write-up. Fabio Tomchinsky IIACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IB!! Corporation 230 S. 15th Street OPTIONAL PROGEA!! PACKAGE - None. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ORDERING IIIFCR!ATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101030036 DESCRIPTION - Computes a preliminary seasonally adjusted series following the conventional ratio to moving average PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE technique. Then it utilizes a weighted fifteen-month EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT moving average as the estimate of the trend cycle curve used to obtain the final seasonally adjusted series. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Computes the irregular, cyclical and seasonal components. The program will handle up to 15 years of monthly data OPTIONAL none none none with one data card for each year. Each card must have information for all 12 months of a calendar year. 1401-03.0.0111 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. 11101/11160 SIIIULTANEOUS IIULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Card 11101-IIK no special AUTHOR •••• E. D. Spraker device SHISKIN !!et hod e DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE E. D. Spraker DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IB! Corporation IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1439 Peachtree street, N. E. Atlanta, Georgia OPTIOIIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - None. DESCRIPTION - This programmed sub-routijjE provides the !lCE!NE READABLE - Source codee ability to multiply and divide simultaneously in one operation with algebraic sign control and decimal control ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 11101060001 up to five additional places. Both the multiplication and division in any combination is accomplished in PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE approximately half the time it takes to use two separate EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT aultiply and divide routines. This routine allows use of either multiplication, or division or the combination BASIC none CARDS 15 none with complete linkage to users program. It provides for the multiplicand, divisor and multiplier/dividend to be OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none up to 10 positions each and supplies a 20 position signed answer and 10 pOSition remainder. IIINI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Uses less than 260 positions CONTRIBUTED PROGRAI!IS PAGE 068 11101 11101 CONTINUED FROI!I PRIOR COLUI!IN 11101-06.0.002 PROGRA!! NUKBER DISTRIBOTION KEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE LIIiEAR REGRESSION AIiALYSIS EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREI!IEIIT ------AUTHOR •••• K. Turoff BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL IlIQUIBIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none none none K. Turoff IBII Corporation 520 Boylston Street 1401-06.0.005 Boston 16, lIassachusetts 1I0LTIPLE CORRELATION - VARIABLES OF IIIPORTANCE DETER II IIfED VOID DESCRIPTIOIi - A Two Pass 11101 FORTBAIi Prograll that will accoaodate eight independent variables. AUTHOR •••• Dr. J. R. Johnson IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEK REQOIREKENTS - 11101 8K systell. Easily DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• aodified to increase the nuaber of variables for use on Dr. J. R. Johnson a larger systea 11101 8K. Industrial Engineering Dept. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. BASIC PROGR.l1I PACKAGE Winston-Salea, North Carolina DOCOIlENTATION - write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. DESCRIPTION - To deteraine the order of importance of the independent variables in a lIultiple Correlation Problem, OPTIOH.lL PROGRAK PACKAGE - 1I0ne. to find the coefficients of Multiple Correlation for the Variables as they are introduced, to find F-tests of ORDERIIiG IlIPORIIATION: PROGB111 1I0llBER 11101060002 significance of these coefficients, to find the coefficients of the regression equation for the variables selected, PROGB1! NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII OSER VOLUIIE and (if deserved) to calculate predicted values of the EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREKENT dependent variable. lfherry-Dooli ttle lIethod. This prograa is intended to replace a similar program of identical title I!.lSIC none C.lBDS 15 none dated June, 1963. Up to 100 variables with 220 observations, where the number of observations must e:z:ceed OPTIOBAL none none none the variables. By changing the diaension stateaent in phase 1, one can add two observations for every variable not needed. 1401-06.0.003 !OLTIPLE REGBESSIOB PROGB.l! I!IINlflOII SYSTElI REQUIREIIENTS - Storage reqUirements - 16,000 positions. l!Iodulus is 5 and I!antissa is 8. Equipment 10THOII •••• Pederal Reserve Bank of Kansas City SpeCifications - IBI! 1401, 16K with the following features - Advanced Prograaaing, High-Low-Equal Coapare. and DIRECT TECHNICAL IIIQOIRIES TO ••• l!Iultiply-Divide, three tape drives, 1402 Card Reader and Research Departaent Punch, 11103 Printer, and High-Speed Sorter. A card Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City reproducer is helpful. Federal Reserve P. O. Station Kansas City 6, !issouri BASIC PROGBA! PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATIOB - lfrite-up. DESCRIPTIOII - A lIultiple Regression Analysis designe~ to !!lCHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. handle up to 10 variables. Coaputes partial regressl.on and standardized partial regression coefficients. standard OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - Bone. errors, T values, partial and aultiple correlation coefficients, and the Durbin lIatson ratio. ORDERING INPOR!!ATIOB: PROGR.llI BUIIBER 1401060005 !I1I!OK SYSTEK REQUIREIIBHTS - 1401 card systea with 8K PROGRA! IIU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !EDIU! OSEF. VOLUIIE aeaory, Kultiply-Divide, Inde:z:ing, Store Address Register. EXTEIISIOlf TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Hi-Lo-Equal coapare. E:z:panded Print Edit. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGB.lK PACKAGE DOCOKENTATIOB - IIrite-up. OPTIOIIAL none none none !.lCHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. OPTIOH.lL PROGRAK PACKAGE - lIone. 1401-06.0.006 CORL-I THIRTEEN VARIABLE SI!PLE CORRELATION ORDERING INFCR!I.lTIOII: PROGRn NOKBEB 11101060003 AUTHOR •••• Rupert J. Lissner PROGR.lI!I NUKBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII OSER VOLOIIE EXTEIiSION TYPE CODE REQOIREI!EIIT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Rupert J. Lissner BASIC none CARDS 15 none Post Office Box 7256 Stanford University OPTIONAL none none none Stanford, California DESCRIPTION - CORL8 will correlate up to Thirteen Variables 1401-06.0.0011 and print the correlation coefficients along with headings !OLTIPLE LIlIEAB REGRESSIOIi .lIiALYSIS specified by the user. Through header cards, the user specifies number of variables (12-13), title of each AUTHOR •••• flary Ann Fisher variable (for identification on printed report), and data card location of variables. An optional header card will DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• print up to 78 colullns of information at the top of the Charles Yurasek report. NUllber of data cards cannot e:z:ceed 99,999. If IB! Corporation input data is not on cards, the SPS language source deck 570 Broad Street should be requested, as aodifications will be necessary. Newark, New Jersey PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. DESCRIPTION - This prograa is designed to accoaplish a IIINIII!!11 SYSTEM REQUIRE!ENTS - IBM 1401 with Multiply-Divide. regression analysis of up to 14 independent variables on 1401 Card Reader/Punch, 11103 Printer. 4K core storage. the saallest 11101 with FORTRAN capabilities. It sacrifices speed and elegance to accoamodate larger probleas than BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE any other such prograa now available. Easily aOdified DOCUflENTATION - Write-up. by user with FORTRAN knowledge. The method used is Least MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. squares and Statistics are calculated for the evaluation of overall fit and individual coaponents. Data fora at OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. aay be modif ied by user. ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAI! NOMBER 1401060006 PROGR.llIllING SYSTEKS - Written in FORTRAIi. PROGRAI! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII OSER VOLU!!E !IIII!OIl SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - Requires 8K 1401 with FORTRAN EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIRE!'IENT features. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAK PACKAGE DOCOKEIiTATION - IIrite-up. OPTIONAL none none none IIACHIIIE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL FROGRAK PACKAGE - 1I0ne. ORDEBIBG IBFORKATION: PROGBAII BUIIBER 14010600011 CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN 11101-06.0.007 complete, with no ainus or zero values. lIonthly values REGRESSION ANALYSIS COIIPUTER PROGRAII not to exceed 6 digits. Any consecutive 12 aonths aust total less than 10,000,000. AUTHOR •••• Joseph J. ott PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - liritten in FixedjFloat Relocatability. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Joseph J. Ott IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11K, 132 Print POSitions, U. S. Department of Commerce Card System, no special feature. Bureau of Public Roads liashington 25, D. C. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. DESCRIPTION - To provide a program for ·the solution of IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. simple and multiple regression equations involving from 2 to 26 variables and from 2 to 9999 observations. Data OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. to be entered must be in 10 digit form with the decimal point assumed to be between the fifth and sixth digits. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101060009 No check is made of the matrix to see if there are identical rows or columns PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 16000 positions of core storage. IBII 1401 (or with Compatibility Switch). Advanced BASIC none CARDS 15 none Programming package. Four Tape Units. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - lirite-up. !lACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 11101-06. 0.010 SEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT, CENSUS IIETHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 11K, OPTIOIIAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - None. SHORT PROGRAII ORDERIIIG IIIFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101060007 AUTHOR •••• E. C. Christ PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT E. C. Christ ------Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia BASIC none liT 7/556 22 01 Department of Research liT 7/800 211 01 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania OPTIOIIAL none none none DESCRIPTION - To seasonally adjust monthly tiae series and to chart the original and the seasonally adjusted data. The basic procedure aay be found in ELECTRONIC COIIPUTERS 11101-06.0.008 AND BUSIl!IESS Il!IDICATORS by Julius Shiskin, published by REGAN - 11K REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS the National Bureau of Econoaic Research as Occasional PROGRAII Paper 57. The X-9 Version is generally described in BUSINESS CYCLE DEVELOPIIENTS, lIarch 1962, published by the AUTHOR •••• L. E. Hanneman Bureau of the Census, U. S. Department of Congress. lIaximua of 15 years of monthly data. Each year aust be complete, DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• with no minus or zero values. lIonthly values not to exceed L. E. Hanneman 6 digits. Any consecutive 12 months must total less than IBII Corporation 10,000,000. 2116 Grand Avenue Des 1I0ines 12, Iowa PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Fixed/Float Belocatability. DESCRIPTION - REGAN computes simple correlation coefficients IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K, 132 Print POSitions, and performs a linear regression analysis utilizing a Card Systell, no special features. minimum amount of core space. The program handles up to one hundred observations, and accepts up to eight BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE independent variables and one dependent variable. DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. OPTIOl!lAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. III1iIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 11K 11101 with Advanced programming is required. The program instructions occupy ORDERING INFORIIA'l'ION: PROGRA" NUIIBER 1401060010 core positions 0100-3098. The matrix occupies positions 3100-3999. positions 0100-0132 are cleared before printing PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE occurs. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIElfT BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIEIITATION - None. 11101-06.0.011 IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. IIETHOD OF RECORDING COIIPUTER UTILIZATION AND 3 1401 PROGRAIIS TO FACILITATE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101060008 AUTHOR ••• • J. W. syrotchen PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• J. li. Syrotchen BASIC none CARDS 15 none IBII Corporation 7700 Second Boulevard OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none Detroit, lIichigan DESCRIPTION - This program explains in detail the basic 11101-06.0.009 concepts and requirements of a console operations log, SEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT - CENSUS IIETHOD II, 1-9 VERSION, 11K, specifically oriented to 1401-11110 systeas, but is general LONG PROGRAII enough to be adapted for any installation. To supplement the method outlined, three 1401 4K programs are provided AUTHOR •••• E. C. Christ to enable a means of analyzing the cards punched from the log. Eight reports are illustrated. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• :Boa C. Christ PROGRAHIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Basic SPS. Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia Department of Research HINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - No special features or devices Philadelphia, pennsylvania are used except sense switches and 132 print positions. Basic systea configuration necessary to utilize prograas, DESCRIPTION - To adjust seasonally monthly time series 4K 1401, 1402 and 1403. and to provide additional measures as aids to analyzing the data. The basic procedure may be found in ELECTRONIC BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE COIIPUTERS AND BUSINESS INDICATORS by Julius Shiskin, DOCUIIENTATION - lirite-up. published by the National Bureau of Economic Research as IIACBINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Occasional Paper 57. The 1-9 Version is generally described in BUSINESS CYCLE DEVELOPIIENTS, lIarch 1962, published by OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE the Bureau of the Census, U. S. Department of Congress. DOCUIIENTATION - None. Ilaxiaum of 15 years of aonthly data. Each year aust be IIACBINE READABLE - Source code. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 070 11101 1401 CONTINUED FROft PRIOR PAGE CONTINOED FROft PRIOR COLOIIN Davenport, Towa ORDERING INFORftATION: PROGRAII NUftBER 11101060011 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUftE DESCRIPTION - COllputation of "F Ratio" for One Way Analysis EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT of Variance. The program is designed for both variable and constant sample sizes per column. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in FORTRAN. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none IIINlftOIl SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - The program is limited to a matrix of 99 columns and 999 rows. Equipment 1401-06.0.012 specifications - 8K 1401 Card System with a 132 position ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE, 2 TO THE N POWER FAC'l'ORIAL DESIGN Printer, and standard FORTRAN configuration. AUTHOR •••• Dr. J. Robert Johnson, Jr. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. DIREC1l TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Dr. J. Robert Johnson, Jr. Industrial Engineering Department OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. R. J. Reynolds Robacco company Winston-Salem, North Carolina ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401060014 DESCRIPTION - Analysis Of Variance Of Data for a 2 to the PROGRAft NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLO!'!E B Power Factorial Design. As given in manual of EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT EXPERIIIENTAL STATUSTICS by Freund, Livermore," and lIiller, Prentice - Hall, 1960. For N, the number of factors, 2 BASIC none CARDS 15 none less than N less than 5. The number of replications must be more than one and less than 26. (There is ample room OPTIONAL none none none in storage for expanding the limits on the restrictions.) 9300 positions. lIodulus is 5, mantissa is 8. 1401-06.0.015 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in FORTRAN. TIllE SERIES ANALYSIS AND DATA REDOCTION PROGRAII IIIBIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401, 12K or 16K, with the AUTHOR •••• R. A. Kopp following features - Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, and lIultiply-Divide - Card Reader and Punch - DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• 11103 Printer. R. A. Kopp IBII Corporation BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Product Forecasting DOCUIIENTATIOB - Write-up. Harrison, New York IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - Performs data reduction and smoothinq of OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None. time series functions by classifying series data into runs or groups of points having positive or negative rates of ORDERING INFCRIIATION: PROGRAII NUftBER 1401060012 change or trend. Repeated averaging of runs produces smoothing and reduces the number of observations in a PROGRAfI NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION ftEDIOII USER VOLUIIE series to a level where major trends can be reasonably EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT isolated. Oses methodology froll the paper THE ANALYSIS OF ECONOIIIC TIllE SERIES FOR PROBABILITY FORECASTING AND BASIC none CARDS 15 none CONTROL, Z. Z. Szatrowski, July 1963. Accomodates series with fixed or variable tille intervals and provides for OPTIONAL none none none assignment of constant or variable weighting factors to each series observation. Output is on tape and printer. 11101-06.0.013 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. DATA TRANSFER - PROGRAft FOR CENSUS IIETHOD II IIINIftUft SYSTEII REQOIREftENTS - Autocoder program uses 8K AUTHOR •••• Lawrence Salzman· 1401 with four tape drives, Advanced Programming, Sense Switches, ftultiplY/Divide. and 1403 lIod. 2 or 3. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• La wrence Salzman BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE IBII Corporation DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. 590 lIadison Avenue l!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. New York, New York OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - The program takes the final seasonally ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 1401060015 adjusted series generated by the 4K 1401 versions of Census lIethod II, a seasonal adjustment program, applies a Spencer PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Fifteen-Term Smoothing Formula, and punches out results EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIP.EIIENT which are input for the 16K 1401 program titled Polynomial Cruve Fit for Economic Analysis and Forecasting, file BASIC none CARDS 15 none number 07.0.003. The Spencer Smoothing is applied to adjust for the irregular component, thereby leaving a OPTIONAL none none none trend-cycle component series for final analysis. IIINIl!Ul! SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS - Any IBII 16K 1401 for which 1401-06.0.018 a FORTRAN compiler has been written. TRADING-DAY ADJOSTIIENT FOR 1401 VERSIONS OF CENSUS IIETHOD II BASIC PROGRAl! PACKAGE DOCOl!ENTATION - Write-up. AOTHOR •••• L. Salzllan IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. L. Salzman IBII Corporation ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NOIIBER 1401060013 590 lIadison Avenue New York. New York 10022 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII OSER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - This 8K-1401 FORTRAN Prograll is an adaption of the BUREAU OF THE CENSUS TRADING-DAY ADJUSTIIENT which BASIC none CARDS 15 none will be included in the X-l1 Version of CENSUS IIETHOD II. The subject program was written to be completely compatible OPTIONAL none none none and autc::ated with the X=9 ana. original versiofi~ of CENSUS IIETHOD II available froll the 1401 General Program Library. Specifically. it takes the original and final seasonally 1401-06.0.014 adjusted series as input (both available in the proper ONE-WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE card format from the CENSUS METHOD II programs mentioned above); develops the irregular component; further develops AOTHOR •••• 11. II. Johnson trading-day adjustllent factors for each month in a series, adjusts the original series for trading-day variations; DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• and prints and punches output which becolle input to the II. II. Johnson seasonal. adjustllent progralls so that the various measures The Bendix Corporation and factors can be computed after correction fcr trading Pioneer-Central Division day variations. Hickory Grove Road PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in FORTRAN. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE-071 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR COLUIIN ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401070003 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K-1401 with at least one tape drive for which a FORTRAN co.piler has been PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !lEDlUII USER VOLUIIE written. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUlREIIENT BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - None. 1401-09.2.007 IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. HIGHWAY EARTHWORK QUANTITIES AND DESIGN DATA ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI! NUIIBER 1401060018 AUTHOR •••• David Denzer PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO. _. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT David Denzer State of Illinois BASIC none CARDS 15 none Division of Highways Bureau of Research & Planning OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none State Office Building springfield, Illinois 1401-07.0.002 DESCRIPTION - The purpose of the program is to compute SELF-CHECKING NUIIBER CALCULATION 1I0DULUS II cut and fill quantities, mass diagram ordinates, and critical template offsets and elevations, for suvh projects AUTHOR •••• I!rs. Nancy N. lIerrill as highways, levees, and channels, from ground cross sections expressed either by rods and offsets or by DIHECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• elevations and offsets, a profile grade line, and a roadway Mrs. Nancy N. lIerrill template of not more than 20 pOints on each side of IBII corporation centerline. Two cut slopes alid three fill slopes of any 1730 Cambridge Street selected rate of slope lIay be used. All template points Cambridge, I!assachusetts are difined by vertical and horizontal offsets from the preceding pOint, so that the dimensions of any point lIay DESCRIPTION - Calculates the self-checking number for base be changed at any cross section station without affecting numbers, 3-15 positions. A lead card instructs the program the relative position of other unchanged points on the in the size of the base number and the desired input and template. The progra. may be used for multiple roadways output. so long as one-hald width can be defined by not more than 20 template points..... ' Options for input - 1) Generate base numbers from 1 to 9S. MINIMUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - IBI! 1401 Computer System 2) Generate between specified numbers. with 16K lIemory. 3) Read specific numbers froll cards. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Options for output - DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. 1) Punch base number and its check digit. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 2) Print and punch base number and its check digit. OPTIONAL PROGR!!'! PACKAGE - None. PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in SPS. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGEAII NUIIBER 1401092007 IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 4K, 1401. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI! USER VOLUIIE BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401070002 1401-10.1.002 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUME LINEAR PROGRAIIMING EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT ------AUTHOR •••• R. Cabell BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none none none R. Cabell IBM Corporation 6210 North Atlantic Avenue 1401-07.0.003 Cocoa Beach, Florida POLYNOMIAL CURVE FIT FOR ECONOIIIC ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING DESCRIPTION - The program maximizes a linear objective AUTHOR •••• Lawrence Salzman function of N variables, subject to M constraints. The values for I! & N must be specified by the user for each DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• problem. The Simplex method is used, but is revised to Lawrence Salzman permit" the basis to be carried as only a column matrix_ IBII Corporation 590 Madison Avenue PROGR1!!ING SYSTE!!S - ~ritten in SPS-2 New York, New York 10022 MINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - The program requires 1500 DESCRIPTION - This program is written in FORTRAN for a positions. 1401 CPU 2K, 4K, 8K, 12K, or 16K. 1402 Card 16K-1401 and is compatible with the 16K-1401 version of Reader, 1403 Model I or lIodel II Printer. No special the Data Transfer Progra. for CENSUS IIETHOD II, No. features are required. 06.0.013. These two programs in conjunction with the 4K- 1401 versions of CENSDS ~ETHOD II No. 06.0.009 for. an BASIC PROGRA~ PACKAGE automated package for forecasting. This program takes DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. time-series data and fits a first, second and/or third MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. degree polynomial to the series. It computes the function, fitting points to the equation and subtracting and dividing OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE the fitted from the observed data. This gives the DOCUI!ENTATION - None. deviations about an assumed trand which tends toward the !lACHINE READAHLE - Source code. cycle for those series that have a cycle. As an option, the t:L€:nd can be p:Lojected 24 tiii€ peLiods into the future w ORDERING INFORnATION; PROGRACi NUnBEE 1~O 110 1 002 i.e., if monthly data are used this gives a 2-year projection. The coefficients are computed by the least PROGRA!I NU!lBER DISTRI BUTION !'lEDIU!! USER YOLUIIE squares technique. The calculat ions utilize FORTRAN EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Floating Point Arithmetic. A modified Gaussian elimination ------technique is used to solve the resulting set of linear BASIC none CARDS 15 none equations. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 072 1401 1401 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN 1401-10.1.004 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE LINEAR PROGRAIIIIING, REVISED SIIIPLEX IIETHOD DOCUIIENTATION - IIrite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• Dr. J. Robert Johnson, Jr. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Dr. J. Robert Johnson, Jr. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401102006 Industrial Engineering Department R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Winston-Salem, North Carolina EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - To solve a general linear programming problem. BASIC none CARDS 15 none Revised Simplex method, product form of the inverse. FORTRAN. Up to 108 equations with any number of unknowns. OPTIONAL none none none Storage requirements 16000 positions. 1I0dulus is 5 and mantissa is 8.83 minutes or 21 equations in 53 unknowns (30 iterations). The time is more largely a function of 1401-10.2.007 the number of variables involved and of the number of IIANAGEIIENT DECISION IIAKING LABORATORY AUTOIIATIC PLOTTING OF iterations than of the number of equations. RESULTS IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401, 16K with the following AUTHOR •••• Stephen B. Lucas features Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, and lIultiplyDivide- three 7330 Tafe Drives - Card Reader DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• and Punch - 1403 Printer. 1402 Card Read/Punch. Stephen B. Lucas IBII Corporation BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 520 N. Dearborn DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. Chicago, Illinois IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - IIADIIAP is a program utilizing history and OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None. decision cards from each period of play to automatically generate nine graphs of laboratory results on the 1403 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401101004 Printer. By using this program, the Decision lIaking Laboratory Administrator eliminates the need for personnel PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE to manually graph results. Any combination of graphs can EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT be selected by sense switches and additional copies lIade without reloading the program or data. 1401 reqUirements BASIC none CARDS 15 none are the salle as those for the IBII 1401 lIanagellent Decision lIaking Laboratory. The ob ject program can be on cards OPTIONAL none none none or tape. Graphs available are-- price by area, lIarketing by area, total marketing, total dollar sales and unit sales, research and development and unit cost, production 1401-10.2.003 quantity and production as percent of capacity, income, INVENTORY IIANAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR assets and return on assets. In addition, a summary report of income, assets, and return is also written for the use AUTHOR •••• K. Kimball Holland of the administrator. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder K. Kimball Holland Barrows Hall IIIlUIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 Processing Unit with Oberlin College 4000 positions of storage, Advanced programming feature, Oberlin, Ohio Hi-Low-Equal compare feature, Sense Switches feature, lIultiply-Divide Feature, 1402 Card-Read/punch, 1403 Printer DESCRIPTIOII - 1401 Inventory lIanagement Simulator is a - 729 or 7330 lIagnetic Tape Units (2). small size basic inventory management simulator which offers an easy method of simulating the behavior of various BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE inventory policies using historical sales data. lIany DOCUIIENTATION - IIri te-up. different policy options are available and the routines IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. are easily mOdifiable. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - lIemory 4K 1401 processor DOCUIIENTATION - None. 1402 Card Reader/Punch 1403 1I0del (132 Print Positions). IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401102007 DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. BASIC none CARDS 15 none ORDERIIiG INFORIIATION: PROGRlI! NUIIBER 1401102003 OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------1401-10.2.008 BASIC none CARDS 15 none GENERAL PURPOSE SIIIULATOR - GPSS-2 OPTIONAL none none none AUTHORS ••• D. F. Bright G. Tate DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 1401-10.2.006 G. Tate 1I0RTGAGE AIIORIZATION SCHEDULE IBII IITC Corporation P. O. Box 2557 AUTHOR •••• Hartley Fredrickson lIellington, New Zealand DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DESCRIPTION - This program is based on the 7090 application Hartley Fredrickson program, General Purpose Systems Simulator. It contains IBII Corporation most features of GPSS II except FORTRAN-type expressions. 348 East South Temple It is limited to 75 blocks, 15 facilities, 15 storages, Salt Lake City, Utah 10 queues, 10 logic switches, 20 SAVEX locations, 10 functions, 10 tables, with 150 transactions in the system DESCRIPTION - This program will be written to amortize concurrently. The 1401 General purpose Simulator is use a mortgage and print a schedule of this amortization. ful for demonstrations, educations, preliminary simUlation The printed items for a given date would include - date sutdies or simulation of complete small systems. of each pay!!!ent. and nu!!!ber of re::aining payments. At the end of the program is will print the amount of principal PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in Autocoder and interest paid. The variables that the user can specify will be - principal amount- interest rateamount of paYllent, IHNIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - For a 16K HOl with one Tape, and date of first payment. The program will have the Advanced Programming and High-Low-Equal compare, for general ability to stop it on a certain date, after a certain purpose systems simulation. amount o'f payment is reached. or until the mortgage is completely amortized. Extra principal payments may be BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE included is desired. DOCUI!ENTATION - IIrite-up. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1401 High-Low-Equal Compare, lIult. & Divide and 132 Frint positions. OPTIOIiAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 1401 PAGE· 013 CONTINUED FRO II PRIOR PAGE ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA II NUIIBER 1401102008 1401-10.2.012 1401/14110 DISK MANAGEMENT DECISION IIAKING LABORATORY PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT. AUTHOR •••• S. B. Lucas BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• S. B. Lucas OPTIONAL none none none IBII Corporation 520 N. Dearborn Street Chicago, IllinoiS 1401-10.2.010 COMMERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER SIMULATION USING NABAC 1I0DEL DESCRIPTION - This program makes available the lIanagement Decision Making Laboratory on a 1401/1311 or 111110/1311 AUTHORS ••• J. V. Spikes, Jr. Robert Sykoba Disk System. The program uses the same economic model and generates the same reports as the present 11101 tape DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• version. In addition, parameters and initial history are J. V. Spikes, Jr. stored on disk. Program and running history can be stored IBM corporation on disk or run with card Input/Output. Change card formats 112 East Post Road are used to easily alter parameters and history on disk. White Plains, New York 10601 The business index can be increased or decreased and addi tional industry and confidential reports can be written DESCRIPTION - Program simulates teller operation, providing by sense switch selection. At the end of any decision summary statistics which reflect levels of customer service run, results stored on disk can be plotted. eliminating and teller utilization. 1I0del was developed by NABAC. the need for post-laboratory graphing. The simulator utilizes 1I0nte Carlo technique of random selection in the aSSignment of transaction type and PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS. processing time to simulated customers. customer arrivals are generated assuming arrival within time period fits MINI MUll SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - The lIinimum 1311 System a poisson distribution function. The user is allowed a consists of an 8K 1401 or 11140 with Advanced programming, maximum of 5 window types, total windows not to exceed High-Low-Equal COllpare, and Sense Switches. One 1311 Drive 30, and maximums of 29 time periods, 20 transaction types, and one 1316 Disk Pack for laboratories in progress are queue length of 9. Program requires NABAC I STeller required. 2569 source statements. Performance Standards to determine processing time for each customer by transaction type. It is suggested that BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE data on customer arrivals and transaction mix be gathered DOCUMENTATION - Write-up by a separate program, Teller Simulation Data Conversion MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. and Summarization Program for IBM 1401. OPTIONAL PROGRAII ,PACKAGE PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder IOCS DOCUMENTATION - None MACHINE READABLE - Source code. IIIIlIMUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 8K, 1401, 2 Tape Drives, 1402, 1403, Advanced Programming, H-L-E. lIultiply Divide. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101102012 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUI'IE DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REOUIREIIENT MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - None. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none MACHINE READABLE - Source code. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401102010 1401-10.3.001 LESS - LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING (4K-SCHEDULING PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE PHASE ONLY) EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT AUTHORS ••• Lou J. Grana to Jill Borden BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none Lou J. Granato IBII corporation 631 Cooper Street 1401-10.2.011 Camden 2, New Jersey CAPERTSIM - COMPUTER ASSISTED PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW TECHNIQUE SIIIULATOR DESCRIPTION - Prograll is a high speed method of deterlling critical jobs and related information (float tillies. etc.) AUTHOR •••• R. L. Risley for projects where scheduling is illportant. Program will handle 514 events (nodes) with any nUllber of arrows (jobs). DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• The length of the critical path cannot exceed 6 digits R. L. Risley (999999) • Allison Division General Motors Corporation PROGRAMIIING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS II. Dept. 8895 Indianapolis, Indiana MINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 Card system, 11K lIellory, no special features required. DESCRIPTION - To train personnel in the use of PERT network as (1) A planning and control device for complex projects. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE (2) To enable students to experience the siginificance DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. of time-cost trand-offs. (3) To acquaint students with MACHINE READABLE - Appropriat"e material delivered. the use of the computer as an aid to management. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Method - A PERT Network is read in followed by control card followed by the student changes to the PERT network. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101103001 AnalysiS of the student changes is made, the PERT network is updated, the change in cost is computed and the network PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION !lEDIUM USER VOLUIIE is PERTED and a negative slack sort is printed. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!1ENT PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREI'IENTS - IBM 8K 1401 with Advanced OPTIONAL none none none Programming, lIultiply/Divide. 1402 and 1403. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE 11101-10.3.002 DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. LESS - LEAST-COST ESTI!l!TING AND SCHEDuLING !lACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. 8K, 12K, and 16K OPTIONAL FROGRAM PACKAGE - None. AUTHORS ••• Lou Granato Joe Rose Jim Borden ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401102011 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUME Lou Granato EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREbENT IBII Corporation 631 cooper Street BASIC none CARDS 15 none Camden 2. New Jersey OPTIONAL none none none CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS PAGE 074 1401 1401 CONTIlIUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN DESCRIPTION - This program is a high speed method of BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE deterllining critical path and related information (float DOCUIIENTATION - liirite-up. time etc.) for problems where scheduling is important. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. The program will handle 8K lIemory - 985 events (12K lIemory - 1555 events) 16K lIemory - 2125 events). Any number of OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. jobs (arrows) can be handled. Length of the critical path cannot exceed 7 digits (9999999). Will handle 1000 arrows ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103008 in approximately 12 minutes including card handling time. This is a three (3) phase, two (2) pass program. PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in SPS II BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 card system with 8, 12 or 16K lIemory, lIultiply Divide feature, Hi-Lo-Equal OPTIONAL none none none COllpare. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1401-10.3.009 DOCUIIENTATION - IIrite-up. ASK - INFORMATION RETRIEVAL PROGEA!! FOR THE 1401 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• Donald Herman OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103002 Donald Herman Computing Center PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE IBII Corporation EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 1120 Connecticut Avenue, N. Iii. Washington, D. C. BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - ASK is an information retrieval program. OPTIONAL none none none It will select records froll tape that satisfy ranges, and, and not, or, or not, conditions. Free form inquiry format is used and multiple inquiries lIay be processed with one 1401-10.3.007 pass of the !laster tape. Significant features are the PERT ability to make multiple inquiries, the use of free form inquiry, and the omission of any necessity for control AUTHOR •••• J. F. Borden cards. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS. J. F. Borden IBII Corporation I!INHIUI! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K, 1401. two tape drives, Philadelphia Education Center Advanced Programming package, Hi-Low-Equal Compare feature 230 South 15th Street 1402 Card Reader 1403 Printer. Philadelphia 2, Pa. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - To aid in the planning, coordination and DOCUMENTATION - liiri te-up. control function of projects where schedules are important. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Evaluates and sequences jobs within the overall project with respect to their effect on the overall project and OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. other jobs within the project. Sillilar to the LESS progralls for 1401 and also the existing PERT programs. Provides ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII lfUIIBER 1401103009 for the use of three (3) tille estillates but does not calculate PR, i. e., the probability associated with meeting PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLU!'E predeterllined schedule dates. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in SPS; Assellbled with BASIC none CARDS 15 none Autocoder. OPTIONAL none none none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 lIodel C-3,4,5 or 6 with, l!ultiplyDivide feature Hi-Low-Equal Compare feature 1402 Card Read/ Punch 1403 Printer, lIodel 2 729 I!odel II or 1401-10.3.010 IV Tape units. KIlIC SYSTEII BASIC PROGUI! PACKAGE AUTHORS ••• C. II. Lobron D. H. lIyers DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• C. II. Lobron OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. IBII Corporation 230 S. 15th Street ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103007 Philadelphia, Pa. PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIEUTION liED lUll USER VOLUIIE DESCRIPTION - The six progralls. runs 1 through 6, together EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT with a programlling systems Sort package, will perllit the preparation of a publication consisting of a bibiography, I!ASIC none CARDS 15 none KWIC Index, and personal author index. OPTIONAL none none none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS II. IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - IBII 1401 system - 4K memory, 1401-10.3.008 6 sense switches, 2 tape drives, Hi-Lo-Equal compare FORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL SMOOTHING feature, Advanced Programming feature (indexing, move record, store A and B), 1402 Card Read/punch, and 1403 AUTHOR •••• Jack F. lIiess Printer. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE Jack F. lIiess DOCUIIENTATION - write-up IBII corporation MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. P. O. Box 1608 340 II. lIashington Avenue OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE Madison, II isconsin DOCUMENTATION - None !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - This program is used to find the correct smoothing parameter for each of a fi rlls prod ucts and then ORDERIlfG INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1401103010 used .to forecast monthly demand for one, two, three, and four lIonths in advance for these products. The exponential PROGRAM NU!lBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE slloothing method of forecasting is used with optional EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT features of adjustments for seasonal variation and varying number of days in a month. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAI!IIING SYSTEMS - liiri tten in 1401 Symbolic Language OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none and Fixed Point Arithmetic was used throughout. IIINIIIUI! SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with 4K storage 1402 I!odel 1 1403 1I0del 2 (132 printing positions) no other speical features are required. CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS 1401 1401 PAGE 075 1401-10.3.013 1401-10.3.016 CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULER (BASIC 1401) CAPITAL INVESTIIENT ANALYSIS (8K) AUTHOR •••• Henry M. Steele AUTHOR •••• F. A. Christopher DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DIIlECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Henry II. Steele F. A. Christopher IBII Corporation IBM corporation 2830 Victory Parkway 401 Grand A venue Cincinnati 6, Ohio Oakland 10, California DESCRIPTION - A program for critical path scheduling on DESCRIPTION - A 1401 program to calculate the rate of any 1401 system with a 1402 and 1403. Purpose was to use return of an investment based on the discounted cash flow a card input format compatible with the 1620 LESS Program method. This prograli provides a standard technique for and to expand and improve upon the 1401 LESS program. ranking proposed capital expendit ures, or. the rate of Some of the many changes to 1401 LESS include - !!issing return may be compared with a minimum acceptable rate to node numbers permitted, elimination of memory to nines heop determine whether or not a proposed project should card preparation for phase 1. Elimination of header and be undertaken. trailer cards for job card input decks, and many report format changes. A four phase program. Phase 1 computes PROGRAIIMING SYSTEMS - Program is Written in Autocoder. late finish time. Phase 2 computes early start time. Phase 3 computes early finish time. late start time, total IIINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Written for an 8K 1401 with float, free float, and the critical path. Phase 4 Multiply-Divide, Advanced Progralliling and Sense Switches. accumulates project cost and edits fields into report format. Restrictions and range critical path may not BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE exceed 99,999 time llnits. The maximum event of node number DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. is 711 on a 4K system, 311 on 2K, and 191 on 1.4K. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - written in SPS OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. MINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1402 and 1403 on system. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103016 No special features are used. written for a 4K system, but requires only four patches to phase 1 to operate on PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME 2K or 1.4K system. Program requirements uses all storage EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIPEI!ENT available on 1.4K, 2K, and 4K systems. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - IIri te-up. OPTIONAL none none none IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. 1401-10.3.017 LESS PROGRAI! 4K ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103013 AUTHOR •••• W. C. I!illhoff PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• ------11. C. Millhoff BASIC none CARDS 15 none IBI! corporation 1955 The Alameda OPTIONAL none none none San Jose 26. California DESCRIPTION - This program revises the 1401 LESS 4K program. 1401-10.3.015 '10.3.001. by Lou Granto, Jim Borden. and Joe Rose to PIECEIiORK-TUlEliORK PAYROLL include a fourth phase which prepares a Gantt Chart. This revision includes changes to phase 1. 2. and 3 to provide AUTHOR •••• Marilyn M. Jensen punched output froll phase 3 for subsequent preparation of Gantt Chart Pictorial Schedules in phase 4. The maxillull DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• number of events has been reduced from 575 to 5114. Other Marilyn M. Jensen features of referenced prograll, 10.3.001 remain the same IBM Corporation - any number of arrows-jobs and a 6 digit limit on the 3223 11 ilshire Boulevard length of the critical path. Detailed schedules in phase Santa Monica, California 4 cannot exceed 93 days. DESCRIPTION - The Piecework-Timework Payroll Program, Phase PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS. 1. computes ellployee earnings to first gross. and prints • a preliminary payroll register for supervisory audit. MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIRMENTS - Basic 1401 with a 11102 and It provides for an employee working a combination of a Model 2 1403 Printer. No special features are required. piecework with a special rate for every job, and timework Phase 1 573 core positions. phase 4 1018 core positions. with either a special rate for every job. or with either a special or regular time rat.e. Shift differentials are BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE calculated if the work was performed on other than first DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. shift- total hours worked (piecework plus timework) are MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. adjusted if unequal to timecard hours- and lost labor is computer if productive earnings are less than guaranteed OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. earnings. Phase 2 produces the error register. Remaining core may be used to develop more sophisticated error ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 11101103017 diagnostic routines. PROGRiiil RiJilBER DISTRIBiJTION 5EDIUi!i USER VOLUIIE PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT MINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREI!ENTS - Without modification, the BASIC none CARDS 15 none program requires a 1401 System with 8K, 2-7330 Tape Drives, 1405, 1407, Multiply-Divide, H-L-E Compare, and Advanced OPTIONAL none none none Programming. Phase 1 requires 6643 positions of core and 1015 source statements. Phase 2 requires 2211 positions of core with 369 source statements 1401-10.3.023 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS PROGRAI'! BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. AUTHOR •••• Charlotte Scott MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. Charlotte Scott IBI! corporation ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103015 425 Park Avenue New York, New York PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT DESCRIPTION - The Inventory I!anagement Analysis Program provides analysis and classification by investment value BASIC none CARDS 15 none and profit standing. Also, the program provides for the calculation of EOQ. number of orders per year based on OPTIONAL none none none order quantity. fixed order pOints and projected turnover ratios. Individual analysis is made for each inventory type. i.e •• finished goods. purchases parts. manufactured parts and raw material. This program provides a means for selecting data for inventory management simulation, CONTRIBUTED PROGRAKS PAGE 076 1401 1401 COIITIIIUED FRail PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN by defining the area of greatest potential return. 4K 1401 with advanced programming, lIul tiply/Di vide, and a 1403 with 132 print positions. Program storage Stratification of inventory items may be made by correlating requirements 3569 positions of core used. demand, cost and net profit. There are many other factors which should be considered for a complete analysis such BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE as storage capacity, obsolescence, shelf life, movement DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. inventory and seasonal demand. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAIIIIIIIG SYSTEKS - written in Autocoder. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. IIIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Requirements - IBII 1401 Card ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103028 System, 4K, lIul t./Divide, 132 Print Positions. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION liED lUll USER VOLUIIE BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING IIiFORIUTION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103023 1401-10.3.035 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE QUICK KWIC INDEX EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------AUTHOR •••• J. II. Bain BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none none none J. II. Bain IBII Corporation 1123 Beaver Hall Hill 1401-10.3.024 lIontreal, Quebec, Canada LOT SIZE INVENTORY MANAGEIIENT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE (LIIIIT) DESCRIPTION - This is a one pass program to produce a simple KWIC index from cards using only one card for each AUTHORS ••• J. D. Harty G. Ii. Plossal entry to the index. Previous programs have generally o. W. liight II. J. Abramson reqUired several machine runs to produce a KWIC indes. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The program is written in Autocoder J. D. Harty and uses the full 4000 memory positions. Stanley Tools 111 Elm Street IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The program requires a 11K New Britain, Conn. 1401 with 1402 and 11103 and II tape drives. Advanced programming and High-Low-Equal compare features are DESCRIPTION - Lot-size Inventory lIanagement Interpolation required. Technique (LIIIIT) is a program which attacks the problem of inventory carrying cost found in the classical EOQ BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE formula by distributing a department or plants setup hours DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. in a more reasonable manner. Output is the best order IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. quantity for all times withing the limitation of a prescribed setup cost and matrix for graphing showing the OPTIONAL PRDGRAI! PACKAGE - None. relationship of inventory to set up cost for various points. ORDERiliG IIIFORIIATIDN: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101103035 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in symbolic language. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI! USER YOLUI!E IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Required 4K, lIodel 2 1403, EXTEIISION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!'IENT lIultiply-Di vide, advanced programming, and Hi-Low-Equal. References Apics Research Project No. 1 for more details. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGHAM PACKAGE OPTIONAL none none none DOCUIIENTATION - IIrite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401-10.3.039 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. THE TRAVELING SALESIIAN ORDERING INFORIIATION: PRDGRAII !IUIIBER 1401103024 AUTHOR .... 11. O. Duke PROGRAI! NUKBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT II. O. Duke ------IBK corporation BASIC none CARDS 15 none 1933 Fifth Avenue Seattle, Washington 98101 OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - A program to solve the traveling salesman problem, where it is desired to find the minimum distance 1401-10.3.028 reqUired to visit a number of cities and return. The CRITICAL PATH LISTING !liD RESOURCE ANALYSIS program uses an algorithm developed by the author, which selects an initial continuous path, and searches for AUTHOR •••• R. J. Blair improvements that can be made that will not destroy continuity. Kaximum problem size for an 8K 1401 is 11 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• cities, which can be solved in less than 3 minutes. R. J. Blair Computations are done in fixed point arithmetic. IBII Corporation 9250 Wilshire Blvd. PROGRAIIKING SYSTEIIS - The program was written in FORTRAI!, Beverly Hills, Calif. and has been compiled and tested on the 1620, the 1410, the 709, and the 7094. DESCRIPTION - This program performs two major functions. MINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREKENTS - Computations are done in First, it lists critical path output in any card format. Fixed Point Arithmetic. lIultiply-Divide, Hi-Low-Equal Second, it performs preliminary analysis of resource Compare, and Advanced Programming are required. Program requirements prior to resource simulation. This anlaysis is structured to use all available memory. Additional determines the reasonableness of the resource requirements. core may be used to solve problems of up to 45 cities with These requirements may be revised as a result of this 16K core. analYSis before proceeding with resource simulation. BASIC PROGRAK PACKAGE The program has four options: DOCUKENTATION - Write-up. liaCHliiE REaDaBLE - Appropriate material <1ell.vered. (a) Include total float, free float, resource analysis. (b) Include total float, resource anlaysis. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. (c) Include total float, free float, (d) List input cards. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11101103039 The program options and data field locations are specified PROGRAK NUKBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME by a control card. The program can handle stacked networks. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------PROGRAIIIUNG SYSTEIIS - Source language SPS II. BASIC none CARDS 15 none MINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Machine configuration IBII OPTIONAL none none none CONTRIBUTED PROGRAKS 1401 1401 PAGE 077 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUMN 1401-10.3.041 (CFSS). The system is general purpose, it accommodates FAST - FULLY AUTOIIATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE large files, it offers an elaborate set of search options, it has an unusually fast search, and it is designed to AUTHOR •••• lIr. C. F. Wilkes graduate into more elaborate systems. CFSS is tested, operations, and ready for immediate use. Its significance DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• is that it utilizes a low cost, small computer IIr. C. F. Wilkes configuration, yet provides sophisticated functions coupled 1550 Elmsford Avenue with very economical operating times. These characteristics La Habra, California 90632 are possible because of the file structure and the search technique. The file structure and the search technique DESCRIPTION - A complete system of test scoring and are closely interrelated elements of the total system, reporting. The system uses the IBII 1401 Card Data each necessary to the other. Processing System. The input source document is a mark sense test answer card. lIethod- basically, table lookup The master file is structured according to the concept and computation. Will score up to ten different tests of coordinate indexing, using independent terms as the for an individual student, using all normal formula' s or basic descriptive elements. HOiiever, CFSS provides for scoring ·techniques. up to sixteen raw score points subterms, that is, dependent adjectives to the terms, and summarized into a single output card per student. for associating numerical values with any terms or subterJlls. This facility makes possible another dimension in both PROGRAl'IlIING SYSTEl'IS - Written in Card Autocoder (Basic). file indexing and file searching. An y gi ven document can thus be described to a considerable depth and to a fine II:i:NIIIUl'I SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 4K storage, card system, degree of precision, and this can be done independent of Column Binary, Advanced programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, the level of description in other documf'nts. sense switches, 1403 Printer lIodel 2, 1402 Card Read Punch. The search technique itself is a synthesis of the BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE tradi tional serial file and inverted file met hods, retaining DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. the strengths of each and avoiding their weaknesses. This KACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. successful synthesis extends the power of the search and at the same time achieves a significantly greater efficiency OPTIONAL PROGRAl'I PACKAGE - None. in operating time. The method of the combined file search basically used the inverted file to drastically reduce ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103041 the domain of interest and performs the actual, de+aill?d search on the resultant reduced serial file. It thus PROGRAII NUKBER DISTRIBUTION liED lUll USER VOLUIIE circumvents the incompatibility between the searc/l request, EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT which contains desired characteri stics, and the serial file, which is organized by file record identity. This BASIC none CARDS 15 none incompatibility requires that every request look at every record, a gross and inherent inefficiency. At the sa 1me OPTIONAL none none none time, the method avoids the limitations of the inverted file in that it makes its final determination on the individual file record with a facility for depth and 1401-10.3.044 precision not attainable on the inverted file. For example, PROJECT PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I the subterms, numerical values, and links and roll?!; accommoda ted in CF SS are impossible or cumbersome in a AUTHOR •••• lIr. E. E. Lambert strict inverted file search. The generality of the file structure is attested to by the accommodation of files DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• in engl.neering parts, medical library material, personnl?l IIr. E. E. Lambert records, etc. The structure is also flexible , permitting Computer Coordinator the addition of special functions while leaving the basi Deere & Company c structure intact, an example of which is the incorporation 1I01ine, Illinois 61265 of the links and roles function. The file thus allows breadth and depth but permits indexing and searching to DESCRIPTION - This program evaluates the progress of take place at aJ:Y desired level according to the projects by individuals with totals for individuals, groups requirements of the individual document and the individual and the entire report. Completed projects can be entered search request. The impact of CFSS then resides in the for history and man-days early or late are computed. achievement of power, flexibility, generality, and Future projects can be entered f.or information and are e1:ficiency in a single systl?m. These characteristics are picked up as current projects when the start date is passed. rooted in the file structure and the search method which Current projects are checked, warnings printed on condition, represent an advance to a more accurate conformity to the and projected completion dates and man-days deviation from inherent nature of ISR. the scheduled completion date and calculated and printed on another condition. Six monthly projections of man-day A further importance of CFSS is that it is not a theor",tical work load are computed for current and future projects approach, but a concept translated in to an operating system, for each individual. . available to those with ISR needs. This program also permits truncation of subdescriptors, allows for larger PROGRAKIIING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. search questions (up to 2200 characters), allows card or tape input (search), allows up to 16 scope notes in IUNIKUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 1401 8K, Multiply-Divide, dictionary program (maximum size permiSSible by Sort. II Advanced Prooramminq Packaoe and Hiqh-Low-Equal Compare. or Sort VII!, provides input print program in utilities Program uses -5900 position - of core. - 1402 Card Reader 132 section and adds a I1AINT 7 which provides for duplication position 1403 Printer. of iiaster file, merging of multiple master files and reconstruction of descriptor file from master file. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - write-up. IIINIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIREI1ENTS - Operates on an IBI" 8K, 1401 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. with the Advanced Programming package, sense switches, 4 tape units, a card reader, and a printer. To improve OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. throughput in the search one 1311 may be used en an optional basis. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401103044 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE PROGRAII NUIIBER DIS'IRIBUTION IIEDIU!'! USER VOLUME DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC nOile CARDS none OPTIONAL PROGRA~ PACKA.GE ~ None. OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRA!'! NUMBER 14011030117 PROGRA!'! NUMBER DIST1HBUTIO'l IIEDIUI" USEP VOLUME 1401-10.3.047 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT INFORIUTION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL PROGRAM BASIC none liT 22 01 AUTHOR ••• • D. Prentice A. Siiiith nT Z~~~~,/OVV 24 G. De Graw 1. A. Warheit OPTIONAL none none none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 1. A. Warheit IBII Corporation 1401-10.3.049 Dept. 599 SKILLS INVENTORY SYSTEM Bldg. 064 Systems Development Division AUTHOR •••• lIrs. B. K. Pavel Ie 1'I0nterey & Cottle Roads San Jose, California DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• S. !'!. Bailes DESCRIPTION - The Information Storage and Retrieval (ISR) IBM corporation System is also known as the Combined File Search System ASDD CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!!S PAGE 078 11101 1401 CONTINUED PRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N 2651 strang Blvd. Yorktown Heights. New York ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401103053 DESCRIPTION - The Skills Inventory system is an information PROGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLUI!E retrieval systea which allows access to precoded data EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE !!ENT concerning eaployee skills and background. The system has the ability to select employees meeting the BASIC none CARDS 15 none qualifications for available positions. Statistical analyses may also be performed. A file coded employee OPTIONAL none none none inforaation is built which can be updated. searched and retrieved in uncoded form (English rather than codes). 1401-10.3.055 !!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - 8K II-tape 1401 with Advanced INDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRA!! FOR CREDIT UNIONS Prograaming package and High-Lo-Equal Compare. AUTHOR •••• J. A. Atkinson BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. J. A. Atkinson IBI! corporation OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. l'Ionterey and Cottle Roads San Jose, California ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRAII NUlmER 1401103049 DESCRIPTION - This program produces member's statements PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIDII USER VOLU!!E covering dividend accounting periods. At the start of EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT a new dividend period a new record is started for each ------account with share and loan balances carried forward. BASIC none liT 7/556 22 none Dividents are calculated and posted. Insurance preminums liT 7/800 24 none are calculated. Program occupies 131111 positions and locations 7003 to 10410 and 10666 to 107110 are used for OPTIONAL none none none input - output. There are 1783 source statements. This program should be used in conjunction with individual ledger update program for credit unions. 1401-10.3.050 11101/1311 TRANSPORTATION PROBLEII PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. AUTHOR •••• lIr. C. E. Root IIINIIIUI'I SYSTEI'I REQUIRE!!ENTS - The program requires 16K, 11101 Processor, 1402 Card Reader, 1403 Printer (132 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• positions), 3 tape units, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced C. E. Root Programming and sense switches. IB!! Corporation 1307 S. Boulder BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Tulsa. Oklahoaa DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - The Transportation Problem optimizes the cost of shipping a product from a number of warehouses OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE (suppliers) to a nuaber of retailers (demanders). This DOCUIIENTATION - None. class of problea includes personnel assignaent, production ('lACHINE READABLE - Source code. scheduling, distribution problems. contract awards, etc. The aaxiaum problea size is 300 suppliers by 999 deaanders. ORDERING INFORPIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103055 The time required to solve a problem depends upon the problem size and the number of iterations taken. A 15X23 PROGRAI'I NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUPI USER VOLUI'IE problem ran in 10 ainutes. A 50X400 ran 7 hours. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'lENT PBOGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The source language is Autocoder. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The program is written for OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none a 16K 1401 with Advanced programming, !!ultiply-Divide feature and one 1311 Disk Drive with Direct Seek. 11101-10.3.056 BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE INDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAI'I FOR CREDIT UNIONS DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• John A. Atkinson OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOCUIIENTATION - None. J. A. Atkinson IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. IBI'I Corporation l'Ionterey and Cottle Roads ORDERING INPORIIATION: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1401103050 San Jose, California PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII USER VOLU!!E DESCRIPTION - This program will post all transactions to EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT each member's account. Will automatically calculate interest to principal for loand repaid monthly. Provides BASIC none CARDS 15 none for share to share transfers it accounts involved have the same basic serial number. Program occupies 12837 OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none positions and locations 75711 - 7648 and 7730 11138 are used for input - output. There are 1783 source statements. This program should be used in conjunction with individual 1401-10.3.053 ledger extract program for credit unions. LESS IV PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder. AUTHOR .... !!. C. Kalnitz I'IINIIIUII SYSTEI'I REQUIREMENTS - Program requires 16K 11101 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Processor, 11102 Card Reader, 1403 printer, 132 positions), II. C. Kalnitz 3 tape units, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced programming IBII corporation and sense switches. 2651 Strang Blvd. Yorktown Heights, N. Y. BASIC PROGRM! PACKAGE DOCUI'IENTATION - Write-up. DESCRIPTION - To convert the output from 1401 LESS (Least I'lACHINE READABLE - Appropr~ate material delivered. Cost Estimating and Scheduling) 8K, 12K, 16K - presently in an elapsed day format, to an actual calendar date format. OPTIONAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE This program starts at any preselected day, includes DOCUIIENTATION - None. ~€skends and holidajs or eliminates the selectiVely_ ~ACHINE READ~BL.E - Source Elapsed duration cannot exceed 36 months. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI'I NUMBER 1401103056 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTE!!S - IIritten in Autocoder. PROGRAI'I NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I'lEDIUI'l USER VOLUIIE !!INIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 1401 card system with 8K, EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT lIultiply-Divide feature and Hi-Lo-Equal compare. BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. COIITRIBUTED PROGRA!!S 1401 1401 PAGE ·079 CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLU!!N 1401-10.3.059 IB!! corporation CRITICAL PATH MANAGEMENT GA!!E 112 E. Post Road White Plains, New York AUTHOR •••• D. G. Douglas, Jr. DESCRIPTION - This package contains two programs. The DIRECT TECHIIICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• first prints and plots a unit point frequency distribution. D. G. Douglas, Jr. A normal curve is overlaid for cOllparative purposes. IBM Corporation Statistics include the mean, standard error of the lIean. 570 Broad Street mean deviation. standard deviation, variance. G1, median, lIewark, New Jersey 07102 G3, and up to 15 modes. Abscissa is scaled on Z-scores to 0.05 siglla, and the ordinate is scaled on the lIode DESCRIPTION - The Critical Path !!anagement Game consists frequency. Unit frequencies and local percentiles included of three programs which can be used for teaching and for each score. Can punch conversion tables for use with demonstrating the techniques of less critical pa th FST21 to add local norms to student records. The second scheduling. At selected stages during the game participants program prints a matrix of covariance correlation vary activity durations by manipulation of resources. coefficients. Up to 15 scores can be correlated The objective is to complete project with minimum sillultaneously, with output of a 14X14 triangular matrix. expenditure. Phase I prepares a master tape used by Phase III. Phase II computes project schedules with output PROGRAMMING SYSTE!!S - Written in Autocoder. similar to that produced by less programs. Phase III simulates the game project and reports on the status of Note - Fast-Fully Autollatic Scoring Technique-Phase I is all activities. The game project is restricted to 100 a necessary prerequisite for the use and understanding activities and minor restrictions on node numbering and of this program. If not already in the users possession maximum duration. it should be ordered froll PID by requesting file nUllber. PROGRAMMIN(i SYSTEMS - Written in FORTRAII. !!INI!!U!! SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - Both programs run on a 11101, 1440 or 1460 with 8K, one 1311, Advanced programlBing, High MIIIIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEIITS - Requires 12K, 1401 with Low-Equal Compare, bit test, and any I/O hardware. advanced programming, Multiply-Divide, High-Low-Equal Compare, 1402 Card Reader, 1403 Printer and at least two BASIC PROGB!!! PACKAGE magnetic tape units. Phase III requires 11, 152 positions. DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103064 OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. PROGRA!! NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLU!!E ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103059 EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ElIT PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME BASIC none CARDS 15 none EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT OPTIONAL none none none BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none none none 1401-10.3.065 SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM 1401-10.3.063 AUTHOR •••• C. F. Wilkes B. J. Nevil FAST - FULLY AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAM J. R. Cottrell M. N. Salluel PACKAGE J. 11. Kesselman AUTHOR •••• Mr. C. F. Wilkes DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Charles F. Wilkes DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IB!! Corporation Mr. C. F. Wilkes 112 E. Post Road IBM corporation White Plains, lIew York 10601 112 E. Post Road White Plains, New York DESCRIPTION - Socrates provides an in-house systell for scheduling secondary school students into classes of grades DESCRIPTION - FAST programs are designed to accept-fast seven thro,ugh twelve. The systell schedules periods zero test answer cards, a vertically oriented, two-col-umn per through ten for two regular semesters simultaneously. or side mark-sense card on which a test subject marks his one split-week semester. Features include ability responses. This type of response will be scored within groupings, teacher selection, grade range selection. sex the computer. In addition, key punched or 1230/534 punched selection, alternate course requests, study hall scheduling, raw scores can be accommodated. Regardless of input method, blocked courses, and maximull class balancing consistent raw scores are converted to derived scores, listed in . with minimum rejects. Includes a complete series of various sequences, printed on pressure-sensitive labels, programs to simplify data collection, corrections, and produce profile cards. A five-point frequency scheduling and analysis. File maintenance programs permit distribution can be produced. indi'l'idnal or lIass changes. Output reports include verification listings, simple tally. conflict matrix, PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Autocoder analysis of rejects, class load analysis in sequence by room, teacher, period and course, and students schedule MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Can be run on 1401, 1440 listing with card output option. Comprehensive edit or 1460 Systems, with SK, one 1311 Disk Drive, Advanced programs assure clean data prior to scheduling. Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, Bit-Test, and any 1401/40/60 I/O hardware. If fast mark-sense cards are PROGRAMMING SYSTE!!S - Autocoder on disk. used, must have Column Binary or Card Image feature. One additional 1311 Drive required if disk records are sorted MINI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - Minimum SK 1401/40/60 with for additional listing sequences. Bit Test, High-Low-Equal compare, Advanced programiBing, one 1311 Disk Drive, and any I/O configuration. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. KACHINE READABLE ..... Appropriate !Jaterial deli"et:ed. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. CRDERING INFCR!!ATION: PROGRAM NU!!BER 1401103063 ORDERING INFORMATIOII: PROGRA!! NUMBEF 1401103065 PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUM USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT PROGRA!I RU!!Bl!R DIST!'I9UTION I!EDIUI! USEI' VOLU!!F EXTENSION TYPE CODE !'EQUIREI!EIIT BASIC DODe CARDS 15 none BASIC none 1316 52 ", OPTIONAL DODe none none OPTIONAL none none ::CI!.~ 1401-10.3.064 FAST - FULLY AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE PHASE 2 PROGRA!! 1401-10.3.066 PACKAGE FAST - FULLY AUTOI!ATIC SCOI'ING TVC!lHQUl! AUTHORS ••• C. F. Wilkes M. N. Samuel AUTHOR •••• Charles F. ililkes DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Mr. C. F. Wilkes Charles !'. ililkes CONTRIBUTED PROGRAPIS PAGE OBO 1401 1401 COJITINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN IBM Corporation admissions and financial aid decisions and records of 112 E. Post Road college achievement to seconda ry schools, and furnishing lihite Plains. New York 10601 access to applicant and class information for logitudinal and comparative studies. The system includes two update DESCRIPTION - This program produces a test item analysis runs, creating an applicant master file and a transcript for up to five valid responses. plus omits or invalids master file, and six report runs which produce the reports for each test question. Individual response tallies are previousl y described. printed on a single line for three groupings of students within each test part - total students. the upper 27 per PROGRAMMING SYSTEIIS - The programs are written in Autocoder cent and the lower 27 per cent. The report prints the Language. question number. identifies the correct response. and shows the count and percentage of students selecting each possible IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 12K or BK (depending on Data response for the three groups. This permits evaluation Processing runs) 1401 with Indexing. Storage Address of item difficulty and discrimination. or use with a table Register, Move Record, High-Low-Equal Compare features ••• for determining the normalized bi-serial coefficients of 1406 core storage unit, Model 2 ••• 4-729 Tape Units ••• correlation. 1403 Printer, Modes 2 600 LPII, 132 characters ••• 1402 Card Read Punch, Modell. PROGRAPlMIIIG SYSTEMS - liritten in Autocoder. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401/40/60 with BK. two 1311 DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. Disk Drives. Advanced programming. High-Low-Equal Compare, IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Column Binary or Card Image, Bit Test, and any I/O hardware. FAST cards must have been used with the FAST Phase One OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE Program package, file number 1401-10.3.063. DOCUMENTATION - None. MACHINE READABLE - Source Code. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - lirite-up. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NU IIBER 1401103068 MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM USER VOLUIIE OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE"ENT ------ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103066 BASIC none DTR 7/556 22 none DTR 7/BOO 24 none PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 liT 7/800 24 01 BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none none none 1401-10.3.069 1401 AIRLINE AIRCRAFT EVALUATION PROGRAII 1401-10.3.067 AUTHOR •••• Mr. J. C. Gilman TEACHER-MADE-TEST PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• AUTHORS ••• Mr. D. Ii. Taylor IIr. C. Ii. Cozad Plr. J. C. Gilman IBII Corporation DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 520 Boylston Street IIr. D. Ii. Taylor Boston, lIass. 02116 IBM Corporation 525 So. Flower Street DESCRIPTION - This program aids in deciding which new Los Angeles, California 90017 aircraft are best suited to the traffic and routes of an airline, also how to allocate existing aircraft and where DESCRIPTION - The Teacher-llade-Test program provides a schedule changes may be warranted. User supplied aircraft simple and accurate way for the teacher to make use of parameters are used in a formula to obtain more realistic data processing facilities for the scoring and analysis cost figures than with a single plane-mile or block-hour of tests administered in the classroom. The program not cost. The route data is treated as two types- low density only accomplishes the scoring function, but also the and high density segments. The latter assumes variability preparation of meaningful test result analyses to aid the of service frequency to suit the aircrafts capacity. teacher in determining individual and class needs. Multiple Expected revenue and cost figures are computed for a range choice and/or true-false types of objective tests of up of assumed hours-per-day utilizations and load factors to 100 questions can be processed. Input consists of one (144 cost combinations for each segment). Sepcial mark-sense test answer card per student. Output consists characters indicate where aircraft capacity has been of 1. score listing with right or wrong response record, exceeded or where costs exceed revenue. Assessment of 2. item count, and 3. unit-point frequency distribution. sensitivity of cost to utilization, break even load factors, Program can also be used to analyze results of opinion and experimentation with many route and aircraft surveys and class elections. combinations are possible. PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - 1401/40/60 Autocoder. PROGRAIIMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. MINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - BK 1401, 1402, 1403, Advanced MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREPIENTS - BK, 1401/40/60 with Column Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare. Binary or Card Image. High-Low-Equal Compare, Ad vanced programming, and one 1311 Disk Drive. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DOCUMENTATION - lirite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401103069 ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401103067 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL none none none 1401-10.3.070 TSBO - SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-!'IADE TESTS 1401-10.3.06B COOPERATIVE ADMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM AUTHOR •••• llr. C. G. Badner AUTHOR •••• Mr. R. H. Glover DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIr. C. G. Badner DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• New Trier Township High Schools Mr. R. H. Glover 385 Winnetka Avenue College Entrance Examination Board Winnetka, Illinois 60093 475 Riverside Dr. New York, New York 10027 DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this program is to take punched responses from tests scored on an IBI! 1230 Test Scorinq DESCRIPTION - The system provides an effective and Machine and analyze and evaluate the test by means of a comprehensive means of assembling applicant information, 1401 computer. Responses extracted are stored on disk, retrieving the information in standardized report formats, then analyzed and evaluated. obtaining detailed descriptions of applicant academic qualifications, assembling summary data, communicating Restric·tions are- no more than BO items, maximum weighted CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 11101 1401 PAGE ·081 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE score - 700, speed - approximately 1000 tests per hour. 1401-11.0.010 THE GAME BRIDG-IT ON THE 1401 IIINII'lUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1401 8K, 1402 Reader, 1403 Printer. one 1311 disk. Indexing, and High-Low-Equal AUTHOR •••• Gunter Wenzel COllpare. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE Gunter Wenzel tOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IBM Deutschland DP Basic Research IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. Internationale Buero Maschinen GIIBH Sindelfingenjllurttemberg, Germany OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - This deBonstration program plays the galle ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401103070 Bridg-it. It must have the first move and will then secceed in every case against the opponent. The winning strategy PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUIIE is from Oliver Gross, Rand corporation. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401, 4K no special features BASIC none CARDS 15 none required. The input choice between 1402 and 1407 is possible. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. 1401-11.0.005 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. REACHON TIMING PROGRAM FOR IBII 11101 OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. AUTHORS ••• L. R. Debuys J. F. Naughton ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401110010 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• L. R. Debuys PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE IBM Corporation EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 2640 Canal Street ------.------New Orleans 19, Louisiana BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - The Reaction Timing Program for the IBM 11101 OPTIONAL none none none is designed primarily as a dellonstration. However. the program can be used to measure reaction time as a function of waiting time. 1401-11.0.012 MUSIC-MUSIC SIIIULATION ON A 1401 COIIPUTER PROGRAMIIING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS. AUTHOR •••• M. J. Peskin IIINIMUM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 1401 - 1. 11K (sense switches desirable) 1402. 11103 lIodel 1 or 2. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• II. J. Peskin BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE The lIitre Corporation DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. Box 208 MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Bedford, Massachusetts OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DESCRIPTION - IIUSIC is a 1401 program which demonstrates a technique for producing Busic on the 1403 printer. The ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII !IUIIBER 1401110005 distributed deck is set up to play Ravel's Bolero. This write-up describes the procedures by lIhich any desired PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME lIusic lIay be produced. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - liritten in Autocoder. EASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - IIUSIC will load and operate OPTIONAL none none none in 1401s of any size. The Object Bac,hine, however, must be sense switches and advnaced programming. 1401-11.0.007 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE FALLOUT DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• Thomas P. Callahan OPTIONAL PROGRAI'I PACKA,~ - None. :\f DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Thollas P. Callahan ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUMBER 1401110012 IBM corporation 701 West Broad Street PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Bethlehem, Pennsylvania EXTENSION TYPE CODE FEQUIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - FALLOUT is a package of dellonstration progralls BASIC none CARDS 15 none designed to ellphasize audience participation and visual illpact while demonstrating 1401 capabilities. FALLOUT OPTIONAL none none none is designed to dellonstrate 1401 capabilities to anyone, particularly persons lIith no Data Processing knoliledge lIhatsoever. Some capabilities demonstrated are output 1401-13.1.009 printing speed, internal storage capacity, internal FGCP - REPRODUCE. GANG-PUNCH, COONT, PRINT arithlletic speed, decision-making ability, computer logic, and computer flexibility. AUTHOR •••• B. J. lIanring PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - Source language - SPS. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• B. J. Manring IIINIMUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K card 1401 lIith sense 8621 Georgia Avenue svi tches required fo::: basic package. Silver Springr !aryland BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - To reproduce cards, performing operations DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. which lIould otherwise entail wiring a separate reproducer MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. board, to list cards where a reformating of the card image is desired, and to serially number cards and/or lines on OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. a page. 111n111nnn'"J' CRDEEING IHPCRHI TICN: PRCGEA~ NUMBER ..... "" I I I '"'V V r ~INI~U~ SYSTE~ REQUIRE!lENTS - UK 1401, 11!02, 1~03 !!odel 2, sense switches B-D, Advanced programming Feature. High PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUIIE Low-Equal Compare. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUMENTATION - Write-up. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401131009 PROGRAM NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION I'!EDIU I'! USER VOLOIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEIiT CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!!S PAGE 082 1401 1401 COII'lIRUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLUMN DESCRIPTION - To provide a generalized prograll for the BASIC none CARDS 15 none following functions, straight 80-80 offset reproducing, straight or offset reproducing with gang punching, producing OPTIONAL none none none predetermined quantities from Single masters. The program as written utilizes !!odulus 16 arithmetic for address modification. !!odels with only 4,000 positions of storage 1401-13.4.002 will have to make several program changes, explained in OPTRAIN - OPERATING TRAINING ON THE 1401 the write-up, to satisfy the requirelleDts of Modulus 4 arithmetic. The program will not accommodate proceSSing AUTHOR •••• Sy Berlin involving selection or interspersing. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIIS - ·lIritten in Autocoder. Sy Berlin Research Analysis Corp. IIINIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - 4000-16,000 position Core 6935 Arlington Road Storage, High-Low-Equal COllpare, sense switches. Bethesda 14, !!aryland BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - This program thru a random selection of 6 DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. subroutines, puts the operator thru most situations which IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. are programmable. It attempts to make the operator alert on the peripheral gear and tests his knowledge of bit con OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. figurations on the console. It is our belief that a good foundation on this computer will be advantageous and ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401140004 expedite training on larger computers where required. PROGRA!! NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE PROGRA!!IIING SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIRE!!ENT IIIRI!!UII SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - 8K 1401 with Indexing, sense BASIC none CARDS 15 none swi tch B and two tape drives. OPTIONAL none none none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 1401-14.0.008 SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FOR!! OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. WORDS ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NU!!BER 1401134002 AUTHOR •••• F. II. Edwards PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EUENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT F. II. Edwards IBII Corporation BASIC none CARDS 15 none 215 West State Street Trenton, New Jersey OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - A subroutine which converts numerical values of dollars and cents to the traditional spelled-out check 1401-14.0.002 form. Values up to and including $9999.99 can be con verted. GENERALIZED FLOT PROGR!II PROGRAlIlIIlIG SYSTEMS - Subroutine is written in 1401 AUTHORS ••• H. W. Van Ness R. D. Waring Autocoder and could be included in the systems tape library as a closed subroutine. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• H. W. Van Ness MINIIIOII SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - The subroutine requires IBM Corporation 1401 with Advanced Programming and High-Low-Equal compare. 1212 S. W. 6th Avenue The program utilizes 735 positions of core storage Portland, Oregon (statements) • DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Generalized Plot program has been BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE written to take data from cards, and prepare a graphic DOCUMENTATION - IIrite-up. representation of that data. It plots to linear scales IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. for both axes with dependent variable (Y-axis) being plotted parallel to the print chain of the 1403. Up to five pieces OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. of data may be plotted on one run and can be takne froll numerous configurations of data on the card. Control cards ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 1401140008 are prepared for the program to indicate scales, origin values, increments data field locations on the card, and PROGRAII NOIIBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIOII USER VOLU!'!E heading information. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT PROGRA!!IIING SYSTEIIS - The program is written in SPS, and BASIC none CARDS 15 none utilizes the Divide Subroutine. OPTIONAL none none none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A basic 1401 with 4000 positions of core storage and 132 print positions on the 1403 is required. Provision has been made for plotting 1401-14.0.012 at 10 lines to the inch if this special feature is STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES FOR IB!! 1401 TAPE SYSTE!! available. Program requirements- phase 1 uses 3024 locations, phase 2 uses 3916 locations. AUTHOR •••• J. II. Wilson BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. J. W. Wilson IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IB!! Corporation 303 N. Lake Street OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None. Aurora, Illinois ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAII NU!!BER 1401140002 DESCRIPTION - A program for IB!! 1401 4 Tape system with Advanced Programming and High-Low-Equal compare, which PROGRAI'I NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLU!!E computes all state and local (city) income taxes for a EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT weekly payroll application. Each state tax routine is handled as a separate entity through the use of overlays. EASIC none CARDS 15 none By altering constants, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly payrolls can be handled. OPTIONAL none none none PP.OGRA!H!ING SYSTEMS - written in Autocoder. 1401-14.0.004 !!INIMU!! SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - Program occupies Sf( when FOURTEEN 0 ONE OFFSET REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR written in Autocoder using IOCS, Version 2, Level 2. EIIITTING Without IOCS, user may modify for use on a 4K system. Through the use of execute commands, program is applicable AUTHOR •••• A. H. Toreson to card systems. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES '10 ••• BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE A. H. Toreson DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up. Aerojet General Corporation !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Nimbus, California OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1401 11101 PAGE D83 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLU!IB DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFOR!lATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401140012 1401-14.0.025 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !lEDIUII USER VOLUIIE TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT ------AUTHOR •••• Alice D. Peters BASIC none liT 7/556 22 03 !IT 7/800 24 03 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Alice D. Peters OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 IBII Corporation I'IT 7/800 24 01 150 Grand Street White Plains, New York 1401-14.0.019 DESCRIPTION - Tally, AnalySiS, Registration. and Scheduling STANDARD NAI'IE ALTERATION PROGRAII (TARS - 1401). The programs produce aids to master schedule building (tally and conflict matrix) and, using a master AUTHOR •••• 1'1. F. Lynds schedule prepared by the school, process student course requests to create student schedules and an updated master DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• schedule. II. F. Lynds IBI'I Corporation PROGRAIII!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. 1107 lIyra Street Jacksonville, Florida I!INI!lUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Designed for an 8K, 1 disk, 1401 System. DESCRIPTION - This subroutine will convert names that are last name first or last name last in a free format to any BASIC PROGRAK PACKAGE configuration in a fixed format. The user is given the DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. addresses of the areas Which contain the first name, first IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. initial, middle initial, last name, and suffix. All output is left justified in the respective areas. The subroutine OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE will accommodate eight of the more common prefixes to last DOCU!lENTATION - None. names and fourteen of the more common suffixes. The option KACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. exists to place the suffix one position to the right of the last name. The subroutine is easily modifiable to ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14011110025 insert any extra suffixes or prefixes which are desired. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Utilizes Autocoder. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIINIIIUK SYSTEII REQUIREI'IENTS - 1401 with 4K High-Low-Equal BASIC none CARDS 15 none and Advanced programming. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE DOCUI'IENTATION - Write-up. I'IACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. 11101-111.0.026 REAL ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEM FOR THIRD CLASS PENNSYLVANIA OPTIONAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE - None. COUNTIES ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401140019 AUTHOR •••• J. G. Walterick PROGRAI'I NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI'I USER VOLUKE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT J. G. Walterick IB!I Corporation BASIC none cnDS 15 none 1113 W. State Street Trenton, New Jersey OPTIONAL none none none DESCRIPTION - This program calculates and prints real estate tax bills given the assessment and millage rates 11101-111.0.0211 to provide summary cards during calculation time for later COpy 11101-AU-008 SYSTEIIS PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 generation of monthly reports. IN COI'IPATIBILITY KODE PROGRAII!lING SYSTEKS - written in Autocoder. AUTHOR •••• J. A. Winger !lINIKU!! SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - 11101, 11K, 11103, 11102, Advanced DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• programming. J. A. Winger IBI'I Corporation BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE 1211 South Harrison Street DOCU!!ENTATION - IIri te-up. Fort lIayne, Indiana !!ACIIINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - This program will copy a 11101-AU-008 Autocoder OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. systems Pack to tape in odd parity on a 111110 or 11101 and by changing sense switch settings will copy tape to disk ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 14011110026 on either 11100 series or any 360 equipped with compatability. Records are read and written on disk in PROGRAII NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION !'lEDIUII USER VOLUI'!E the track sector format. MOVE mode records are written EXTENSION TYPE CODE REOUIFE!!ENT onto tape without modification. LOAD mode records are written onto tape in MOVE mode with an additional record BASIC none CARDS 15 none which indicates word mark locations. Because the systems pack contains word-separator characters, current IBK utility OPTIONAL none none none programs will not work. There are many different combinations of information on a 11101-AU-008 systems Pack; therefore. the author has made the proqram qeneral enouqh 11101-111.0.027 to handle~ any situation. --- - EXTENDED PERFORIIANCE CO!!PUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING SYSTEII FOR 11101-1026 PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - 11101-AU-008 Autocoder and 111110-10- 010 ICOS. AUTHORS ••• Judi th lIiller W. S. Wengert KINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREI'IENTS - Program requires 8K, Advanced DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• programming, Sense Switches, 120 frint positions, 1 disk Judith lIiller and 1 tape. Direct Seek is used if available. IBII Corporation 1825 K street, N. II. BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE Washington, D.C. 20036 DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - This system of Autocoder programs is an expansion of the IBII 1401, 1440 or 11160 CAl Operating OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. System providing extended capabilities for course generation and system control, including support for audio/visual ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAM NUIIBER 14011400211 devices, additional language features, a card input system, additional administrative control and improved system PROGRAM BUKBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME performance. The system includes all support programs EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT necessary to generate the system pack, initialize the system, extract and print recordings and perform various BASIC none CARDS 15 none off-line operations such as printing course material and/or CONTRIBUTED PROGRAftS PAGE 0811 11101 111110 CONTIIIOED FROft PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN student information. IIINIftUft SYSTEII REQUIREftENTS - 14110 Controller is designed to operate on the following minimum machine configuration- PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEftS - All programs are coded in the disk 111111 11K storage, 2-1311 Disk Drives, Indexing and Store Autocoder source language. Address Register feature, 111110 Reader Punch, 111113 Printer. Program Reguirements- I'ILINK occupies 111 positions of high IIINI!!IOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 12K 11101-1026 with Advanced core. In addition, during an overlay operation, positions programming, bit test, High-Low-Equal Compare, and sense 90-7111 are used by ftCALL. The area from 3115-7111 will switches. One 1311 Disk Drive, Direct Seek, one 1026 and eventually contain the beginning of the users routine 1 1050. drives will be required if the main program is however, all data common to both sections of a program recompiled. must be no lower than pos. 742. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE DOCOIIENTATION - lirite-up. DOCUIIENTATION - Ilrite-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None. DOCUIIENTATION - None. !!lACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. ORDERING INFORftATION: PROGRAft NU ftBER 11111 00 11 001 ORDERING INFORftATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 111011110027 PROGRAft NUftBER DISTRIBUTION ftEDIUft TISER VOLOftE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREftENT PROGRAII NUftBER DISTRIBUTION ftEDIUft USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT BASIC none CARDS 15 none ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none_ none none OPTIONAL none ftT 7/556 22 01 liT 7/800 24 01 111110-01.1.002 PROGRAM TO LOAD PROGRAMS ON DISK 111110-01.0.001 AUTHOR •••• Robert B. Sawyer PACE - PRE-ASSEftBLY CHECK UD EDIT LISTING DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• AUTHOR •••• B. N. Awerkamp Robert B. Sawyer IBM Corp. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• 11117 E. Broad st. B. N. Awerkamp Columbus, Ohio 43215 IBft Corp. 23 Hitchcock way DESCRIPTION - A program to load core image of programs Santa Barbara, Calif. 93105 onto disk for use either as monitor programs or as overlays. Using only the restriction of no groupmark--wordmarks in DESCRIPTION - PACE brings to the 111110 user an efficient the initial assembly, the users program can be located and meaningful diagnostic program. It will check and edit anywhere in any disk. The object program requires 111110 Autocoder and Autocoder/IOCS source programs by approximately 125 core pOSitions and has the option of detecting underfined lahels, format and parameter errors, putting this routine anywhere in core by reassembling. coding errors and keypunch errors. The printed output The object program requires a parameter card describing provides a label table in alphabetical order followed by where the program is to be loaded, its length, and where a listing of the source program with errors by significant the DCF required to write the program out is located. special characters. An edit is also performed on DIOCS and DTF ENTRIES FOR ACCEPTABILITY AND SPELLING. There PROGRAllftING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. are three checks of Autocoder statements pertaining to labels, operation codes and operands. The checking results ftIIIIIIUI'I SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Ho special features. are equal to an Autocoder Assembly. BASIC PROGRUI PACKAGE PROGRUlftING SYSTEIIS - Autocoder. DOCUftENTATION - Write-up. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IIINIIIOII SYSTEli REQOIREIIENTS - 111110 11K, one 1311 and Indexing and Store Address Register. Printed output options are OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Hone. available with sense switches. ORDERING INFOR!UTION: PROGRAII NUftBER 11140011002 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE ~OCUIIENTATION - Write-up. PROGRAM HUftBER DISTRIBUTION ftEDIOM USER VOLUftE IIACHINE READABLE - Object code. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREftENT OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE BASIC none CARDS 15 none DOCUftENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. OPTIONAL none none none ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 111110010001 14110-01.3.002 PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII USER VOLUME IIACBADY 8K 1440 FORTRAN EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT AOTHORS ••• R. B. Baden W. E. ftessmann BASIC none CARDS 15 none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none R. B. Baden IBI'I Corporation 112 East Post Road 111110-01.1.001 White Plains, New York CONTROLLER DESCRIPTION - !!ACBADY is a modification of IBM 1401 FORTRAN, AUTHOR •••• Robert J. Macartney Version II. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• PROGRAMMING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. There are Robert J. lIacartney 3262 core positions available for user code. The compiler IBM corp. is card or disk resident. 6252 Telegraph Rd. Los Angeles 22, Calif. ftINII'IUII SYSTEII REQUIREI'IENTS - An 8K IBM 111111, Store Address Register feature, Indexing feature, IB.M 111112 Card Read DESCRIPTION - The 111110 Controller is a Job Supervisor Punch, and IBft 1443 Printer. System consisting of a group of 1401 programs designed to provide (a) Disc Storage of programs, subroutines, BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE o1!erlays. etc" (b) Control card call down of progra!!s (el DOCtH!ENTATION - Write-up. Program call down of programs, subroutines, overlays, etc. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. with a minimum of programming effort. Restrictions/Range: OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None. 1. All programs, subroutines, overlays, etc. originate at POS. ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 11140013002 2. lIaximum number of user programs is 53. 3. Controller systems pack must be on drive o. PROGRAI'I NUMBER DISTRIBUTION I'IEDIUft USER V010ftE II. All user programs must be in the 111110 Autocoder card EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT format. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEftS - Source Language- 111110 Autocoder. OPTIONAL none none none CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 111110 1440 PAGE- 085 14110-01.4.001 11140-01.6.001 RADIO - RANDOII DISK INPUT/OUTPUT SUBROUTINE SORT 511 DISK RESIDENT AUTHOR •••• J. II. lIeaver AUTHOR •••• Richard S. Heiser DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• J.II. lIeaver Richard S. Heiser Gateway Data Systems IBII Corporation 500 No. 1 Gateway Center 6900 Fannin Pittsburgh, Pa. 15222 Houston, Texas 77025 DESCRIPTION - An Autocoder Library lIacro which handles DESCRIPTION - A lIIodified SORT 511 Resident on 1311 Disk 1311 Disk I/O functions and error routines. It can handle Storage. The SORT is stored in the load mode in a self cyl. overflow and use Direct Seek, Scan Disk, and Track loading format. It required 1540 consecutive sectors on Record, if available, on up to five drives. The subroutine any drive, and can be file-protected. The prograll loader is generative, providing only the routines called for. resides in th highest 4K of core. Program loading is It is intended to replace IOCS random giving the user accomplished in about 15 seconds. The SORT is a tailored greater ease of programlling and flexibility. The routine version of SORT 5 for disk-to-disk sorting without disk was patterned after the PAL wholesale grocery macro UFPIO label checking. This illproves performance 20 to 30 percent. to include special features, Cylinder Overflow, Same Cylinder Test, and IOCS Type Coded Halt. The routine does IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Compatible with 1440 not do any label checking. The disk control field must Controller. 12K lIellory, 1311 Disk Drive, Direct Seek, be set by the user and is restored after the operation. Console Typewriter, Sense Switches. The SCAN routine can scan 999 sectors in one operation. Storsge requirements - from 369 pos. to 841 depending on BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE features used. DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K-1440 1442-lIodel 1 1443 lIodel 1, one 1311 Disk Drive Indexing and Store Address OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. REGISTER special feature. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 11140016001 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. PROGRAII !'IUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. BASIC none CARDS 1') none ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI'I NUIIBER 1440014001 OPTIONAL none none none PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 1440-02.1.001 ------1440/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAII EASIC none CARDS 15 none AUTHOR •••• D. A. Hauser OPTIONAL none none none DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• D. A. Hauser 1440-01.4.002 IBII corporation RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE P. O. Box 567 Ri verside ,California AUTHOR •••• Lawrence E. Cohen DESCRIPTION - A Load-and go program for converting present DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• card files to consecutive 1311 Disk Files without any " Lawrence E. Cohen repunching of card files into a prescribed format. The IBII Corporation program will handle up to 6 user specified card forllats Insurgentes Sur 100 and build them into a user specified disk record forllat. lIexico, D. F., lIexico Forllats of card input and disk record output are specified in control card forll and supplied to the program on a load DESCRIPTION - The Rapid Selective Trace Program is a and-go basis. Up to 10 data fields from each card format powerful debugging, docUilentation and teaching aid that specified can be assembled into single disk records. accurately simUlates the functioning of the 1440 under control of any object program and prints out complete lUNUlU1I SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS~ program will operate information about what the Frogram is doing in an easy on any 1440-1311 system having at least 4K, 1I0dify Address, to-read format. The instruction Address, the Instruction, Store B Register and Index Registers. With a 4K lIachine A, and B Address Register contents at the beginning of 500 character disk records are the longest records that the execution phase, Index Register contents and up to can be processed. On an 8K machine the maximull record 18 positions of the A-field and the B-field (the latter length is 4500 positions. both before and after instruction execution) are given on a single print line. All addresses are given in decillal BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE form. Complete dUlllps of records read, written or moved, DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. with associated word marks, are produced. RST operates IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. at approximately 100 instruction per second while outside of the limits supplied by a control card and at lIaxillum OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. 1403 or 1443 printing speed within limits_ This speed is achieved by calculating the old A-address for chain- ORDERI"NG INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440021001 ing only when needed. PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - IIritten in Basic Autocoder 2K. Disk EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Autocoder can be used for assembly. BASIC none CARDS 15 none IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1310 core positions, Indexing and Store Address Register Special feature. Ready for OPTIONAL none none none use with 4K lIachines. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1440-02.1.002 DOCUIIENTATION - IIrite-up. 1440/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• R.J. Taylor OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440014002 R.J. Taylor IBII corporation PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE 1776 John F. Kennedv Blvd. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - This program was written to handle 1311 disk maintenance reqUirements not covered heretofore in any OPTIONAL none none none library program, but which occur in 1I0st 1311 installations. IIi th the use of this program, it is now possible to change the addressing structure of a disk pack to any natural or unnatural range without altering the data written on the pack. unnaturally addressed packs, such as the systell pack for Autocoder, 1401-AU-008 may now be copied; label tracks lIay also be copied. The standard disk utility programs do "not provide these operations. options elected CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!!S PAGE 086 1440 1440 CORTlJIlUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLUIIN by control cards are - 1-Change addresses without disturbing OPTIONAL none none none data, 2-Change addresses and clear data, 3-Copy one disk pack to another, and 4-compare one disk to another. IUIfII!UI! SYSTEI! REQUIRE!!ERTS - 4K system with Indexing and 1440-02.3.002 store Address Registers and will copy a full pack in ONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO PRINTER PROGRAII IlITH BRANCH ON approximately six minutes. OVERFLOW BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE !UTHO!L:;:;;J" G. 0 Reilly DOCOI!ERTATION - Write-up. IUCHIRE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• J. G. 0 Reilly OPTIORAL FROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. 155 Honey Lane Waltham Abbey, Essex ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1440021002 England PROGRA!! NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION I!EDIOII USER VOLU!!E DESCRITPION - This program lists cards and branches to EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT channel one on sensing channel twelve. Storage requirements 181 positions. BASIC none CARDS 15 none I!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1440 with 1443 and 1442/1402. OPTIORAL none none none BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. 1440-02.1.003 IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. 1440-1311 DISK SORi PACKAGE OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. AUTHOR •••• I!r. J. C. Loollis ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1440023002 DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• I!r. J. C. Loomis PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!! USER VOLUI'IE IBI! Corporation EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT 1222 N. I!ain Avenue San Antonio, Texas BASIC none CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - A set of three programs which will provide OPTIONAL none none none a specialized sort for frequently run jobs. The first program interprets a control card and produces a file of random control fields to test thesort, then punches a 1440-02.3.003 series of cards. These cards are merged into the second 1440/1311 80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRA!! program which is in Autocoder Source Format. Assembly of this second program produces an object sort. The third AUTHOR •••• W. T. Batten prograll tests the sort to insure correct assembly by sequence conditions with their location if the file. Run DIRECT TECHNICAL I NQUIRIES TO ••• times are considerably faster than for sort 5, particularly W. T. Batten for short records. Ten thousand records, thirty characters IB!! Corporation long are sorted in less than thirteen lIinutes. Input and Test Center output records must be blocked within the first eighteen 570 Broad Street sectors of each track. Newark, N. J. 07102 IIINII!UI! SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - Requires 8K, 2 Disk Drives, DESCRIPTION - This program will enable 1440/1311 USE'rs Advanced programming. and Hi-Lo-Equal. 1139 source with only one 1442 on line to reproduce punched card decks. statements. Behind the program object deck place t he cards to be reproduced, followed by an end-indicator-card, followed BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE by blank cards. The program loads the master cards onto DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. a natural zero scratch pack on drive zero. Immediately IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. after the end-indicator-card is reached and loaded, the reproduced cards are punched out. As many copies as desired OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None. of the original cards can be obtained simply by pressing start on the console without reloading the program or ORDERING INFORI!ATION: PROGRA!! NUI!BER 1440021003 masters. The number of cards that can be accollmodated is limited only by the number of sectors available on the PROGRAII NUI!BER DISTRIBUTION !tEDIUII USER VOLUI!E scratch pack starting at address 000000 and allowing one EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT sector per card. BASIC Done CARDS 15 none PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Autocoder. OPTIONAL none none none !!INIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - Any size 1440 with one 1442 Reader-Punch and one 1311 drive zero on line. Object deck consists of 14 cards and uses about 500 core positions. 1440-02.3.001 VARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER FOR 1440/1311 BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCU!!ENTATION - write-up. AUTHOR •••• John F. Cole IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. John F. Cole IBI! corporation ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440023003 2911 Cedar Springs Road Dallas, Texas 75219 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI'I USER VOLUI'IE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!ENT DESCRIPTION - A Load-and-Go Control Card Oriented program for reproducing cards on a 1440 disk system which has only BASIC none CARDS 15 none one card read-punch. Card images are first written on disk. then read from disk and punched into blank cards. OPTIONAL none none none Simple control card prOVision allows for relocating fields, omitting fields, and/or emitting characters. Optional print control card provides printed analysis of control 1440-02.7.002 cards, listing input deck and/or listing output deck. CORE PRINT Deck listings inclued card counts and column-number headings. AUTHOR •••• P. G. Landolt BASIC PROGR!I! PACKAGE DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. P. G. Landolt IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered. IB!! corporation 600 Eglinton Ave., E OPTIONAL PROGRA!t PACKAGE - None. Toronto 12, Ontario ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI! NUIIBER 1440023001 DESCRIPTION - This program will give a 4K, 8K, 12K or 16K core print. No Advanced Programming is required. All PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE group marks are changed to lozenges. Index registers are EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT printed separately. Core position indicators are supplied for output above 501. Word marks are printed as one's :eASIC none CARDS 15 none below the data line. Core pOSitions 001 to 100 must be printed lIanually. This program will be useful for non- CONTRIBUTED PROGRAI'IS 1440 PAGE .087 CONTINUED FROI'I PRIOR PAGE CONTINUED FROft PRIOR COLUftli disk users and to overcome the 4K-12K autotest shortcomings. ORDERING INFORftATIOII: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440027004 The program can also be used as an utility program for production runs. 1440 core print can be used on all 1440 PROGRAft NOftBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM OSER YOLOftE systems 4K to 16K. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOlFEMElIT ------PROGRAI'II'IING SYSTEI'I - The program has been written in machine BASIC none CARDS 15 none language in crder to bypass the need for a program loader. OPTIONAL none none none I'IINII'IUI'I SYSTEI'I REQUIREI'IENTS - 4K, 8K, 12K, 16K system with a 1442 and 1443. 14QO-C2. 9. 003 BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE PONCH CORE IN PROGRAM LOAD FORftAT DOCUMENTATION - write-up. MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. AUTHOR •••• Jean ft. Harvey OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Jean ft. Harvey ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAM NUftBER 1440027002 IBI'I Corporation 1200 Fifth Ave. PROGRAft NU!!BER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUI! USER YOLUftE Seattle, Washington EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREftENT ------DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Punch Dump program will punch in BASIC none CARDS 15 none the condensed loader format, core storage starting with location 321. The primary purpose of the program is to OPTIONAL none none none provide for disaster - restart procedures for a 1440 disk system. If a program fails to get to end of jOb, core can be dumped into cards. This core image can be reloaded 1440-02.7.003 (with necessary modifications) thereby saving total CORE DUI!P ROOTINE IN ACTUAL FORI! accumulations, disk status and input/output information. This allows for additional operator independence, saves AUTHOR •••• Paul D. Hamilton possible lengthy reruns and preserves disk information intact. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Paul D. Hamilton PROGRAI!!!ING SYSTEftS - The program is written for a 11140 IBft Corporation equipped with a Card/Read punch in Autocoder Language. 1500 N. 2nd Street Harrisburg, Pa. BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE DOCUftENTATION - write-up. DESCRIPTION - This is a program in actual 1440 ftachine MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Language to provide core dUllps of any size memory 1440 on a 1443 Printer. A separate lIemory address index line OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. is printed for each 100 positions starting with location 101. Word marks are printed on a separate line as a number ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NU!!BER 1440029003 1. Group marks 12-7-8 are replaced and printed as a programmers blank 2-8. The program destroys only the first PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIOII USER YOLOME 86 positicns of core. Print out is also given of index EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEJlT register contents last compare status and sense switches on. Blank 100 position bands with no w/m are not printed. BASIC none CARDS 15 none PROGRAftl!ING SYSTE!! - Written in actual machine language. OPTIONAL none none none I!INlftUft SYSTEI! REQUIREftENTS - This program can be used without modification on any 11140 with Index Registers and 1!140-02.9.005 Store Address Register Special feature. 4K and 8K with IB!! 1440 CORE PUNCH PROGRAM 1443 ftodel 1 and 2 printers. AUTHOR •••• J. G. VonJess BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE DOCUftENTATION - Write-up. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. J. G. VonJess IBM corporation OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None. 400 Wyman Street Waltham, !!ass. 02154 ORDERING INFORftATION: PROGRAft NUI!BER 1440027003 DESCRIPTION - This program is used in conjunction with PROGRAft NUftBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER YOLUME the existing 1440 object programs in order to create a EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREftENT new object deck which incorporates patches to the original deck. The program also resequences the new deck. The BASIC none CARDS 15 none prime use of this program is to provide better back-up for those people who have patched decks without source OPTIONAL none none none decks. The program required 300 pOSitions of core and was written to reside in the upper 300 positions of an eight (8) K memory. ftinimum changes are required to alter 1440-02.7.004 the location. CORE DU!!P PROGRA ..'IMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder on Disk. AUTHOR •••• W. C. Worthington lUNIl!UII SYSTE!! BEQUIBE!!ENTS - 1440 CPU (300 POSitions; DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• and 1442 Reader/punch. W. C. Worthington IB!! Corporation BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE 180 South ftain Street DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up. providence, R. I. 02903 !!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. DESCRIPTION - This program gives a core dump for 4K, 8K, OPTIONAL PROGRAM PAC~AGE - None. 12K or 16K 1440 systems. It was designed because most of the existing memory dumps destroyed a part, or parts, ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRAft IfUI!BER 1440029005 of storage as they were loaded. This program uses only the first eighty initially and prints all remaining PROGRAft NUMBER DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUft USER 'fOLUME positions of storage. Word marks are printed as ones on EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI!Elf'!' the line following each data bank of storage. Group marks are printed as G' s in the data line and W or ft in the word BASIC none CARDS 15 none mark line depending on· the presence or absence of an associated word mark. There are two decks available - OPTIONAL none none none a 4K deck and one for 8K and larger systems. PROGRAMftING SYSTEft - To facilitate the loading of the 1440-03.1.001 program and the conservation of core used, the program REPRODUCE GAlfG PUNCH SI!!ULATOR has been written in self-loading, ftachine Language. AUTHOR •••• Dennis P. Lee BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE DOCUftENTATION - Write-up. DIRECT TECHlfICAL IlfQUIRIES TO ••• ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. Dennis P. Lee C/O Commodity Service Co. (Ja.) ltd. OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None. 7-9, Harbour Street Kingston, Jamaica CONTRIBOTED PROGRAI'IS PAGE 088 1440 1440 COBTIIOED FROB PRIOR PAGE COBTIIiOED FROB PRIOR COLOIIN DESCRIPTIOI - This progra. ahs been designed to perf or. any/all of the functions of an IBI'I 519 without progra•• ing ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAI'I NUI'IBER 1440101001 effort on the users part. The syste. on which the object progra. is to be run .ust have at least 4000 positions PROGRAII BUI'IBER DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOI'I USER VOLOIIE of core storage with no special features. EXTENSIOB TYPE CODE REQOIREI'IENT PROGRAIIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Source Language is Autocoder. BASIC none CARDS 15 none 11111111011 SYSTEII REQORIEIIEBTS - One IBII 1442 Card Read-Punch. OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 One IE!! 111113 Printer" If the reprocll!cing pbases are desired liT 7/800 24 01 the object progra. also requires one IBII 1311 Disk Storage Drive. 1440-10.2.002 BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 1240/141J0 PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER WRITING DOCOIIENTATIOl!l - irite-up. IIACHIIE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered. AUTHOR •••• J. L. Brooks OPTIOl!llL PRO GRAil PACKAGE - lone. DIRECT TECHIIICAL IBQUIRIES TO ••• J. L. Brooks ORDERING IBFCRIIATIOl!l: PROGRAII BUIIBER 111"0031001 IBII Corp. 618 S. lIichigan Ave. PROGRAII IIOIIBER DISTRIBOTION liED 1011 OSER VOLOIIE Chicago. Ill. EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIREIIENT DESCRIPTION - Deposits, checks, cash slips, control slips BASIC none CARDS 15 none and substitute docuaents are entered into the 11J12 or 121J0. An in-proof journal is prepared, a pri.ary distribution OPTIONAL none none none of the docu.ents is performed. and good data recorded in disk storage. The data recorded in disk storage is then 1440-03.3.002 read and cash letters for kill-pockets prepared. There COlVERT 1440 AOTOCCDER SOORCE PROGRAIIS TO 1401 are 191J1J source stateaents. AOTHOR •••• llr. C. F. Russ PROGRAIIIUIiG SYSTEIIS - For correct coapilation of the source progra.s IBI'I 1440-AO-008 Autocoder aust be used. DIRECT TECHHICAL INQOIRIES TO ••• IIr. C. F.'Russ IIIUIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 11J1J0 - A 11J1J1-A4 8K CPU with IBI'I Corp. no. 1J631 Indell: Registers and store Registers ••• No. 5561 110 i. 21st St. Printer Attachaent ••• Bo. 3321 Disk Storage ControL •• Norfolk. Va. 23517 Bo. 7080 Serial I/O Adapter ••• No. 2260 Console Attach.ent. A 1442-1 or 2 Card Read Punch with Bo. 1632 Card REad Punch DESCRIPTIOB - This is a 1440 Autocoder prO BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCOI'IEITATIOB - Write-up. DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. I'IACHIJE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered. I'IACHINE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered. OPTIOIAL FROGBAI!I PACKAGE - l!Ione. OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. ORDERIRG IBFOBIIATIOJ: PROGBlII BOIIBER 1440033002 ORDERING INFORIIATIOIf: PROGRA!! IfU!!BER 1440102002 PROGRAII BOIIBER DISTRIBOTIOB IIEDIOI!I OSER VOLOIIE PROGRA!! NUI'IBER DISTRIBUTION I!IEDIO~ USER VOLU!!! EITEBSIOB TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEBT EXTEBSIOIf TYPE CODE REQUIREIIElIT BASIC none CARDS 15 none BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIOBAL none none none OPTIONAL none none none 1440-1C.1.001 141J0-10.2.003 5111 IIEAT SYSTEII INSTALLIIEIfT LOlli ACCOUTNING AOTHORS ••• l!Ir. R. Sharer IIr. R. Grottke AOTHOR •••• !!r. Ernest lIong DIRECT TECHHICAL IBQOIRIES TO ••• DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• IIr. R. Sharer I'Ir. Ernest Wong Arthur Andersen and Co. IBII corp. 69 W. Washington st. 420 !!ontgoaery St. Chicago. Ill. 60602 San Francisco. Calif. 91J104 DESCRIPTIOB - The syste. prepares .anage.ent reports DESCRIPTION - The co.plete installllent loan accounting containing cost. sales distribution and efficiency for a saall to .edin. sized bank can be acco.plished on infor.ation of retail .eat departaents in a super.arket the IB!! 1440 Data processing Syste. with this package of chain. The syste. also prepares reports for purchasing 15 prograa runs. The runs are in 3 .ain categories. and and profit planning. There are about 39 object deckS in consist of new loan, daily. and periodic processing. The the syste •• handling of new loans is done is 4 runs wliich edit and convert fro. card to file. print a new loan journal. print PROGRAIII'IIBG SYSTEI'IS - Written in Autocoder. an alphabetic reference card. and procuce coupons and covers. Daily processing involves aaster file aaintenance, I'IIRIIIOI!I SYSTEII REQOIREI'IEBTS - 8K 1440 with a 1442. 1443 batch proof. posting to aaster and dealer files, and report or 1403/120 Print Positions. Console Typewriter. 2-1311's. output. Periodic (weekly and .onthly) runs are .ade on Advanced progra •• ing features, no l'Iultiply-Divide. dealer file aaintenance, and print-out of delinquency notices. trial balance. and weekly and aonthly reports. BASIC PROGRlII PACKAGE Interest rebates are co.puted by the 78ths aethod and DOCOI'IEIiTATIOB - IIrite-up accrual of unearned incoae is done by the straight line IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered .ethod. OPTIOBlL PROGBlI'I PACKAGE PROGRAII!!IIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in 141J0 Autocoder with Disk DOCUI'IEliTlTIOIi - 1I0ne. IOCS. IIACHIBE READABLE - Source code. COBTRIBUTED PROGRllIS 1440 1440 PlGE·089 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE COBTIBUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIB !!INI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Requires 8K, Indexing and 2. lIaxiaua of 13 requests per student (up to 12 in one store Address Register feature, 1442, 1443 with 144 print seaester) • positions, Sense Switches, and 2 - 1311 Disk Drives. There 3. lIaxiaum of 12 periods (tiae increaent per day). are 9067 source stateaents. 4. lIaxiaua of 999 courses - plus lunch and study hall. 5. Lunch may be scheduled as a control card option. BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE 6. Second seaester courses are scheduled in a second run. DOCUIIENTATION - None However, TlRS provides continuity of section assignllent IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. for full-year courses. 7. 1 single course section aay not span more than 5 OPTIOBAL PROGRAII PACKlGE different periods (time increaents), although it aay DOCUi:lENTATION - None. meet any or all days of the week during those time IIACHINE READABLE - Source code. increments. 8. Each study hall aay have one or aore sections. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!! !fOIIBER 1440102003 9. Study halls will be treated individually by day and period. PROGRA!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLU.!!E 10. No student aay be in more than one section of study hall EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT during a period. ------11. Bo student aay be in more than 8 different study hall EASIC none CARDS 15 none sections. 12. The conflict analysis will handle up to 149 course OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none offering codes. 13. The tally program will (al Count course requests, (b) Spread requests by grade and sex, (c) print requests 1440-11.3.001 by student and (d) print students requesting each TARS - TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING course. 14. Format of request car,ds and section masters is the saae AUTHOR •••• llr. W. R. Johnson as class 7070. 15. Format of lunch and study halls is saae as other section DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• masters. Prograa will handle one during period. Alice D. Peters 16. Program will handle up to 3000 course section with a IBII Corp. maximum of 50 sections allowed ,for anyone course. 150 Grand St. 17. Ability to use one of the 12 periods of the day as a White Plains, N. Y. duamy period. DESCRIPTION - TARS - 1440 is a series of programs designed BASIC PROGRAII PlCKAGE to give the professional school administrator the most DOCUIIENTATION - Write up coaplete freedom and flexibility in the preparation of IIACHIBE READABLE - lppropriate aaterial delivered. conflict free student programs. Utilizing the full power and random access capabilities of the IBII 1440 coaputer OPTIOBAL PROGRllI PACKAGE system, the programs have encoapassed the best attributes DOCUIIENTATIOB - None. of the two basic methods of student sectioning. The two IIACHINE RElDABLE - Source code. methods presently in use in manual, semi-automatic, unit record and even in large-scale computer systems are ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440113 00 1 "sectioning by section". (the Sorter Plan) and "sectioning by student" (the Bin Plan). Although both of these systeas PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII USER VOLUIIE have performed well over the years, each has certain EXTENSIOB TYPE CODE REQUIREIIElIT liaitations. Sectioning by student (Bin Plan) requires the pre-selection of those students who are presumed to BASIC none CARDS 15 nonE' be the most difficult to schedule, i. e.; those students requesting several single offering (singel section) courses. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none After this pre-selection, arbitrary decisions concerning which section, of a multiple-section course offering, to use are made manually by a professional or automatically 1440-11.5.003 by a computer. Because a aajor factor in these arbitrary COIIPUTER FOR THE IBII 1080 AlIIALYTICAL DATA ACQUISITION decisions is the number of reaaining seats in a section, PROGRAII this method has the advantage of balancing the number of students in each of several sections of a particular course. AUTHOR •••• W. R. Whittle The disadvantage of the system or approach is of course the arbitrary decision making. The arbitrary decisions DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• aade for the earlier sectioned students can create very W. R. Whittle real but theoretically avoidable conflicts for students IBII Corp. subsequently sectioned. The sectioning by section plan 2651 Strang Blvd. (sorter plan) does not make these arbitrary decisions as Yorktown Heights, B. Y. 10598 early as the bin plan. with this method, all students requesting single section subjects are sectioned. Then DESCRIPTION - This 'is a 1440 prograa desinged to process those requesting doubles are sectioned, then triples, etc. the punched card output of the IBII 1080 lnalyical Data The major difficulty with this aethod is that it requires Acquisition system servicing TECHNICON Auto Analyzers and a greater amount of coding to keep track of where and when one of mor IBII 1084 Sample Identification Turntables, all a student has been sectioned. This aethod also has the operating in a clinical labo tory environaent. It matches disadvantage of placing less eaphasis on class balancing. speciaen identification nuabers with their raw data values. However, the plan does have several significant advantages. makes adjustllents for drift, baseline shift, and First among these is that it requires less professional interaction, linearizes the data, and coaputes speciaen intdrvention. Second, it does a better job with those concentrations. A quality control report is produced is students who are more difficult to section. And finally, produced which summarizes the Auto Analyzer runs, and each this placn is easily performed on basic unit record test result and speciaen identification number is stored equipment. Because of the tremendous power and random in disk lIemory. The user then aust write a prograa to access capabilities of the IBI! 11;1;0 co. pater systea, the store in disk aemory. The user then lIuSt write a prograa significant advantages of both of the afore-.entioned to store the results in the patient file. systeas have been incorporated in TARS - 1440. As stated before, TARS - 1440 is a series of prograas designed to IIIBIIIUII SYSTE.!! REQUIREIIEBTS - 8K Core Storage, a 1447-2, give freedoa and flexibility to the school administrators one 1311. a 1442 and a 1443. in preparing conflict-free student prograas. This series of programs is as follows - The request count tally ••• BASIC PROGRAII PACKlGE The pos$ible conflict analysis ••• The file load ••• The DOCUIIENTATIOB - None student request loading and single offering sectioning ••• IIACHINE RElDABLE - lppropriate material delivered. lIain sectioning - Phase A - By section ••• lIain sectioning - Phase B - By student ••• Backtracking for conflicts ••• OPTIONlL PROGRA.!! PACKlGE Updated aaster schedule ••• Conflict students printout ••• DOCUIIENTATIOIII - lIIone. File aaintenance or change program... Schedule writing IIACHINE READlBLE - Source code. and grade card punching... Section balancing. ORDERING IIIIFORIIATIOB: PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1440115003 PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder. PROGRAII BUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLUIIE IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEBTS - 1440 1441 - Processing Unit EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIEB'l' !!odel A-4 (8K) Direct Seek Indexing and Store Address Register feature Disk Storage Control feature 1443 Printer BASIC none ClRDS 15 none Attachment feature Sense Switches 1442 Card Read Punch lIodel 1 1443 Printer lIodel 1 Printer Control feature OPTIOIIIAL none CARDS 15 none Standard 52-Character-Set Typebar 1447 Console lIodel 1 1311 Disk Storage Drive Bote - Use of Direct Seek feature reduces running tiae. The prograa aay, however, be reassembled deleting the Direct Feature statement. The TARS - 1440 prograa specifications are as follows - 1. lIaxiaua of 2500 students CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS PAGE 090 1440 1440 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN 1440-11.5.004 efficient processing. Since the physical location of the MEDICARE INPAUENT BILLING lIaster PIN records lIIay be changed after the file reorganization, the linkage addresses in the product AUTHOR •••• G. H. Bang structure and part index files lIust be changed to reflect the new PIN lIaster locations. Structure File Address DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Reorganization lIaintenance (SFARII) program performs these G. H. Bang changes by processing th.e PIN lIaster file in sequence, IBM Corp. accessing each product structure record in the wher BASIC none -CARDS 15 none DESCRIPTION - This is a demonstration program which is an extension of the 1440 Bill of lIaterial Processor. Tt CPTIONAL none none none includes - • Loading and maintenance of inventory and product 1440-11.5.005 structure records. PROPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEII FOR HOSPITAL Loading and maintenance of work center and routing records. AUTHOR •••• !!r. D. R. Statham Gross to net time series planning report with require ments offset by lead time. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• • Gross work center loading by time period. !!r. D. R. Statham Retrieval reports (explosion and implOSions). 1615 N. 25th St. • Calculation and maintenance of low level codes. Birmingham, Ala. 35234 This program offers manufacturing companies an excellent DESCRIPTION - To depreciate and list all property eguipmen-t base for developing mechanized production control programs. monthly, while providing for deletions and additions to By taking advantage of these standardized routines the the file and checking and handling separately items that user can benefit from earlier implementation as veIl as would over depreciate. minimization of planning and programming expenses. The package makes eight programs available to the user, which PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - programmed using Autocoder and IOCS. enable him to load and maintain his part number and machine group master files with random indexes to these files. IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREMEIITS - 4K-1440 with Indexing and Store Register, a 1442 Card Read Punch, a 1443 Printer, PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. 2-1311 Disk Drives, a 1447 Console. IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEIITS - 8K 1440 CPU ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer 120 print position ••• 1447 !'Iodel BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE 2 Console With Sense Switches ••• (2) 1311 disk drives ••• DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. indexing and Store Address Register Feature. !!ACHIIiE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None. DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. ORDERING INFOR!!ATION: PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1440115005 OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE PROGU!! NUIIBER DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!! USER VOLUIIE DOCUIIENTATION - None. , EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT IIACHINE READABLE - source Code. BASIC none CARDS 15 none ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440123002 CPTIONAL none none none PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTJON MEDIUII USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREIIENT 1440-12.3.001 BASIC none CARDS 15 none BILL OF IIATERIAL PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS REORGANIZATION IlAINTENANCE PROGRAII. OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none AUTHOR •••• Ramon L. Fritsch 1440-12.3.003 DIRECT TECHNICAL IIiQUIRIES TO ••• BILL OF I!ATERIAL PROGRAIIS TO LOAD, I!AINTAIN AND EXPJ.ODE :rBI'! Ramon L. Fritsch F.ILES IBII corp. 7321 W. Lake St. AUTHOR •••• John Vonjess River Forest, Ill. DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this program is to facilitate John Von jess the reorganization of an installed 1440 Bill of Material IBII Corporation Processor System, Application Prograll 1440-IIE-02X. Due 400 wyman Street to the additions and deletions tc the part number (p/n) Waltham, lIassachusetts master file in the B/II Processor System, it becolles necessary to reorganize the records periodically to retain CONTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS 1440 PAGE 091 CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE DESCRIPTION - These programs, designed for the 4K user, will load a Bill of lIaterial File, maintain the file with additions, deletions and changes. The loading program reduces the part nUllber of the components down to five digit address so that approximately six components can be loaded in a sector with a complete where-used index generated at the same time. Controls are maintained in each program. The Explosion Prograll permits the explosion of a Bill with substitutions. Included are two Inquiry programs which will give a cOllplete where-used report for 1 level up and a Bil listing of 1 level down. All documentation is included so that any other customer could make modifications to suit his needs. PROGRAlIlIING SYSTEIIS - Autocoder (AU-008) and IOCS (10-010) are the programming systems used for all programs except the Random File Organizations Routines (UT-040). IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIE.NTS - 1440 - 4K Plus, 1442, 14113, 111117 lIodel 2, 1311 as required - lIinimum 1, Advanced Progralllling, Scan, and Sense Switches. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - "·liri te-up. IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source Code. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRAII NUIIBER 1440123003 PROGRAII NUMBER DISTRIBUTION lIEDIUiI USER VOLUIIE EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREI'lENT ------BASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL D,one CARDS 15 none 1440-15.0.001 EXTENDED PERFORIIANCE COIIPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING SYSTEII FOR IBII 1440-1448 AUTHORS ••• Judith lIiller W. S. Wengert DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO ••• Judith lIiller IBII Corporation 1825 K Street, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20036 DESCRIPTION - This system of Frograms is an expansion of the IE!'I 11101, 1440, or 1460 CAl Operating System providing extended capabilities for course generation and system control, including support for audio/visual devices, additional language features, a card input systell, additional administrative control and improved system performance. The system includes all support programs necessary to generate the system pack, initialize the system, extract and print recordings and perform various off-line operations such as printing course material and/or student information. PROGRAMIIING SYSTEIIS - All programs are coded in the Disk Autocoder Source Language. MINI MUll SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 16K, 1440-1448 with Indexing and Store Address, Bit Test, Bigh-Low-Equal compare, and Sense Switches, and one 1311 Disk Drive. Direct Seek, and one 1050. BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. !'lACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered. OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION - None. IIACHINE READABLE - Source Code. ORDERING INFORIIATION: PROGRA!'I NUIIBER 11140150001 PROGRAII NUIIBER DISTRIBUTICN IIEDIU!! USER VOLU!!E EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIRE!!ENT ------EASIC none CARDS 15 none OPTIONAL none liT 7/556 22 01 liT 7/800 24 01 C20-1601-9 YOUR COMMENTS PLEASE ••• Your comments on the other side of this form will help us improve future editions of this pub lication. Each reply will be carefully reviewed by the persons responsible for writing and pub lishing this material. Please note that requests for copies of publications and for assistance in utilizing your IBM system should be directed to your IBM representative or the IBM branch office serving your locality. fold fold ...... FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 1359 WHITE PLAINS, N. Y. BUSINESS REPLY MAil NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY .•• IBM Corporation 112 East Post Road White Plains, N. Y. 10601 Attention: Technical Publications ...... : fold fold International Business Machines Corporation Data Processing Division 112 East Post Road, White Plains, N.Y.I060t [USA Only] IBM World T"rade Corporation 821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017 [ International] Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240,1401,1420 C20-1601-9 1440 and 1450-1460 Data Processing Systems April 1969 Please comment on the usefulness and readability of this publication, suggest additions and deletions, and list specific errors and omissions (give page numbers). All comments and sugges tions become the property of ffiM. If you wish a reply, be sure to include your name and address. COMMENTS fold fold fold fold • Thank you for your cooperation. No postage necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. FOLD ON TWO LINES, STAPLE AND MAIL. C2Q..1601-9 TIrnllih ~ International .Business Machines Corporation Data Processing Division 112 East Post Road, White Plains, N. Y. 10601 (USA Only) IBM World Trade Corporation 821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017 (International)